Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.102

(4) Scope. This section applies to all 25059), 9–83 (48 FR 35736), 1–90 (55 FR 9033), 6– radiations originating from radio sta- 96 (62 FR 111), 3–2000 (65 FR 50017), or 5–2007 tions, radar equipment, and other pos- (72 FR 31159), 4–2010 (75 FR 55355) or 1–2012 (77 sible sources of electromagnetic radi- FR 3912), as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911. ation such as used for communication, Sections 1910.103, 1910.106 through 1910.111, and 1910.119, 1910.120, and 1910.122 through radio navigation, and industrial and 1910.126 also issued under 29 CFR part 1911. scientific purposes. This section does Section 1910.119 also issued under Section not apply to the deliberate exposure of 304, Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (Pub. patients by, or under the direction of, L. 101–549), reprinted at 29 U.S.C.A. 655 Note. practitioners of the healing arts. Section 1910.120 also issued under Section (b) [Reserved] 126, Superfund Amendments and Reauthor- ization Act of 1986 as amended (29 U.S.C.A. [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 61 655 Note), and 5 U.S.C. 553. FR 9236, Mar. 7, 1996; 78 FR 35566, June 13, 2013] § 1910.101 Compressed gases (general § 1910.98 Effective dates. requirements). (a) The provisions of this subpart G (a) Inspection of compressed gas cyl- shall become effective on August 27, inders. Each employer shall determine 1971, except as provided in the remain- that compressed gas cylinders under ing paragraphs of this section. his control are in a safe condition to (b) The following provisions shall be- the extent that this can be determined come effective on February 15, 1972: by visual inspection. Visual and other inspections shall be conducted as pre- § 1910.94 (a)(2)(iii), (a)(3), (a)(4), (b), (c)(2), scribed in the Hazardous Materials (c)(3), (c)(4), (c)(5), (c)(6)(i), (c)(6)(ii), (d)(1)(ii), (d)(3), (d)(4), (d)(5), and (d)(7). Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49 CFR parts 171–179 (c) Notwithstanding anything in and 14 CFR part 103). Where those regu- paragraph (a), (b), or (d) of this section, lations are not applicable, visual and any provision in any other section of other inspections shall be conducted in this subpart which contains in itself a accordance with Compressed Gas Asso- specific effective date or time limita- ciation Pamphlets C–6–1968 and C–8– tion shall become effective on such 1962, which is incorporated by reference date or shall apply in accordance with as specified in § 1910.6. such limitation. (b) Compressed gases. The in-plant (d) Notwithstanding anything in handling, storage, and utilization of all paragraph (a) of this section, if any compressed gases in cylinders, portable standard in 41 CFR part 50–204, other tanks, rail tankcars, or motor vehicle than a national consensus standard in- cargo tanks shall be in accordance with corporated by reference in § 50– Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet 204.2(a)(1), is or becomes applicable at P–1–1965, which is incorporated by ref- any time to any employment and place erence as specified in § 1910.6. of employment, by virtue of the Walsh- (c) Safety relief devices for compressed Healey Public Contracts Act, or the gas containers. Compressed gas cyl- Service Contract Act of 1965, or the Na- inders, portable tanks, and cargo tanks tional Foundation on Arts and Human- shall have pressure relief devices in- ities Act of 1965, any corresponding es- stalled and maintained in accordance tablished Federal standard in this sub- with Compressed Gas Association Pam- part G which is derived from 41 CFR phlets S–1.1–1963 and 1965 addenda and part 50–204 shall also become effective, S–1.2–1963, which is incorporated by ref- and shall be applicable to such employ- erence as specified in § 1910.6. ment and place of employment, on the same date. [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 61 FR 9236, Mar. 7, 1996]

Subpart H—Hazardous Materials § 1910.102 Acetylene.

AUTHORITY: Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occu- (a) Cylinders. Employers must ensure pational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 that the in-plant transfer, handling, U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s storage, and use of acetylene in cyl- Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR inders comply with the provisions of

221

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.103 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

CGA Pamphlet G–1–2009 (‘‘Acetylene’’) structed and installed on or after that (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6). date. (b) Piped systems. (1) Employers must [74 FR 40447, Aug. 11, 2009, as amended at 76 comply with Chapter 9 (‘‘Acetylene FR 75786, Dec. 5, 2011] Piping’’) of NFPA 51A–2006 (‘‘Standard for Acetylene Charging Plants’’) (Na- § 1910.103 Hydrogen. tional Fire Protection Association, 2006 (a) General—(1) Definitions. As used in ed., 2006). this section (i) Gaseous hydrogen sys- (2) When employers can demonstrate tem is one in which the hydrogen is de- that the facilities, equipment, struc- livered, stored and discharged in the tures, or installations used to generate gaseous form to consumer’s piping. The acetylene or to charge (fill) acetylene system includes stationary or movable cylinders were installed prior to Feb- containers, pressure regulators, safety ruary 16, 2006, these employers may relief devices, manifolds, inter- comply with the provisions of Chapter connecting piping and controls. The 7 (‘‘Acetylene Piping’’) of NFPA 51A– system terminates at the point where 2001 (‘‘Standard for Acetylene Charging hydrogen at service pressure first en- ters the consumer’s distribution pip- Plants’’) (National Fire Protection As- ing. sociation, 2001 ed., 2001). (ii) Approved—Means, unless other- (3) The provisions of § 1910.102(b)(2) wise indicated, listed or approved by a also apply when the facilities, equip- nationally recognized testing labora- ment, structures, or installations used tory. Refer to § 1910.7 for definition of to generate acetylene or to charge (fill) nationally recognized testing labora- acetylene cylinders were approved for tory. construction or installation prior to (iii) Listed—See ‘‘approved’’. February 16, 2006, but constructed and (iv) ASME—American Society of Me- installed on or after that date. chanical Engineers. (4) For additional information on (v) DOT Specifications—Regulations acetylene piping systems, see CGA G– of the Department of Transportation 1.2–2006, part 3 (‘‘Acetylene piping’’) published in 49 CFR Chapter I. (Compressed Gas Association, Inc., 3rd (vi) DOT regulations—See § 1910.103 ed., 2006). (a)(1)(v). (c) Generators and filling cylinders. (1) (2) Scope—(i) Gaseous hydrogen sys- Employers must ensure that facilities, tems. (a) Paragraph (b) of this section equipment, structures, or installations applies to the installation of gaseous used to generate acetylene or to charge hydrogen systems on consumer prem- (fill) acetylene cylinders comply with ises where the hydrogen supply to the the provisions of NFPA 51A–2006 consumer premises originates outside (‘‘Standard for Acetylene Charging the consumer premises and is delivered Plants’’) (National Fire Protection As- by mobile equipment. (b) Paragraph (b) of this section does sociation, 2006 ed., 2006). not apply to gaseous hydrogen systems (2) When employers can demonstrate having a total hydrogen content of less that the facilities, equipment, struc- than 400 cubic feet, nor to hydrogen tures, or installations used to generate manufacturing plants or other estab- acetylene or to charge (fill) of acety- lishments operated by the hydrogen lene cylinders were constructed or in- supplier or his agent for the purpose of stalled prior to February 16, 2006, these storing hydrogen and refilling portable employers may comply with the provi- containers, trailers, mobile supply sions of NFPA 51A–2001 (‘‘Standard for trucks, or tank cars. Acetylene Charging Plants’’) (National (ii) Liquefied hydrogen systems. (a) Fire Protection Association, 2001 ed., Paragraph (c) of this section applies to 2001). the installation of liquefied hydrogen (3) The provisions of § 1910.102(c)(2) systems on consumer premises. also apply when the facilities, equip- (b) Paragraph (c) of this section does ment, structures, or installations were not apply to liquefied hydrogen port- approved for construction or installa- able containers of less than 150 liters tion prior to February 16, 2006, but con- (39.63 gallons) capacity; nor to liquefied

222

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.103

hydrogen manufacturing plants or suitable for hydrogen service and for other establishments operated by the the pressures and temperatures in- hydrogen supplier or his agent for the volved. Cast iron pipe and fittings shall sole purpose of storing liquefied hydro- not be used. gen and refilling portable containers, (b) Piping and tubing shall conform trailers, mobile supply trucks, or tank to section 2—‘‘Industrial Gas and Air cars. Piping’’—Code for Pressure Piping, (b) Gaseous hydrogen systems—(1) De- ANSI B31.1–1967 with addenda B31.1– sign—(i) Containers. (a) Hydrogen con- 1969, which is incorporated by reference tainers shall comply with one of the as specified in § 1910.6. following: (c) Joints in piping and tubing may (1) Designed, constructed, and tested be made by welding or brazing or by in accordance with appropriate require- use of flanged, threaded, socket, or ments of ASME Boiler and Pressure compression fittings. Gaskets and Vessel Code, section VIII—Unfired thread sealants shall be suitable for Pressure Vessels—1968, which is incor- hydrogen service. porated by reference as specified in (iv) Equipment assembly. (a) Valves, § 1910.6. gauges, regulators, and other acces- (2) Designed, constructed, tested and sories shall be suitable for hydrogen maintained in accordance with U.S. service. Department of Transportation Speci- (b) Installation of hydrogen systems fications and Regulations. shall be supervised by personnel famil- (b) Permanently installed containers iar with proper practices with ref- shall be provided with substantial non- erence to their construction and use. combustible supports on firm non- (c) Storage containers, piping, valves, combustible foundations. regulating equipment, and other acces- (c) Each portable container shall be sories shall be readily accessible, and legibly marked with the name ‘‘Hydro- shall be protected against physical gen’’ in accordance with the marking damage and against tampering. requirements set forth in (d) Cabinets or housings containing § 1910.253(b)(1)(ii). Each manifolded hy- hydrogen control or operating equip- drogen supply unit shall be legibly ment shall be adequately ventilated. marked with the name ‘‘Hydrogen’’ or (e) Each mobile hydrogen supply unit a legend such as ‘‘This unit contains used as part of a hydrogen system shall hydrogen.’’ be adequately secured to prevent move- (ii) Safety relief devices. (a) Hydrogen ment. containers shall be equipped with safe- (f) Mobile hydrogen supply units ty relief devices as required by the shall be electrically bonded to the sys- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, tem before discharging hydrogen. section VIII Unfired Pressure Vessels, (v) Marking. The hydrogen storage lo- 1968 or the DOT Specifications and cation shall be permanently placarded Regulations under which the container as follows: ‘‘HYDROGEN—FLAM- is fabricated. MABLE GAS—NO SMOKING—NO (b) Safety relief devices shall be ar- OPEN FLAMES,’’ or equivalent. ranged to discharge upward and unob- (vi) Testing. After installations, all structed to the open air in such a man- piping, tubing, and fittings shall be ner as to prevent any impingement of tested and proved hydrogen gas tight escaping gas upon the container, adja- at maximum operating pressure. cent structure or personnel. This re- (2) Location—(i) General. (a) The sys- quirement does not apply to DOT Spec- tem shall be located so that it is read- ification containers having an internal ily accessible to delivery equipment volume of 2 cubic feet or less. and to authorized personnel. (c) Safety relief devices or vent pip- (b) Systems shall be located above ing shall be designed or located so that ground. moisture cannot collect and freeze in a (c) Systems shall not be located be- manner which would interfere with neath electric power lines. proper operation of the device. (d) Systems shall not be located close (iii) Piping, tubing, and fittings. (a) to flammable liquid piping or piping of Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be other flammable gases.

223

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.103 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(e) Systems near aboveground flam- TABLE H–1—Continued mable liquid storage shall be located on ground higher than the flammable Size of hydrogen system liquid storage except when dikes, di- Nature of location 3,000 CF In excess Less than to 15,000 of 15,000 version curbs, grading, or separating 3,000 CF CF CF solid walls are used to prevent accumu- lation of flammable liquids under the In a special room ...... III ...... III ...... Not per- mitted. system. Inside buildings not in IV ...... Not per- Not per- (ii) Specific requirements. (a) The loca- a special room and mitted. mitted. tion of a system, as determined by the exposed to other maximum total contained volume of occupancies. hydrogen, shall be in the order of pref- (b) The minimum distance in feet erence as indicated by Roman numer- from a hydrogen system of indicated als in Table H–1. capacity located outdoors, in separate buildings or in special rooms to any TABLE H–1 specified outdoor exposure shall be in Size of hydrogen system accordance with Table H–2. (c) The distances in Table H–2 Items Nature of location Less than 3,000 CF In excess 3,000 CF to 15,000 of 15,000 1 and 3 to 10 inclusive do not apply CF CF where protective structures such as Outdoors ...... I ...... IDI.. adequate fire walls are located between In a separate building II ...... II ...... II. the system and the exposure.

TABLE H–2

Type of outdoor exposure Size of hydrogen system 3,000 CF In excess Less than to 15,000 of 15,000 3,000 CF CF CF

1. Building or structure ...... Wood frame construction 1 ...... 10 25 50 Heavy timber, noncombustible or ordinary 0 10 2 25 construction 1. Fire-resistive construction 1 ...... 0 0 0 2. Wall openings ...... Not above any part of a system ...... 10 10 10 Above any part of a system ...... 25 25 25 3. Flammable liquids above ground...... 0 to 1,000 gallons ...... 10 25 25 In excess of 1,000 gallons ...... 25 50 50 4. Flammable liquids below ground—0 to Tank ...... 10 10 10 1,000 gallons. Vent or fill opening of tank ...... 25 25 25 5. Flammable liquids below ground—in ex- Tank ...... 20 20 20 cess of 1,000 gallons.. Vent or fill opening of tank ...... 25 25 25 6. Flammable gas storage, either high 0 to 15,000 CF capacity ...... 10 25 25 pressure or low pressure.. In excess of 15,000 CF capacity ...... 25 50 50 7. Oxygen storage ...... 12,000 CF or less 4 ...... More than 12,000 CF 5 ...... 8. Fast burning solids such as ordinary lumber, excelsior or paper ...... 50 50 50 9. Slow burning solids such as heavy timber or coal ...... 25 25 25 10. Open flames and other sources of ignition ...... 25 25 25 11. Air compressor intakes or inlets to ventilating or air-conditioning equipment ...... 50 50 50 12. Concentration of people 3 ...... 25 50 50 1 Refer to NFPA No. 220 Standard Types of Building Construction for definitions of various types of construction. (1969 Ed.) 2 But not less than one-half the height of adjacent side wall of the structure. 3 In congested areas such as offices, lunchrooms, locker rooms, time-clock areas. 4 Refer to NFPA No. 51, gas systems for welding and cutting (1969). 5 Refer to NFPA No. 566, bulk oxygen systems at consumer sites (1969).

(d) Hydrogen systems of less than (1) In an adequately ventilated area 3,000 CF when located inside buildings as in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(b) of this sec- and exposed to other occupancies shall tion. be situated in the building so that the (2) Twenty feet from stored flam- system will be as follows: mable materials or oxidizing gases.

224

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.103

(3) Twenty-five feet from open doors in exterior walls opening out- flames, ordinary electrical equipment ward; lightly fastened walls or roof de- or other sources of ignition. signed to relieve at a maximum pres- (4) Twenty-five feet from concentra- sure of 25 pounds per square foot. tions of people. (d) There shall be no sources of igni- (5) Fifty feet from intakes of ventila- tion from open flames, electrical equip- tion or air-conditioning equipment and ment, or heating equipment. air compressors. (e) Electrical equipment shall be in (6) Fifty feet from other flammable accordance with subpart S of this part gas storage. for Class I, Division 2 locations. (7) Protected against damage or in- jury due to falling objects or working (f) Heating, if provided, shall be by activity in the area. steam, hot water, or other indirect (8) More than one system of 3,000 CF means. or less may be installed in the same (iii) Special rooms. (a) Floor, walls, room, provided the systems are sepa- and ceiling shall have a fire-resistance rated by at least 50 feet. Each such sys- rating of at least 2 hours. Walls or par- tem shall meet all of the requirements titions shall be continuous from floor of this paragraph. to ceiling and shall be securely an- (3) Design consideration at specific loca- chored. At least one wall shall be an tions—(i) Outdoor locations. (a) Where exterior wall. Openings to other parts protective walls or roofs are provided, of the building shall not be permitted. they shall be constructed of non- Windows and doors shall be in exterior combustible materials. walls and shall be located so as to be (b) Where the enclosing sides adjoin readily accessible in case of emer- each other, the area shall be properly gency. Windows shall be of glass or ventilated. plastic in metal frames. (c) Electrical equipment within 15 (b) Ventilation shall be as provided in feet shall be in accordance with sub- paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(b) of this section. part S of this part. (c) Explosion venting shall be as pro- (ii) Separate buildings. (a) Separate vided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)( ) of this buildings shall be built of at least non- c combustible construction. Windows section. and doors shall be located so as to be (d) There shall be no sources of igni- readily accessible in case of emer- tion from open flames, electrical equip- gency. Windows shall be of glass or ment, or heating equipment. plastic in metal frames. (e) Electric equipment shall be in ac- (b) Adequate ventilation to the out- cordance with the requirements of sub- doors shall be provided. Inlet openings part S of this part for Class I, Division shall be located near the floor in exte- 2 locations. rior walls only. Outlet openings shall (f) Heating, if provided, shall be by be located at the high point of the steam, hot water, or indirect means. room in exterior walls or roof. Inlet (4) Operating instructions. For instal- and outlet openings shall each have lations which require any operation of minimum total area of one (1) square equipment by the user, legible instruc- foot per 1,000 cubic feet of room vol- tions shall be maintained at operating ume. Discharge from outlet openings locations. shall be directed or conducted to a safe (5) Maintenance. The equipment and location. functioning of each charged gaseous (c) Explosion venting shall be pro- vided in exterior walls or roof only. hydrogen system shall be maintained The venting area shall be equal to not in a safe operating condition in accord- less than 1 square foot per 30 cubic feet ance with the requirements of this sec- of room volume and may consist of any tion. The area within 15 feet of any hy- one or any combination of the fol- drogen container shall be kept free of lowing: Walls of light, noncombustible dry vegetation and combustible mate- material, preferably single thickness, rial. single strength glass; lightly fastened hatch covers; lightly fastened swinging

225

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.103 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(c) Liquefied hydrogen systems—(1) De- graph (c)(2)(i)(f) of this section for sign—(i) Containers. (a) Hydrogen con- venting of safety relief devices in spe- tainers shall comply with the fol- cial locations. lowing: Storage containers shall be de- (c) Safety relief devices or vent pip- signed, constructed, and tested in ac- ing shall be designed or located so that cordance with appropriate require- moisture cannot collect and freeze in a ments of the ASME Boiler and Pres- manner which would interfere with sure Vessel Code, section VIII—Unfired proper operation of the device. Pressure Vessels (1968) or applicable (d) Safety relief devices shall be pro- provisions of API Standard 620, Rec- vided in piping wherever liquefied hy- ommended Rules for Design and Con- drogen could be trapped between clo- struction of Large, Welded, Low-Pres- sures. sure Storage Tanks, Second Edition (v) Piping, tubing, and fittings. (a) Pip- (June 1963) and appendix R (April 1965), ing, tubing, and fittings and gasket and which is incorporated by reference as thread sealants shall be suitable for specified in § 1910.6. hydrogen service at the pressures and (b) Portable containers shall be de- temperatures involved. Consideration signed, constructed and tested in ac- shall be given to the thermal expansion cordance with DOT Specifications and and contraction of piping systems Regulations. when exposed to temperature fluctua- (ii) Supports. Permanently installed tions of ambient to liquefied hydrogen containers shall be provided with sub- temperatures. stantial noncombustible supports se- (b) Gaseous hydrogen piping and tub- curely anchored on firm noncombus- ¥ ° tible foundations. Steel supports in ex- ing (above 20 F.) shall conform to cess of 18 inches in height shall be pro- the applicable sections of Pressure Pip- tected with a protective coating having ing section 2—Industrial Gas and Air a 2-hour fire-resistance rating. Piping, ANSI B31.1–1967 with addenda (iii) Marking. Each container shall be B31.1–1969. Design of liquefied hydrogen ¥ ° legibly marked to indicate ‘‘LIQUE- or cold ( 20 F. or below) gas piping FIED HYDROGEN—FLAMMABLE shall use Petroleum Refinery Piping GAS.’’ ANSI B31.3–1966 or Refrigeration Pip- (iv) Safety relief devices. (a)(1) Sta- ing ANSI B31.5–1966 with addenda tionary liquefied hydrogen containers B31.5a–1968 as a guide, which are incor- shall be equipped with safety relief de- porated by reference as specified in vices sized in accordance with CGA § 1910.6. Pamphlet S–1, part 3, Safety Relief De- (c) Joints in piping and tubing shall vice Standards for Compressed Gas preferably be made by welding or braz- Storage Containers, which is incor- ing; flanged, threaded, socket, or suit- porated by reference as specified in able compression fittings may be used. § 1910.6. (d) Means shall be provided to mini- (2) Portable liquefied hydrogen con- mize exposure of personnel to piping tainers complying with the U.S. De- operating at low temperatures and to partment of Transportation Regula- prevent air condensate from contacting tions shall be equipped with safety re- piping, structural members, and sur- lief devices as required in the U.S. De- faces not suitable for cryogenic tem- partment of Transportation Specifica- peratures. Only those insulating mate- tions and Regulations. Safety relief de- rials which are rated nonburning in ac- vices shall be sized in accordance with cordance with ASTM Procedures D1692– the requirements of CGA Pamphlet S– 68, which is incorporated by reference 1, Safety Relief Device Standards, part as specified in § 1910.6, may be used. 1, Compressed Gas Cylinders and part 2, Other protective means may be used to Cargo and Portable Tank Containers. protect personnel. The insulation shall (b) Safety relief devices shall be ar- be designed to have a vapor-tight seal ranged to discharge unobstructed to in the outer covering to prevent the the outdoors and in such a manner as condensation of air and subsequent ox- to prevent impingement of escaping ygen enrichment within the insulation. liquid or gas upon the container, adja- The insulation material and outside cent structures or personnel. See para- shield shall also be of adequate design

226

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.103

to prevent attrition of the insulation (b) The vaporizer and its piping shall due to normal operating conditions. be adequately protected on the hydro- (e) Uninsulated piping and equipment gen and heating media sections with which operate at liquefied-hydrogen safety relief devices. temperature shall not be installed (c) Heat used in a liquefied hydrogen above asphalt surfaces or other com- vaporizer shall be indirectly supplied bustible materials in order to prevent utilizing media such as air, steam, contact of liquid air with such mate- water, or water solutions. rials. Drip pans may be installed under (d) A low temperature shutoff switch uninsulated piping and equipment to shall be provided in the vaporizer dis- retain and vaporize condensed liquid charge piping to prevent flow of lique- air. fied hydrogen in the event of the loss of (vi) Equipment assembly. (a) Valves, the heat source. gauges, regulators, and other acces- (ix) Electrical systems. (a) Electrical sories shall be suitable for liquefied hy- wiring and equipment located within 3 drogen service and for the pressures feet of a point where connections are and temperatures involved. regularly made and disconnected, shall (b) Installation of liquefied hydrogen be in accordance with subpart S of this systems shall be supervised by per- part, for Class I, Group B, Division 1 lo- sonnel familiar with proper practices cations. (b) Except as provided in (a) of this and with reference to their construc- subdivision, electrical wiring, and tion and use. equipment located within 25 feet of a ( ) Storage containers, piping, valves, c point where connections are regularly regulating equipment, and other acces- made and disconnected or within 25 sories shall be readily accessible and feet of a liquid hydrogen storage con- shall be protected against physical tainer, shall be in accordance with sub- damage and against tampering. A shut- part S of this part, for Class I, Group B, off valve shall be located in liquid Division 2 locations. When equipment product withdrawal lines as close to approved for class I, group B the container as practical. On con- atmospheres is not commercially avail- tainers of over 2,000 gallons capacity, able, the equipment may be— this shutoff valve shall be of the re- (1) Purged or ventilated in accord- mote control type with no connections, ance with NFPA No. 496–1967, Standard flanges, or other appurtenances (other for Purged Enclosures for Electrical than a welded manual shutoff valve) al- Equipment in Hazardous Locations, lowed in the piping between the shutoff (2) Intrinsically safe, or valve and its connection to the inner (3) Approved for Class I, Group C container. atmospheres. This requirement does (d) Cabinets or housings containing not apply to electrical equipment hydrogen control equipment shall be which is installed on mobile supply ventilated to prevent any accumula- trucks or tank cars from which the tion of hydrogen gas. storage container is filled. (vii) Testing. (a) After installation, (x) Bonding and grounding. The lique- all field-erected piping shall be tested fied hydrogen container and associated and proved hydrogen gas-tight at oper- piping shall be electrically bonded and ating pressure and temperature. grounded. (b) Containers if out of service in ex- (2) Location of liquefied hydrogen stor- cess of 1 year shall be inspected and age—(i) General requirements. (a) The tested as outlined in (a) of this subdivi- storage containers shall be located so sion. The safety relief devices shall be that they are readily accessible to mo- checked to determine if they are oper- bile supply equipment at ground level able and properly set. and to authorized personnel. (viii) Liquefied hydrogen vaporizers. (a) (b) The containers shall not be ex- The vaporizer shall be anchored and its posed by electric power lines, flam- connecting piping shall be sufficiently mable liquid lines, flammable gas lines, flexible to provide for the effect of ex- or lines carrying oxidizing materials. pansion and contraction due to tem- (c) When locating liquified hydrogen perature changes. storage containers near above-ground

227

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.103 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

flammable liquid storage or liquid oxy- gen—Flammable Gas—No Smoking— gen storage, it is advisable to locate No Open Flames.’’ the liquefied hydrogen container on (f) If liquified hydrogen is located in ground higher than flammable liquid (as specified in Table H–3) a separate storage or liquid oxygen storage. building, in a special room, or inside (d) Where it is necessary to locate buildings when not in a special room the liquefied hydrogen container on and exposed to other occupancies, con- ground that is level with or lower than tainers shall have the safety relief de- adjacent flammable liquid storage or vices vented unobstructed to the out- liquid oxygen storage, suitable protec- doors at a minimum elevation of 25 feet tive means shall be taken (such as by above grade to a safe location as re- diking, diversion curbs, grading), with respect to the adjacent flammable liq- quired in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(b) of this uid storage or liquid oxygen storage, to section. prevent accumulation of liquids within (ii) Specific requirements. (a) The loca- 50 feet of the liquefied hydrogen con- tion of liquefied hydrogen storage, as tainer. determined by the maximum total (e) Storage sites shall be fenced and quantity of liquified hydrogen, shall be posted to prevent entrance by unau- in the order of preference as indicated thorized personnel. Sites shall also be by Roman numerals in the following placarded as follows: ‘‘Liquefied Hydro- Table H–3.

TABLE H–3—MAXIMUM TOTAL QUANTITY OF LIQUEFIED HYDROGEN STORAGE PERMITTED

Size of hydrogen storage (capacity in gallons) Nature of location 39.63 (150 liters) to 50 51 to 300 301 to 600 In excess of 600

Outdoors ...... I ...... I ...... I ...... I. In a separate building ...... II ...... II ...... II ...... Not permitted. In a special room ...... III ...... III ...... Not permitted .... Do. Inside buildings not in a special room and ex- IV ...... Not permitted ...... do ...... Do. posed to other occupancies.

NOTE: This table does not apply to the storage in dewars of the type generally used in laboratories for experimental purposes.

(b) The minimum distance in feet TABLE H–4—MINIMUM DISTANCE (FEET) FROM from liquefied hydrogen systems of in- LIQUEFIED HYDROGEN SYSTEMS TO EXPO- dicated storage capacity located out- SURE 12—Continued doors, in a separate building, or in a Liquefied hydrogen storage special room to any specified exposure (capacity in gallons) shall be in accordance with Table H–4. Type of exposure 39.63 (150 li- 3,501 to 15,001 TABLE H–4—MINIMUM DISTANCE (FEET) FROM to ters) to 15,000 30,000 LIQUEFIED HYDROGEN SYSTEMS TO EXPO- 3,500 SURE 12 6. Between stationary lique- fied hydrogen containers 5 5 5 Liquefied hydrogen storage (capacity in gallons) 7. Flammable gas storage .. 50 75 100 8. Liquid oxygen storage Type of exposure 39.63 15,001 and other oxidizers (see (150 li- 3,501 to 513 and 514) ...... 100 100 100 ters) to 15,000 to 3,500 30,000 9. Combustible solids ...... 50 75 100 10. Open flames, smoking 1. Fire-resistive building and and welding ...... 50 50 50 fire walls 3 ...... 5 5 5 11. Concentrations of peo- 2. Noncombustible building 3 25 50 75 ple ...... 75 75 75 3. Other buildings 3 ...... 50 75 100 4. Wall openings, air-com- 1 The distance in Nos. 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, and 12 in Table H–4 pressor intakes, inlets for may be reduced where protective structures, such as firewalls equal to height of top of the container, to safeguard the lique- air-conditioning or ven- fied hydrogen storage system, are located between the lique- tilating equipment ...... 75 75 75 fied hydrogen storage installation and the exposure. 5. Flammable liquids (above 2 Where protective structures are provided, ventilation and ground and vent or fill confinement of product should be considered. The 5-foot dis- openings if below ground) tance in Nos. 1 and 6 facilitates maintenance and enhances (see 513 and 514) ...... 50 75 100 ventilation.

228

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.103

3 Refer to Standard Types of Building Construction, NFPA (c) If protective walls are provided, No. 220–1969 for definitions of various types of construction. In congested areas such as offices, lunchrooms, locker they shall be constructed of non- rooms, time-clock areas. combustible materials and in accord- (iii) Handling of liquefied hydrogen in- ance with the provisions of paragraph side buildings other than separate build- (c)(3)(i)(a) of this section. ings and special rooms. Portable lique- (d) Electrical wiring and equipment fied hydrogen containers of 50 gallons shall comply with paragraph (c)(1)(ix) or less capacity as permitted in Table (a) and (b) of this section. H–3 and in compliance with subdivision (e) Adequate lighting shall be pro- (i)(f) of this subparagraph when housed vided for nighttime transfer operation. inside buildings not located in a special (ii) Separate buildings. (a) Separate room and exposed to other occupancies buildings shall be of light noncombus- shall comply with the following min- tible construction on a substantial imum requirements: frame. Walls and roofs shall be lightly (a) Be located 20 feet from flammable fastened and designed to relieve at a liquids and readily combustible mate- maximum internal pressure of 25 rials such as excelsior or paper. pounds per square foot. Windows shall (b) Be located 25 feet from ordinary be of shatterproof glass or plastic in electrical equipment and other sources metal frames. Doors shall be located in of ignition including process or analyt- such a manner that they will be readily ical equipment. accessible to personnel in an emer- (c) Be located 25 feet from concentra- gency. tions of people. (b) Adequate ventilation to the out- (d) Be located 50 feet from intakes of doors shall be provided. Inlet openings ventilation and air-conditioning equip- shall be located near the floor level in ment or intakes of compressors. exterior walls only. Outlet openings (e) Be located 50 feet from storage of shall be located at the high point of the other flammable-gases or storage of room in exterior walls or roof. Both the oxidizing gases. inlet and outlet vent openings shall (f) Containers shall be protected have a minimum total area of 1 square against damage or injury due to falling foot per 1,000 cubic feet of room vol- objects or work activity in the area. ume. Discharge from outlet openings (g) Containers shall be firmly secured shall be directed or conducted to a safe and stored in an upright position. location. (h) Welding or cutting operations, (c) There shall be no sources of igni- and smoking shall be prohibited while tion. hydrogen is in the room. (d) Electrical wiring and equipment (i) The area shall be adequately ven- shall comply with paragraphs (c)(1)(ix) tilated. Safety relief devices on the (a) and (b) of this section except that containers shall be vented directly out- the provisions of paragraph (c)(1)(ix)(b) doors or to a suitable hood. See para- of this section shall apply to all elec- graphs (c)(1)(iv)(b) and (c)(2)(i)(f) of trical wiring and equipment in the sep- this section. arate building. (3) Design considerations at specific lo- (e) Heating, if provided, shall be by cations—(i) Outdoor locations. (a) Out- steam, hot water, or other indirect door location shall mean outside of any means. building or structure, and includes lo- (iii) Special rooms. (a) Floors, walls, cations under a weather shelter or can- and ceilings shall have a fire resistance opy provided such locations are not en- rating of at least 2 hours. Walls or par- closed by more than two walls set at titions shall be continuous from floor right angles and are provided with to ceiling and shall be securely an- vent-space between the walls and vent- chored. At least one wall shall be an ed roof or canopy. exterior wall. Openings to other parts (b) Roadways and yard surfaces lo- of the building shall not be permitted. cated below liquefied hydrogen piping, Windows and doors shall be in exterior from which liquid air may drip, shall walls and doors shall be located in such be constructed of noncombustible ma- a manner that they will be accessible terials. in an emergency. Windows shall be of

229

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.104 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

shatterproof glass or plastic in metal § 1910.104 Oxygen. frames. (a) Scope. This section applies to the (b) Ventilation shall be as provided in installation of bulk oxygen systems on paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(b) of this section. industrial and institutional consumer (c) Explosion venting shall be pro- vided in exterior walls or roof only. premises. This section does not apply The venting area shall be equal to not to oxygen manufacturing plants or less than 1 square foot per 30 cubic feet other establishments operated by the of room volume and may consist of any oxygen supplier or his agent for the one or any combination of the fol- purpose of storing oxygen and refilling lowing: Walls of light noncombustible portable containers, trailers, mobile material; lightly fastened hatch covers; supply trucks, or tank cars, nor to sys- lightly fastened swinging doors open- tems having capacities less than those ing outward in exterior walls; lightly stated in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- fastened walls or roofs designed to re- tion. lieve at a maximum pressure of 25 (b) Bulk oxygen systems—(1) Definition. pounds per square foot. As used in this section: A bulk oxygen (d) There shall be no sources of igni- system is an assembly of equipment, tion. such as oxygen storage containers, (e) Electrical wiring and equipment pressure regulators, safety devices, va- shall comply with paragraph (c)(1)(ix) porizers, manifolds, and inter- (a) and (b) of this section except that connecting piping, which has storage the provision of paragraph (c)(1)(ix)(b) capacity of more than 13,000 cubic feet of this section shall apply to all elec- of oxygen, Normal Temperature and trical wiring and equipment in the spe- Pressure (NTP), connected in service or cial room. ready for service, or more than 25,000 (f) Heating, if provided, shall be cubic feet of oxygen (NTP) including steam, hot water, or by other indirect unconnected reserves on hand at the means. site. The bulk oxygen system termi- (4) Operating instructions—(i) Written nates at the point where oxygen at instructions. For installation which re- service pressure first enters the supply quire any operation of equipment by line. The oxygen containers may be the user, legible instructions shall be stationary or movable, and the oxygen maintained at operating locations. may be stored as gas or liquid. (ii) Attendant. A qualified person (2) Location—(i) General. Bulk oxygen shall be in attendance at all times storage systems shall be located above while the mobile hydrogen supply unit ground out of doors, or shall be in- is being unloaded. stalled in a building of noncombustible (iii) Security. Each mobile liquefied construction, adequately vented, and hydrogen supply unit used as part of a used for that purpose exclusively. The hydrogen system shall be adequately location selected shall be such that secured to prevent movement. containers and associated equipment (iv) Grounding. The mobile liquefied shall not be exposed by electric power hydrogen supply unit shall be grounded lines, flammable or combustible liquid for static electricity. lines, or flammable gas lines. (5) Maintenance. The equipment and functioning of each charged liquefied (ii) Accessibility. The system shall be hydrogen system shall be maintained located so that it is readily accessible in a safe operating condition in accord- to mobile supply equipment at ground ance with the requirements of this sec- level and to authorized personnel. tion. Weeds or similar combustibles (iii) Leakage. Where oxygen is stored shall not be permitted within 25 feet of as a liquid, noncombustible surfacing any liquefied hydrogen equipment. shall be provided in an area in which any leakage of liquid oxygen might fall [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 during operation of the system and fill- FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 53 FR 12121, Apr. 12, 1988; 55 FR 32015, Aug. 6, 1990; 58 FR 35309, ing of a storage container. For pur- June 30, 1993; 61 FR 9236, 9237, Mar. 7, 1996; 69 poses of this paragraph, asphaltic or bi- FR 31881, June 8, 2004; 72 FR 71069, Dec. 14, tuminous paving is considered to be 2007] combustible.

230

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.104

(iv) Elevation. When locating bulk ox- Distance (feet) Capacity (gallons) ygen systems near above-ground flam- mable or combustible liquid storage 25 ...... 0 to 1000. which may be either indoors or out- 50 ...... 1001 or more. doors, it is advisable to locate the sys- (viii) Combustible liquid storage below- tem on ground higher than the flam- ground. mable or combustible liquid storage. (v) Dikes. Where it is necessary to lo- Distance from oxygen stor- cate a bulk oxygen system on ground Distance measured hori- age container to filling and zontally from oxygen storage vent connections or openings lower than adjacent flammable or com- container to combustible liq- to combustible liquid tank bustible liquid storage suitable means uid tank (feet) (feet) shall be taken (such as by diking, di- version curbs, or grading) with respect 15 ...... 40. to the adjacent flammable or combus- (ix) Flammable gas storage. (Such as tible liquid storage to prevent accumu- compressed flammable gases, liquefied lation of liquids under the bulk oxygen flammable gases and flammable gases system. (3) Distance between systems and expo- in low pressure gas holders): sures—(i) General. The minimum dis- Distance (feet) Capacity (cu. ft. NTP) tance from any bulk oxygen storage container to exposures, measured in 50 ...... Less than 5000. the most direct line except as indicated 90 ...... 5000 or more. in paragraphs (b)(3) (vi) and (viii) of this section, shall be as indicated in (x) Highly combustible materials. Fifty paragraphs (b)(3) (ii) to (xviii) of this feet from solid materials which burn section inclusive. rapidly, such as excelsior or paper. (ii) Combustible structures. Fifty feet (xi) Slow-burning materials. Twenty- from any combustible structures. five feet from solid materials which (iii) Fire resistive structures. Twenty- burn slowly, such as coal and heavy five feet from any structures with fire- timber. resistive exterior walls or sprinklered (xii) Ventilation. Seventy-five feet in buildings of other construction, but one direction and 35 feet in approxi- not less than one-half the height of ad- mately 90° direction from confining jacent side wall of the structure. walls (not including firewalls less than (iv) Openings. At least 10 feet from 20 feet high) to provide adequate ven- any opening in adjacent walls of fire tilation in courtyards and similar con- resistive structures. Spacing from such fining areas. structures shall be adequate to permit (xiii) Congested areas. Twenty-five maintenance, but shall not be less than feet from congested areas such as of- 1 foot. fices, lunchrooms, locker rooms, time (v) Flammable liquid storage above- clock areas, and similar locations ground. where people may congregate.

Distance (feet) Capacity (gallons) (xiv)–(xvii) [Reserved] (xviii) Exceptions. The distances in 50 ...... 0 to 1000. paragraphs (b)(3) (ii), (iii), (v) to (xi) in- 90 ...... 1001 or more. clusive, of this section do not apply (vi) Flammable liquid storage below- where protective structures such as ground. firewalls of adequate height to safe- guard the oxygen storage systems are Distance from oxygen located between the bulk oxygen stor- Distance measured storage container to horizontally from oxy- filling and vent con- Capacity gal- age installation and the exposure. In gen storage container nections or openings lons such cases, the bulk oxygen storage in- to flammable liquid to flammable liquid tank (feet) tank (feet) stallation may be a minimum distance of 1 foot from the firewall. 15 ...... 50 ...... 0 to 1000. (4) Storage containers—(i) Foundations 30 ...... 50 ...... 1001 or more. and supports. Permanently installed containers shall be provided with sub- (vii) Combustible liquid storage above- stantial noncombustible supports on ground. firm noncombustible foundations.

231

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.104 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Construction—liquid. Liquid oxy- fication shall be equipped with safety gen storage containers shall be fab- relief devices as required thereby. ricated from materials meeting the im- (iii) ASME containers. Bulk oxygen pact test requirements of paragraph storage containers designed and con- UG–84 of ASME Boiler and Pressure structed in accordance with the ASME Vessel Code, section VIII—Unfired Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, sec- Pressure Vessels—1968, which is incor- tion VIII—Unfired Pressure Vessel— porated by reference as specified in 1968 shall be equipped with safety relief § 1910.6. Containers operating at pres- devices meeting the provisions of the sures above 15 pounds per square inch Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet gage (p.s.i.g.) shall be designed, con- ‘‘Safety Relief Device Standards for structed, and tested in accordance with Compressed Gas Storage Containers,’’ appropriate requirements of ASME S–1, part 3, which is incorporated by Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, sec- reference as specified in § 1910.6. tion VII—Unfired Pressure Vessels— (iv) Insulation. Insulation casings on 1968. Insulation surrounding the liquid liquid oxygen containers shall be oxygen container shall be noncombus- equipped with suitable safety relief de- tible. vices. (iii) Construction—gaseous. High- pres- (v) Reliability. All safety relief de- sure gaseous oxygen containers shall vices shall be so designed or located comply with one of the following: that moisture cannot collect and freeze (a) Designed, constructed, and tested in a manner which would interfere with in accordance with appropriate require- proper operation of the device. ments of ASME Boiler and Pressure (7) Liquid oxygen vaporizers—(i) Vessel Code, Section VIII—Unfired Mounts and couplings. The vaporizer Pressure Vessels—1968. shall be anchored and its connecting (b) Designed, constructed, tested, and piping be sufficiently flexible to pro- maintained in accordance with DOT vide for the effect of expansion and Specifications and Regulations. contraction due to temperature (5) Piping, tubing, and fittings—(i) Se- changes. lection. Piping, tubing, and fittings (ii) Relief devices. The vaporizer and shall be suitable for oxygen service and its piping shall be adequately protected for the pressures and temperatures in- on the oxygen and heating medium sec- volved. tions with safety relief devices. (ii) Specification. Piping and tubing (iii) Heating. Heat used in an oxygen shall conform to section 2—Gas and Air vaporizer shall be indirectly supplied Piping Systems of Code for Pressure only through media such as steam, air, Piping, ANSI, B31.1–1967 with addenda water, or water solutions which do not B31.10a–1969, which is incorporated by react with oxygen. reference as specified in § 1910.6. (iv) Grounding. If electric heaters are (iii) Fabrication. Piping or tubing for used to provide the primary source of operating temperatures below ¥20 °F. heat, the vaporizing system shall be shall be fabricated from materials electrically grounded. meeting the impact test requirements (8) Equipment assembly and installa- of paragraph UG–84 of ASME Boiler tion—(i) Cleaning. Equipment making and Pressure Vessel Code, Section up a bulk oxygen system shall be VIII—Unfired Pressure Vessels—1968, cleaned in order to remove oil, grease when tested at the minimum operating or other readily oxidizable materials temperature to which the piping may before placing the system in service. be subjected in service. (ii) Joints. Joints in piping and tubing (6) Safety relief devices—(i) General. may be made by welding or by use of Bulk oxygen storage containers, re- flanged, threaded, slip, or compression gardless of design pressure shall be fittings. Gaskets or thread sealants equipped with safety relief devices as shall be suitable for oxygen service. required by the ASME code or the DOT (iii) Accessories. Valves, gages, regu- specifications and regulations. lators, and other accessories shall be (ii) DOT containers. Bulk oxygen stor- suitable for oxygen service. age containers designed and con- (iv) Installation. Installation of bulk structed in accordance with DOT speci- oxygen systems shall be supervised by

232

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

personnel familiar with proper prac- porated by reference as specified in tices with reference to their construc- § 1910.6. tion and use. [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 61 (v) Testing. After installation all field FR 9237, Mar. 7, 1996] erected piping shall be tested and proved gas tight at maximum oper- § 1910.106 Flammable liquids. ating pressure. Any medium used for (a) Definitions. As used in this sec- testing shall be oil free and nonflam- tion: mable. (1) Aerosol shall mean a material (vi) Security. Storage containers, pip- which is dispensed from its container ing, valves, regulating equipment, and as a mist, spray, or foam by a propel- other accessories shall be protected lant under pressure. against physical damage and against (2) Atmospheric tank shall mean a tampering. storage tank which has been designed (vii) Venting. Any enclosure con- to operate at pressures from atmos- taining oxygen control or operating pheric through 0.5 p.s.i.g. equipment shall be adequately vented. (3) Automotive service station shall mean that portion of property where (viii) Placarding. The bulk oxygen flammable liquids used as motor fuels storage location shall be permanently are stored and dispensed from fixed placarded to indicate: ‘‘OXYGEN—NO equipment into the fuel tanks of motor SMOKING—NO OPEN FLAMES’’, or an vehicles and shall include any facilities equivalent warning. available for the sale and service of (ix) Electrical wiring. Bulk oxygen in- tires, batteries, and accessories, and stallations are not hazardous locations for minor automotive maintenance as defined and covered in subpart S of work. Major automotive repairs, paint- this part. Therefore, general purpose or ing, body and fender work are excluded. weatherproof types of electrical wiring (4) Basement shall mean a story of a and equipment are acceptable depend- building or structure having one-half ing upon whether the installation is in- or more of its height below ground doors or outdoors. Such equipment level and to which access for fire fight- shall be installed in accordance with ing purposes is unduly restricted. the applicable provisions of subpart S (5) Boiling point shall mean the boil- of this part. ing point of a liquid at a pressure of (9) Operating instructions. For instal- 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute lations which require any operation of (p.s.i.a.) (760 mm.). Where an accurate equipment by the user, legible instruc- boiling point is unavailable for the ma- tions shall be maintained at operating terial in question, or for mixtures locations. which do not have a constant boiling (10) Maintenance. The equipment and point, for purposes of this section the functioning of each charged bulk oxy- 10 percent point of a distillation per- gen system shall be maintained in a formed in accordance with the Stand- safe operating condition in accordance ard Method of Test for Distillation of with the requirements of this section. Petroleum Products, ASTM D–86–62, Wood and long dry grass shall be cut which is incorporated by reference as back within 15 feet of any bulk oxygen specified in § 1910.6, may be used as the storage container. boiling point of the liquid. (6) Boilover shall mean the expulsion [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 of crude oil (or certain other liquids) FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 61 FR 9237, Mar. 7, from a burning tank. The light frac- 1996] tions of the crude oil burnoff producing a heat wave in the residue, which on § 1910.105 Nitrous oxide. reaching a water strata may result in The piped systems for the in-plant the expulsion of a portion of the con- transfer and distribution of nitrous tents of the tank in the form of froth. oxide shall be designed, installed, (7) Bulk plant shall mean that por- maintained, and operated in accord- tion of a property where flammable liq- ance with Compressed Gas Association uids are received by tank vessel, pipe- Pamphlet G–8.1–1964, which is incor- lines, tank car, or tank vehicle, and are

233

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

stored or blended in bulk for the pur- (ii) For a liquid which has a viscosity pose of distributing such liquids by of 45 SUS or more at 100 °F (37.8 °C), or tank vessel, pipeline, tank car, tank contains suspended solids, or has a vehicle, or container. tendency to form a surface film while (8) Chemical plant shall mean a large under test, the Standard Method of integrated plant or that portion of Test for Flashpoint by Pensky-Martens such a plant other than a refinery or Closed Tester (ASTM D–93–71) or an distillery where flammable liquids are equivalent method as defined by Ap- produced by chemical reactions or used pendix B to § 1910.1200—Physical Hazard in chemical reactions. Criteria, shall be used except that the (9) Closed container shall mean a methods specified in Note 1 to section container as herein defined, so sealed 1.1 of ASTM D–93–71 may be used for by means of a lid or other device that the respective materials specified in neither liquid nor vapor will escape the Note. The preceding ASTM stand- from it at ordinary temperatures. ard is incorporated by reference as (10) Crude petroleum shall mean hy- specified in § 1910.6. drocarbon mixtures that have a flash (iii) For a liquid that is a mixture of point below 150 °F. and which have not compounds that have different been processed in a refinery. volatilities and flashpoints, its (11) Distillery shall mean a plant or flashpoint shall be determined by using that portion of a plant where flam- the procedure specified in paragraph mable liquids produced by fermenta- (a)(14)(i) or (ii) of this section on the tion are concentrated, and where the liquid in the form it is shipped. concentrated products may also be (iv) Organic peroxides, which undergo mixed, stored, or packaged. autoaccelerating thermal decomposi- (12) Fire area shall mean an area of a tion, are excluded from any of the building separated from the remainder flashpoint determination methods of the building by construction having specified in this subparagraph. a fire resistance of at least 1 hour and (15) Hotel shall mean buildings or having all communicating openings properly protected by an assembly hav- groups of buildings under the same ing a fire resistance rating of at least 1 management in which there are sleep- hour. ing accommodations for hire, primarily (13) Flammable aerosol shall mean a used by transients who are lodged with flammable aerosol as defined by Appen- or without meals including but not dix B to § 1910.1200—Physical Hazard limited to inns, clubs, motels, and Criteria. For the purposes of paragraph apartment hotels. (d) of this section, such aerosols are (16) Institutional occupancy shall considered Category 1 flammable liq- mean the occupancy or use of a build- uids. ing or structure or any portion thereof (14) Flashpoint means the minimum by persons harbored or detained to re- temperature at which a liquid gives off ceive medical, charitable or other care vapor within a test vessel in sufficient or treatment, or by persons involun- concentration to form an ignitable tarily detained. mixture with air near the surface of (17) Liquid shall mean, for the pur- the liquid, and shall be determined as pose of this section, any material follows: which has a fluidity greater than that (i) For a liquid which has a viscosity of 300 penetration asphalt when tested of less than 45 SUS at 100 °F (37.8 °C), in accordance with ASTM Test for Pen- does not contain suspended solids, and etration for Bituminous Materials, D– does not have a tendency to form a sur- 5–65, which is incorporated by reference face film while under test, the proce- as specified in § 1910.6. dure specified in the Standard Method (18) [Reserved] of Test for Flashpoint by Tag Closed (19) Flammable liquid means any liq- Tester (ASTM D–56–70), which is incor- uid having a flashpoint at or below porated by reference as specified in 199.4 °F (93 °C). Flammable liquids are § 1910.6, or an equivalent test method as divided into four categories as follows: defined in Appendix B to § 1910.1200— (i) Category 1 shall include liquids Physical Hazard Criteria, shall be used. having flashpoints below 73.4 °F (23 °C)

234

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

and having a boiling point at or below dering or receiving of professional serv- 95 °F (35 °C). ices. (ii) Category 2 shall include liquids (25) Portable tank shall mean a having flashpoints below 73.4 °F (23 °C) closed container having a liquid capac- and having a boiling point above 95 °F ity over 60 U.S. gallons and not in- (35 °C). tended for fixed installation. (iii) Category 3 shall include liquids (26) Pressure vessel shall mean a having flashpoints at or above 73.4 °F storage tank or vessel which has been (23 °C) and at or below 140 °F (60 °C). designed to operate at pressures above When a Category 3 liquid with a 15 p.s.i.g. flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) is (27) Protection for exposure shall heated for use to within 30 °F (16.7 °C) mean adequate fire protection for of its flashpoint, it shall be handled in structures on property adjacent to accordance with the requirements for a tanks, where there are employees of Category 3 liquid with a flashpoint the establishment. ° ° below 100 F (37.8 C). (28) Refinery shall mean a plant in (iv) Category 4 shall include liquids which flammable liquids are produced ° ° having flashpoints above 140 F (60 C) on a commercial scale from crude pe- ° ° and at or below 199.4 F (93 C). When a troleum, natural gasoline, or other hy- Category 4 flammable liquid is heated drocarbon sources. for use to within 30 °F (16.7 °C) of its (29) Safety can shall mean an ap- flashpoint, it shall be handled in ac- proved container, of not more than 5 cordance with the requirements for a gallons capacity, having a spring-clos- Category 3 liquid with a flashpoint at ing lid and spout cover and so designed or above 100 °F (37.8 °C). that it will safely relieve internal pres- (v) When liquid with a flashpoint sure when subjected to fire exposure. greater than 199.4 °F (93 °C) is heated (30) Vapor pressure shall mean the for use to within 30 °F (16.7 °C) of its pressure, measured in pounds per flashpoint, it shall be handled in ac- square inch (absolute) exerted by a cordance with the requirements for a volatile liquid as determined by the Category 4 flammable liquid. ‘‘Standard Method of Test for Vapor (20) Unstable (reactive) liquid shall Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid mean a liquid which in the pure state Method),’’ American Society for Test- or as commercially produced or trans- ing and Materials ASTM D323–68, which ported will vigorously polymerize, de- is incorporated by reference as speci- compose, condense, or will become self- fied in § 1910.6. reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure, or temperature. (31) Ventilation as specified in this (21) Low-pressure tank shall mean a section is for the prevention of fire and storage tank which has been designed explosion. It is considered adequate if to operate at pressures above 0.5 p.s.i.g. it is sufficient to prevent accumulation but not more than 15 p.s.i.g. of significant quantities of vapor-air (22) Marine service station shall mixtures in concentration over one- mean that portion of a property where fourth of the lower flammable limit. flammable liquids used as fuels are (32) Storage: Flammable liquids shall stored and dispensed from fixed equip- be stored in a tank or in a container ment on shore, piers, wharves, or float- that complies with paragraph (d)(2) of ing docks into the fuel tanks of self- this section. propelled craft, and shall include all fa- (33) Barrel shall mean a volume of 42 cilities used in connection therewith. U.S. gallons. (23) Mercantile occupancy shall mean (34) Container shall mean any can, the occupancy or use of a building or barrel, or drum. structure or any portion thereof for the (35) Approved unless otherwise indi- displaying, selling, or buying of goods, cated, approved, or listed by a nation- wares, or merchandise. ally recognized testing laboratory. (24) Office occupancy shall mean the Refer to § 1910.7 for definition of nation- occupancy or use of a building or struc- ally recognized testing laboratory. ture or any portion thereof for the (36) Listed see ‘‘approved’’ in transaction of business, or the ren- § 1910.106(a)(35).

235

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(37) SUS means Saybolt Universal (1) Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., Seconds as determined by the Standard Subjects No. 142, Standard for Steel Method of Test for Saybolt Viscosity Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and (ASTM D–88–56), and may be deter- Combustible Liquids, 1968; No. 58, mined by use of the SUS conversion ta- Standard for Steel Underground Tanks bles specified in ASTM Method D2161– for Flammable and Combustible Liq- 66 following determination of viscosity uids, Fifth Edition, December 1961; or in accordance with the procedures No. 80, Standard for Steel Inside Tanks specified in the Standard Method of for Oil-Burner Fuel, September 1963. Test for Viscosity of Transparent and (2) American Petroleum Institute Opaque Liquids (ASTM D445–65). Standards No. 650, Welded Steel Tanks (38) Viscous means a viscosity of 45 for Oil Storage, Third Edition, 1966. SUS or more. (3) American Petroleum Institute (b) Tank storage—(1) Design and con- Standards No. 12B, Specification for struction of tanks—(i) Materials. (a) Bolted Production Tanks, Eleventh Tanks shall be built of steel except as Edition, May 1958, and Supplement 1, provided in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) (b) March 1962; No. 12D, Specification for through (e) of this section. Large Welded Production Tanks, Sev- (b) Tanks may be built of materials enth Edition, August 1957; or No. 12F, other than steel for installation under- Specification for Small Welded Produc- ground or if required by the properties tion Tanks, Fifth Edition, March 1961. of the liquid stored. Tanks located Tanks built in accordance with these above ground or inside buildings shall standards shall be used only as produc- be of noncombustible construction. tion tanks for storage of crude petro- (c) Tanks built of materials other leum in oil-producing areas. than steel shall be designed to speci- (b) Tanks designed for underground fications embodying principles recog- service not exceeding 2,500 gallons ca- nized as good engineering design for pacity may be used aboveground. the material used. (c) Low-pressure tanks and pressure (d) Unlined concrete tanks may be vessels may be used as atmospheric used for storing flammable liquids hav- tanks. ing a gravity of 40° API or heavier. Concrete tanks with special lining may (d) Atmospheric tanks shall not be be used for other services provided the used for the storage of a flammable liq- design is in accordance with sound en- uid at a temperature at or above its gineering practice. boiling point. (e) [Reserved] (iv) Low pressure tanks. (a) The nor- (f) Special engineering consideration mal operating pressure of the tank shall be required if the specific gravity shall not exceed the design pressure of of the liquid to be stored exceeds that the tank. of water or if the tanks are designed to (b) Low-pressure tanks shall be built contain flammable liquids at a liquid in accordance with acceptable stand- temperature below 0 °F. ards of design. Low-pressure tanks may (ii) Fabrication. (a) [Reserved] be built in accordance with the fol- (b) Metal tanks shall be welded, riv- lowing consensus standards that are in- eted, and caulked, brazed, or bolted, or corporated by reference as specified in constructed by use of a combination of § 1910.6: these methods. Filler metal used in (1) American Petroleum Institute brazing shall be nonferrous metal or an Standard No. 620. Recommended Rules alloy having a melting point above 1000 for the Design and Construction of °F. and below that of the metal joined. Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage (iii) Atmospheric tanks. (a) Atmos- Tanks, Third Edition, 1966. pheric tanks shall be built in accord- (2) The principles of the Code for ance with acceptable good standards of Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII design. Atmospheric tanks may be of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- built in accordance with the following sels Code, 1968. consensus standards that are incor- (c) Atmospheric tanks built accord- porated by reference as specified in ing to Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., § 1910.6: requirements in subdivision (iii)(a) of

236

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

and shall be limited to 2.5 p.s.i.g. under tanks are accessible for firefighting emergency venting conditions. purposes. This paragraph may be used for oper- (f) The minimum separation between ating pressures not exceeding 1 p.s.i.g. a liquefied petroleum gas container (d) Pressure vessels may be used as and a flammable liquid storage tank low-pressure tanks. shall be 20 feet, except in the case of (v) Pressure vessels. (a) The normal op- flammable liquid tanks operating at erating pressure of the vessel shall not pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. or exceed the design pressure of the ves- equipped with emergency venting sel. which will permit pressures to exceed (b) Pressure vessels shall be built in 2.5 p.s.i.g. in which case the provisions accordance with the Code for Unfired of subdivisions (a) and (b) of this sub- Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the division shall apply. Suitable means ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be taken to prevent the accumu- 1968. lation of flammable liquids under adja- (vi) Provisions for internal corrosion. cent liquefied petroleum gas containers When tanks are not designed in accord- such as by diversion curbs or grading. ance with the American Petroleum In- When flammable liquid storage tanks stitute, American Society of Mechan- are within a diked area, the liquefied ical Engineers, or the Underwriters’ petroleum gas containers shall be out- Laboratories, Inc.’s, standards, or if side the diked area and at least 10 feet corrosion is anticipated beyond that away from the centerline of the wall of provided for in the design formulas the diked area. The foregoing provi- used, additional metal thickness or sions shall not apply when liquefied pe- suitable protective coatings or linings troleum gas containers of 125 gallons or shall be provided to compensate for the less capacity are installed adjacent to corrosion loss expected during the de- fuel oil supply tanks of 550 gallons or sign life of the tank. less capacity. (2) Installation of outside aboveground (iii) [Reserved] tanks. (iv) Normal venting for aboveground (i) [Reserved] tanks. (a) Atmospheric storage tanks (ii) Spacing (shell-to-shell) between shall be adequately vented to prevent aboveground tanks. (a) The distance be- the development of vacuum or pressure tween any two flammable liquid stor- sufficient to distort the roof of a cone age tanks shall not be less than 3 feet. roof tank or exceeding the design pres- (b) Except as provided in paragraph sure in the case of other atmospheric (b)(2)(ii)(c) of this section, the distance tanks, as a result of filling or between any two adjacent tanks shall emptying, and atmospheric tempera- not be less than one-sixth the sum of ture changes. their diameters. When the diameter of (b) Normal vents shall be sized either one tank is less than one-half the di- in accordance with: (1) The American ameter of the adjacent tank, the dis- Petroleum Institute Standard 2000 tance between the two tanks shall not (1968), Venting Atmospheric and Low- be less than one-half the diameter of Pressure Storage Tanks, which is in- the smaller tank. corporated by reference as specified in (c) Where crude petroleum in con- § 1910.6; or (2) other accepted standard; junction with production facilities are or (3) shall be at least as large as the located in noncongested areas and have filling or withdrawal connection, capacities not exceeding 126,000 gallons whichever is larger but in no case less (3,000 barrels), the distance between than 11⁄4 inch nominal inside diameter. such tanks shall not be less than 3 feet. (c) Low-pressure tanks and pressure (d) Where unstable flammable liquids vessels shall be adequately vented to are stored, the distance between such prevent development of pressure or tanks shall not be less than one-half vacuum, as a result of filling or the sum of their diameters. emptying and atmospheric tempera- (e) When tanks are compacted in ture changes, from exceeding the de- three or more rows or in an irregular sign pressure of the tank or vessel. pattern, greater spacing or other Protection shall also be provided to means shall be provided so that inside prevent overpressure from any pump

237

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

discharging into the tank or vessel flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C) where when the pump discharge pressure can conditions are such that their use may, exceed the design pressure of the tank in case of obstruction, result in tank or vessel. damage. (d) If any tank or pressure vessel has (v) Emergency relief venting for fire ex- more than one fill or withdrawal con- posure for aboveground tanks. (a) Every nection and simultaneous filling or aboveground storage tank shall have withdrawal can be made, the vent size some form of construction or device shall be based on the maximum antici- that will relieve excessive internal pated simultaneous flow. pressure caused by exposure fires. (e) Unless the vent is designed to (b) In a vertical tank the construc- limit the internal pressure 2.5 p.s.i. or tion referred to in subdivision (a) of less, the outlet of vents and vent drains this subdivision may take the form of a shall be arranged to discharge in such floating roof, lifter roof, a weak roof- a manner as to prevent localized over- to-shell seam, or other approved pres- heating of any part of the tank in the sure relieving construction. The weak event vapors from such vents are ig- roof-to-shell seam shall be constructed nited. to fail preferential to any other seam. (f)(1) Tanks and pressure vessels stor- (c) Where entire dependence for emer- ing Category 1 flammable liquids shall gency relief is placed upon pressure re- be equipped with venting devices which lieving devices, the total venting ca- shall be normally closed except when pacity of both normal and emergency venting to pressure or vacuum condi- vents shall be enough to prevent rup- tions. Tanks and pressure vessels stor- ture of the shell or bottom of the tank ing Category 2 flammable liquids and if vertical, or of the shell or heads if Category 3 flammable liquids with a horizontal. If unstable liquids are flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C) shall be stored, the effects of heat or gas result- equipped with venting devices which ing from polymerization, decomposi- shall be normally closed except when tion, condensation, or self-reactivity venting under pressure or vacuum con- shall be taken into account. The total ditions, or with approved flame arrest- capacity of both normal and emergency ers. venting devices shall be not less than (2) Exemption: Tanks of 3,000 bbls that derived from Table H–10 except as (barrels). capacity or less containing provided in subdivision (e) or (f) of this crude petroleum in crude-producing subdivision. Such device may be a self- areas and outside aboveground atmos- closing manhole cover, or one using pheric tanks under 1,000 gallons capac- long bolts that permit the cover to lift ity containing other than Category 1 under internal pressure, or an addi- flammable liquids may have open tional or larger relief valve or valves. vents. (See paragraph (b)(2)(vi)(b) of The wetted area of the tank shall be this section.) calculated on the basis of 55 percent of (g) Flame arresters or venting de- the total exposed area of a sphere or vices required in paragraph (b)(2)(iv)(f) spheroid, 75 percent of the total ex- of this section may be omitted for Cat- posed area of a horizontal tank and the egory 2 flammable liquids and Cat- first 30 feet above grade of the exposed egory 3 flammable liquids with a shell area of a vertical tank.

TABLE H–10—WETTED AREA VERSUS CUBIC FEET FREE AIR PER HOUR [14.7 psia and 60 °F.]

Square feet CFH Square feet CFH Square feet CFH

20 21,100 200 211,000 1,000 524,000 30 31,600 250 239,000 1,200 557,000 40 42,100 300 265,000 1,400 587,000 50 52,700 350 288,000 1,600 614,000 60 63,200 400 312,000 1,800 639,000 70 73,700 500 354,000 2,000 662,000 80 84,200 600 392,000 2,400 704,000 90 94,800 700 428,000 2,800 742,000 100 105,000 800 462,000 and 120 126,000 900 493,000 over

238

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

TABLE H–10—WETTED AREA VERSUS CUBIC FEET FREE AIR PER HOUR—Continued [14.7 psia and 60 °F.]

Square feet CFH Square feet CFH Square feet CFH

140 147,000 1,000 524,000 160 168,000 180 190,000 200 211,000

(d) For tanks and storage vessels de- tank, in the event vapors from such signed for pressure over 1 p.s.i.g., the vents are ignited. total rate of venting shall be deter- (h) Each commercial tank venting mined in accordance with Table H–10, device shall have stamped on it the except that when the exposed wetted opening pressure, the pressure at which area of the surface is greater than 2,800 the valve reaches the full open posi- square feet, the total rate of venting tion, and the flow capacity at the lat- shall be calculated by the following ter pressure, expressed in cubic feet per formula: hour of air at 60 °F. and at a pressure CFH = 1,107A 0.82 of 14.7 p.s.i.a. (i) The flow capacity of tank venting Where; devices 12 inches and smaller in nomi- CFH = Venting requirement, in cubic feet of nal pipe size shall be determined by ac- free air per hour. tual test of each type and size of vent. A = Exposed wetted surface, in square feet. These flow tests may be conducted by NOTE: The foregoing formula is based on Q the manufacturer if certified by a = 21,000A0.82. qualified impartial observer, or may be (e) The total emergency relief vent- conducted by an outside agency. The ing capacity for any specific stable liq- flow capacity of tank venting devices uid may be determined by the fol- larger than 12 inches nominal pipe size, lowing formula: including manhole covers with long bolts or equivalent, may be calculated ÷ √ V = 1337 L M provided that the opening pressure is V = Cubic feet of free air per hour from Table actually measured, the rating pressure H–10. and corresponding free orifice area are L = Latent heat of vaporization of specific stated, the word ‘‘calculated’’ appears liquid in B.t.u. per pound. on the nameplate, and the computation M = Molecular weight of specific liquids. is based on a flow coefficient of 0.5 ap- (f) The required airflow rate of sub- plied to the rated orifice area. division (c) or (e) of this subdivision (vi) Vent piping for aboveground tanks. may be multiplied by the appropriate (a) Vent piping shall be constructed in factor listed in the following schedule accordance with paragraph (c) of this when protection is provided as indi- section. cated. Only one factor may be used for (b) Where vent pipe outlets for tanks any one tank. storing Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- 0.5 for drainage in accordance with subdivi- uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids sion (vii)(b) of this subparagraph for tanks with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), over 200 square feet of wetted area. are adjacent to buildings or public 0.3 for approved water spray. ways, they shall be located so that the 0.3 for approved insulation. vapors are released at a safe point out- 0.15 for approved water spray with ap- side of buildings and not less than 12 proved insulation. feet above the adjacent ground level. In (g) The outlet of all vents and vent order to aid their dispersion, vapors drains on tanks equipped with emer- shall be discharged upward or hori- gency venting to permit pressures ex- zontally away from closely adjacent ceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. shall be arranged to walls. Vent outlets shall be located so discharge in such a way as to prevent that flammable vapors will not be localized overheating of any part of the trapped by eaves or other obstructions

239

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

and shall be at least five feet from be not less than the capacity of the building openings. largest tank served by the enclosure, (c) When tank vent piping is assuming a full tank. The capacity of manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as the diked enclosure shall be calculated to discharge, within the pressure limi- by deducting the volume below the tations of the system, the vapors they height of the dike of all tanks within may be required to handle when the enclosure. manifolded tanks are subject to the (3) Walls of the diked area shall be of same fire exposure. earth, steel, concrete or solid masonry (vii) Drainage, dikes, and walls for designed to be liquidtight and to with- aboveground tanks—(a) Drainage and stand a full hydrostatic head. Earthen diked areas. The area surrounding a walls 3 feet or more in height shall tank or a group of tanks shall be pro- have a flat section at the top not less vided with drainage as in subdivision than 2 feet wide. The slope of an earth- (b) of this subdivision, or shall be diked en wall shall be consistent with the as provided in subdivision (c) of this angle of repose of the material of which subdivision, to prevent accidental dis- the wall is constructed. charge of liquid from endangering ad- (4) The walls of the diked area shall joining property or reaching water- be restricted to an average height of 6 ways. feet above interior grade. (b) Drainage. Where protection of ad- (5) [Reserved] joining property or waterways is by (6) No loose combustible material, means of a natural or manmade drain- empty or full drum or barrel, shall be age system, such systems shall comply permitted within the diked area. with the following: (viii) Tank openings other than vents (1) [Reserved] for aboveground tanks. (2) The drainage system shall termi- (a)–(c) [Reserved] nate in vacant land or other area or in (d) Openings for gaging shall be pro- an impounding basin having a capacity vided with a vaportight cap or cover. not smaller than that of the largest (e) For Category 2 flammable liquids tank served. This termination area and and Category 3 flammable liquids with the route of the drainage system shall a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), other be so located that, if the flammable than crude oils, gasolines, and as- liquids in the drainage system are ig- phalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed nited, the fire will not seriously expose and installed as to minimize the possi- tanks or adjoining property. bility of generating static electricity. (c) Diked areas. Where protection of A fill pipe entering the top of a tank adjoining property or waterways is ac- shall terminate within 6 inches of the complished by retaining the liquid bottom of the tank and shall be in- around the tank by means of a dike, stalled to avoid excessive vibration. the volume of the diked area shall (f) Filling and emptying connections comply with the following require- which are made and broken shall be lo- ments: cated outside of buildings at a location (1) Except as provided in subdivision free from any source of ignition and (2) of this subdivision, the volumetric not less than 5 feet away from any capacity of the diked area shall not be building opening. Such connection less than the greatest amount of liquid shall be closed and liquidtight when that can be released from the largest not in use. The connection shall be tank within the diked area, assuming a properly identified. full tank. The capacity of the diked (3) Installation of underground tanks— area enclosing more than one tank (i) Location. Excavation for under- shall be calculated by deducting the ground storage tanks shall be made volume of the tanks other than the with due care to avoid undermining of largest tank below the height of the foundations of existing structures. Un- dike. derground tanks or tanks under build- (2) For a tank or group of tanks with ings shall be so located with respect to fixed roofs containing crude petroleum existing building foundations and sup- with boilover characteristics, the volu- ports that the loads carried by the lat- metric capacity of the diked area shall ter cannot be transmitted to the tank.

240

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

The distance from any part of a tank flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall storing Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- be so located that the discharge point uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids is outside of buildings, higher than the with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), fill pipe opening, and not less than 12 to the nearest wall of any basement or feet above the adjacent ground level. pit shall be not less than 1 foot, and to Vent pipes shall discharge only upward any property line that may be built in order to disperse vapors. Vent pipes upon, not less than 3 feet. The distance 2 inches or less in nominal inside di- from any part of a tank storing Cat- ameter shall not be obstructed by de- egory 3 flammable liquids with a vices that will cause excessive back flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) or pressure. Vent pipe outlets shall be so Category 4 flammable liquids to the located that flammable vapors will not nearest wall of any basement, pit or enter building openings, or be trapped property line shall be not less than 1 under eaves or other obstructions. If foot. the vent pipe is less than 10 feet in (ii) Depth and cover. Underground length, or greater than 2 inches in tanks shall be set on firm foundations nominal inside diameter, the outlet and surrounded with at least 6 inches shall be provided with a vacuum and of noncorrosive, inert materials such pressure relief device or there shall be as clean sand, earth, or gravel well an approved flame arrester located in tamped in place. The tank shall be the vent line at the outlet or within placed in the hole with care since drop- the approved distance from the outlet. ping or rolling the tank into the hole (b) Size of vents. Each tank shall be can break a weld, puncture or damage vented through piping adequate in size the tank, or scrape off the protective to prevent blow-back of vapor or liquid coating of coated tanks. Tanks shall be at the fill opening while the tank is covered with a minimum of 2 feet of being filled. Vent pipes shall be not less earth, or shall be covered with not less than 11⁄4 inch nominal inside diameter. than 1 foot of earth, on top of which shall be placed a slab of reinforced con- TABLE H–11—VENT LINE DIAMETERS crete not less than 4 inches thick. Pipe length 1 When underground tanks are, or are Maximum flow GPM likely to be, subject to traffic, they 50 feet 100 feet 200 feet shall be protected against damage from Inches Inches Inches

vehicles passing over them by at least 100 ...... 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 3 feet of earth cover, or 18 inches of 200 ...... 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄4 well-tamped earth, plus 6 inches of re- 300 ...... 11⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄2 inforced concrete or 8 inches of asphal- 400 ...... 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 500 ...... 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 tic concrete. When asphaltic or rein- 600 ...... 11⁄2 22 forced concrete paving is used as part 700 ...... 2 2 2 of the protection, it shall extend at 800 ...... 2 2 3 900 ...... 2 2 3 least 1 foot horizontally beyond the 1,000 ...... 2 2 3 outline of the tank in all directions. 1 (iii) Corrosion protection. Corrosion Vent lines of 50 ft., 100 ft., and 200 ft. of pipe plus 7 ells. protection for the tank and its piping (c) Location and arrangement of shall be provided by one or more of the vents for Category 3 flammable liquids following methods: with a flashpoint at or above 100 °F (a) Use of protective coatings or (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable liq- wrappings; uids. Vent pipes from tanks storing (b) Cathodic protection; or, Category 3 flammable liquids with a (c) Corrosion resistant materials of flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) or construction. Category 4 flammable liquids shall ter- (iv) Vents. (a) Location and arrange- minate outside of the building and ment of vents for Category 1 or 2 flam- higher than the fill pipe opening. Vent mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable outlets shall be above normal snow liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F level. They may be fitted with return (37.8 °C). Vent pipes from tanks storing bends, coarse screens or other devices Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or to minimize ingress of foreign mate- Category 3 flammable liquids with a rial.

241

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(d) Vent piping shall be constructed mitted. Vents shall discharge vapors in accordance with paragraph (c) of outside the buildings. this section. Vent pipes shall be so laid (iii) Vent piping. Vent piping shall be as to drain toward the tank without constructed in accordance with para- sags or traps in which liquid can col- graph (c) of this section. lect. They shall be located so that they (iv) Tank openings other than vents. (a) will not be subjected to physical dam- Connections for all tank openings shall age. The tank end of the vent pipe shall be vapor or liquidtight. Vents are cov- enter the tank through the top. ered in subdivision (ii) of this subpara- (e) When tank vent piping is graph. manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as (b) Each connection to a tank inside to discharge, within the pressure limi- of buildings through which liquid can tations of the system, the vapors they normally flow shall be provided with may be required to handle when an internal or an external valve lo- manifolded tanks are filled simulta- cated as close as practical to the shell neously. of the tank. Such valves, when exter- (v) Tank openings other than vents. (a) nal, and their connections to the tank Connections for all tank openings shall shall be of steel except when the chem- be vapor or liquid tight. ical characteristics of the liquid stored (b) Openings for manual gaging, if are incompatible with steel. When ma- independent of the fill pipe, shall be terials other than steel are necessary, provided with a liquid-tight cap or they shall be suitable for the pressures, cover. If inside a building, each such structural stresses, and temperatures opening shall be protected against liq- involved, including fire exposures. uid overflow and possible vapor release (c) Flammable liquid tanks located by means of a spring loaded check inside of buildings, except in one-story valve or other approved device. buildings designed and protected for (c) Fill and discharge lines shall flammable liquid storage, shall be pro- enter tanks only through the top. Fill vided with an automatic-closing heat- lines shall be sloped toward the tank. actuated valve on each withdrawal con- (d) For Category 2 flammable liquids nection below the liquid level, except and Category 3 flammable liquids with for connections used for emergency dis- a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), other posal, to prevent continued flow in the than crude oils, gasolines, and as- event of fire in the vicinity of the tank. phalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed This function may be incorporated in and installed as to minimize the possi- the valve required in (b) of this subdivi- bility of generating static electricity sion, and if a separate valve, shall be by terminating within 6 inches of the located adjacent to the valve required bottom of the tank. in (b) of this subdivision. (e) Filling and emptying connections (d) Openings for manual gaging, if which are made and broken shall be lo- independent of the fill pipe (see (f) of cated outside of buildings at a location this subdivision), shall be provided free from any source of ignition and with a vaportight cap or cover. Each not less than 5 feet away from any such opening shall be protected against building opening. Such connection liquid overflow and possible vapor re- shall be closed and liquidtight when lease by means of a spring loaded check not in use. The connection shall be valve or other approved device. properly identified. (e) For Category 2 flammable liquids (4) Installation of tanks inside of build- and Category 3 flammable liquids with ings—(i) Location. Tanks shall not be a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), other permitted inside of buildings except as than crude oils, gasoline, and asphalts, provided in paragraphs (e), (g), (h), or the fill pipe shall be so designed and in- (i) of this section. stalled as to minimize the possibility (ii) Vents. Vents for tanks inside of of generating static electricity by ter- buildings shall be as provided in sub- minating within 6 inches of the bottom paragraphs (2) (iv), (v), (vi)(b), and of the tank. (3)(iv) of this paragraph, except that (f) The fill pipe inside of the tank emergency venting by the use of weak shall be installed to avoid excessive vi- roof seams on tanks shall not be per- bration of the pipe.

242

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(g) The inlet of the fill pipe shall be ing structure such as described in (m), located outside of buildings at a loca- (n), and (o) of this subdivision. tion free from any source of ignition (b) Independent water supply facili- and not less than 5 feet away from any ties shall be provided at locations building opening. The inlet of the fill where there is no ample and dependable pipe shall be closed and liquidtight public water supply available for load- when not in use. The fill connection ing partially empty tanks with water. shall be properly identified. (c) In addition to the preceding re- (h) Tanks inside buildings shall be quirements, each tank so located that equipped with a device, or other means more than 70 percent, but less than 100 shall be provided, to prevent overflow percent, of its allowable liquid storage into the building. capacity will be submerged at the es- (5) Supports, foundations, and anchor- tablished maximum flood stage, shall age for all tank locations—(i) General. be safeguarded by one of the following Tank supports shall be installed on methods: Tank shall be raised, or its firm foundations. Tank supports shall height shall be increased, until its top be of concrete, masonry, or protected extends above the maximum flood steel. Single wood timber supports (not stage a distance equivalent to 30 per- cribbing) laid horizontally may be used cent or more of its allowable liquid for outside aboveground tanks if not storage capacity: Provided, however, more than 12 inches high at their low- That the submerged part of the tank est point. shall not exceed two and one-half times the diameter. Or, as an alternative to (ii) Fire resistance. Steel supports or the foregoing, adequate noncombus- exposed piling shall be protected by tible structural guides, designed to per- materials having a fire resistance rat- mit the tank to float vertically with- ing of not less than 2 hours, except that out loss of product, shall be provided. steel saddles need not be protected if (d) Each horizontal tank so located less than 12 inches high at their lowest that more than 70 percent of its stor- point. Water spray protection or its age capacity will be submerged at the equivalent may be used in lieu of fire- established flood stage, shall be an- resistive materials to protect supports. chored, attached to a foundation of (iii) Spheres. The design of the sup- concrete or of steel and concrete, of porting structure for tanks such as sufficient weight to provide adequate spheres shall receive special engineer- load for the tank when filled with flam- ing consideration. mable liquid and submerged by flood (iv) Load distribution. Every tank waters to the established flood stage, shall be so supported as to prevent the or adequately secured by other means. excessive concentration of loads on the (e) [Reserved] supporting portion of the shell. (f) At locations where there is no (v) Foundations. Tanks shall rest on ample and dependable water supply, or the ground or on foundations made of where filling of underground tanks concrete, masonry, piling, or steel. with liquids is impracticable because of Tank foundations shall be designed to the character of their contents, their minimize the possibility of uneven set- use, or for other reasons, each tank tling of the tank and to minimize cor- shall be safeguarded against movement rosion in any part of the tank resting when empty and submerged by high on the foundation. ground water or flood waters by an- (vi) Flood areas. Where a tank is lo- choring, weighting with concrete or cated in an area that may be subjected other approved solid loading material, to flooding, the applicable precautions or securing by other means. Each such outlined in this subdivision shall be ob- tank shall be so constructed and in- served. stalled that it will safely resist exter- (a) No aboveground vertical storage nal pressures due to high ground water tank containing a flammable liquid or flood waters. shall be located so that the allowable (g) At locations where there is an liquid level within the tank is below ample and dependable water supply the established maximum flood stage, available, underground tanks con- unless the tank is provided with a guid- taining flammable liquids, so installed

243

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

that more than 70 percent of their stor- designed to withstand a unit force of age capacity will be submerged at the not less than 50 pounds per square foot. maximum flood stage, shall be so an- (p) The filling of a tank to be pro- chored, weighted, or secured by other tected by water loading shall be start- means, as to prevent movement of such ed as soon as flood waters reach a dan- tanks when filled with flammable liq- gerous flood stage. The rate of filling uids, and submerged by flood waters to shall be at least equal to the rate of the established flood stage. rise of the floodwaters (or the estab- (h) Pipe connections below the allow- lished average potential rate of rise). able liquid level in a tank shall be pro- (q) Sufficient fuel to operate the vided with valves or cocks located as water pumps shall be available at all closely as practicable to the tank shell. times to insure adequate power to fill Such valves and their connections to all tankage with water. tanks shall be of steel or other mate- (r) All valves on connecting pipelines rial suitable for use with the liquid shall be closed and locked in closed po- being stored. Cast iron shall not be per- sition when water loading has been mitted. completed. (i) At locations where an independent (s) Where structural guides are pro- water supply is required, it shall be en- vided for the protection of floating tirely independent of public power and tanks, all rigid connections between water supply. Independent source of tanks and pipelines shall be discon- water shall be available when flood wa- nected and blanked off or blinded be- ters reach a level not less than 10 feet fore the floodwaters reach the bottom below the bottom of the lowest tank on of the tank, unless control valves and a property. their connections to the tank are of a (j) The self-contained power and type designed to prevent breakage be- pumping unit shall be so located or so tween the valve and the tank shell. designed that pumping into tanks may (t) All valves attached to tanks other be carried on continuously throughout than those used in connection with the rise in flood waters from a level 10 water loading operations shall be feet below the lowest tank to the level closed and locked. of the potential flood stage. ( ) If a tank is equipped with a swing (k) Capacity of the pumping unit u shall be such that the rate of rise of line, the swing pipe shall be raised to water in all tanks shall be equivalent and secured at its highest position. to the established potential average (v) Inspections. The Assistant Sec- rate of rise of flood waters at any retary or his designated representative stage. shall make periodic inspections of all (l) Each independent pumping unit plants where the storage of flammable shall be tested periodically to insure liquids is such as to require compliance that it is in satisfactory operating con- with the foregoing requirements, in dition. order to assure the following: (m) Structural guides for holding (1) That all flammable liquid storage floating tanks above their foundations tanks are in compliance with these re- shall be so designed that there will be quirements and so maintained. no resistance to the free rise of a tank, (2) That detailed printed instructions and shall be constructed of noncombus- of what to do in flood emergencies are tible material. properly posted. (n) The strength of the structure (3) That station operators and other shall be adequate to resist lateral employees depended upon to carry out movement of a tank subject to a hori- such instructions are thoroughly in- zontal force in any direction equivalent formed as to the location and operation to not less than 25 pounds per square of such valves and other equipment foot acting on the projected vertical necessary to effect these requirements. cross-sectional area of the tank. (vii) Earthquake areas. In areas sub- (o) Where tanks are situated on ex- ject to earthquakes, the tank supports posed points or bends in a shoreline and connections shall be designed to where swift currents in flood waters resist damage as a result of such will be present, the structures shall be shocks.

244

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(6) Sources of ignition. In locations (iv) Repairs. All leaks or deforma- where flammable vapors may be tions shall be corrected in an accept- present, precautions shall be taken to able manner before the tank is placed prevent ignition by eliminating or con- in service. Mechanical caulking is not trolling sources of ignition. Sources of permitted for correcting leaks in weld- ignition may include open flames, ed tanks except pinhole leaks in the lightning, smoking, cutting and weld- roof. ing, hot surfaces, frictional heat, (v) Derated operations. Tanks to be op- sparks (static, electrical, and mechan- erated at pressures below their design ical), spontaneous ignition, chemical pressure may be tested by the applica- and physical-chemical reactions, and ble provisions of subdivision (i) or (ii) radiant heat. of this subparagraph, based upon the (7) Testing—(i) General. All tanks, pressure developed under full emer- whether shop built or field erected, gency venting of the tank. shall be strength tested before they are (c) Piping, valves, and fittings—(1) Gen- placed in service in accordance with eral—(i) Design. The design (including the applicable paragraphs of the code selection of materials) fabrication, as- under which they were built. The sembly, test, and inspection of piping American Society of Mechanical Engi- systems containing flammable liquids neers (ASME) code stamp, American shall be suitable for the expected work- Petroleum Institute (API) monogram, ing pressures and structural stresses. or the label of the Underwriters’ Lab- Conformity with the applicable provi- sions of Pressure Piping, ANSI B31 se- oratories, Inc., on a tank shall be evi- ries and the provisions of this para- dence of compliance with this strength graph, shall be considered prima facie test. Tanks not marked in accordance evidence of compliance with the fore- with the above codes shall be strength going provisions. tested before they are placed in service (ii) Exceptions. This paragraph does in accordance with good engineering not apply to any of the following: principles and reference shall be made (a) Tubing or casing on any oil or gas to the sections on testing in the codes wells and any piping connected directly listed in subparagraphs (1) (iii)(a), thereto. (iv)(b), or (v)(b) of this paragraph. (b) Motor vehicle, aircraft, boat, or (ii) Strength. When the vertical portable or stationary engines. length of the fill and vent pipes is such (c) Piping within the scope of any ap- that when filled with liquid the static plicable boiler and pressures vessel head imposed upon the bottom of the code. tank exceeds 10 pounds per square inch, (iii) Definitions. As used in this para- the tank and related piping shall be graph, piping systems consist of pipe, tested hydrostatically to a pressure tubing, flanges, bolting, gaskets, equal to the static head thus imposed. valves, fittings, the pressure con- (iii) Tightness. In addition to the taining parts of other components such strength test called for in subdivisions as expansion joints and strainers, and (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph, all devices which serve such purposes as tanks and connections shall be tested mixing, separating, snubbing, distrib- for tightness. Except for underground uting, metering, or controlling flow. tanks, this tightness test shall be made (2) Materials for piping, valves, and fit- at operating pressure with air, inert tings—(i) Required materials. Materials gas, or water prior to placing the tank for piping, valves, or fittings shall be in service. In the case of field-erected steel, nodular iron, or malleable iron, tanks the strength test may be consid- except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) ered to be the test for tank tightness. (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this section. Underground tanks and piping, before (ii) Exceptions. Materials other than being covered, enclosed, or placed in steel, nodular iron, or malleable iron use, shall be tested for tightness may be used underground, or if re- hydrostatically, or with air pressure at quired by the properties of the flam- not less than 3 pounds per square inch mable liquid handled. Material other and not more than 5 pounds per square than steel, nodular iron, or malleable inch. iron shall be designed to specifications

245

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

embodying principles recognized as operation and in the event of physical good engineering practices for the ma- damage. Each connection to pipelines, terial used. by which equipments such as tankcars (iii) Linings. Piping, valves, and fit- or tank vehicles discharge liquids by tings may have combustible or non- means of pumps into storage tanks, combustible linings. shall be provided with a check valve for (iv) Low-melting materials. When low- automatic protection against backflow melting point materials such as alu- if the piping arrangement is such that minum and brass or materials that backflow from the system is possible. soften on fire exposure such as plastics, (7) Testing. All piping before being or non-ductile materials such as cast covered, enclosed, or placed in use iron, are necessary, special consider- shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 ation shall be given to their behavior percent of the maximum anticipated on fire exposure. If such materials are pressure of the system, or pneumati- used in above ground piping systems or cally tested to 110 percent of the max- inside buildings, they shall be suitably imum anticipated pressure of the sys- protected against fire exposure or so tem, but not less than 5 pounds per located that any spill resulting from square inch gage at the highest point the failure of these materials could not of the system. This test shall be main- unduly expose persons, important tained for a sufficient time to complete buildings or structures or can be read- visual inspection of all joints and con- ily controlled by remote valves. nections, but for at least 10 minutes. (3) Pipe joints. Joints shall be made (d) Container and portable tank stor- liquid tight. Welded or screwed joints age—(1) Scope—(i) General. This para- or approved connectors shall be used. graph shall apply only to the storage of Threaded joints and connections shall flammable liquids in drums or other be made up tight with a suitable lubri- containers (including flammable cant or piping compound. Pipe joints aerosols) not exceeding 60 gallons indi- dependent upon the friction character- vidual capacity and those portable istics of combustible materials for me- tanks not exceeding 660 gallons indi- chanical continuity of piping shall not vidual capacity. be used inside buildings. They may be (ii) Exceptions. This paragraph shall used outside of buildings above or not apply to the following: below ground. If used above ground, the (a) Storage of containers in bulk piping shall either be secured to pre- plants, service stations, refineries, vent disengagement at the fitting or chemical plants, and distilleries; the piping system shall be so designed (b) Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable liq- that any spill resulting from such dis- uids in the fuel tanks of a motor vehi- engagement could not unduly expose cle, aircraft, boat, or portable or sta- persons, important buildings or struc- tionary engine; tures, and could be readily controlled (c) Flammable paints, oils, varnishes, by remote valves. and similar mixtures used for painting (4) Supports. Piping systems shall be or maintenance when not kept for a pe- substantially supported and protected riod in excess of 30 days; against physical damage and excessive (d) Beverages when packaged in indi- stresses arising from settlement, vibra- vidual containers not exceeding 1 gal- tion, expansion, or contraction. lon in size. (5) Protection against corrosion. All (2) Design, construction, and capacity piping for flammable liquids, both of containers—(i) General. Only ap- aboveground and underground, where proved containers and portable tanks subject to external corrosion, shall be shall be used. Metal containers and painted or otherwise protected. portable tanks meeting the require- (6) Valves. Piping systems shall con- ments of and containing products au- tain a sufficient number of valves to thorized by chapter I, title 49 of the operate the system properly and to Code of Federal Regulations (regula- protect the plant. Piping systems in tions issued by the Hazardous Mate- connection with pumps shall contain a rials Regulations Board, Department of sufficient number of valves to control Transportation), shall be deemed to be properly the flow of liquid in normal acceptable.

246

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(ii) Emergency venting. Each portable (a)(1) Such liquid either would be tank shall be provided with one or rendered unfit for its intended use by more devices installed in the top with contact with metal or would exces- sufficient emergency venting capacity sively corrode a metal container so as to limit internal pressure under fire ex- to create a leakage hazard; and posure conditions to 10 p.s.i.g., or 30 (2) The user’s process either would re- percent of the bursting pressure of the quire more than 1 pint of a Category 1 tank, whichever is greater. The total flammable liquid or more than 1 quart venting capacity shall be not less than of a Category 2 flammable liquid of a that specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(v) (c) single assay lot to be used at one time, or (e) of this section. At least one pres- sure-activated vent having a minimum or would require the maintenance of an capacity of 6,000 cubic feet of free air analytical standard liquid of a quality (14.7 p.s.i.a. and 60 °F.) shall be used. It which is not met by the specified shall be set to open at not less than 5 standards of liquids available, and the p.s.i.g. If fusible vents are used, they quantity of the analytical standard liq- shall be actuated by elements that op- uid required to be used in any one con- erate at a temperature not exceeding trol process exceeds one-sixteenth the 300 °F. capacity of the container allowed (iii) Size. Flammable liquid con- under Table H–12 for the category of tainers shall be in accordance with liquid; or Table H–12, except that glass or plastic (b) The containers are intended for containers of no more than 1-gallon ca- direct export outside the United pacity may be used for a Category 1 or States. 2 flammable liquid if:

TABLE H–12—MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SIZE OF CONTAINERS AND PORTABLE TANKS FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

Container type Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4

Glass or approved plastic ...... 1 pt ...... 1 qt ...... 1 gal ...... 1 gal. Metal (other than DOT drums) ...... 1 gal ...... 5 gal ...... 5 gal ...... 5 gal. Safety cans ...... 2 gal ...... 5 gal ...... 5 gal ...... 5 gal. Metal drums (DOT specifications) ...... 60 gal ...... 60 gal ...... 60 gal ...... 60 gal. Approved portable tanks ...... 660 gal ...... 660 gal ...... 660 gal ...... 660 gal. Note: Container exemptions: (a) Medicines, beverages, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other common consumer items, when pack- aged according to commonly accepted practices, shall be exempt from the requirements of 1910.106(d)(2)(i) and (ii).

(3) Design, construction, and capacity shall be labeled in conspicuous let- of storage cabinets—(i) Maximum capac- tering, ‘‘Flammable—Keep Fire Away.’’ ity. Not more than 60 gallons of Cat- (a) Metal cabinets constructed in the egory 1, 2, or 3 flammable liquids, nor following manner shall be deemed to be more than 120 gallons of Category 4 in compliance. The bottom, top, door, flammable liquids may be stored in a and sides of cabinet shall be at least storage cabinet. No. 18 gage sheet iron and double walled with 11⁄2-inch air space. Joints (ii) Fire resistance. Storage cabinets shall be riveted, welded or made tight shall be designed and constructed to by some equally effective means. The limit the internal temperature to not door shall be provided with a three- ° more than 325 F. when subjected to a point lock, and the door sill shall be 10-minute fire test using the standard raised at least 2 inches above the bot- time-temperature curve as set forth in tom of the cabinet. Standard Methods of Fire Tests of (b) Wooden cabinets constructed in Building Construction and Materials, the following manner shall be deemed NFPA 251–1969, which is incorporated in compliance. The bottom, sides, and by reference as specified in § 1910.6. All top shall be constructed of an approved joints and seams shall remain tight grade of plywood at least 1 inch in and the door shall remain securely thickness, which shall not break down closed during the fire test. Cabinets or delaminate under fire conditions. All joints shall be rabbetted and shall

247

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

be fastened in two directions with flat- TABLE H–13—STORAGE IN INSIDE ROOMS— head woodscrews. When more than one Continued door is used, there shall be a rabbetted Total al- overlap of not less than 1 inch. Hinges lowable shall be mounted in such a manner as quan- Fire protec- Fire resist- tities not to lose their holding capacity due tion 1 pro- Maximum size vided ance (gals./ to loosening or burning out of the sq. ft./ floor screws when subjected to the fire test. area) (4) Design and construction of inside No ...... 1 hour ...... 150 sq. ft ...... 2 storage rooms—(i) Construction. Inside 1 Fire protection system shall be sprinkler, water spray, car- storage rooms shall be constructed to bon dioxide, or other system. meet the required fire-resistive rating (iii) Wiring. Electrical wiring and for their use. Such construction shall equipment located in inside storage comply with the test specifications set rooms used for Category 1 or 2 flam- forth in Standard Methods of Fire mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable Tests of Building Construction and Ma- liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F terials, NFPA 251–1969. Where an auto- (37.8 °C), shall be approved under sub- matic sprinkler system is provided, the part S of this part for Class I, Division system shall be designed and installed 2 Hazardous Locations; for Category 3 in an acceptable manner. Openings to flammable liquids with a flashpoint at other rooms or buildings shall be pro- or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Category 4 vided with noncombustible liquid-tight flammable liquids, shall be approved raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches in for general use. height, or the floor in the storage area (iv) Ventilation. Every inside storage shall be at least 4 inches below the sur- room shall be provided with either a rounding floor. Openings shall be pro- gravity or a mechanical exhaust ven- vided with approved self-closing fire tilation system. Such system shall be doors. The room shall be liquid-tight designed to provide for a complete where the walls join the floor. A per- change of air within the room at least missible alternate to the sill or ramp is six times per hour. If a mechanical ex- an open-grated trench inside of the haust system is used, it shall be con- room which drains to a safe location. trolled by a switch located outside of Where other portions of the building or the door. The ventilating equipment other properties are exposed, windows and any lighting fixtures shall be oper- shall be protected as set forth in the ated by the same switch. A pilot light Standard for Fire Doors and Windows, shall be installed adjacent to the NFPA No. 80–1968, which is incor- switch if Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- porated by reference as specified in uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids § 1910.6, for Class E or F openings. Wood with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), at least 1 inch nominal thickness may are dispensed within the room. Where be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, gravity ventilation is provided, the scuffboards, floor overlay, and similar fresh air intake, as well as the exhaust installations. outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the (ii) Rating and capacity. Storage in in- room is located. side storage rooms shall comply with (v) Storage in inside storage rooms. In Table H–13. every inside storage room there shall be maintained one clear aisle at least 3 TABLE H–13—STORAGE IN INSIDE ROOMS feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons Total al- capacity shall not be stacked one upon lowable the other. Dispensing shall be by ap- quan- Fire protec- Fire resist- tities proved pump or self-closing faucet tion 1 pro- Maximum size ance (gals./ only. vided sq. ft./ floor (5) Storage inside building—(i) Egress. area) Flammable liquids, including stock for Yes ...... 2 hours .... 500 sq. ft ...... 10 sale, shall not be stored so as to limit No ...... 2 hours .... 500 sq. ft ...... 5 use of exits, stairways, or areas nor- Yes ...... 1 hour ...... 150 sq. ft ...... 4 mally used for the safe egress of people.

248

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(ii) Containers. The storage of flam- (a)–(d) [Reserved] mable liquids in containers or portable (e) Leaking containers shall be re- tanks shall comply with subdivisions moved to a storage room or taken to a (iii) through (v) of this subparagraph. safe location outside the building and (iii) Office occupancies. Storage shall the contents transferred to an be prohibited except that which is re- undamaged container. quired for maintenance and operation (v) General purpose public warehouses. of building and operation of equipment. Storage shall be in accordance with Such storage shall be kept in closed metal containers stored in a storage Table H–14 or H–15 and in buildings or cabinet or in safety cans or in an inside in portions of such buildings cut off by storage room not having a door that standard firewalls. Material creating opens into that portion of the building no fire exposure hazard to the flam- used by the public. mable liquids may be stored in the (iv) Mercantile occupancies and other same area. retail stores.

249

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

250

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.054 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(vi) Flammable liquid warehouses or materials handing equipment shall be storage buildings. (a) If the storage available to handle tanks safely at the building is located 50 feet or less from upper tier level. a building or line of adjoining property (e) No pile shall be closer than 3 feet that may be built upon, the exposing to the nearest beam, chord, girder, or wall shall be a blank wall having a fire- other obstruction, and shall be 3 feet resistance rating of at least 2 hours. below sprinkler deflectors or discharge ( ) The total quantity of liquids with- b orifices of water spray, or other over- in a building shall not be restricted, head fire protection systems. but the arrangement of storage shall comply with Table H–14 or H–15. (f) Aisles of at least 3 feet wide shall (c) Containers in piles shall be sepa- be provided where necessary for rea- rated by pallets or dunnage where nec- sons of access to doors, windows or essary to provide stability and to pre- standpipe connections. vent excessive stress on container (6) Storage outside buildings—(i) Gen- walls. eral. Storage outside buildings shall be (d) Portable tanks stored over one in accordance with Table H–16 or H–17, tier high shall be designed to nest se- and subdivisions (ii) and (iv) of this curely, without dunnage, and adequate subparagraph.

251

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.055 § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Maximum storage. A maximum of rounded by a curb at least 6 inches 1,100 gallons of flammable liquids may high. When curbs are used, provisions be located adjacent to buildings lo- shall be made for draining of accumu- cated on the same premises and under lations of ground or rain water or spills the same management provided the of flammable liquids. Drains shall ter- provisions of subdivisions (a) and (b) of minate at a safe location and shall be this subdivision are complied with. accessible to operation under fire con- (a) [Reserved] ditions. (b) Where quantity stored exceeds (iv) Security. The storage area shall 1,100 gallons, or provisions of subdivi- be protected against tampering or tres- sion (a) of this subdivision cannot be passers where necessary and shall be met, a minimum distance of 10 feet be- kept free of weeds, debris and other tween buildings and nearest container combustible material not necessary to of flammable liquid shall be main- the storage. tained. (7) Fire control—(i) Extinguishers. (iii) Spill containment. The storage Suitable fire control devices, such as area shall be graded in a manner to di- small hose or portable fire extin- vert possible spills away from buildings guishers, shall be available at locations or other exposures or shall be sur- where flammable liquids are stored.

252

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.056 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(a) At least one portable fire extin- be stored in the same room with flam- guisher having a rating of not less than mable liquids. 12–B units shall be located outside of, (e) Industrial plants—(1) Scope—(i) Ap- but not more than 10 feet from, the plication. This paragraph shall apply to door opening into any room used for those industrial plants where: storage. (a) The use of flammable liquids is (b) At least one portable fire extin- incidental to the principal business, or guisher having a rating of not less than (b) Where flammable liquids are han- 12–B units must be located not less dled or used only in unit physical oper- than 10 feet, nor more than 25 feet, ations such as mixing, drying, from any Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable evaporating, filtering, distillation, and liquid storage area located outside of a similar operations which do not in- storage room but inside a building. volve chemical reaction. This para- (ii) Sprinklers. When sprinklers are graph shall not apply to chemical provided, they shall be installed in ac- plants, refineries or distilleries. cordance with § 1910.159. (ii) Exceptions. Where portions of such (iii) Open flames and smoking. Open plants involve chemical reactions such flames and smoking shall not be per- mitted in flammable liquid storage as oxidation, reduction, halogenation, areas. hydrogenation, alkylation, polymeriza- (iv) Water reactive materials. Materials tion, and other chemical processes, which will react with water shall not those portions of the plant shall be in

253

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.057 § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

accordance with paragraph (h) of this (c) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, section. or Category 3 flammable liquids with a (2) Incidental storage or use of flam- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), may be mable liquids—(i) Application. This sub- used only where there are no open paragraph shall be applicable to those flames or other sources of ignition portions of an industrial plant where within the possible path of vapor trav- the use and handling of flammable liq- el. uids is only incidental to the principal (d) Flammable liquids shall be drawn business, such as automobile assembly, from or transferred into vessels, con- construction of electronic equipment, tainers, or portable tanks within a furniture manufacturing, or other building only through a closed piping similar activities. system, from safety cans, by means of (ii) Containers. Flammable liquids a device drawing through the top, or shall be stored in tanks or closed con- from a container or portable tanks by tainers. gravity through an approved self-clos- (a) Except as provided in subdivisions ing valve. Transferring by means of air (b) and (c) of this subdivision, all stor- pressure on the container or portable age shall comply with paragraph (d) (3) tanks shall be prohibited. or (4) of this section. (3) Unit physical operations—(i) Appli- (b) The quantity of liquid that may cation. This subparagraph shall be ap- be located outside of an inside storage plicable in those portions of industrial room or storage cabinet in a building plants where flammable liquids are or in any one fire area of a building handled or used in unit physical oper- shall not exceed: ations such as mixing, drying, ( ) 25 gallons of Category 1 flammable 1 evaporating, filtering, distillation, and liquids in containers similar operations which do not in- (2) 120 gallons of Category 2, 3, or 4 volve chemical change. Examples are flammable liquids in containers plants compounding cosmetics, phar- (3) 660 gallons of Category 2, 3, or 4 maceuticals, solvents, cleaning fluids, flammable liquids in a single portable insecticides, and similar types of ac- tank. tivities. (c) Where large quantities of flam- (ii) Location. Industrial plants shall mable liquids are necessary, storage be located so that each building or unit may be in tanks which shall comply of equipment is accessible from at least with the applicable requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. one side for firefighting and fire con- trol purposes. Buildings shall be lo- (iii) Separation and protection. Areas cated with respect to lines of adjoining in which flammable liquids are trans- ferred from one tank or container to property which may be built upon as another container shall be separated set forth in paragraph (h)(2) (i) and (ii) from other operations in the building of this section except that the blank by adequate distance or by construc- wall referred to in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) tion having adequate fire resistance. of this section shall have a fire resist- Drainage or other means shall be pro- ance rating of at least 2 hours. vided to control spills. Adequate nat- (iii) Chemical processes. Areas where ural or mechanical ventilation shall be unstable liquids are handled or small provided. scale unit chemical processes are car- (iv) Handling liquids at point of final ried on shall be separated from the re- use. (a) Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- mainder of the plant by a fire wall of 2- uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids hour minimum fire resistance rating. with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), (iv) Drainage. (a) Emergency drainage shall be kept in covered containers systems shall be provided to direct when not actually in use. flammable liquid leakage and fire pro- (b) Where flammable liquids are used tection water to a safe location. This or handled, except in closed containers, may require curbs, scuppers, or special means shall be provided to dispose drainage systems to control the spread promptly and safely of leakage or of fire; see paragraph (b)(2)(vii)(b) of spills. this section.

254

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(b) Emergency drainage systems, if (ii) [Reserved] connected to public sewers or dis- (5) Fire control—(i) Portable and special charged into public waterways, shall be equipment. Portable fire extinguish- equipped with traps or separator. ment and control equipment shall be (v) Ventilation—(a) Areas as defined provided in such quantities and types in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section as are needed for the special hazards of using Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- operation and storage. uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids (ii) Water supply. Water shall be with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), available in volume and at adequate shall be ventilated at a rate of not less pressure to supply water hose streams, than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foam-producing equipment, automatic foot of solid floor area. This shall be sprinklers, or water spray systems as accomplished by natural or mechanical the need is indicated by the special ventilation with discharge or exhaust hazards of operation, dispensing and to a safe location outside of the build- storage. ing. Provision shall be made for intro- (iii) Special extinguishers. Special ex- duction of makeup air in such a man- tinguishing equipment such as that ner as not to short circuit the ventila- utilizing foam, inert gas, or dry chem- tion. Ventilation shall be arranged to ical shall be provided as the need is in- include all floor areas or pits where dicated by the special hazards of oper- flammable vapors may collect. ation dispensing and storage. (b) Equipment used in a building and (iv) Special hazards. Where the need is the ventilation of the building shall be indicated by special hazards of oper- designed so as to limit flammable ation, flammable liquid processing vapor-air mixtures under normal oper- equipment, major piping, and sup- ating conditions to the interior of porting steel shall be protected by ap- equipment, and to not more than 5 feet proved water spray systems, deluge from equipment which exposes Cat- systems, approved fire-resistant coat- egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- ings, insulation, or any combination of egory 3 flammable liquids with a these. flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), to the (v) Maintenance. All plant fire protec- air. Examples of such equipment are tion facilities shall be adequately dispensing stations, open centrifuges, maintained and periodically inspected plate and frame filters, open vacuum and tested to make sure they are al- filters, and surfaces of open equipment. ways in satisfactory operating condi- (vi) Storage and handling. The stor- tion, and they will serve their purpose age, transfer, and handling of liquid in time of emergency. shall comply with paragraph (h)(4) of (6) Sources of ignition—(i) General. this section. Adequate precautions shall be taken to (4) Tank vehicle and tank car loading prevent the ignition of flammable va- and unloading. (i) Tank vehicle and pors. Sources of ignition include but tank car loading or unloading facilities are not limited to open flames; light- shall be separated from aboveground ning; smoking; cutting and welding; tanks, warehouses, other plant build- hot surfaces; frictional heat; static, ings or nearest line of adjoining prop- electrical, and mechanical sparks; erty which may be built upon by a dis- spontaneous ignition, including heat- tance of 25 feet for Category 1 or 2 producing chemical reactions; and ra- flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- diant heat. mable liquids with a flashpoint below (ii) Grounding. Category 1 or 2 flam- 100 °F (37.8 °C), and 15 feet for Category mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable 3 flammable liquids with a flashpoint liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Cat- (37.8 °C), shall not be dispensed into egory 4 flammable liquids, measured containers unless the nozzle and con- from the nearest position of any fill tainer are electrically interconnected. stem. Buildings for pumps or shelters Where the metallic floorplate on which for personnel may be a part of the fa- the container stands while filling is cility. Operations of the facility shall electrically connected to the fill stem comply with the appropriate portions or where the fill stem is bonded to the of paragraph (f)(3) of this section. container during filling operations by

255

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

means of a bond wire, the provisions of air shall be uncontaminated by flam- this section shall be deemed to have mable vapors. been complied with. (8) Repairs to equipment. Hot work, (7) Electrical—(i) Equipment. (a) All such as welding or cutting operations, electrical wiring and equipment shall use of spark-producing power tools, and be installed according to the require- chipping operations shall be permitted ments of subpart S of this part. only under supervision of an individual (b) Locations where flammable in responsible charge. The individual in vapor-air mixtures may exist under responsible charge shall make an in- normal operations shall be classified spection of the area to be sure that it Class I, Division 1 according to the re- is safe for the work to be done and that quirements of subpart S of this part. safe procedures will be followed for the For those pieces of equipment installed work specified. in accordance with subparagraph (9) Housekeeping—(i) General. Mainte- (3)(v)(b) of this paragraph, the Division nance and operating practices shall be 1 area shall extend 5 feet in all direc- in accordance with established proce- tions from all points of vapor libera- dures which will tend to control leak- tion. All areas within pits shall be clas- age and prevent the accidental escape sified Division 1 if any part of the pit is of flammable liquids. Spills shall be within a Division 1 or 2 classified area, cleaned up promptly. unless the pit is provided with mechan- (ii) Access. Adequate aisles shall be ical ventilation. maintained for unobstructed move- (c) Locations where flammable vapor- ment of personnel and so that fire pro- air mixtures may exist under abnormal tection equipment can be brought to conditions and for a distance beyond bear on any part of flammable liquid Division 1 locations shall be classified storage, use, or any unit physical oper- Division 2 according to the require- ation. ments of subpart S of this part. These locations include an area within 20 feet (iii) Waste and residue. Combustible horizontally, 3 feet vertically beyond a waste material and residues in a build- Division 1 area, and up to 3 feet above ing or unit operating area shall be kept floor or grade level within 25 feet, if in- to a minimum, stored in covered metal doors, or 10 feet if outdoors, from any receptacles and disposed of daily. pump, bleeder, withdrawal fitting, (iv) Clear zone. Ground area around meter, or similar device handling Cat- buildings and unit operating areas egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- shall be kept free of weeds, trash, or egory 3 flammable liquids with a other unnecessary combustible mate- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C). Pits rials. provided with adequate mechanical (f) Bulk plants—(1)(i) Category 1 or 2 ventilation within a Division 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- area shall be classified Division 2. If mable liquids with a flashpoint below 100 only Category 3 flammable liquids with °F (37.8 °C). Category 1 or 2 flammable a flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) liquids, or Category 3 flammable liq- or Category 4 flammable liquids are uids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 handled, then ordinary electrical °C), shall be stored in closed con- equipment is satisfactory though care tainers, or in storage tanks above shall be used in locating electrical ap- ground outside of buildings, or under- paratus to prevent hot metal from fall- ground in accordance with paragraph ing into open equipment. (b) of this section. (d) Where the provisions of subdivi- (ii) Category 3 flammable liquids with a sions (a), (b), and (c), of this subdivision flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and require the installation of electrical Category 4 flammable liquids. Category 3 equipment suitable for Class I, Division flammable liquids with a flashpoint at 1 or Division 2 locations, ordinary elec- or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Category 4 trical equipment including switchgear flammable liquids shall be stored in may be used if installed in a room or containers, or in tanks within build- enclosure which is maintained under ings or above ground outside of build- positive pressure with respect to the ings, or underground in accordance hazardous area. Ventilation makeup with paragraph (b) of this section.

256

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

(iii) Piling containers. Containers of a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C) are flammable liquids when piled one upon being handled. the other shall be separated by (3) Loading and unloading facilities— dunnage sufficient to provide stability (i) Separation. Tank vehicle and tank and to prevent excessive stress on con- car loading or unloading facilities shall tainer walls. The height of the pile be separated from aboveground tanks, shall be consistent with the stability warehouses, other plant buildings or and strength of containers. nearest line of adjoining property that (2) Buildings—(i) Exits. Rooms in may be built upon by a distance of 25 which flammable liquids are stored or feet for Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- handled by pumps shall have exit fa- uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids cilities arranged to prevent occupants with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), from being trapped in the event of fire. and 15 feet for Category 3 flammable (ii) Heating. Rooms in which Cat- liquids with a flashpoint at or above egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Category 4 flam- egory 3 flammable liquids with a mable liquids measured from the near- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), are est position of any fill spout. Buildings stored or handled shall be heated only for pumps or shelters for personnel by means not constituting a source of may be a part of the facility. ignition, such as steam or hot water. (ii) Category restriction. Equipment Rooms containing heating appliances such as piping, pumps, and meters used involving sources of ignition shall be for the transfer of Category 1 or 2 flam- located and arranged to prevent entry mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable of flammable vapors. liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (iii) Ventilation. (a) Ventilation shall (37.8 °C), between storage tanks and the be provided for all rooms, buildings, or fill stem of the loading rack shall not enclosures in which Category 1 or 2 be used for the transfer of Category 3 flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- flammable liquids with a flashpoint at mable liquids with a flashpoint below or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) or Category 4 100 °F (37.8 °C), are pumped or dis- flammable liquids. pensed. Design of ventilation systems (iii) Valves. Valves used for the final shall take into account the relatively control for filling tank vehicles shall high specific gravity of the vapors. be of the self-closing type and manu- Ventilation may be provided by ade- ally held open except where automatic quate openings in outside walls at floor means are provided for shutting off the level unobstructed except by louvers or flow when the vehicle is full or after coarse screens. Where natural ventila- filling of a preset amount. tion is inadequate, mechanical ventila- (iv) Static protection. (a) Bonding fa- tion shall be provided. cilities for protection against static (b) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, sparks during the loading of tank vehi- or Category 3 flammable liquids with a cles through open domes shall be pro- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall vided: not be stored or handled within a build- (1) Where Category 1 or 2 flammable ing having a basement or pit into liquids, or Category 3 flammable liq- which flammable vapors may travel, uids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 unless such area is provided with ven- °C), are loaded, or tilation designed to prevent the accu- (2) Where Category 3 flammable liq- mulation of flammable vapors therein. uids with a flashpoint at or above 100 (c) Containers of Category 1 or 2 °F (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- liquids are loaded into vehicles which mable liquids with a flashpoint below may contain vapors from previous car- 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall not be drawn from goes of Category 1 or 2 flammable liq- or filled within buildings unless provi- uids, or Category 3 flammable liquids sion is made to prevent the accumula- with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C). tion of flammable vapors in hazardous (b) Protection as required in (a) of concentrations. Where mechanical ven- this subdivision (iv) shall consist of a tilation is required, it shall be kept in metallic bond wire permanently elec- operation while flammable liquids with trically connected to the fill stem or to

257

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

some part of the rack structure in elec- between the tank car and the rack or trical contact with the fill stem. The piping is required during either loading free end of such wire shall be provided or unloading of Category 3 flammable with a clamp or equivalent device for liquids with a flashpoint at or above convenient attachment to some metal- 100 °F (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable lic part in electrical contact with the liquids. cargo tank of the tank vehicle. (vi) Container filling facilities. Cat- (c) Such bonding connection shall be egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- made fast to the vehicle or tank before egory 3 flammable liquids with a dome covers are raised and shall re- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall main in place until filling is completed not be dispensed into containers unless and all dome covers have been closed the nozzle and container are elec- and secured. trically interconnected. Where the me- (d) Bonding as specified in (a), (b), tallic floorplate on which the container and (c) of this subdivision is not re- stands while filling is electrically con- quired: nected to the fill stem or where the fill (1) Where vehicles are loaded exclu- stem is bonded to the container during sively with products not having a stat- filling operations by means of a bond ic accumulating tendency, such as as- wire, the provisions of this section phalt, most crude oils, residual oils, shall be deemed to have been complied and water soluble liquids; with. (2) Where no Category 1 or 2 flam- (4) Wharves—(i) Definition, application. mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable The term wharf shall mean any wharf, liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F pier, bulkhead, or other structure over (37.8 °C), are handled at the loading fa- or contiguous to navigable water used cility and the tank vehicles loaded are in conjunction with a bulk plant, the used exclusively for Category 3 flam- primary function of which is the trans- mable liquids with a flashpoint at or fer of flammable liquid cargo in bulk above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Category 4 between the bulk plant and any tank flammable liquids; and vessel, ship, barge, lighter boat, or (3) Where vehicles are loaded or un- other mobile floating craft; and this loaded through closed bottom or top subparagraph shall apply to all such in- connections. stallations except Marine Service Sta- (e) Filling through open domes into tions as covered in paragraph (g) of the tanks of tank vehicles or tank cars, this section. that contain vapor-air mixtures within (ii)–(iii) [Reserved] the flammable range or where the liq- (iv) Design and construction. Sub- uid being filled can form such a mix- structure and deck shall be substan- ture, shall be by means of a downspout tially designed for the use intended. which extends near the bottom of the Deck may employ any material which tank. This precaution is not required will afford the desired combination of when loading liquids which are non- flexibility, resistance to shock, dura- accumulators of static charges. bility, strength, and fire resistance. (v) Stray currents. Tank car loading Heavy timber construction is accept- facilities where Category 1 or 2 flam- able. mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable (v) [Reserved] liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (vi) Pumps. Loading pumps capable of (37.8 °C), are loaded through open building up pressures in excess of the domes shall be protected against stray safe working pressure of cargo hose or currents by bonding the pipe to at least loading arms shall be provided with by- one rail and to the rack structure if of passes, relief valves, or other arrange- metal. Multiple lines entering the rack ment to protect the loading facilities area shall be electrically bonded to- against excessive pressure. Relief de- gether. In addition, in areas where ex- vices shall be tested at not more than cessive stray currents are known to yearly intervals to determine that they exist, all pipe entering the rack area function satisfactorily at the pressure shall be provided with insulating sec- at which they are set. tions to electrically isolate the rack (vii) Hoses and couplings. All pressure piping from the pipelines. No bonding hoses and couplings shall be inspected

258

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

at intervals appropriate to the service. joints shall be installed. Bonding and The hose and couplings shall be tested grounding connections on all pipelines with the hose extended and using the shall be located on wharfside of hose- ‘‘inservice maximum operating pres- riser insulating flanges, if used, and sures.’’ Any hose showing material de- shall be accessible for inspection. teriorations, signs of leakage, or weak- (h) Hose or articulated swivel-joint ness in its carcass or at the couplings pipe connections used for cargo trans- shall be withdrawn from service and re- fer shall be capable of accommodating paired or discarded. the combined effects of change in draft (viii) Piping and fittings. Piping, and maximum tidal range, and mooring valves, and fittings shall be in accord- lines shall be kept adjusted to prevent ance with paragraph (c) of this section, the surge of the vessel from placing with the following exceptions and addi- stress on the cargo transfer system. tions: (i) Hose shall be supported so as to (a) Flexibility of piping shall be as- avoid kinking and damage from chaf- sured by appropriate layout and ar- ing. rangement of piping supports so that (ix) Fire protection. Suitable portable motion of the wharf structure resulting fire extinguishers with a rating of not from wave action, currents, tides, or less than 12–BC shall be located within the mooring of vessels will not subject 75 feet of those portions of the facility the pipe to repeated strain beyond the where fires are likely to occur, such as elastic limit. hose connections, pumps, and separator (b) Pipe joints depending upon the tanks. friction characteristics of combustible (a) Where piped water is available, materials or grooving of pipe ends for ready-connected fire hose in size appro- mechanical continuity of piping shall priate for the water supply shall be not be used. provided so that manifolds where con- (c) Swivel joints may be used in pip- nections are made and broken can be ing to which hoses are connected, and reached by at least one hose stream. for articulated swivel-joint transfer (b) Material shall not be placed on systems, provided that the design is wharves in such a manner as to ob- such that the mechanical strength of struct access to firefighting equipment, the joint will not be impaired if the or important pipeline control valves. packing material should fail, as by ex- (c) Where the wharf is accessible to posure to fire. vehicle traffic, an unobstructed road- (d) Piping systems shall contain a way to the shore end of the wharf shall sufficient number of valves to operate be maintained for access of firefighting the system properly and to control the apparatus. flow of liquid in normal operation and (x) Operations control. Loading or dis- in the event of physical damage. charging shall not commence until the (e) In addition to the requirements of wharf superintendent and officer in paragraph (f)(4)(viii)(d) of this section, charge of the tank vessel agree that each line conveying Category 1 or 2 the tank vessel is properly moored and flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- all connections are properly made. Me- mable liquids with a flashpoint below chanical work shall not be performed 100 °F (37.8 °C), leading to a wharf shall on the wharf during cargo transfer, ex- be provided with a readily accessible cept under special authorization based block valve located on shore near the on a review of the area involved, meth- approach to the wharf and outside of ods to be employed, and precautions any diked area. Where more than one necessary. line is involved, the valves shall be (5) Electrical equipment—(i) Applica- grouped in one location. tion. This paragraph (f)(5)(i) shall apply (f) Means of easy access shall be pro- to areas where Category 1 or 2 flam- vided for cargo line valves located mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable below the wharf deck. liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (g) Pipelines on flammable liquids (37.8 °C), are stored or handled. For wharves shall be adequately bonded areas where only Category 3 flammable and grounded. If excessive stray cur- liquids with a flashpoint at or above rents are encountered, insulating 100 °F (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable

259

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

liquids are stored or handled, the elec- (37.8 °C), and where an unusual expo- trical equipment may be installed in sure hazard exists from surrounding accordance with the provisions of Sub- property. Such additional fire-control part S of this part, for ordinary loca- equipment shall be sufficient to extin- tions. guish a fire in the largest tank. The de- (ii) Conformance. All electrical equip- sign and amount of such equipment ment and wiring shall be of a type shall be in accordance with approved specified by and shall be installed in engineering standards. accordance with subpart S of this part. (g) Service stations—(1) Storage and (iii) Classification. So far as it applies handling—(i) General provisions. (a) Liq- Table H–18 shall be used to delineate uids shall be stored in approved closed and classify hazardous areas for the containers not exceeding 60 gallons ca- purpose of installation of electrical pacity, in tanks located underground, equipment under normal cir- in tanks in special enclosures as de- cumstances. In Table H–18 a classified scribed in paragraph (g)(i) of this sec- area shall not extend beyond an tion, or in aboveground tanks as pro- unpierced wall, roof, or other solid par- vided for in paragraphs (g)(4)(ii), (b), (c) tition. The area classifications listed and (d) of this section. shall be based on the premise that the (b) Aboveground tanks, located in an installation meets the applicable re- adjoining bulk plant, may be connected quirements of this section in all re- by piping to service station under- spects. ground tanks if, in addition to valves (6) Sources of ignition. Category 1 or 2 at aboveground tanks, a valve is also flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- installed within control of service sta- mable liquids with a flashpoint below tion personnel. 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall not be handled, (c) Apparatus dispensing Category 1 drawn, or dispensed where flammable or 2 flammable liquids, or Category 3 vapors may reach a source of ignition. flammable liquids with a flashpoint Smoking shall be prohibited except in below 100 °F (37.8 °C), into the fuel designated localities. ‘‘No Smoking’’ tanks of motor vehicles of the public signs shall be conspicuously posted shall not be located at a bulk plant un- where hazard from flammable liquid less separated by a fence or similar vapors is normally present. barrier from the area in which bulk op- (7) Drainage and waste disposal. Provi- erations are conducted. sion shall be made to prevent flam- (d) [Reserved] mable liquids which may be spilled at (e) The provisions of paragraph loading or unloading points from enter- (g)(1)(i)(a) of this section shall not pro- ing public sewers and drainage sys- hibit the dispensing of flammable liq- tems, or natural waterways. Connec- uids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 tion to such sewers, drains, or water- °C) in the open from a tank vehicle to ways by which flammable liquids a motor vehicle. Such dispensing shall might enter shall be provided with sep- be permitted provided: arator boxes or other approved means (1) The tank vehicle complies with whereby such entry is precluded. the requirements covered in the Stand- Crankcase drainings and flammable ard on Tank Vehicles for Flammable liquids shall not be dumped into sew- Liquids, NFPA 385–1966. ers, but shall be stored in tanks or (2) The dispensing is done on prem- tight drums outside of any building ises not open to the public. until removed from the premises. (3) [Reserved] (8) Fire control. Suitable fire-control (4) The dispensing hose does not ex- devices, such as small hose or portable ceed 50 feet in length. fire extinguishers, shall be available to (5) The dispensing nozzle is a listed locations where fires are likely to automatic-closing type without a occur. Additional fire-control equip- latchopen device. ment may be required where a tank of (f) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, more than 50,000 gallons individual ca- or Category 3 flammable liquids with a pacity contains Category 1 or 2 flam- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable not be stored or handled within a build- liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F ing having a basement or pit into

260

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

which flammable vapors may travel, tilation designed to prevent the accu- unless such area is provided with ven- mulation of flammable vapors therein. (g) [Reserved]

TABLE H–18—ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREAS—BULK PLANTS

Class I Location Group D Extent of classified area division

Tank vehicle and tank car: 1 Loading through open dome ...... 1 Within 3 feet of edge of dome, extending in all directions. 2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from edge of dome, extending in all directions. Loading through bottom connections with at- 1 Within 3 feet of point of venting to atmosphere extending in all mospheric venting. directions. 2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from point of venting to at- mosphere, extending in all directions. Also up to 18 inches above grade within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from point of loading connection. Loading through closed dome with atmos- 1 Within 3 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions. pheric venting. 2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from open end of vent, ex- tending in all directions. Also within 3 feet of edge of dome, extending in all directions. Loading through closed dome with vapor re- 2 Within 3 feet of point of connection of both fill and vapor lines, covery. extending in all directions. Bottom loading with vapor recovery or any 2 Within 3 feet of point of connections extending in all direc- bottom unloading. tions. Also up to 18 inches above grade with in a horizontal radius of 10 feet from point of connection. Drum and container filling: Outdoors, or indoors with adequate ventilation 1 Within 3 feet of vent and fill opening, extending in all direc- tions. 2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from vent or fill opening, ex- tending in all directions. Also up to 18 inches above floor or grade level within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from vent or fill opening. Outdoors, or indoors with adequate ventilation 1 Within 3 feet of vent and fill opening, extending in all direc- tions. 2 Area between 3 feet and 5 feet from vent or fill opening, ex- tending in all directions. Also up to 18 inches above floor or grade level within a horizontal radius of 10 feet from vent or fill opening. Tank—Aboveground: Shell, ends, or roof and dike area ...... 2 Within 10 feet from shell, ends, or roof of tank, Area inside dikes to level of top of dike. Vent ...... 1 Within 5 feet of open end of vent, extending in all directions. 2 Area between 5 feet and 10 feet from open end of vent, ex- tending in all directions. Floating roof ...... 1 Area above the roof and within the shell. Pits: Without mechanical ventilation ...... 1 Entire area within pit if any part is within a Division 1 or 2 classified area. With mechanical ventilation ...... 2 Entire area within pit if any part is within a Division 1 or 2 classified area. Containing valves, fittings or piping, and not 2 Entire pit. within a Division 1 or 2 classified area. Pumps, bleeders, withdrawal fittings, meters and similar devices: Indoors ...... 2 Within 5 feet of any edge of such devices, extending in all di- rections. Also up to 3 feet above floor or grade level within 25 feet horizontally from any edge of such devices. Outdoors ...... 2 Within 3 feet of any edge of such devices, extending in all di- rections. Also up to 18 inches above grade level within 10 feet horizontally from any edge of such devices. Storage and repair garage for tank vehicles .. 1 All pits or spaces below floor level. 2 Area up to 18 inches above floor or grade level for entire stor- age or repair garage. Drainage ditches, separators, impounding ba- 2 Area up to 18 inches above ditch, separator or basin. Also up sins. to 18 inches above grade within 15 feet horizontally from any edge. Garages for other than tank vehicles ...... (2 ) If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of an outdoor classified area, the entire room shall be classified the same as the area classification at the point of the open- ing. Outdoor drum storage ...... (2 )

261

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE H–18—ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREAS—BULK PLANTS—Continued

Class I Location Group D Extent of classified area division

Indoor warehousing where there is no flam- (2 ) If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of an mable liquid transfer. indoor classified are, the room shall be classified the same as if the wall, curb or partition did not exist. Office and rest rooms ...... (2 ) 1 When classifying the extent of the area, consideration shall be given to the fact that tank cars or tank vehicles may be spot- ted at varying points. Therefore, the extremities of the loading or unloading positions shall be used. 2 Ordinary.

(ii) Special enclosures. (a) When instal- station buildings from tanks of not lation of tanks in accordance with more than 120 gallons capacity each. paragraph (b)(3) of this section is im- (iv) [Reserved] practical because of property or build- (v) Dispensing into portable containers. ing limitations, tanks for flammable No delivery of any Category 1 or 2 liquids may be installed in buildings if flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- properly enclosed. mable liquids with a flashpoint below (b) The enclosure shall be substan- 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall be made into port- tially liquid and vaportight without able containers unless the container is backfill. Sides, top, and bottom of the constructed of metal, has a tight clo- enclosure shall be of reinforced con- sure with screwed or spring cover, and crete at least 6 inches thick, with open- is fitted with a spout or so designed so ings for inspection through the top the contents can be poured without only. Tank connections shall be so spilling. piped or closed that neither vapors nor (2) [Reserved] liquid can escape into the enclosed (3) Dispensing systems—(i) Location. space. Means shall be provided whereby Dispensing devices at automotive serv- portable equipment may be employed ice stations shall be so located that all to discharge to the outside any liquid parts of the vehicle being served will be or vapors which might accumulate on the premises of the service station. should leakage occur. (ii) Inside location. Approved dis- (iii) Inside buildings. (a) Except where pensing units may be located inside of stored in tanks as provided in para- buildings. The dispensing area shall be graph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, no Cat- separated from other areas in an ap- egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- proved manner. The dispensing unit egory 3 flammable liquids with a and its piping shall be mounted either flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall on a concrete island or protected be stored within any service station against collision damage by suitable building except in closed containers of means and shall be located in a posi- aggregate capacity not exceeding 60 tion where it cannot be struck by a ve- gallons. One container not exceeding 60 hicle descending a ramp or other slope gallons capacity equipped with an ap- out of control. The dispensing area proved pump is permitted. shall be provided with an approved me- (b) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, chanical or gravity ventilation system. or Category 3 flammable liquids with a When dispensing units are located flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), may be below grade, only approved mechanical transferred from one container to an- ventilation shall be used and the entire other in lubrication or service rooms of dispensing area shall be protected by a service station building provided the an approved automatic sprinkler sys- electrical installation complies with tem. Ventilating systems shall be elec- Table H–19 and provided that any heat- trically interlocked with gasoline dis- ing equipment complies with paragraph pensing units so that the dispensing (g)(6) of this section. units cannot be operated unless the (c) Category 3 flammable liquids with ventilating fan motors are energized. a flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) (iii) Emergency power cutoff. A clearly and Category 4 flammable liquids may identified and easily accessible be stored and dispensed inside service switch(es) or a circuit breaker(s) shall

262

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

be provided at a location remote from ings, shall be located not less than 10 dispensing devices, including remote feet from lines of adjoining property pumping systems, to shut off the power which may be built upon, and not less to all dispensing devices in the event of than 5 feet from any building opening. an emergency. When an outside pump location is im- (iv) Dispensing units. (a) Category 1 or practical, pumps may be installed in- 2 flammable liquids, or Category 3 side of buildings, as provided for dis- flammable liquids with a flashpoint pensers in subdivision (ii) of this sub- below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall be trans- paragraph, or in pits as provided in ferred from tanks by means of fixed subdivision (c) of this subdivision. pumps so designed and equipped as to Pumps shall be substantially anchored allow control of the flow and to pre- and protected against physical damage vent leakage or accidental discharge. by vehicles. (b)(1) Only listed devices may be used (c) Pits for subsurface pumps or pip- for dispensing Category 1 or 2 flam- ing manifolds of submersible pumps mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable shall withstand the external forces to liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F which they may be subjected without (37.8 °C). No such device may be used if damage to the pump, tank, or piping. it shows evidence of having been dis- The pit shall be no larger than nec- mantled. essary for inspection and maintenance (2) Every dispensing device for Cat- and shall be provided with a fitted egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- cover. egory 3 flammable liquids with a (d) A control shall be provided that flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), in- will permit the pump to operate only stalled after December 31, 1978, shall when a dispensing nozzle is removed contain evidence of listing so placed from its bracket on the dispensing unit that any attempt to dismantle the de- and the switch on this dispensing unit vice will result in damage to such evi- is manually actuated. This control dence, visible without disassembly or shall also stop the pump when all noz- dismounting of the nozzle. zles have been returned to their brack- (c) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, ets. or Category 3 flammable liquids with a (e) An approved impact valve, incor- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall porating a fusible link, designed to not be dispensed by pressure from close automatically in the event of se- drums, barrels, and similar containers. vere impact or fire exposure shall be Approved pumps taking suction properly installed in the dispensing through the top of the container or ap- supply line at the base of each indi- proved self-closing faucets shall be vidual dispensing device. used. (f) Testing. After the completion of (d) The dispensing units, except those the installation, including any paving, attached to containers, shall be mount- that section of the pressure piping sys- ed either on a concrete island or pro- tem between the pump discharge and tected against collision damage by the connection for the dispensing facil- suitable means. ity shall be tested for at least 30 min- (v) Remote pumping systems. (a) This utes at the maximum operating pres- paragraph (g)(3)(v) shall apply to sys- sure of the system. Such tests shall be tems for dispensing Category 1 or 2 repeated at 5-year intervals thereafter. flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- (vi) Delivery nozzles. (a) A listed man- mable liquids with a flashpoint below ual or automatic-closing type hose noz- 100 °F (37.8 °C), where such liquids are zle valve shall be provided on dis- transferred from storage to individual pensers used for the dispensing of Cat- or multiple dispensing units by pumps egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- located elsewhere than at the dis- egory 3 flammable liquids with a pensing units. flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C). (b) Pumps shall be designed or (b) Manual-closing type valves shall equipped so that no part of the system be held open manually during dis- will be subjected to pressures above its pensing. Automatic-closing type valves allowable working pressure. Pumps in- may be used in conjunction with an ap- stalled above grade, outside of build- proved latch-open device.

263

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(4) Marine service stations—(i) Dis- plied with and the quantity so stored pensing. (a) The dispensing area shall does not exceed 1,100 gallons aggregate be located away from other structures capacity. so as to provide room for safe ingress (c) Shore tanks supplying marine and egress of craft to be fueled. Dis- service stations may be located above pensing units shall in all cases be at ground, where rock ledges or high least 20 feet from any activity involv- water table make underground tanks ing fixed sources of ignition. impractical. (b) Dispensing shall be by approved (d) Where tanks are at an elevation dispensing units with or without inte- which would produce gravity head on gral pumps and may be located on open the dispensing unit, the tank outlet piers, wharves, or floating docks or on shall be equipped with a pressure con- shore or on piers of the solid fill type. trol valve positioned adjacent to and (c) Dispensing nozzles shall be auto- outside the tank block valve specified matic-closing without a hold-open in paragraph (b)(2)(ix)(b) of this sec- latch. tion, so adjusted that liquid cannot (ii) Tanks and pumps. (a) Tanks, and flow by gravity from the tank in case pumps not integral with the dispensing of piping or hose failure. unit, shall be on shore or on a pier of (iii) Piping. (a) Piping between shore the solid fill type, except as provided in tanks and dispensing units shall be as paragraphs (g)(4)(ii) (b) and (c) of this described in paragraph (c) of this sec- section. tion, except that, where dispensing is (b) Where shore location would re- from a floating structure, suitable quire excessively long supply lines to lengths of oil-resistant flexible hose dispensers, tanks may be installed on a may be employed between the shore pier provided that applicable portions piping and the piping on the floating of paragraph (b) of this section relative structure as made necessary by change to spacing, diking, and piping are com- in water level or shoreline.

264

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

265

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.058 § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(b) A readily accessible valve to shut liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F off the supply from shore shall be pro- (37.8 °C), are stored or handled. For vided in each pipeline at or near the areas where Category 3 flammable liq- approach to the pier and at the shore uids with a flashpoint at or above 100 end of each pipeline adjacent to the °F (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable point where flexible hose is attached. liquids are stored or handled the elec- (c) Piping shall be located so as to be trical equipment may be installed in protected from physical damage. accordance with the provisions of sub- (d) Piping handling Category 1 or 2 part S of this part, for ordinary loca- flammable liquids, or Category 3 flam- tions. mable liquids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall be grounded to (ii) All electrical equipment and wir- control stray currents. ing shall be of a type specified by and (5) Electrical equipment—(i) Applica- shall be installed in accordance with tion. This paragraph (g)(5) shall apply subpart S of this part. to areas where Category 1 or 2 flam- (iii) So far as it applies. Table H–19 mable liquids, or Category 3 flammable shall be used to delineate and classify

266

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26MR12.059 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

hazardous areas for the purpose of in- dispensed to prevent spilled liquids stallation of electrical equipment from flowing into the interior of serv- under normal circumstances. A classi- ice station buildings. Such provision fied area shall not extend beyond an may be by grading driveways, raising unpierced wall, roof, or other solid par- door sills, or other equally effective tition. means. Crankcase drainings and flam- (iv) The area classifications listed mable liquids shall not be dumped into shall be based on the assumption that sewers but shall be stored in tanks or the installation meets the applicable drums outside of any building until re- requirements of this section in all re- moved from the premises. spects. (8) Sources of ignition. In addition to (6) Heating equipment—(i) Conform- the previous restrictions of this para- ance. Heating equipment shall be in- graph, the following shall apply: There stalled as provided in paragraphs (g)(6) shall be no smoking or open flames in (ii) through (v) of this section. the areas used for fueling, servicing (ii) Application. Heating equipment fuel systems for internal combustion may be installed in the conventional engines, receiving or dispensing of manner in an area except as provided flammable liquids. Conspicuous and in paragraph (g)(6) (iii), (iv), or (v) of legible signs prohibiting smoking shall this section. be posted within sight of the customer (iii) Special room. Heating equipment being served. The motors of all equip- may be installed in a special room sep- ment being fueled shall be shut off dur- arated from an area classified by Table ing the fueling operation. H–19 by walls having a fire resistance (9) Fire control. Each service station rating of at least 1 hour and without shall be provided with at least one fire any openings in the walls within 8 feet extinguisher having a minimum ap- of the floor into an area classified in proved classification of 6 B, C, located Table H–19. This room shall not be used so that an extinguisher, will be within for combustible storage and all air for 75 feet of each pump, dispenser, under- combustion purposes shall come from ground fill pipe opening, and lubrica- outside the building. tion or service room. (iv) Work areas. Heating equipment (h) Processing plants—(1) Scope. This using gas or oil fuel may be installed in paragraph shall apply to those plants the lubrication, sales, or service room or buildings which contain chemical where there is no dispensing or trans- operations such as oxidation, reduc- ferring of Category 1 or 2 flammable tion, halogenation, hydrogenation, liquids or 3 flammable liquids with a alkylation, polymerization, and other flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), pro- chemical processes but shall not apply vided the bottom of the combustion to chemical plants, refineries or distill- chamber is at least 18 inches above the eries. floor and the heating equipment is pro- (2) Location—(i) Classification. The lo- tected from physical damage by vehi- cation of each processing vessel shall cles. Heating equipment using gas or be based upon its flammable liquid ca- oil fuel listed for use in garages may be pacity. installed in the lubrication or service (ii) [Reserved] room where Category 1 or 2 flammable (3) Processing building—(i) Construc- liquids, or Category 3 flammable liq- tion. (a) Processing buildings shall be of uids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 fire-resistance or noncombustible con- °C), are dispensed provided the equip- struction, except heavy timber con- ment is installed at least 8 feet above struction with load-bearing walls may the floor. be permitted for plants utilizing only (v) Electric heat. Electrical heating stable Category 3 flammable liquids equipment shall conform to paragraph with a flashpoint at or above 100 °F (g)(5) of this section. (37.8 °C) or Category 4 flammable liq- (7) Drainage and waste disposal. Provi- uids. Except as provided in paragraph sion shall be made in the area where (h)(2)(ii) of this section or in the case Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or of explosion resistant walls used in Category 3 flammable liquids with a conjunction with explosion relieving flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), are facilities, see paragraph (h)(3)(iv) of

267

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

this section, load-bearing walls are pro- (d) Windows of explosion venting hibited. Buildings shall be without type. basements or covered pits. (4) Liquid handling—(i) Storage. (a) (b) Areas shall have adequate exit fa- The storage of flammable liquids in cilities arranged to prevent occupants tanks shall be in accordance with the from being trapped in the event of fire. applicable provisions of paragraph (b) Exits shall not be exposed by the drain- of this section. age facilities described in paragraph (b) If the storage of flammable liq- (h)(ii) of this section. uids in outside aboveground or under- (ii) Drainage. (a) Emergency drainage ground tanks is not practical because systems shall be provided to direct of temperature or production consider- flammable liquid leakage and fire pro- ations, tanks may be permitted inside tection water to a safe location. This of buildings or structures in accord- may require curbs, scuppers, or special ance with the applicable provisions of drainage systems to control the spread paragraph (b) of this section. of fire, see paragraph (b)(2)(vii)(b) of (c) Storage tanks inside of buildings this section. shall be permitted only in areas at or (b) Emergency drainage systems, if above grade which have adequate connected to public sewers or dis- drainage and are separated from the charged into public waterways, shall be processing area by construction having equipped with traps or separators. a fire resistance rating of at least 2 (iii) Ventilation. (a) Enclosed proc- hours. essing buildings shall be ventilated at a (d) The storage of flammable liquids rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per in containers shall be in accordance minute per square foot of solid floor with the applicable provisions of para- area. This shall be accomplished by graph (d) of this section. natural or mechanical ventilation with (ii) Piping, valves, and fittings. (a) Pip- discharge or exhaust to a safe location ing, valves, and fittings shall be in ac- outside of the building. Provisions cordance with paragraph (c) of this sec- shall be made for introduction of tion. makeup air in such a manner as not to (b) Approved flexible connectors may short circuit the ventilation. Ventila- be used where vibration exists or where tion shall be arranged to include all frequent movement is necessary. Ap- floor areas or pits where flammable va- proved hose may be used at transfer pors may collect. stations. (b) Equipment used in a building and (c) Piping containing flammable liq- the ventilation of the building shall be uids shall be identified. designed so as to limit flammable (iii) Transfer. (a) The transfer of large vapor-air mixtures under normal oper- quantities of flammable liquids shall ating conditions to the interior of be through piping by means of pumps equipment, and to not more than 5 feet or water displacement. Except as re- from equipment which exposes Cat- quired in process equipment, gravity egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- flow shall not be used. The use of com- egory 3 flammable liquids with a pressed air as a transferring medium is flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), to the prohibited. air. Examples of such equipment are (b) Positive displacement pumps dispensing stations, open centrifuges, shall be provided with pressure relief plate and frame filters, open vacuum discharging back to the tank or to filters, and surfaces of open equipment. pump suction. (iv) Explosion relief. Areas where Cat- (iv) Equipment. (a) Equipment shall egory 1 or unstable liquids are proc- be designed and arranged to prevent essed shall have explosion venting the unintentional escape of liquids and through one or more of the following vapors and to minimize the quantity methods: escaping in the event of accidental re- (a) Open air construction. lease. (b) Lightweight walls and roof. (b) Where the vapor space of equip- (c) Lightweight wall panels and roof ment is usually within the flammable hatches. range, the probability of explosion

268

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.106

damage to the equipment can be lim- vided, approved equipment shall be ited by inerting, by providing an explo- used and installed in an approved man- sion suppression system, or by design- ner. ing the equipment to contain the peak (iii) Alarm systems. An approved explosion pressure which may be modi- means for prompt notification of fire fied by explosion relief. Where the spe- to those within the plant and any pub- cial hazards of operation, sources of ig- lic fire department available shall be nition, or exposures indicate a need, provided. It may be advisable to con- consideration shall be given to pro- nect the plant system with the public viding protection by one or more of the system where public fire alarm system above means. is available. (5) Tank vehicle and tank car loading (iv) Maintenance. All plant fire pro- and unloading. Tank vehicle and tank tection facilities shall be adequately car loading or unloading facilities shall maintained and periodically inspected be separated from aboveground tanks, warehouses, other plant buildings, or and tested to make sure they are al- nearest line of adjoining property ways in satisfactory operating condi- which may be built upon by a distance tion and that they will serve their pur- of 25 feet for Category 1 or 2 flammable pose in time of emergency. liquids, or Category 3 flammable liq- (7) Sources of ignition—(i) General. (a) uids with a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 Precautions shall be taken to prevent °C), and 15 feet for Category 3 flam- the ignition of flammable vapors. mable liquids with a flashpoint at or Sources of ignition include but are not above 100 °F (37.8 °C) and Category 4 limited to open flames; lightning; flammable liquids measured from the smoking; cutting and welding; hot sur- nearest position of any fill stem. Build- faces; frictional heat; static, electrical, ings for pumps or shelters for personnel and mechanical sparks; spontaneous ig- may be a part of the facility. Oper- nition, including heat-producing chem- ations of the facility shall comply with ical reactions; and radiant heat. the appropriate portions of paragraph (b) Category 1 or 2 flammable liquids, (f)(3) of this section. or Category 3 flammable liquids with a (6) Fire control—(i) Portable extin- flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C), shall guishers. Approved portable fire extin- not be dispensed into containers unless guishers of appropriate size, type, and the nozzle and container are elec- number shall be provided. trically interconnected. Where the me- (ii) Other controls. Where the special tallic floorplate on which the container hazards of operation or exposure indi- stands while filling is electrically con- cate a need, the following fire control nected to the fill stem or where the fill provision shall be provided. stem is bonded to the container during (a) A reliable water supply shall be filling operations by means of a bond available in pressure and quantity ade- wire, the provisions of this section quate to meet the probable fire de- shall be deemed to have been complied mands. with. (b) Hydrants shall be provided in ac- cordance with accepted good practice. (ii) Maintenance and repair. (a) When (c) Hose connected to a source of necessary to do maintenance work in a water shall be installed so that all ves- flammable liquid processing area, the sels, pumps, and other equipment con- work shall be authorized by a respon- taining flammable liquids can be sible representative of the employer. reached with at least one hose stream. (b) Hot work, such as welding or cut- Nozzles that are capable of discharging ting operations, use of spark-producing a water spray shall be provided. power tools, and chipping operations (d) Processing plants shall be pro- shall be permitted only under super- tected by an approved automatic sprin- vision of an individual in responsible kler system or equivalent extin- charge who shall make an inspection of guishing system. If special extin- the area to be sure that it is safe for guishing systems including but not the work to be done and that safe pro- limited to those employing foam, car- cedures will be followed for the work bon dioxide, or dry chemical are pro- specified.

269

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(iii) Electrical. (a) All electric wiring dures which will tend to control leak- and equipment shall be installed in ac- age and prevent the accidental escape cordance with subpart S of this part. of flammable liquids. Spills shall be (b) Locations where flammable cleaned up promptly. vapor-air mixtures may exist under (ii) Access. Adequate aisles shall be normal operations shall be classified maintained for unobstructed move- Class I, Division 1 according to the re- ment of personnel and so that fire pro- quirements of subpart S of this part. tection equipment can be brought to For those pieces of equipment installed bear on any part of the processing in accordance with paragraph equipment. (h)(3)(iii)(b) of this section, the Divi- (iii) Waste and residues. Combustible sion 1 area shall extend 5 feet in all di- waste material and residues in a build- rections from all points of vapor libera- ing or operating area shall be kept to a tion. All areas within pits shall be clas- minimum, stored in closed metal waste sified Division 1 if any part of the pit is cans, and disposed of daily. within a Division 1 or 2 classified area, (iv) Clear zone. Ground area around unless the pit is provided with mechan- buildings and operating areas shall be ical ventilation. kept free of tall grass, weeds, trash, or (c) Locations where flammable vapor- other combustible materials. air mixtures may exist under abnormal (i) Refineries, chemical plants, and dis- conditions and for a distance beyond tilleries—(1) Storage tanks. Flammable Division 1 locations shall be classified liquids shall be stored in tanks, in con- Division 2 according to the require- tainers, or in portable tanks. Tanks ments of subpart S of this part. These shall be installed in accordance with locations include an area within 20 feet paragraph (b) of this section. Tanks for horizontally, 3 feet vertically beyond a the storage of flammable liquids in Division 1 area, and up to 3 feet above tank farms and in locations other than floor or grade level within 25 feet, if in- process areas shall be located in ac- doors, or 10 feet if outdoors, from any cordance with paragraph (b)(2) (i) and pump, bleeder, withdrawal fitting, (ii) of this section. meter, or similar device handling Cat- (2) Wharves. Wharves handling flam- egory 1 or 2 flammable liquids, or Cat- mable liquids shall be in accordance egory 3 flammable liquids with a with paragraph (f)(4) of this section. flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C). Pits (3) Fired and unfired pressure vessels— provided with adequate mechanical (i) Fired vessels. Fired pressure vessels ventilation within a Division 1 or 2 shall be constructed in accordance with area shall be classified Division 2. If the Code for Fired Pressure Vessels, Category 3 flammable liquids with a Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- flashpoint at or above 100 °F (37.8 °C) or sure Vessel Code—1968. Category 4 flammable liquids only are (ii) Unfired vessels shall be con- handled, then ordinary electrical structed in accordance with the Code equipment is satisfactory though care for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section shall be used in locating electrical ap- VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure paratus to prevent hot metal from fall- Vessel Code—1968. ing into open equipment. (4) Location of process units. Process (d) Where the provisions of para- units shall be located so that they are graphs (h)(7)(iii) (a), (b), and (c) of this accessible from at least one side for the section require the installation of ex- purpose of fire control. plosion-proof equipment, ordinary elec- (5) Fire control—(i) Portable equipment. trical equipment including switchgear Portable fire extinguishment and con- may be used if installed in a room or trol equipment shall be provided in enclosure which is maintained under such quantities and types as are needed positive pressure with respect to the for the special hazards of operation and hazardous area. Ventilation makeup storage. air shall be uncontaminated by flam- (ii) Water supply. Water shall be mable vapors. available in volume and at adequate (8) Housekeeping—(i) General. Mainte- pressure to supply water hose streams, nance and operating practices shall be foam producing equipment, automatic in accordance with established proce- sprinklers, or water spray systems as

270

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.107

the need is indicated by the special powders shall mean any powdered ma- hazards of operation and storage. terial used as a coating material which (iii) Special equipment. Special extin- shall be fluidized within a container by guishing equipment such as that uti- passing air uniformly from below. It is lizing foam, inert gas, or dry chemical common practice to fluidize such mate- shall be provided as the need is indi- rials to form a fluidized powder bed and cated by the special hazards of oper- then dip the part to be coated into the ation and storage. bed in a manner similar to that used in (j) Scope. This section applies to the liquid dipping. Such beds are also used handling, storage, and use of flam- as sources for powder spray operations. mable liquids with a flashpoint at or (2) Spraying area. Any area in which below 199.4 °F (93 °C) unless otherwise dangerous quantities of flammable va- noted. This section does not apply to: pors or mists, or combustible residues, (1) Bulk transportation of flammable dusts, or deposits are present due to liquids; the operation of spraying processes. (2) Storage, handling, and use of fuel (3) Spray booth. A power-ventilated oil tanks and containers connected structure provided to enclose or accom- with oil burning equipment; modate a spraying operation to confine (3) Storage of flammable liquids on and limit the escape of spray, vapor, farms; and residue, and to safely conduct or (4) Liquids without flashpoints that direct them to an exhaust system. may be flammable under some condi- (4) Waterwash spray booth. A spray tions, such as certain halogenated hy- booth equipped with a water washing drocarbons and mixtures containing system designed to minimize dusts or halogenated hydrocarbons; residues entering exhaust ducts and to (5) Mists, sprays, or foams, except permit the recovery of overspray fin- flammable aerosols covered in para- ishing material. graph (d) of this section; or (5) Dry spray booth. A spray booth not (6) Installations made in accordance equipped with a water washing system with requirements of the following as described in subparagraph (4) of this standards that are incorporated by ref- paragraph. A dry spray booth may be erence as specified in § 1910.6: equipped with (i) distribution or baffle (i) National Fire Protection Associa- plates to promote an even flow of air tion Standard for Drycleaning Plants, through the booth or cause the deposit NFPA No. 32–1970; of overspray before it enters the ex- (ii) National Fire Protection Associa- haust duct; or (ii) overspray dry filters tion Standard for the Manufacture of to minimize dusts; or (iii) overspray Organic Coatings, NFPA No. 35–1970; dry filters to minimize dusts or resi- (iii) National Fire Protection Asso- ciation Standard for Solvent Extrac- dues entering exhaust ducts; or (iv) tion Plants, NFPA No. 36–1967; or overspray dry filter rolls designed to (iv) National Fire Protection Asso- minimize dusts or residues entering ex- ciation Standard for the Installation haust ducts; or (v) where dry powders and Use of Stationary Combustion En- are being sprayed, with powder collec- gines and Gas Turbines, NFPA No. 37– tion systems so arranged in the ex- 1970. haust to capture oversprayed material. (6) Fluidized bed. A container holding [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 40 powder coating material which is aer- FR 3982, Jan. 27, 1975; 40 FR 23743, June 2, ated from below so as to form an air- 1975; 43 FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 43 FR 51759, supported expanded cloud of such ma- Nov. 7, 1978; 47 FR 39164, Sept. 7, 1982; 51 FR 34560, Sept. 29, 1986; 53 FR 12121, Apr. 12, 1988; terial through which the preheated ob- 55 FR 32015, Aug. 6, 1990; 61 FR 9237, Mar. 7, ject to be coated is immersed and 1996; 70 FR 53929, Sept. 13, 2005; 77 FR 17765, transported. Mar. 26, 2012] (7) Electrostatic fluidized bed. A con- tainer holding powder coating material which is aerated from below so as to § 1910.107 Spray finishing using flam- form an air-supported expanded cloud mable and combustible materials. of such material which is electrically (a) Definitions applicable to this sec- charged with a charge opposite to the tion—(1) Aerated solid powders. Aerated charge of the object to be coated; such

271

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.107 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

object is transported, through the con- feet per minute, or more, depending on tainer immediately above the charged the volume of the finishing material and aerated materials in order to be being applied and its flammability and coated. explosion characteristics. Visible (8) Approved. Shall mean approved gauges or audible alarm or pressure ac- and listed by a nationally recognized tivated devices shall be installed to in- testing laboratory. Refer to § 1910.7 for dicate or insure that the required air definition of nationally recognized velocity is maintained. Filter rolls testing laboratory. shall be inspected to insure proper re- (9) Listed. See ‘‘approved’’ in placement of filter media. § 1910.107(a)(8). (ii) All discarded filter pads and filter (b) Spray booths—(1) Construction. rolls shall be immediately removed to Spray booths shall be substantially a safe, well-detached location or placed constructed of steel, securely and rig- in a water-filled metal container and idly supported, or of concrete or ma- disposed of at the close of the day’s op- sonry except that aluminum or other eration unless maintained completely substantial noncombustible material in water. may be used for intermittent or low (iii) The location of filters in a spray volume spraying. Spray booths shall be booth shall be so as to not reduce the designed to sweep air currents toward effective booth enclosure of the arti- the exhaust outlet. cles being sprayed. (2) Interiors. The interior surfaces of (iv) Space within the spray booth on spray booths shall be smooth and con- the downstream and upstream sides of tinuous without edges and otherwise filters shall be protected with approved designed to prevent pocketing of resi- automatic sprinklers. dues and facilitate cleaning and wash- ing without injury. (v) Filters or filter rolls shall not be (3) Floors. The floor surface of a spray used when applying a spray material booth and operator’s working area, if known to be highly susceptible to spon- combustible, shall be covered with non- taneous heating and ignition. combustible material of such character (vi) Clean filters or filter rolls shall as to facilitate the safe cleaning and be noncombustible or of a type having removal of residues. a combustibility not in excess of class (4) Distribution or baffle plates. Dis- 2 filters as listed by Underwriters’ Lab- tribution or baffle plates, if installed oratories, Inc. Filters and filter rolls to promote an even flow of air through shall not be alternately used for dif- the booth or cause the deposit of ferent types of coating materials, overspray before it enters the exhaust where the combination of materials duct, shall be of noncombustible mate- may be conducive to spontaneous igni- rial and readily removable or acces- tion. See also paragraph (g)(6) of this sible on both sides for cleaning. Such section. plates shall not be located in exhaust (6) Frontal area. Each spray booth ducts. having a frontal area larger than 9 (5) Dry type overspray collectors—(ex- square feet shall have a metal deflector haust air filters). In conventional dry or curtain not less than 21⁄2 inches deep type spray booths, overspray dry filters installed at the upper outer edge of the or filter rolls, if installed, shall con- booth over the opening. form to the following: (7) Conveyors. Where conveyors are (i) The spraying operations except arranged to carry work into or out of electrostatic spraying operations shall spray booths, the openings therefor be so designed, installed and main- shall be as small as practical. tained that the average air velocity (8) Separation of operations. Each over the open face of the booth (or spray booth shall be separated from booth cross section during spraying op- other operations by not less than 3 erations) shall be not less than 100 lin- feet, or by a greater distance, or by ear feet per minute. Electrostatic such partition or wall as to reduce the spraying operations may be conducted danger from juxtaposition of hazardous with an air velocity over the open face operations. See also paragraph (c)(1) of of the booth of not less than 60 linear this section.

272

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.107

(9) Cleaning. Spray booths shall be so able residue and explosive vapors, there installed that all portions are readily shall be no electrical equipment in any accessible for cleaning. A clear space of spraying area, whereon deposits of not less than 3 feet on all sides shall be combustible residues may readily accu- kept free from storage or combustible mulate, except wiring in rigid conduit construction. or in boxes or fittings containing no (10) Illumination. When spraying areas taps, splices, or terminal connections. are illuminated through glass panels or (6) Wiring type approved. Electrical other transparent materials, only fixed wiring and equipment not subject to lighting units shall be used as a source deposits of combustible residues but lo- of illumination. Panels shall effec- cated in a spraying area as herein de- tively isolate the spraying area from fined shall be of explosion-proof type the area in which the lighting unit is approved for Class I, group D locations located, and shall be of a noncombus- and shall otherwise conform to the pro- tible material of such a nature or so visions of subpart S of this part, for protected that breakage will be un- likely. Panels shall be so arranged that Class I, Division 1, Hazardous Loca- normal accumulations of residue on tions. Electrical wiring, motors, and the exposed surface of the panel will other equipment outside of but within not be raised to a dangerous tempera- twenty (20) feet of any spraying area, ture by radiation or conduction from and not separated therefrom by parti- the source of illumination. tions, shall not produce sparks under (c) Electrical and other sources of igni- normal operating conditions and shall tion—(1) Conformance. All electrical otherwise conform to the provisions of equipment, open flames and other subpart S of this part for Class I, Divi- sources of ignition shall conform to the sion 2 Hazardous Locations. requirements of this paragraph, except (7) Lamps. Electric lamps outside of, as follows: but within twenty (20) feet of any (i) Electrostatic apparatus shall con- spraying area, and not separated there- form to the requirements of paragraphs from by a partition, shall be totally en- (h) and (i) of this section; closed to prevent the falling of hot par- (ii) Drying, curing, and fusion appa- ticles and shall be protected from me- ratus shall conform to the require- chanical injury by suitable guards or ments of paragraph (j) of this section; by location. (iii) Automobile undercoating spray (8) Portable lamps. Portable electric operations in garages shall conform to lamps shall not be used in any spraying the requirements of paragraph (k) of area during spraying operations. Port- this section; able electric lamps, if used during (iv) Powder-coating equipment shall cleaning or repairing operations, shall conform to the requirements of para- be of the type approved for hazardous graph (l)(1) of this section. Class I locations. (2) Minimum separation. There shall be (9) Grounding. (i) All metal parts of no open flame or spark producing spray booths, exhaust ducts, and piping equipment in any spraying area nor within 20 feet thereof, unless separated systems conveying flammable liquids by a partition. or liquids with a flashpoint greater ° ° (3) Hot surfaces. Space-heating appli- than 199.4 F (93 C) or aerated solids ances, steampipes, or hot surfaces shall shall be properly electrically grounded not be located in a spraying area where in an effective and permanent manner. deposits of combustible residues may (ii) [Reserved] readily accumulate. (d) Ventilation—(1) Conformance. Ven- (4) Wiring conformance. Electrical wir- tilating and exhaust systems shall be ing and equipment shall conform to the in accordance with the Standard for provisions of this paragraph and shall Blower and Exhaust Systems for Vapor otherwise be in accordance with sub- Removal, NFPA No. 91–1961, which is part S of this part. incorporated by reference as specified (5) Combustible residues, areas. Unless in § 1910.6, where applicable and shall specifically approved for locations con- also conform to the provisions of this taining both deposits of readily ignit- section.

273

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.107 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(2) General. All spraying areas shall be in a full open position at all times be provided with mechanical ventila- the ventilating system is in operation. tion adequate to remove flammable va- (i) Exhaust ducts shall be protected pors, mists, or powders to a safe loca- against mechanical damage and have a tion and to confine and control com- clearance from unprotected combus- bustible residues so that life is not en- tible construction or other combustible dangered. Mechanical ventilation shall material of not less than 18 inches. be kept in operation at all times while (ii) If combustible construction is spraying operations are being con- provided with the following protection ducted and for a sufficient time there- applied to all surfaces within 18 inches, after to allow vapors from drying coat- clearances may be reduced to the dis- ed articles and drying finishing mate- tances indicated: rial residue to be exhausted. (a) 28-gage sheet metal on 1⁄4-inch asbestos 12 inches. (3) Independent exhaust. Each spray mill board. booth shall have an independent ex- (b) 28-gage sheet metal on 1⁄8-inch asbestos 9 inches. haust duct system discharging to the mill board spaced out 1 inch on non- exterior of the building, except that combustible spacers. (c) 22-gage sheet metal on 1-inch rockwool 3 inches. multiple cabinet spray booths in which batts reinforced with wire mesh or the identical spray finishing material is equivalent. used with a combined frontal area of (d) Where ducts are protected with an ap- not more than 18 square feet may have proved automatic sprinkler system, properly maintained, the clearance required in sub- a common exhaust. If more than one division (i) of this subparagraph may be re- fan serves one booth, all fans shall be duced to 6 inches. so interconnected that one fan cannot (8) Discharge clearance. Unless the operate without all fans being oper- spray booth exhaust duct terminal is ated. from a water-wash spray booth, the (4) Fan-rotating element. The fan-ro- terminal discharge point shall be not tating element shall be nonferrous or less than 6 feet from any combustible nonsparking or the casing shall consist exterior wall or roof nor discharge in of or be lined with such material. the direction of any combustible con- There shall be ample clearance be- struction or unprotected opening in tween the fan-rotating element and the fan casing to avoid a fire by friction, any noncombustible exterior wall with- necessary allowance being made for or- in 25 feet. dinary expansion and loading to pre- (9) Air exhaust. Air exhaust from vent contact between moving parts and spray operations shall not be directed the duct or fan housing. Fan blades so that it will contaminate makeup air shall be mounted on a shaft suffi- being introduced into the spraying area ciently heavy to maintain perfect or other ventilating intakes, nor di- alignment even when the blades of the rected so as to create a nuisance. Air fan are heavily loaded, the shaft pref- exhausted from spray operations shall erably to have bearings outside the not be recirculated. duct and booth. All bearings shall be of (10) Access doors. When necessary to the self-lubricating type, or lubricated facilitate cleaning, exhaust ducts shall from the outside duct. be provided with an ample number of (5) Electric motors. Electric motors access doors. driving exhaust fans shall not be placed (11) Room intakes. Air intake openings inside booths or ducts. See also para- to rooms containing spray finishing op- graph (c) of this section. erations shall be adequate for the effi- (6) Belts. Belts shall not enter the cient operation of exhaust fans and duct or booth unless the belt and pul- shall be so located as to minimize the ley within the duct or booth are thor- creation of dead air pockets. oughly enclosed. (12) Drying spaces. Freshly sprayed (7) Exhaust ducts. Exhaust ducts shall articles shall be dried only in spaces be constructed of steel and shall be provided with adequate ventilation to substantially supported. Exhaust ducts prevent the formation of explosive va- without dampers are preferred; how- pors. In the event adequate and reliable ever, if dampers are installed, they ventilation is not provided such drying shall be maintained so that they will spaces shall be considered a spraying

274

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.107

area. See also paragraph (j) of this sec- be subject to air pressure for supplying tion. spray nozzles. Containers under air (e) Flammable liquids and liquids with pressure supplying spray nozzles shall a flashpoint greater than 199.4 °F (93 be of limited capacity, not exceeding °C)—(1) Conformance. The storage of that necessary for 1 day’s operation; flammable liquids or liquids with a shall be designed and approved for such flashpoint greater than 199.4 °F (93 °C) use; shall be provided with a visible in connection with spraying operations pressure gage; and shall be provided shall conform to the requirements of with a relief valve set to operate in § 1910.106, where applicable. conformance with the requirements of (2) Quantity. The quantity of flam- the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, mable liquids or liquids with a Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and ° ° flashpoint greater than 199.4 F (93 C) Pressure Vessel Code—1968, which is in- kept in the vicinity of spraying oper- corporated by reference as specified in ations shall be the minimum required § 1910.6. Containers under air pressure for operations and should ordinarily supplying spray nozzles, air-storage not exceed a supply for 1 day or one tanks and coolers shall conform to the shift. Bulk storage of portable con- tainers of flammable liquids or liquids standards of the Code for Unfired Pres- with a flashpoint greater than 199.4 °F sure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME (93 °C) shall be in a separate, con- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code—1968 structed building detached from other for construction, tests, and mainte- important buildings or cut off in a nance. standard manner. (6) Pipes and hoses. (i) All containers (3) Containers. Original closed con- or piping to which is attached a hose or tainers, approved portable tanks, ap- flexible connection shall be provided proved safety cans or a properly ar- with a shutoff valve at the connection. ranged system of piping shall be used Such valves shall be kept shut when for bringing flammable liquids or liq- spraying operations are not being con- uids with a flashpoint greater than ducted. 199.4 °F (93 °C) into spray finishing (ii) When a pump is used to deliver room. Open or glass containers shall products, automatic means shall be not be used. provided to prevent pressure in excess (4) Transferring liquids. Except as pro- of the design working pressure of ac- vided in paragraph (e)(5) of this section cessories, piping, and hose. the withdrawal of flammable liquids (iii) All pressure hose and couplings and liquids with a flashpoint greater shall be inspected at regular intervals ° ° than 199.4 F (93 C) from containers appropriate to this service. The hose having a capacity of greater than 60 and couplings shall be tested with the gallons shall be by approved pumps. hose extended, and using the ‘‘inservice The withdrawal of flammable liquids or maximum operating pressures.’’ Any liquids with a flashpoint greater than hose showing material deteriorations, 199.4 °F (93 °C) from containers and the signs of leakage, or weakness in its filling of containers, including portable mixing tanks, shall be done only in a carcass or at the couplings, shall be suitable mixing room or in a spraying withdrawn from service and repaired or area when the ventilating system is in discarded. operation. Adequate precautions shall (iv) Piping systems conveying flam- be taken to protect against liquid spill- mable liquids or liquids with a age and sources of ignition. flashpoint greater than 199.4 °F (93 °C) (5) Spraying containers. Containers shall be of steel or other material hav- supplying spray nozzles shall be of ing comparable properties of resistance closed type or provided with metal cov- to heat and physical damage. Piping ers kept closed. Containers not resting systems shall be properly bonded and on floors shall be on metal supports or grounded. suspended by wire cables. Containers (7) Spray liquid heaters. Electrically supplying spray nozzles by gravity flow powered spray liquid heaters shall be shall not exceed 10 gallons capacity. approved and listed for the specific lo- Original shipping containers shall not cation in which used (see paragraph (c)

275

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.107 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

of this section). Heaters shall not be lo- practical, with cleaning conducted cated in spray booths nor other loca- daily if necessary. Scrapers, spuds, or tions subject to the accumulation of other such tools used for cleaning pur- deposits or combustible residue. If an poses shall be of nonsparking material. electric motor is used, see paragraph (3) Residue disposal. Residue scrapings (c) of this section. and debris contaminated with residue (8) Pump relief. If flammable liquids shall be immediately removed from the or liquids with a flashpoint greater premises and properly disposed of. Ap- than 199.4 °F (93 °C) are supplied to proved metal waste cans shall be pro- spray nozzles by positive displacement vided wherever rags or waste are im- pumps, the pump discharge line shall pregnated with finishing material and be provided with an approved relief all such rags or waste deposited therein valve discharging to a pump suction or immediately after use. The contents of a safe detached location, or a device waste cans shall be properly disposed of provided to stop the prime mover if the at least once daily or at the end of each discharge pressure exceeds the safe op- shift. erating pressure of the system. (4) Clothing storage. Spray finishing (9) Grounding. Whenever flammable employees’ clothing shall not be left on liquids or liquids with a flashpoint the premises overnight unless kept in greater than 199.4 °F (93 °C) are trans- metal lockers. ferred from one container to another, (5) Cleaning solvents. The use of sol- both containers shall be effectively vents for cleaning operations shall be bonded and grounded to prevent dis- restricted to those having flashpoints charge sparks of static electricity. not less than 100 °F.; however, for (f) Protection—(1) Conformance. In cleaning spray nozzles and auxiliary sprinklered buildings, the automatic equipment, solvents having flashpoints sprinkler system in rooms containing not less than those normally used in spray finishing operations shall con- spray operations may be used. Such form to the requirements of § 1910.159. cleaning shall be conducted inside In unsprinklered buildings where sprin- spray booths and ventilating equip- klers are installed only to protect ment operated during cleaning. spraying areas, the installation shall (6) Hazardous materials combinations. conform to such standards insofar as Spray booths shall not be alternately they are applicable. Sprinkler heads used for different types of coating ma- shall be located so as to provide water terials, where the combination of the distribution throughout the entire materials may be conducive to sponta- booth. neous ignition, unless all deposits of (2) Valve access. Automatic sprinklers the first used material are removed protecting each spray booth (together from the booth and exhaust ducts prior with its connecting exhaust) shall be to spraying with the second used mate- under an accessibly located separate rial. outside stem and yoke (OS&Y) subcon- (7) ‘‘No Smoking’’ signs. ‘‘No smoking’’ trol valve. signs in large letters on contrasting (3) Cleaning of heads. Sprinklers pro- color background shall be conspicu- tecting spraying areas shall be kept as ously posted at all spraying areas and free from deposits as practical by paint storage rooms. cleaning daily if necessary. (See also (h) Fixed electrostatic apparatus—(1) paragraph (g) of this section.) Conformance. Where installation and (4) Portable extinguishers. An adequate use of electrostatic spraying equip- supply of suitable portable fire extin- ment is used, such installation and use guishers shall be installed near all shall conform to all other paragraphs spraying areas. of this section, and shall also conform (g) Operations and maintenance—(1) to the requirements of this paragraph. Spraying. Spraying shall not be con- (2) Type approval. Electrostatic appa- ducted outside of predetermined spray- ratus and devices used in connection ing areas. with coating operations shall be of ap- (2) Cleaning. All spraying areas shall proved types. be kept as free from the accumulation (3) Location. Transformers, power of deposits of combustible residues as packs, control apparatus, and all other

276

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.107

electrical portions of the equipment, equipment which is manipulated by with the exception of high-voltage hand, see paragraph (i) of this section grids, electrodes, and electrostatic for applicable requirements. atomizing heads and their connections, (9) Fail-safe controls. Electrostatic ap- shall be located outside of the spraying paratus shall be equipped with auto- area, or shall otherwise conform to the matic controls which will operate with- requirements of paragraph (c) of this out time delay to disconnect the power section. supply to the high voltage transformer (4) Support. Electrodes and electro- and to signal the operator under any of static atomizing heads shall be ade- the following conditions: quately supported in permanent loca- (i) Stoppage of ventilating fans or tions and shall be effectively insulated failure of ventilating equipment from from the ground. Electrodes and elec- any cause. trostatic atomizing heads which are permanently attached to their bases, (ii) Stoppage of the conveyor car- supports, or reciprocators, shall be rying goods through the high voltage deemed to comply with this section. field. Insulators shall be nonporous and non- (iii) Occurrence of a ground or of an combustible. imminent ground at any point on the (5) Insulators, grounding. High-voltage high voltage system. leads to electrodes shall be properly in- (iv) Reduction of clearance below sulated and protected from mechanical that specified in paragraph (h)(6) of injury or exposure to destructive this section. chemicals. Electrostatic atomizing (10) Guarding. Adequate booths, fenc- heads shall be effectively and perma- ing, railings, or guards shall be so nently supported on suitable insulators placed about the equipment that they, and shall be effectively guarded either by their location or character or against accidental contact or ground- both, assure that a safe isolation of the ing. An automatic means shall be pro- process is maintained from plant stor- vided for grounding the electrode sys- age or personnel. Such railings, fenc- tem when it is electrically deenergized ing, and guards shall be of conducting for any reason. All insulators shall be material, adequately grounded. kept clean and dry. (11) Ventilation. Where electrostatic (6) Safe distance. A safe distance shall atomization is used the spraying area be maintained between goods being shall be so ventilated as to insure safe painted and electrodes or electrostatic conditions from a fire and health atomizing heads or conductors of at standpoint. least twice the sparking distance. A (12) Fire protection. All areas used for suitable sign indicating this safe dis- spraying, including the interior of the tance shall be conspicuously posted booth, shall be protected by automatic near the assembly. sprinklers where this protection is (7) Conveyors required. Goods being available. Where this protection is not painted using this process are to be available, other approved automatic supported on conveyors. The conveyors extinguishing equipment shall be pro- shall be so arranged as to maintain safe distances between the goods and vided. the electrodes or electrostatic atom- (i) Electrostatic hand spraying equip- izing heads at all times. Any irregu- ment—(1) Application. This paragraph larly shaped or other goods subject to shall apply to any equipment using possible swinging or movement shall be electrostatically charged elements for rigidly supported to prevent such the atomization and/or, precipitation swinging or movement which would re- of materials for coatings on articles, or duce the clearance to less than that for other similar purposes in which the specified in paragraph (h)(6) of this sec- atomizing device is hand held and ma- tion. nipulated during the spraying oper- (8) Prohibition. This process is not ac- ation. ceptable where goods being coated are (2) Conformance. Electrostatic hand manipulated by hand. When finishing spraying equipment shall conform with materials are applied by electrostatic the other provisions of this section.

277

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.107 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Equipment approval and specifica- ventilation of the spraying area that tions. Electrostatic hand spray appa- the equipment cannot be operated un- ratus and devices used in connection less the ventilation fans are in oper- with coating operations shall be of ap- ation. proved types. The high voltage circuits (9) Ventilation. The spraying oper- shall be designed so as to not produce ation shall take place within a spray a spark of sufficient intensity to ignite area which is adequately ventilated to any vapor-air mixtures nor result in remove solvent vapors released from appreciable shock hazard upon coming the operation. in contact with a grounded object (j) Drying, curing, or fusion appa- under all normal operating conditions. ratus—(1) Conformance. Drying, curing, The electrostatically charged exposed or fusion apparatus in connection with elements of the handgun shall be capa- spray application of flammable and ble of being energized only by a switch combustible finishes shall conform to which also controls the coating mate- rial supply. the Standard for Ovens and Furnaces, (4) Electrical support equipment. Trans- NFPA 86A–1969, which is incorporated formers, powerpacks, control appa- by reference as specified in § 1910.6, ratus, and all other electrical portions where applicable and shall also con- of the equipment, with the exception of form with the following requirements the handgun itself and its connections of this paragraph. to the power supply shall be located (2) Alternate use prohibited. Spray outside of the spraying area or shall booths, rooms, or other enclosures used otherwise conform to the requirements for spraying operations shall not alter- of paragraph (c) of this section. nately be used for the purpose of dry- (5) Spray gun ground. The handle of ing by any arrangement which will the spraying gun shall be electrically cause a material increase in the sur- connected to ground by a metallic con- face temperature of the spray booth, nection and to be so constructed that room, or enclosure. the operator in normal operating posi- (3) Adjacent system interlocked. Except tion is in intimate electrical contact as specifically provided in paragraph with the grounded handle. (j)(4) of this section, drying, curing, or (6) Grounding—general. All elec- fusion units utilizing a heating system trically conductive objects in the having open flames or which may spraying area shall be adequately produce sparks shall not be installed in grounded. This requirement shall apply a spraying area, but may be installed to paint containers, wash cans, and any adjacent thereto when equipped with other objects or devices in the area. an interlocked ventilating system ar- The equipment shall carry a prominent ranged to: permanently installed warning regard- (i) Thoroughly ventilate the drying ing the necessity for this grounding space before the heating system can be feature. started; (7) Maintenance of grounds. Objects (ii) Maintain a safe atmosphere at being painted or coated shall be main- any source of ignition; tained in metallic contact with the conveyor or other grounded support. (iii) Automatically shut down the Hooks shall be regularly cleaned to in- heating system in the event of failure sure this contact and areas of contact of the ventilating system. shall be sharp points or knife edges (4) Alternate use permitted. Auto- where possible. Points of support of the mobile refinishing spray booths or en- object shall be concealed from random closures, otherwise installed and main- spray where feasible and where the ob- tained in full conformity with this sec- jects being sprayed are supported from tion, may alternately be used for dry- a conveyor, the point of attachment to ing with portable electrical infrared the conveyor shall be so located as to drying apparatus when conforming not collect spray material during nor- with the following: mal operation. (i) Interior (especially floors) of (8) Interlocks. The electrical equip- spray enclosures shall be kept free of ment shall be so interlocked with the overspray deposits.

278

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.107

(ii) During spray operations, the dry- (l) Powder coating—(1) Electrical and ing apparatus and electrical connec- other sources of ignition. Electrical tions and wiring thereto shall not be equipment and other sources of igni- located within spray enclosure nor in tion shall conform to the requirements any other location where spray resi- of paragraphs (c)(1) (i)–(iv), (8) and (9)(i) dues may be deposited thereon. of this section and subpart S of this (iii) The spraying apparatus, the dry- part. ing apparatus, and the ventilating sys- (2) Ventilation. (i) In addition to the tem of the spray enclosure shall be provisions of paragraph (d) of this sec- equipped with suitable interlocks so ar- tion, where applicable, exhaust ventila- ranged that: tion shall be sufficient to maintain the (a) The spraying apparatus cannot be atmosphere below the lowest explosive operated while the drying apparatus is limits for the materials being applied. inside the spray enclosure. All nondeposited air-suspended powders (b) The spray enclosure will be shall be safely removed via exhaust purged of spray vapors for a period of ducts to the powder recovery cyclone not less than 3 minutes before the dry- or receptacle. Each installation shall ing apparatus can be energized. be designed and operated to meet the (c) The ventilating system will main- foregoing performance specification. tain a safe atmosphere within the en- (ii) Powders shall not be released to closure during the drying process and the outside atmosphere. the drying apparatus will automati- (3) Drying, curing, or fusion equipment. cally shut off in the event of failure of The provisions of the Standard for the ventilating system. ovens and furnaces, NFPA No. 86A–1969 (iv) All electrical wiring and equip- shall apply where applicable. ment of the drying apparatus shall con- (4) Operation and maintenance. (i) All form with the applicable sections of areas shall be kept free of the accumu- subpart S of this part. Only equipment lation of powder coating dusts, particu- of a type approved for Class I, Division larly such horizontal surfaces as 2 hazardous locations shall be located ledges, beams, pipes, hoods, booths, and within 18 inches of floor level. All me- floors. tallic parts of the drying apparatus (ii) Surfaces shall be cleaned in such shall be properly electrically bonded manner as to avoid scattering dust to and grounded. other places or creating dust clouds. (v) The drying apparatus shall con- (iii) ‘‘No Smoking’’ signs in large let- tain a prominently located, perma- ters on contrasting color background nently attached warning sign indi- shall be conspicuously posted at all cating that ventilation should be main- powder coating areas and powder stor- tained during the drying period and age rooms. that spraying should not be conducted (5) Fixed electrostatic spraying equip- in the vicinity that spray will deposit ment. The provisions of paragraph (h) of on apparatus. this section and other subparagraphs of (k) Automobile undercoating in garages. this paragraph shall apply to fixed Automobile undercoating spray oper- electrostatic equipment, except that ations in garages, conducted in areas electrical equipment not covered there- having adequate natural or mechanical in shall conform to paragraph (l)(1) of ventilation, are exempt from the re- this section. quirements pertaining to spray fin- (6) Electrostatic hand spraying equip- ishing operations, when using under- ment. The provisions of paragraph (i) of coating materials not more hazardous this section and other subparagraphs of than kerosene (as listed by Under- this paragraph, shall apply to electro- writers’ Laboratories in respect to fire static handguns when used in powder hazard rating 30–40) or undercoating coating, except that electrical equip- materials using only solvents listed as ment not covered therein shall conform having a flash point in excess of 100 °F. to paragraph (l)(1) of this section. Undercoating spray operations not con- (7) Electrostatic fluidized beds. (i) Elec- forming to these provisions are subject trostatic fluidized beds and associated to all requirements of this section per- equipment shall be of approved types. taining to spray finishing operations. The maximum surface temperature of

279

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.108 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

this equipment in the coating area section also covers the application of shall not exceed 150 °F. The high volt- combustible powders by powder spray age circuits shall be so designed as to guns, electrostatic powder spray guns, not produce a spark of sufficient inten- fluidized beds, or electrostatic fluidized sity to ignite any powder-air mixtures beds. The section does not apply to nor result in appreciable shock hazard outdoor spray application of buildings, upon coming in contact with a ground- tanks, or other similar structures, nor ed object under normal operating con- to small portable spraying apparatus ditions. not used repeatedly in the same loca- (ii) Transformers, powerpacks, con- tion. trol apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the ex- [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 45 ception of the charging electrodes and FR 60704, Sept. 12, 1980; 49 FR 5322, Feb. 10, their connections to the power supply 1984; 53 FR 12121, Apr. 12, 1988; 61 FR 9237, Mar. 7, 1996; 72 FR 71069, Dec. 14, 2007; 77 FR shall be located outside of the powder 17776, Mar. 26, 2012] coating area or shall otherwise con- form to the requirements of paragraph § 1910.108 [Reserved] (l)(1) of this section. (iii) All electrically conductive ob- § 1910.109 Explosives and blasting jects within the charging influence of agents. the electrodes shall be adequately (a) Definitions applicable to this sec- grounded. The powder coating equip- tion—(1) Blasting agent. Blasting ment shall carry a prominent, perma- agent—any material or mixture, con- nently installed warning regarding the sisting of a fuel and oxidizer, intended necessity for grounding these objects. for blasting, not otherwise classified as (iv) Objects being coated shall be an explosive and in which none of the maintained in contact with the con- ingredients are classified as an explo- veyor or other support in order to in- sive, provided that the finished prod- sure proper grounding. Hangers shall uct, as mixed and packaged for use or be regularly cleaned to insure effective shipment, cannot be detonated by contact and areas of contact shall be means of a No. 8 test blasting cap when sharp points or knife edges where pos- sible. unconfined. (v) The electrical equipment shall be (2) Explosive-actuated power devices. so interlocked with the ventilation sys- Explosive-actuated power device—any tem that the equipment cannot be op- tool or special mechanized device erated unless the ventilation fans are which is actuated by explosives, but in operation. not including propellant-actuated (m) Organic peroxides and dual compo- power devices. Examples of explosive- nent coatings—(1) Conformance. All actuated power devices are jet tappers spraying operations involving the use and jet perforators. of organic peroxides and other dual (3) Explosive. Explosive—any chem- component coatings shall be conducted ical compound, mixture, or device, the in approved sprinklered spray booths primary or common purpose of which is meeting the requirements of this sec- to function by explosion, i.e., with sub- tion. stantially instantaneous release of gas (2) Smoking. Smoking shall be prohib- and heat, unless such compound, mix- ited and ‘‘No Smoking’’ signs shall be ture, or device is otherwise specifically prominently displayed and only non- classified by the U.S. Department of sparking tools shall be used in any area Transportation; see 49 CFR chapter I. where organic peroxides are stored, The term ‘‘explosives’’ shall include all mixed or applied. material which is classified as Class A, (n) Scope. This section applies to Class B, and Class C explosives by the flammable and combustible finishing U.S. Department of Transportation, materials when applied as a spray by and includes, but is not limited to dy- compressed air, ‘‘airless’’ or ‘‘hydraulic namite, black powder, pellet powders, atomization,’’ steam, electrostatic initiating explosives, blasting caps, methods, or by any other means in con- electric blasting caps, safety fuse, fuse tinuous or intermittent processes. The lighters, fuse igniters, squibs, cordeau

280

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

detonant fuse, instantaneous fuse, ig- prepared for the purpose of producing niter cord, igniters, small arms ammu- audible or visible effects which are nition, small arms ammunition prim- commonly referred to as fireworks. ers, smokeless propellant, cartridges (11) [Reserved] for propellant-actuated power devices, (12) Semiconductive hose. and cartridges for industrial guns. Semiconductive hose—a hose with an Commercial explosives are those explo- electrical resistance high enough to sives which are intended to be used in limit flow of stray electric currents to commercial or industrial operations. safe levels, yet not so high as to pre- NOTE 1: Classification of explosives is de- vent drainage of static electric charges scribed by the U.S. Department of Transpor- to ground; hose of not more than 2 tation as follows (see 49 CFR chapter I): megohms resistance over its entire length and of not less than 5,000 ohms (i) Class A explosives. Possessing, det- per foot meets the requirement. onating, or otherwise maximum haz- (13) Small arms ammunition. Small ard; such as dynamite, nitroglycerin, arms ammunition—any shotgun, rifle, picric acid, lead azide, fulminate of pistol, or revolver cartridge, and car- mercury, black powder, blasting caps, tridges for propellant-actuated power and detonating primers. (ii) Class B explosives. Possessing devices and industrial guns. Military- flammable hazard, such as propellant type ammunition containing explosive- explosives (including some smokeless bursting charges, incendiary, tracer, propellants), photographic flash pow- spotting, or pyrotechnic projectiles is ders, and some special fireworks. excluded from this definition. (iii) Class C explosives. Includes cer- (14) Small arms ammunition primers. tain types of manufactured articles Small arms ammunition primers— which contain Class A or Class B explo- small percussion-sensitive explosive sives, or both, as components but in re- charges, encased in a cup, used to ig- stricted quantities. nite propellant powder. (iv) Forbidden or not acceptable explo- (15) Smokeless propellants. Smokeless sives. Explosives which are forbidden or propellants—solid propellants, com- not acceptable for transportation by monly called smokeless powders in the common carriers by rail freight, rail trade, used in small arms ammunition, express, highway, or water in accord- cannon, rockets, propellant-actuated ance with the regulations of the U.S. power devices, etc. Department of Transportation, 49 CFR (16) Special industrial explosives de- chapter I. vices. Special industrial explosives de- (4) Highway. Highway—any public vices—explosive-actuated power de- street, public alley, or public road. vices and propellant-actuated power (5) [Reserved] devices. (6) Magazine. Magazine—any building (17) Special industrial explosives mate- or structure, other than an explosives rials. Special industrial explosives ma- manufacturing building, used for the terials—shaped materials and sheet storage of explosives. forms and various other extrusions, (7) Motor vehicle. Motor vehicle—any pellets, and packages of high explo- self-propelled vehicle, truck, tractor, sives, which include dynamite, tri- semitrailer, or truck-full trailers used nitrotoluene (TNT), pentaerythritol for the transportation of freight over tetranitrate (PETN), hexahydro-1,3,5- public highways. trinitro-s-triazine (RDX), and other (8) Propellant-actuated power devices. similar compounds used for high-en- Propellant-actuated power devices— ergy-rate forming, expanding, and any tool or special mechanized device shaping in metal fabrication, and for or gas generator system which is actu- dismemberment and quick reduction of ated by a smokeless propellant or scrap metal. which releases and directs work (18) Water gels or slurry explosives. through a smokeless propellant charge. These comprise a wide variety of mate- (9) [Reserved] rials used for blasting. They all contain (10) Pyrotechnics. Pyrotechnics—any substantial proportions of water and combustible or explosive compositions high proportions of ammonium nitrate, or manufactured articles designed and some of which is in solution in the

281

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

water. Two broad classes of water gels TABLE H–21—AMERICAN TABLE OF DISTANCES are (i) those which are sensitized by a FOR STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES 1–5 material classed as an explosive, such [As revised and approved by the Institute of Makers of as TNT or smokeless powder, (ii) those Explosives, June 5, 1964] which contain no ingredient classified Explosives Distances in feet as an explosive; these are sensitized when storage is barricaded: Sepa- with metals such as aluminum or with Pounds over Pounds not over ration of maga- other fuels. Water gels may be zines premixed at an explosives plant or 2 5 6 mixed at the site immediately before 5 10 8 10 20 10 delivery into the borehole. 20 30 11 (19) DOT specifications. Regulations of 30 40 12 the Department of Transportation pub- 40 50 14 50 75 15 lished in 49 CFR chapter I. 75 100 16 (b) Miscellaneous provisions—(1) Gen- 100 125 18 125 150 19 eral hazard. No person shall store, han- 150 200 21 dle, or transport explosives or blasting 200 250 23 agents when such storage, handling, 250 300 24 300 400 27 and transportation of explosives or 400 500 29 blasting agents constitutes an undue 500 600 31 hazard to life. 600 700 32 700 800 33 (2) [Reserved] 800 900 35 (c) Storage of explosives—(1) General 900 1,000 36 1,000 1,200 39 provisions. (i) All Class A, Class B, Class 1,200 1,400 41 C explosives, and special industrial ex- 1,400 1,600 43 plosives, and any newly developed and 1,600 1,800 44 1,800 2,000 45 unclassified explosives, shall be kept in 2,000 2,500 49 magazines which meet the require- 2,500 3,000 52 ments of this paragraph. 3,000 4,000 58 4,000 5,000 61 (ii) Blasting caps, electric blasting 5,000 6,000 65 caps, detonating primers, and primed 6,000 7,000 68 cartridges shall not be stored in the 7,000 8,000 72 8,000 9,000 75 same magazine with other explosives. 9,000 10,000 78 (iii) Ground around magazines shall 10,000 12,000 82 slope away for drainage. The land sur- 12,000 14,000 87 14,000 16,000 90 rounding magazines shall be kept clear 16,000 18,000 94 of brush, dried grass, leaves, and other 18,000 20,000 98 materials for a distance of at least 25 20,000 25,000 105 25,000 30,000 112 feet. 30,000 35,000 119 (iv) Magazines as required by this 35,000 40,000 124 40,000 45,000 129 paragraph shall be of two classes; 45,000 50,000 135 namely, Class I magazines, and Class II 50,000 55,000 140 magazines. 55,000 60,000 145 60,000 65,000 150 (v) Class I magazines shall be re- 65,000 70,000 155 quired where the quantity of explosives 70,000 75,000 160 stored is more than 50 pounds. Class II 75,000 80,000 165 80,000 85,000 170 magazines may be used where the 85,000 90,000 175 quantity of explosives stored is 50 90,000 95,000 180 pounds or less. 95,000 100,000 185 100,000 110,000 195 (vi) Class I magazines shall be lo- 110,000 120,000 205 cated away from other magazines in 120,000 130,000 215 conformity with Table H–21. 130,000 140,000 225 140,000 150,000 235 150,000 160,000 245 160,000 170,000 255 170,000 180,000 265 180,000 190,000 275 190,000 200,000 285

282

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

TABLE H–21—AMERICAN TABLE OF DISTANCES II magazines and the work in progress FOR STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES 1–5—Continued when the quantity of explosives kept [As revised and approved by the Institute of Makers of therein is in excess of 25 pounds, and at Explosives, June 5, 1964] least 50 feet when the quantity of ex- Explosives Distances in feet plosives is 25 pounds, or less. when storage is (ix) This paragraph (c) does not apply barricaded: Sepa- Pounds over Pounds not over ration of maga- to: zines (a) Stocks of small arms ammuni- tion, propellant-actuated power car- 200,000 210,000 295 210,000 230,000 315 tridges, small arms ammunition prim- 230,000 250,000 335 ers in quantities of less than 750,000, or 250,000 275,000 360 of smokeless propellants in quantities 275,000 300,000 385 less than 750 pounds; 1 ‘‘Natural barricade’’ means natural features of the ground, (b) Explosive-actuated power devices such as hills, or timber of sufficient density that the sur- rounding exposures which require protection cannot be seen when in quantities less than 50 pounds from the magazine when the trees are bare of leaves. net weight of explosives; 2 ‘‘Artificial barricade’’ means an artificial mound or revetted (c) Fuse lighters and fuse igniters; wall of earth of a minimum thickness of three feet. 3 ‘‘Barricaded’’ means that a building containing explosives (d) Safety fuses other than cordeau is effectually screened from a magazine, building, railway, or detonant fuses. highway, either by a natural barricade, or by an artificial barri- cade of such height that a straight line from the top of any (2) Construction of magazines—general. sidewall of the building containing explosives to the eave line (i) Magazines shall be constructed in of any magazine, or building, or to a point 12 feet above the center of a railway or highway, will pass through such inter- conformity with the provisions of this vening natural or artificial barricade. paragraph. 4 When two or more storage magazines are located on the same property, each magazine must comply with the min- (ii) Magazines for the storage of ex- imum distances specified from inhabited buildings, railways, plosives, other than black powder, and highways, and in addition, they should be separated from each other by not less than the distances shown for ‘‘Separa- Class B and Class C explosives shall be tion of Magazines,’’ except that the quantity of explosives con- bullet resistant, weather resistant, fire tained in cap magazines shall govern in regard to the spacing of said cap magazines from magazines containing other ex- resistant, and ventilated sufficiently to plosives. If any two or more magazines are separated from protect the explosive in the specific lo- each other by less than the specified ‘‘Separation of Maga- zines’’ distances, then such two or more magazines, as a cality. Magazines used only for storage group, must be considered as one magazine, and the total of black powder, Class B and Class C quantity of explosives stored in such group must be treated as if stored in a single magazine located on the site of any mag- explosives shall be weather resistant, azine of the group, and must comply with the minimum of dis- fire-resistant, and have ventilation. tances specified from other magazines, inhabited buildings, railways, and highways. Magazines for storage of blasting and 5 This table applies only to the permanent storage of com- electric blasting caps shall be weather mercial explosives. It is not applicable to transportation of ex- plosives, or any handling or temporary storage necessary or resistant, fire-resistant, and venti- incident thereto. It is not intended to apply to bombs, projec- lated. tiles, or other heavily encased explosives. (iii) Property upon which Class I (vii) Except as provided in subdivi- magazines are located and property sion (viii) of this subparagraph, class II where Class II magazines are located magazines shall be located in con- outside of buildings shall be posted formity with Table H–21, but may be with signs reading ‘‘Explosives—Keep permitted in warehouses and in whole- Off.’’ sale and retail establishments when lo- (iv) Magazines requiring heat shall be cated on a floor which has an entrance heated by either hot-water radiant at outside grade level and the magazine heating with the magazine building; or is located not more than 10 feet from air directed into the magazine building such an entrance. Two class II maga- over either hot water or low pressure zines may be located in the same build- steam (15 p.s.i.g.) coils located outside ing when one is used only for blasting the magazine building. caps in quantities not in excess of 5,000 (v) The magazine heating systems caps and a distance of 10 feet is main- shall meet the following requirements: tained between magazines. (a) The radiant heating coils within (viii) When used for temporary stor- the building shall be installed in such a age at a site for blasting operations, manner that the explosives or explo- class II magazines shall be located sives containers cannot contact the away from other magazines. A distance coils and air is free to circulate be- of at least one hundred and fifty (150) tween the coils and the explosives or feet shall be maintained between class explosives containers.

283

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(b) The heating ducts shall be in- least a 6-inch sandfill between interior stalled in such a manner that the hot- and exterior walls. air discharge from the duct is not di- (ii) Floors and roofs of masonry mag- rected against the explosives or explo- azines may be of wood construction. sives containers. Wood floors shall be tongue and (c) The heating device used in con- grooved lumber having a nominal nection with a magazine shall have thickness of 1 inch. controls which prevent the ambient (iii) Roofs required to be bullet re- building temperature from exceeding sistant shall be protected by a sand 130 °F. tray located at the line of eaves and (d) The electric fan or pump used in covering the entire area except that the heating system for a magazine necessary for ventilation. Sand in the shall be mounted outside and separate sand tray shall be maintained at a from the wall of the magazine and shall depth of not less than 4 inches. be grounded. (iv) All wood at the exterior of maga- (e) The electric fan motor and the zines, including eaves, shall be pro- controls for electrical heating devices tected by being covered with black or used in heating water or steam shall galvanized steel or aluminum metal of have overloads and disconnects, which thickness of not less than No. 26 gage. comply with subpart S of this part. All All nails exposed to the interior of magazines shall be well countersunk. electrical switch gear shall be located (v) Foundations for magazines shall a minimum distance of 25 feet from the be of substantial construction and ar- magazine. ranged to provide good cross ventila- (f) The heating source for water or tion. steam shall be separated from the mag- (vi) Magazines shall be ventilated azine by a distance of not less than 25 sufficiently to prevent dampness and feet when electrical and 50 feet when heating of stored explosives. Ven- fuel fired. The area between the heat- tilating openings shall be screened to ing unit and the magazine shall be prevent the entrance of sparks. cleared of all combustible materials. (vii) Openings to magazines shall be (g) The storage of explosives and ex- restricted to that necessary for the plosives containers in the magazine placement and removal of stocks of ex- shall allow uniform air circulation so plosives. Doors for openings in maga- product temperature uniformity can be zines for Class A explosives shall be maintained. bullet resistant. Doors for magazines (vi) When lights are necessary inside not required to be bullet resistant shall the magazine, electric safety flash- be designed to prevent unauthorized light, or electric safety lanterns shall entrance to the magazine. be used. (viii) [Reserved] (3) Construction of Class I magazines. (ix) Provisions shall be made to pre- (i) Class I magazines shall be of ma- vent the piling of stocks of explosives sonry construction or of wood or of directly against masonry walls, brick- metal construction, or a combination lined or sand-filled metal walls and sin- of these types. Thickness of masonry gle-thickness metal walls; such protec- units shall not be less than 8 inches. tion, however, shall not interfere with Hollow masonry units used in con- proper ventilation at the interior of struction required to be bullet resist- side and end walls. ant shall have all hollow spaces filled (4) Construction of Class II magazines. with weak cement or well-tamped sand. (i) Class II magazines shall be of wood Wood constructed walls, required to be or metal construction, or a combina- bullet resistant, shall have at least a 6- tion thereof. inch space between interior and exte- (ii) Wood magazines of this class rior sheathing and the space between shall have sides, bottom, and cover sheathing shall be filled with well- constructed of 2-inch hardwood boards tamped sand. Metal wall construction, well braced at corners and protected by when required to be bullet resistant, being entirely covered with sheet shall be lined with brick at least 4 metal of not less than No. 20 gage. All inches in thickness or shall have at nails exposed to the interior of the

284

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

magazine shall be well countersunk. age of blasting agents and blasting sup- All metal magazines of this class shall plies. have sides, bottom, and cover con- (iv) Magazine floors shall be regu- structed of sheet metal, and shall be larly swept, kept clean, dry, free of lined with three-eighths-inch plywood grit, paper, empty used packages, and or equivalent. Edges of metal covers rubbish. Brooms and other cleaning shall overlap sides at least 1 inch. utensils shall not have any spark-pro- (iii) Covers for both wood- and metal- ducing metal parts. Sweepings from constructed magazines of this class floors of magazines shall be properly shall be provided with substantial disposed of. Magazine floors stained strap hinges and shall be provided with with nitroglycerin shall be cleaned ac- substantial means for locking. cording to instructions by the manu- (iv) Magazines of this class shall be facturer. painted red and shall bear lettering in (v) When any explosive has deterio- white, on all sides and top, at least 3 rated to an extent that it is in an un- inches high, ‘‘Explosives—Keep Fire stable or dangerous condition, or if ni- Away.’’ Class II magazines when lo- troglycerin leaks from any explosives, cated in warehouses, and in wholesale then the person in possession of such and retail establishments shall be pro- explosive shall immediately proceed to vided with substantial wheels or cast- destroy such explosive in accordance ers to facilitate easy removal in the with the instructions of the manufac- case of fire. Where necessary due to cli- turer. Only experienced persons shall matic conditions, Class II magazines be allowed to do the work of destroying shall be ventilated. explosives. (5) Storage within magazines. (i) Pack- (vi) When magazines need inside re- ages of explosives shall be laid flat pairs, all explosives shall be removed with top side up. Black powder when therefrom and the floors cleaned. In stored in magazines with other explo- making outside repairs, if there is a sives shall be stored separately. Black possibility of causing sparks or fire the powder stored in kegs shall be stored explosives shall be removed from the on ends, bungs down, or on side, seams magazine. Explosives removed from a down. Corresponding grades and brands magazine under repair shall either be shall be stored together in such a man- placed in another magazine or placed a ner that brands and grade marks show. safe distance from the magazine where All stocks shall be stored so as to be they shall be properly guarded and pro- easily counted and checked. Packages tected until repairs have been com- of explosives shall be piled in a stable pleted, when they shall be returned to manner. When any kind of explosive is the magazine. removed from a magazine for use, the (vii) Smoking, matches, open flames, oldest explosive of that particular kind spark-producing devices, and firearms shall always be taken first. (except firearms carried by guards) (ii) Packages of explosives shall not shall not be permitted inside of or be unpacked or repacked in a magazine within 50 feet of magazines. The land nor within 50 feet of a magazine or in surrounding a magazine shall be kept close proximity to other explosives. clear of all combustible materials for a Tools used for opening packages of ex- distance of at least 25 feet. Combus- plosives shall be constructed of non- tible materials shall not be stored sparking materials, except that metal within 50 feet of magazines. slitters may be used for opening fiber- (viii) Magazines shall be in the board boxes. A wood wedge and a fiber, charge of a competent person at all rubber, or wood mallet shall be used for times and who shall be held responsible opening or closing wood packages of for the enforcement of all safety pre- explosives. Opened packages of explo- cautions. sives shall be securely closed before (ix) Explosives recovered from blast- being returned to a magazine. ing misfires shall be placed in a sepa- (iii) Magazines shall not be used for rate magazine until competent per- the storage of any metal tools nor any sonnel has determined from the manu- commodity except explosives, but this facturer the method of disposal. Caps restriction shall not apply to the stor- recovered from blasting misfires shall

285

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

not be reused. Such explosives and caps as follows for the various classes of shall then be disposed of in the manner commodities: recommended by the manufacturer. Type of marking or (d) Transportation of explosives—(1) Commodity placard General provisions. (i) No employee shall be allowed to smoke, carry Explosives, Class A, any quantity Explosives A (Red letters or a combination of Class A on white background). matches or any other flame-producing and Class B explosives. device, or carry any firearms or loaded Explosives, Class B, and quantity Explosives B (Red letters cartridges while in or near a motor ve- on white background). Oxidizing material (blasting Oxidizers (Yellow letters hicle transporting explosives; or drive, agents, ammonium nitrate, on black background). load, or unload such vehicle in a care- etc.), 1,000 pounds or more less or reckless manner. gross weight. (ii) [Reserved] (b) [Reserved] (iii) Explosives shall not be trans- (c) Such markings or placards shall ferred from one vehicle to another be displayed at the front, rear, and on within the confines of any jurisdiction each side of the motor vehicle or trail- (city, county, State, or other area) er, or other cargo carrying body while without informing the fire and police it contains explosives or other dan- departments thereof. In the event of gerous articles of such type and in such breakdown or collision the local fire quantity as specified in paragraph and police departments shall be (d)(1)(ii)(a) of this subdivision. The promptly notified to help safeguard front marking or placard may be dis- such emergencies. Explosives shall be played on the front of either the truck, transferred from the disabled vehicle truck body, truck tractor or the trail- to another only, when proper and er. qualified supervision is provided. (d) Any motor vehicle, trailer, or (iv) Blasting caps or electric blasting other cargo-carrying body containing caps shall not be transported over the more than one kind of explosive as well highways on the same vehicles with as an oxidizing material requiring a other explosives, unless packaged, seg- placard under the provisions of para- regated, and transported in accordance graph (d)(2)(ii)(a), the aggregate gross with the Department of Transpor- weight of which totals 1,000 pounds or tation’s Hazardous Materials Regula- more, shall be marked or placarded tions (49 CFR parts 177–180). ‘‘Dangerous’’ as well as ‘‘Explosive A’’ (2) Transportation vehicles. (i) Vehicles or ‘‘Explosive B’’ as appropriate. If ex- used for transporting explosives shall plosives Class A and explosives Class B be strong enough to carry the load are loaded on the same vehicle, the without difficulty and be in good me- ‘‘Explosives B’’ marking need not be chanical condition. If vehicles do not displayed. have a closed body, the body shall be (e) In any combination of two or covered with a flameproof and mois- more vehicles containing explosives or tureproof tarpaulin or other effective other dangerous articles each vehicle protection against moisture and shall be marked or placarded as to its sparks. All vehicles used for the trans- contents and in accordance with para- portation of explosives shall have tight graphs (d)(2)(ii) (a) and (c) of this sub- floors and any exposed spark-producing division. metal on the inside of the body shall be (iii) Each motor vehicle used for covered with wood or other non- transporting explosives shall be sparking materials to prevent contact equipped with a minimum of two extin- with packages of explosives. Packages guishers, each having a rating of at of explosives shall not be loaded above least 10–BC. the sides of an open-body vehicle. (a) Only extinguishers listed or ap- (ii) Every vehicle used for trans- proved by a nationally recognized test- porting explosives and oxidizing mate- ing laboratory shall be deemed suitable rials listed in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(a) of for use on explosives-carrying vehicles. this section shall be marked as follows: Refer to § 1910.155(c)(3)(iv)(A) for defini- (a) Exterior markings or placards re- tion of listed, and § 1910.7 for nationally quired on applicable vehicles shall be recognized testing laboratory.

286

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

(b) Extinguishers shall be filled and ‘‘attended’’ only when the driver or ready for immediate use and located other attendant is physically on or in near the driver’s seat. Extinguishers the vehicle, or has the vehicle within shall be examined periodically by a his field of vision and can reach it competent person. quickly and without any kind of inter- (iv) A motor vehicle used for trans- ference ‘‘attended’’ also means that the porting explosives shall be given the driver or attendant is awake, alert, and following inspection to determine that not engaged in other duties or activi- it is in proper condition for safe trans- ties which may divert his attention portation of explosives: from the vehicle, except for necessary (a) Fire extinguishers shall be filled communication with public officers, or and in working order. representatives of the carrier shipper, (b) All electrical wiring shall be com- or consignee, or except for necessary pletely protected and securely fastened absence from the vehicle to obtain food to prevent short-circuiting. or to provide for his physical comfort. (c) Chassis, motor, pan, and underside (b) However, an explosive-laden vehi- of body shall be reasonably clean and cle may be left unattended if parked free of excess oil and grease. within a securely fenced or walled area (d) Fuel tank and feedline shall be se- with all gates or entrances locked cure and have no leaks. where parking of such vehicle is other- (e) Brakes, lights, horn, windshield wise permissible, or at a magazine site wipers, and steering apparatus shall established solely for the purpose of function properly. storing explosives. (f) Tires shall be checked for proper (iv) No spark-producing metal, spark- inflation and defects. producing metal tools, oils, matches, (g) The vehicle shall be in proper con- firearms, electric storage batteries, dition in every other respect and ac- flammable substances, acids, oxidizing ceptable for handling explosives. materials, or corrosive compounds (3) Operation of transportation vehicles. shall be carried in the body of any (i) Vehicles transporting explosives motor truck and/or vehicle trans- shall only be driven by and be in the porting explosives, unless the loading charge of a driver who is familiar with of such dangerous articles and the ex- the traffic regulations, State laws, and plosives comply with U.S. Department the provisions of this section. of Transportation regulations. (ii) Except under emergency condi- tions, no vehicle transporting explo- (v) Vehicles transporting explosives sives shall be parked before reaching shall avoid congested areas and heavy its destination, even though attended, traffic. Where routes through con- on any public street adjacent to or in gested areas have been designated by proximity to any place where people local authorities such routes shall be work. followed. (iii) Every motor vehicle trans- (vi) Delivery shall only be made to porting any quantity of Class A or authorized persons and into authorized Class B explosives shall, at all times, magazines or authorized temporary be attended by a driver or other at- storage or handling areas. tendant of the motor carrier. This at- (e) Use of explosives and blasting tendant shall have been made aware of agents—(1) General provisions. (i) While the class of the explosive material in explosives are being handled or used, the vehicle and of its inherent dangers, smoking shall not be permitted and no and shall have been instructed in the one near the explosives shall possess measures and procedures to be followed matches, open light or other fire or in order to protect the public from flame. No person shall be allowed to those dangers. He shall have been made handle explosives while under the in- familiar with the vehicle he is as- fluence of intoxicating liquors, nar- signed, and shall be trained, supplied cotics, or other dangerous drugs. with the necessary means, and author- (ii) Original containers or Class II ized to move the vehicle when required. magazines shall be used for taking det- (a) For the purpose of this subdivi- onators and other explosives from stor- sion, a motor vehicle shall be deemed age magazines to the blasting area.

287

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(iii) When blasting is done in con- (iii) Explosives or blasting equipment gested areas or in close proximity to a that are obviously deteriorated or dam- structure, or any other installation aged shall not be used. that may be damaged, the blast shall (iv) No explosives shall be abandoned. be covered before firing with a mat (3) Loading of explosives in blast holes. constructed so that it is capable of pre- (i) All drill holes shall be sufficiently venting fragments from being thrown. large to admit freely the insertion of (iv) Persons authorized to prepare ex- the cartridges of explosives. plosive charges or conduct blasting op- (ii) Tamping shall be done only with erations shall use every reasonable pre- wood rods without exposed metal parts, caution, including but not limited to but nonsparking metal connectors may warning signals, flags, barricades, or be used for jointed poles. Violent tamp- woven wire mats to insure the safety of ing shall be avoided. Primed cartridges the general public and workmen. shall not be tamped. (v) Blasting operations shall be con- (iii) When loading blasting agents ducted during daylight hours. pneumatically over electric blasting (vi) Whenever blasting is being con- caps, semiconductive delivery hose ducted in the vicinity of gas, electric, shall be used and the equipment shall water, fire alarm, telephone, telegraph, be bonded and grounded. and steam utilities, the blaster shall (iv) No holes shall be loaded except notify the appropriate representatives those to be fired in the next round of of such utilities at least 24 hours in ad- blasting. After loading, all remaining vance of blasting, specifying the loca- explosives shall be immediately re- tion and intended time of such blast- turned to an authorized magazine. ing. Verbal notice shall be confirmed (v) Drilling shall not be started until with written notice. all remaining butts of old holes are ex- (vii) Due precautions shall be taken amined with a wooden stick for to prevent accidental discharge of elec- unexploded charges, and if any are tric blasting caps from current induced found, they shall be refired before work by radar, radio transmitters, lightning, proceeds. adjacent powerlines, dust storms, or (vi) No person shall be allowed to other sources of extraneous electricity. deepen drill holes which have con- These precautions shall include: tained explosives. (a) The suspension of all blasting op- (vii) After loading for a blast is com- erations and removal of persons from pleted, all excess blasting caps or elec- the blasting area during the approach tric blasting caps and other explosives and progress of an electric storm. shall immediately be returned to their (b) The posting of signs warning separate storage magazines. against the use of mobile radio trans- (4) Initiation of explosive charges. mitters on all roads within 350 feet of (i) [Reserved] the blasting operations. (ii) When fuse is used, the blasting (2) Storage at use sites. (i) Empty con- cap shall be securely attached to the tainers and paper and fiber packing safety fuse with a standard-ring type materials which have previously con- cap crimper. All primers shall be as- tained explosive materials shall be dis- sembled at least 50 feet from any maga- posed of in a safe manner, or reused in zine. accordance with the Department of (iii) Primers shall be made up only as Transportation’s Hazardous Materials required for each round of blasting. Regulations (49 CFR parts 177–180). (iv) No blasting cap shall be inserted (ii) Containers of explosives shall not in the explosives without first making be opened in any magazine or within 50 a hole in the cartridge for the cap with feet of any magazine. In opening kegs a wooden punch of proper size or stand- or wooden cases, no sparking metal ard cap crimper. tools shall be used; wooden wedges and (v) Explosives shall not be extracted either wood, fiber or rubber mallets from a hole that has once been charged shall be used. Nonsparking metallic or has misfired unless it is impossible slitters may be used for opening fiber- to detonate the unexploded charge by board cases. insertion of a fresh additional primer.

288

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

(vi) If there are any misfires while ters at least 11⁄2 inches high on a white using cap and fuse, all persons shall be background. required to remain away from the (4) Storage. Any explosives at a rail- charge for at least 1 hour. If electric way facility, truck terminal, pier, blasting caps are used and a misfire oc- wharf harbor facility, or airport ter- curs, this waiting period may be re- minal whether for delivery to a con- duced to 30 minutes. Misfires shall be signee, or forwarded to some other des- handled under the direction of the per- tination shall be kept in a safe place, son in charge of the blasting and all isolated as far as practicable and in wires shall be carefully traced and such manner that they can be easily search made for unexploded charges. and quickly removed. (vii) Blasters, when testing circuits (5) Hours of transfer. Explosives shall to charged holes, shall use only blast- not be delivered to or received from ing galvanometers designed for this any railway station, truck terminal, purpose. pier, wharf, harbor facility, or airport (viii) Only the employee making terminal between the hours of sunset leading wire connections in electrical and sunrise. firing shall be allowed to fire the shot. (g) Blasting agents—(1) General. Unless Leading wires shall remain shorted and otherwise set forth in this paragraph, not be connected to the blasting ma- blasting agents, excluding water gels, chine or other source of current until shall be transported, stored, and used the charge is to be fired. in the same manner as explosives. (5) Warning required. Before a blast is Water gels are covered in paragraph (h) fired, the employer shall require that a of this section. loud warning signal be given by the (2) Fixed location mixing. (i) [Re- person in charge, who has made certain served] that all surplus explosives are in a safe (ii) Buildings used for the mixing of place, all persons and vehicles are at a blasting agents shall conform to the re- safe distance or under sufficient cover, quirements of this section. and that an adequate warning has been (a) Buildings shall be of noncombus- given. tible construction or sheet metal on (f) Explosives at piers, railway stations, wood studs. and cars or vessels not otherwise specified (b) Floors in a mixing plant shall be in this standard—(1) Railway cars. Ex- of concrete or of other nonabsorbent cept in an emergency and with permis- materials. sion of the local authority, no person (c) All fuel oil storage facilities shall shall have or keep explosives in a rail- be separated from the mixing plant and way car unless said car and contents located in such a manner that in case and methods of loading are in accord- of tank rupture, the oil will drain away ance with the U.S. Department of from the mixing plant building. Transportation Regulations for the (d) The building shall be well venti- Transportation of Explosives, 49 CFR lated. chapter I. (e) Heating units which do not depend (2) Packing and marking. No person on combustion processes, when prop- shall deliver any explosive to any car- erly designed and located, may be used rier unless such explosive conforms in in the building. All direct sources of all respects, including marking and heat shall be provided exclusively from packing, to the U.S. Department of units located outside the mixing build- Transportation Regulations for the ing. Transportation of Explosives. (f) All internal-combustion engines (3) Marking cars. Every railway car used for electric power generation shall containing explosives which has be located outside the mixing plant reached its designation, or is stopped building, or shall be properly venti- in transit so as no longer to be in inter- lated and isolated by a firewall. The ex- state commerce, shall have attached to haust systems on all such engines shall both sides and ends of the car, cards be located so any spark emission can- with the words ‘‘Explosives—Handle not be a hazard to any materials in or Carefully—Keep Fire Away’’ in red let- adjacent to the plant.

289

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(iii) Equipment used for mixing (vi) Safety precautions at mixing blasting agents shall conform to the re- plants shall include the requirements quirements of this subdivision. of this subdivision. (a) The design of the mixer shall min- (a) Floors shall be constructed so as imize the possibility of frictional heat- to eliminate floor drains and piping ing, compaction, and especially con- into which molten materials could flow finement. All bearings and drive as- and be confined in case of fire. semblies shall be mounted outside the (b) The floors and equipment of the mixer and protected against the accu- mixing and packaging room shall be mulation of dust. All surfaces shall be cleaned regularly and thoroughly to accessible for cleaning. prevent accumulation of oxidizers or (b) Mixing and packaging equipment fuels and other sensitizers. shall be constructed of materials com- (c) The entire mixing and packaging patible with the fuel-ammonium ni- plant shall be cleaned regularly and trate composition. thoroughly to prevent excessive accu- (c) Suitable means shall be provided mulation of dust. to prevent the flow of fuel oil to the mixer in case of fire. In gravity flow (d) Smoking, matches, open flames, systems an automatic spring-loaded spark-producing devices, and firearms shutoff valve with fusible link shall be (except firearms carried by guards) installed. shall not be permitted inside of or (iv) The provisions of this subdivision within 50 feet of any building or facil- shall be considered when determining ity used for the mixing of blasting blasting agent compositions. agents. (a) The sensitivity of the blasting (e) The land surrounding the mixing agent shall be determined by means of plant shall be kept clear of brush, dried a No. 8 test blasting cap at regular in- grass, leaves, and other materials for a tervals and after every change in for- distance of at least 25 feet. mulation. (f) Empty ammonium nitrate bags (b) Oxidizers of small particle size, shall be disposed of daily in a safe man- such as crushed ammonium nitrate ner. prills or fines, may be more sensitive (g) No welding shall be permitted or than coarser products and shall, there- open flames used in or around the mix- fore, be handled with greater care. ing or storage area of the plant unless (c) No hydrocarbon liquid fuel with the equipment or area has been com- flashpoint lower than that of No. 2 die- pletely washed down and all oxidizer sel fuel oil 125 °F. minimum shall be material removed. used. (h) Before welding or repairs to hol- (d) Crude oil and crankcase oil shall low shafts, all oxidizer material shall not be used. be removed from the outside and inside (e) Metal powders such as aluminum of the shaft and the shaft vented with shall be kept dry and shall be stored in a minimum one-half inch diameter containers or bins which are moisture- opening. resistant or weathertight. Solid fuels (i) Explosives shall not be permitted shall be used in such manner as to min- inside of or within 50 feet of any build- imize dust explosion hazards. (f) Peroxides and chlorates shall not ing or facility used for the mixing of be used. blasting agents. (v) All electrical switches, controls, (3) Bulk delivery and mixing vehicles. motors, and lights located in the mix- (i) The provisions of this paragraph ing room shall conform to the require- shall apply to off-highway private oper- ments in subpart S of this part for ations as well as to all public highway Class II, Division 2 locations; otherwise movements. they shall be located outside the mix- (ii) A bulk vehicle body for delivering ing room. The frame of the mixer and and mixing blasting agents shall con- all other equipment that may be used form with the requirements of this shall be electrically bonded and be pro- paragraph (ii). vided with a continuous path to the (a) The body shall be constructed of ground. noncombustible materials.

290

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

(b) Vehicles used to transport bulk static-sensitive systems shall conform premixed blasting agents on public to the requirements of this subdivision. highways shall have closed bodies. (a) A positive grounding device shall (c) All moving parts of the mixing be used to prevent the accumulation of system shall be designed as to prevent static electricity. a heat buildup. Shafts or axles which (b) A discharge hose shall be used contact the product shall have out- that has a resistance range that will board bearings with 1-inch minimum prevent conducting stray currents, but clearance between the bearings and the that is conductive enough to bleed off outside of the product container. Par- static buildup. ticular attention shall be given to the (c) A qualified person shall evaluate clearances on all moving parts. all systems to determine if they will (d) A bulk delivery vehicle shall be adequately dissipate static under po- strong enough to carry the load with- tential field conditions. out difficulty and be in good mechan- (v) Repairs to bulk delivery vehicles ical condition. shall conform to the requirements of (iii) Operation of bulk delivery vehi- this section. cles shall conform to the requirements (a) No welding or open flames shall of this subdivision. These include the be used on or around any part of the placarding requirements as specified by delivery equipment unless it has been Department of Transportation. completely washed down and all oxi- (a) The operator shall be trained in dizer material removed. the safe operation of the vehicle to- (b) Before welding or making repairs gether with its mixing, conveying, and to hollow shafts, the shaft shall be related equipment. The employer shall thoroughly cleaned inside and out and assure that the operator is familiar vented with a minimum one-half-inch with the commodities being delivered diameter opening. and the general procedure for handling (4) Bulk storage bins. (i) The bin, in- emergency situations. cluding supports, shall be constructed (b) The hauling of either blasting of compatible materials, waterproof, caps or other explosives but not both, and adequately supported and braced shall be permitted on bulk trucks pro- to withstand the combination of all vided that a special wood or non- loads including impact forces arising ferrous-lined container is installed for from product movement within the bin the explosives. Such blasting caps or and accidental vehicle contact with the other explosives shall be in DOT-speci- support legs. fied shipping containers: see 49 CFR (ii) The bin discharge gate shall be chapter I. designed to provide a closure tight (c) No person shall smoke, carry enough to prevent leakage of the matches or any flame-producing de- stored product. Provision shall also be vice, or carry any firearms while in or made so that the gate can be locked. about bulk vehicles effecting the mix- (iii) Bin loading manways or access ing transfer or down-the-hole loading hatches shall be hinged or otherwise of blasting agents at or near the blast- attached to the bin and be designed to ing site. permit locking. (d) Caution shall be exercised in the (iv) Any electrically driven con- movement of the vehicle in the blast- veyors for loading or unloading bins ing area to avoid driving the vehicle shall conform to the requirements of over or dragging hoses over firing lines, subpart S of this part. They shall be cap wires, or explosive materials. The designed to minimize damage from cor- employer shall assure that the driver, rosion. in moving the vehicle, has assistance of (v) Bins containing blasting agent a second person to guide his move- shall be located, with respect to inhab- ments. ited buildings, passenger railroads, and (e) No intransit mixing of materials public highways, in accordance with shall be performed. Table-21 and separation from other (iv) Pneumatic loading from bulk de- blasting agent storage and explosives livery vehicles into blastholes primed storage shall be in conformity with with electric blasting caps or other Table H–22.

291

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(vi) Bins containing ammonium ni- 5 Earth, or sand dikes, or enclosures filled with the pre- scribed minimum thickness of earth or sand are acceptable trate shall be separated from blasting artificial barricades. Natural barricades, such as hills or timber agent storage and explosives storage in of sufficient density that the surrounding exposures which re- quire protection cannot be seen from the ‘‘donor’’ when the conformity with Table H–22. trees are bare of leaves, are also acceptable. 6 When the ammonium nitrate must be counted in deter- mining the distances to be maintained from inhabited build- TABLE H–22—TABLE OF RECOMMENDED SEPA- ings, passenger railways and public highways, it may be RATION DISTANCES OF AMMONIUM NITRATE counted at one-half its actual weight because its blast effect is AND LASTING GENTS ROM XPLOSIVES OR lower. B A F E NOTE 7: Guide to use of table of recommended separation BLASTING AGENTS 1–6 distances of ammonium nitrate and blasting agents from ex- plosives or blasting agents. Donor weight Minimum separation (a) Sketch location of all potential donor and acceptor mate- Minimum rials together with the maximum mass of material to be al- distance of receptor thickness when barricaded 2 (ft.) lowed in that vicinity. (Potential donors are high explosives, of artificial blasting agents, and combination of masses of detonating ma- Pounds Pounds barri- terials. Potential acceptors are high explosives, blasting Ammo- 5 over not over nium ni- Blasting cades agents, and ammonium nitrate.) agent 4 (in.) trate 3 (b) Consider separately each donor mass in combination with each acceptor mass. If the masses are closer than table allowance (distances measured between nearest edges), the 100 3 11 12 combination of masses becomes a new potential donor of 100 300 4 14 12 weight equal to the total mass. When individual masses are 300 600 5 18 12 considered as donors, distances to potential acceptors shall 600 1,000 6 22 12 be measured between edges. When combined masses within 1,000 1,600 7 25 12 propagating distance of each other are considered as a 1,600 2,000 8 29 12 donor, the appropriate distance to the edge of potential ac- 2,000 3,000 9 32 15 ceptors shall be computed as a weighted distance from the combined masses. 3,000 4,000 10 36 15 Calculation of weighted distance from combined masses: 4,000 6,000 11 40 15 Let M2, M3 ... Mn be donor masses to be combined. 6,000 8,000 12 43 20 M1 is a potential acceptor mass. 8,000 10,000 13 47 20 D12 is distance from M1 to M2 (edge to edge). 10,000 12,000 14 50 20 D13 is distance from M1 to M3 (edge to edge), etc. 12,000 16,000 15 54 25 To find weighted distance [D1(2,3 ... n)] from combined 16,000 20,000 16 58 25 masses to M1, add the products of the individual masses and 20,000 25,000 18 65 25 distances and divide the total by the sum of the masses thus: × × × 25,000 30,000 19 68 30 D1(2, 3 ... n)=M2 D12 + M3 D12 ... + Mn D12M2 + 30,000 35,000 20 72 30 M3 ... + Mn 35,000 40,000 21 76 30 Propagation is possible if either an individual donor mass is 40,000 45,000 22 79 35 less than the tabulated distance from an acceptor or a com- 45,000 50,000 23 83 35 bined mass is less than the weighted distance from an accep- tor. 50,000 55,000 24 86 35 (c) In determining the distances separating highways, rail- 55,000 60,000 25 90 35 roads, and inhabited buildings from potential explosions (as 60,000 70,000 26 94 40 prescribed in Table H–21), the sum of all masses which may 70,000 80,000 28 101 40 propagate (i.e., lie at distances less than prescribed in the 80,000 90,000 30 108 40 Table) from either individual or combined donor masses are 90,000 100,000 32 115 40 included. However, when the ammonium nitrate must be in- cluded, only 50 percent of its weight shall be used because of 100,000 120,000 34 122 50 its reduced blast effects. In applying Table H–21 to distances 120,000 140,000 37 133 50 from highways, railroads, and inhabited buildings, distances 140,000 160,000 40 144 50 are measured from the nearest edge of potentially explodable 160,000 180,000 44 158 50 material as prescribed in Table H–21, Note 5. 180,000 200,000 48 173 50 (d) When all or part of a potential acceptor comprises Ex- 200,000 220,000 52 187 60 plosives Class A as defined in DOT regulations, storage in 220,000 250,000 56 202 60 bullet-resistant magazines is required. Safe distances to stores in bullet-resistant magazines may be obtained from the 250,000 275,000 60 216 60 intermagazine distances prescribed in Table H–21. 275,000 300,000 64 230 60 (e) Barricades must not have line-of-sight openings be- 1 tween potential donors and acceptors which permit blast or These distances apply to the separation of stores only. missiles to move directly between masses. Table H–21 shall be used in determining separation distances (f) Good housekeeping practices shall be maintained from inhabited buildings, passenger railways, and public high- around any bin containing ammonium nitrate or blasting ways. 2 agent. This includes keeping weeds and other combustible When the ammonium nitrate and/or blasting agent is not materials cleared within 25 feet of such bin. Accumulation of barricaded, the distances shown in the table shall be multi- spilled product on the ground shall be prevented. plied by six. These distances allow for the possibility of high velocity metal fragments from mixers, hoppers, truck bodies, sheet metal structures, metal container, and the like which (5) Storage of blasting agents and sup- may enclose the ‘‘donor’’. Where storage is in bullet-resistant plies. (i) Blasting agents and oxidizers magazines recommended for explosives or where the storage is protected by a bullet-resistant wall, distances, and barricade used for mixing of blasting agents shall thicknesses in excess of those prescribed in Table H–21 are be stored in the manner set forth in not required. 3 The distances in the table apply to ammonium nitrate that this subdivision. passes the insensitivity test prescribed in the definition of am- (a) Blasting agents or ammonium ni- monium nitrate fertilizer promulgated by the National Plant Food Institute*; and ammonium nitrate failing to pass said test trate, when stored in conjunction with shall be stored at separation distances determined by com- explosives, shall be stored in the man- petent persons. (*Definition and Test Procedures for Ammo- nium Nitrate Fertilizer, National Plant Food Institute, Novem- ner set forth in paragraph (c) of this ber 1964.) section for explosives. The mass of 4 These distances apply to nitro-carbo-nitrates and blasting agents which pass the insensitivity test prescribed in the U.S. blasting agents and one-half the mass Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations. of ammonium nitrate shall be included

292

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

when computing the total quantity of empty containers. Spilled materials explosives for determining distance re- shall be cleaned up promptly and safely quirements. removed. Combustible materials, flam- (b) Blasting agents, when stored en- mable liquids, corrosive acids, chlor- tirely separate from explosives, may be ates, or nitrates shall not be stored in stored in the manner set forth in para- any warehouse used for blasting agents graph (c) of this section or in one-story unless separated therefrom by a fire re- warehouses (without basements) which sistive separation of not less than 1 shall be: hour resistance. The provisions of this (1) Noncombustible or fire resistive; subdivision shall not prohibit the stor- (2) Constructed so as to eliminate age of blasting agents together with open floor drains and piping into which nonexplosive blasting supplies. molten materials could flow and be (v) Piles of ammonium nitrate and confined in case of fire; warehouses containing ammonium ni- (3) Weather resistant; trate shall be adequately separated (4) Well ventilated; and from readily combustible fuels. (5) Equipped with a strong door kept (vi) Caked oxidizers, either in bags or securely locked except when open for in bulk, shall not be loosened by blast- business. ing. (c) Semitrailer or full-trailer vans (vii) Every warehouse used for the used for highway or onsite transpor- storage of blasting agents shall be tation of the blasting agents are satis- under the supervision of a competent factory for temporarily storing these person. materials, provided they are located in (6) Transportation of packaged blasting accordance with Table H–22 with re- agents. (i) When blasting agents are spect to one another. Trailers shall be transported in the same vehicle with provided with substantial means for explosives, all of the requirements of locking, and the trailer doors shall be paragraph (d) of this section shall be kept locked, except during the time of complied with. placement and removal of stocks of (ii) Vehicles transporting blasting blasting agents. agents shall only be driven by and be in (ii) Warehouses used for the storage charge of a driver in possession of a of blasting agents separate from explo- valid motor vehicle operator’s license. sives shall be located as set forth in Such a person shall also be familiar this subdivision. with the State’s vehicle and traffic (a) Warehouses used for the storage laws. of blasting agents shall be located in (iii) No matches, firearms, acids, or Table H–22 with respect to one another. other corrosive liquids shall be carried (b) If both blasting agents and ammo- in the bed or body of any vehicle con- nium nitrate are handled or stored taining blasting agents. within the distance limitations pre- (iv) No person shall be permitted to scribed through paragraph (g)(2) of this ride upon, drive, load, or unload a vehi- section, one-half the mass of the am- cle containing blasting agents while monium nitrate shall be added to the smoking or under the influence of in- mass of the blasting agent when com- toxicants, narcotics, or other dan- puting the total quantity of explosives gerous drugs. for determining the proper distance for (v) [Reserved] compliance with Table H–21. (vi) Vehicles transporting blasting (iii) Smoking, matches, open flames, agents shall be in safe operating condi- spark producing devices, and firearms tion at all times. are prohibited inside of or within 50 (7) Use of blasting agents. Persons feet of any warehouse used for the stor- using blasting agents shall comply age of blasting agents. Combustible with all of the applicable provisions of materials shall not be stored within 50 paragraph (e) of this section. feet of warehouses used for the storage (h) Water gel (Slurry) explosives and of blasting agents. blasting agents—(1) General provisions. (iv) The interior of warehouses used Unless otherwise set forth in this para- for the storage of blasting agents shall graph, water gels shall be transported, be kept clean and free from debris and stored and used in the same manner as

293

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

explosives or blasting agents in accord- units located outside of the mixing ance with the classification of the building. product. (f) All internal-combustion engines (2) Types and classifications. (i) Water used for electric power generation shall gels containing a substance in itself be located outside the mixing plant classified as an explosive shall be clas- building, or shall be properly venti- sified as an explosive and manufac- lated and isolated by a firewall. The ex- tured, transported, stored, and used as haust systems on all such engines shall specified for ‘‘explosives’’ in this sec- be located so any spark emission can- tion, except as noted in subdivision (iv) not be a hazard to any materials in or of this subparagraph. adjacent to the plant. (ii) Water gels containing no sub- (iii) Ingredients of water gels shall stance in itself classified as an explo- conform to the requirements of this sive and which are cap-sensitive as de- subdivision. fined in paragraph (a) of this section (a) Ingredients in themselves classi- under Blasting Agent shall be classified fied as Class A or Class B explosives as an explosive and manufactured, shall be stored in conformity with transported, stored and used as speci- paragraph (c) of this section. fied for ‘‘explosives’’ in this section. (b) Nitrate-water solutions may be (iii) Water gels containing no sub- stored in tank cars, tank trucks, or stance in itself classified as an explo- fixed tanks without quantity or dis- sive and which are not cap-sensitive as tance limitations. Spills or leaks which defined in paragraph (a) of this section may contaminate combustible mate- under Blasting Agent shall be classified rials shall be cleaned up immediately. as blasting agents and manufactured, transported, stored, and used as speci- (c) Metal powders such as aluminum fied for ‘‘blasting agents’’ in this sec- shall be kept dry and shall be stored in tion. containers or bins which are moisture- (iv) When tests on specific formula- resistant or weathertight. Solid fuels tions of water gels result in Depart- shall be used in such manner as to min- ment of Transportation classification imize dust explosion hazards. as a Class B explosive, bullet-resistant (d) Ingredients shall not be stored magazines are not required, see para- with incompatible materials. graph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. (e) Peroxides and chlorates shall not (3) Fixed location mixing. be used. (i) [Reserved] (iv) Mixing equipment shall comply (ii) Buildings used for the mixing of with the requirements of this subdivi- water gels shall conform to the re- sion. quirements of this subdivision. (a) The design of the processing (a) Buildings shall be of noncombus- equipment, including mixing and con- tible construction or sheet metal on veying equipment, shall be compatible wood studs. with the relative sensitivity of the ma- (b) Floors in a mixing plant shall be terials being handled. Equipment shall of concrete or of other nonabsorbent be designed to minimize the possibility materials. of frictional heating, compaction, over- (c) Where fuel oil is used all fuel oil loading, and confinement. storage facilities shall be separated (b) Both equipment and handling pro- from the mixing plant and located in cedures shall be designed to prevent such a manner that in case of tank rup- the introduction of foreign objects or ture, the oil will drain away from the materials. mixing plant building. (c) Mixers, pumps, valves, and related (d) The building shall be well venti- equipment shall be designed to permit lated. regular and periodic flushing, cleaning, (e) Heating units that do not depend dismantling, and inspection. on combustion processes, when prop- (d) All electrical equipment including erly designed and located, may be used wiring, switches, controls, motors, and in the building. All direct sources of lights, shall conform to the require- heat shall be provided exclusively from ments of subpart S of this part.

294

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

(e) All electric motors and generators least one axle shall be provided on ve- shall be provided with suitable over- hicles when equipped with air brakes load protection devices. Electrical gen- and shall be used during bulk delivery erators, motors, proportioning devices, operations. Wheel chocks shall supple- and all other electrical enclosures shall ment parking brakes whenever condi- be electrically bonded. The grounding tions may require. conductor to all such electrical equip- (ii) Operation of bulk delivery and ment shall be effectively bonded to the mixing vehicles shall comply with the service-entrance ground connection requirements of this subdivision. and to all equipment ground connec- (a) The placarding requirements con- tions in a manner so as to provide a tained in DOT regulations apply to ve- continuous path to ground. hicles carrying water gel explosives or (v) Mixing facilities shall comply blasting agents. with the fire prevention requirements (b) The operator shall be trained in of this subdivision. the safe operation of the vehicle to- (a) The mixing, loading, and ingre- gether with its mixing, conveying, and dient transfer areas where residues or related equipment. He shall be familiar spilled materials may accumulate shall with the commodities being delivered be cleaned periodically. A cleaning and and the general procedure for handling collection system for dangerous resi- emergency situations. dues shall be provided. , (c) The hauling of either blasting (b) A daily visual inspection shall be caps or other explosives, but not both, made of mixing, conveying, and elec- shall be permitted on bulk trucks pro- trical equipment to establish that such vided that a special wood or non- equipment is in good operating condi- ferrous-lined container is installed for tion. A program of systematic mainte- the explosives. Such blasting caps or nance shall be conducted on regular other explosives shall be in DOT-speci- schedule. fied shipping containers; see 49 CFR (c) Heaters which are not dependent chapter I. on the combustion process within the (d) No person shall be allowed to heating unit may be used within the smoke, carry matches or any flame- confines of processing buildings, or producing device, or carry any firearms compartments, if provided with tem- while in or about bulk vehicles effect- perature and safety controls and lo- ing the mixing, transfer, or down-the- cated away from combustible materials hole loading of water gels at or near and the finished product. the blasting site. (4) Bulk delivery and mixing vehicles. (e) Caution shall be exercised in the (i) The design of vehicles shall comply movement of the vehicle in the blast- with the requirements of this subdivi- ing area to avoid driving the vehicle sion. over or dragging hoses over firing lines, (a) Vehicles used over public high- cap wires, or explosive materials. The ways for the bulk transportation of employer shall furnish the driver the water gels or of ingredients classified assistance of a second person to guide as dangerous commodities, shall meet the driver’s movements. the requirements of the Department of (f) No intransit mixing of materials Transportation and shall meet the re- shall be performed. quirements of paragraphs (d) and (g)(6) (g) The location chosen for water gel of this section. or ingredient transfer from a support (b) When electric power is supplied by vehicle into the borehole loading vehi- a self-contained motor generator lo- cle shall be away from the blasthole cated on the vehicle the generator site when the boreholes are loaded or shall be at a point separate from where in the process of being loaded. the water gel is discharged. (i) Storage of ammonium nitrate—(1) (c) The design of processing equip- Scope and definitions. (i)(a) Except as ment and general requirements shall provided in paragraph (i)(1)(i)(d) of this conform to subparagraphs (3) (iii) and paragraph applies to the storage of am- (iv) of this paragraph. monium nitrate in the form of crystals, (d) A positive action parking brake, flakes, grains, or prills including fer- which will set the wheel brakes on at tilizer grade, dynamite grade, nitrous

295

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00305 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

oxide grade, technical grade, and other shall be Class C or better, as defined in mixtures containing 60 percent or more the Manual on Roof Coverings, NFPA ammonium nitrate by weight but does 203M–1970, which is incorporated by ref- not apply to blasting agents. erence as specified in § 1910.6. (b) This paragraph does not apply to (d) All flooring in storage and han- the transportation of ammonium ni- dling areas, shall be of noncombustible trate. material or protected against impreg- (c) This paragraph does not apply to nation by ammonium nitrate and shall storage under the jurisdiction of and in be without open drains, traps, tunnels, compliance with the regulations of the pits, or pockets into which any molten U.S. Coast Guard (see 46 CFR parts 146– ammonium nitrate could flow and be 149). confined in the event of fire. (d) The storage of ammonium nitrate (e) The continued use of an existing and ammonium nitrate mixtures that storage building or structure not in are more sensitive than allowed by the strict conformity with this paragraph ‘‘Definition of Test Procedures for Am- may be approved in cases where such monium Nitrate Fertilizer’’ is prohib- continued use will not constitute a ited. hazard to life. (ii)(a) [Reserved] (f) Buildings and structures shall be (b) The standards for ammonium ni- dry and free from water seepage trate (nitrous oxide grade) are those through the roof, walls, and floors. found in the ‘‘Specifications, Prop- (3) Storage of ammonium nitrate in erties, and Recommendations for Pack- bags, drums, or other containers. (i)(a) aging, Transportation, Storage, and Bags and containers used for ammo- Use of Ammonium Nitrate’’, available nium nitrate must comply with speci- from the Compressed Gas Association, fications and standards required for use Inc., which is incorporated by reference in interstate commerce (see 49 CFR as specified in § 1910.6. chapter I). (2) General provisions. (i) This para- graph applies to all persons storing, (b) Containers used on the premises having, or keeping ammonium nitrate, in the actual manufacturing or proc- and to the owner or lessee of any build- essing need not comply with provisions ing, premises, or structure in which of paragraph (i)(3)(i)(a) of this para- ammonium nitrate is stored in quan- graph. tities of 1,000 pounds or more. (ii)(a) Containers of ammonium ni- (ii) Approval of large quantity stor- trate shall not be accepted for storage age shall be subject to due consider- when the temperature of the ammo- ° ation of the fire and explosion hazards, nium nitrate exceeds 130 F. including exposure to toxic vapors (b) Bags of ammonium nitrate shall from burning or decomposing ammo- not be stored within 30 inches of the nium nitrate. storage building walls and partitions. (iii)(a) Storage buildings shall not (c) The height of piles shall not ex- have basements unless the basements ceed 20 feet. The width of piles shall are open on at least one side. Storage not exceed 20 feet and the length 50 feet buildings shall not be over one story in except that where the building is of height. noncombustible construction or is pro- (b) Storage buildings shall have ade- tected by automatic sprinklers the quate ventilation or be of a construc- length of piles shall not be limited. In tion that will be self-ventilating in the no case shall the ammonium nitrate be event of fire. stacked closer than 36 inches below the (c) The wall on the exposed side of a roof or supporting and spreader beams storage building within 50 feet of a overhead. combustible building, forest, piles of (d) Aisles shall be provided to sepa- combustible materials and similar ex- rate piles by a clear space of not less posure hazards shall be of fire-resistive than 3 feet in width. At least one serv- construction. In lieu of the fire-resis- ice or main aisle in the storage area tive wall, other suitable means of expo- shall be not less than 4 feet in width. sure protection such as a free standing (4) Storage of bulk ammonium nitrate. wall may be used. The roof coverings (i)(a) Warehouses shall have adequate

296

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00306 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.109

ventilation or be capable of adequate paper, bleaching powder, burlap or cot- ventilation in case of fire. ton bags, caustic soda, coal, coke, char- (b) Unless constructed of noncombus- coal, cork, camphor, excelsior, fibers of tible material or unless adequate fa- any kind, fish oils, fish meal, foam rub- cilities for fighting a roof fire are ber, hay, lubricating oil, linseed oil, or available, bulk storage structures shall other oxidizable or drying oils, naph- not exceed a height of 40 feet. thalene, oakum, oiled clothing, oiled (ii)(a) Bins shall be clean and free of paper, oiled textiles, paint, straw, saw- materials which may contaminate am- dust, wood shavings, or vegetable oils. monium nitrate. Walls referred to in this subdivision (b) Due to the corrosive and reactive need extend only to the underside of properties of ammonium nitrate, and the roof. to avoid contamination, galvanized (b) In lieu of separation walls, ammo- iron, copper, lead, and zinc shall not be nium nitrate may be separated from used in a bin construction unless suit- the materials referred to in paragraph ably protected. Aluminum bins and (a) of this section by a space of at least wooden bins protected against impreg- 30 feet. nation by ammonium nitrate are per- (c) Flammable liquids such as gaso- missible. The partitions dividing the line, kerosene, solvents, and light fuel ammonium nitrate storage from other oils shall not be stored on the premises products which would contaminate the except when such storage conforms to ammonium nitrate shall be of tight § 1910.106, and when walls and sills or construction. curbs are provided in accordance with (c) The ammonium nitrate storage paragraphs (i)(5)(i) (a) or (b) of this sec- bins or piles shall be clearly identified tion. by signs reading ‘‘Ammonium Nitrate’’ (d) LP-Gas shall not be stored on the with letters at least 2 inches high. premises except when such storage con- (iii)(a) Piles or bins shall be so sized forms to § 1910.110. and arranged that all material in the (ii)(a) Sulfur and finely divided met- pile is moved out periodically in order als shall not be stored in the same to minimize possible caking of the building with ammonium nitrate ex- stored ammonium nitrate. cept when such storage conforms to (b) Height or depth of piles shall be paragraphs (a) through (h) of this sec- limited by the pressure-setting tend- tion. ency of the product. However, in no (b) Explosives and blasting agents case shall the ammonium nitrate be shall not be stored in the same building piled higher at any point than 36 inches with ammonium nitrate except on the below the roof or supporting and premises of makers, distributors, and spreader beams overhead. user-compounders of explosives or (c) Ammonium nitrate shall not be blasting agents. accepted for storage when the tempera- (c) Where explosives or blasting ture of the product exceeds 130 °F. agents are stored in separate buildings, (d) Dynamite, other explosives, and other than on the premises of makers, blasting agents shall not be used to distributors, and user-compounders of break up or loosen caked ammonium explosives or blasting agents, they nitrate. shall be separated from the ammonium (5) Contaminants. (i)(a) Ammonium nitrate by the distances and/or barri- nitrate shall be in a separate building cades specified in Table H–22 of this or shall be separated by approved type subpart, but by not less than 50 feet. firewalls of not less than 1 hour fire-re- (d) Storage and/or operations on the sistance rating from storage of organic premises of makers, distributors, and chemicals, acids, or other corrosive user-compounders of explosives or materials, materials that may require blasting agents shall be in conformity blasting during processing or handling, with paragraphs (a) through (h) of this compressed flammable gases, flam- section. mable and combustible materials or (6) General precautions. (i) Electrical other contaminating substances, in- installations shall conform to the re- cluding but not limited to animal fats, quirements of subpart S of this part, baled cotton, baled rags, baled scrap for ordinary locations. They shall be

297

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00307 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.109 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

designed to minimize damage from cor- (ii) [Reserved] rosion. (iii) Commercial stocks of smokeless (ii) In areas where lightning storms propellants over 20 pounds and not are prevalent, lightning protection more than 100 pounds shall be stored in shall be provided. (See the Lightning portable wooden boxes having walls of Protection Code, NFPA 78–1968, which at least 1 inch nominal thickness. is incorporated by reference as speci- (iv) Commercial stocks in quantities fied in § 1910.6.) not to exceed 750 pounds shall be stored (iii) Provisions shall be made to pre- in nonportable storage cabinets having vent unauthorized personnel from en- wooden walls of at least 1 inch nominal tering the ammonium nitrate storage thickness. Not more than 400 pounds area. (7) Fire protection. (i) Not more than shall be permitted in any one cabinet. 2,500 tons (2270 tonnes) of bagged am- (v) Quantities in excess of 750 pounds monium nitrate shall be stored in a shall be stored in magazines in accord- building or structure not equipped with ance with paragraph (c) of this section. an automatic sprinkler system. Sprin- (4) Small arms ammunition primers. (i) kler systems shall be of the approved Small arms ammunition primers shall type and installed in accordance with not be stored except in the original § 1910.159. shipping container in accordance with (ii)(a) Suitable fire control devices the requirements of 49 CFR 173.107 for such as small hose or portable fire ex- small arms ammunition primers. tinguishers shall be provided through- (ii) [Reserved] out the warehouse and in the loading (iii) Small arms ammunition primers and unloading areas. Suitable fire con- shall be separated from flammable liq- trol devices shall comply with the re- uids, flammable solids as classified in quirements of §§ 1910.157 and 1910.158. 49 CFR part 172, and oxidizing mate- (b) Water supplies and fire hydrants rials by a fire-resistive wall of 1-hour shall be available in accordance with rating or by a distance of 25 feet. recognized good practices. (iv) Not more than 750,000 small arms (j) Small arms ammunition, small arms primers, and small arms propellants—(1) ammunition primers shall be stored in Scope. This paragraph does not apply to any one building, except as provided in in-process storage and intraplant paragraph (j)(4)(v) of this paragraph. transportation during manufacture of Not more than 100,000 shall be stored in small arms ammunition, small arms any one pile. Piles shall be at least 15 primers, and smokeless propellants. feet apart. (2) Small arms ammunition. (i) No (v) Quantities of small arms ammuni- quantity limitations are imposed on tion primers in excess of 750,000 shall the storage of small arms ammunition be stored in magazines in accordance in warehouses, retail stores, and other with paragraph (c) of this section. general occupancy facilities, except (k) Scope. (1) This section applies to those imposed by limitations of storage the manufacture, keeping, having, facilities. storage, sale, transportation, and use (ii) Small arms ammunition shall be of explosives, blasting agents, and py- separated from flammable liquids, rotechnics. The section does not apply flammable solids as classified in 49 to the sale and use (public display) of CFR part 172, and from oxidizing mate- pyrotechnics, commonly known as fire- rials, by a fire-resistive wall of 1-hour works, nor the use of explosives in the rating or by a distance of 25 feet. form prescribed by the official U.S. (iii) Small arms ammunition shall Pharmacopeia. not be stored together with Class A or Class B explosives unless the storage (2) The manufacture of explosives as facility is adequate for this latter stor- defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this sec- age. tion shall also meet the requirements (3) Smokeless propellants. (i) All contained in § 1910.119. smokeless propellants shall be stored (3) The manufacture of pyrotechnics in shipping containers specified in 49 as defined in paragraph (a)(10) of this CFR 173.93 for smokeless propellants.

298

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00308 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

section shall also meet the require- tainer or containers, major devices ments contained in § 1910.119. such as vaporizers, safety relief valves, [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 excess flow valves, regulators, and pip- FR 49747, Oct. 24, 1978; 45 FR 60704, Sept. 12, ing connecting such parts. 1980; 53 FR 12122, Apr. 12, 1988; 57 FR 6403, (12) Vaporizer-burner—an integral va- Feb. 24, 1992; 58 FR 35309, June 30, 1993; 61 FR porizer-burner unit, dependent upon 9237, Mar. 7, 1996; 63 FR 33466, June 18, 1998] the heat generated by the burner as the source of heat to vaporize the liquid § 1910.110 Storage and handling of liq- uefied petroleum gases. used for dehydrators or dryers. (13) Ventilation, adequate—when (a) Definitions applicable to this sec- specified for the prevention of fire dur- tion. As used in this section: ing normal operation, ventilation shall (1) API-ASME container—A con- be considered adequate when the con- tainer constructed in accordance with centration of the gas in a gas-air mix- the requirements of paragraph ture does not exceed 25 percent of the (b)(3)(iii) of this section. (2) ASME container—A container lower flammable limit. constructed in accordance with the re- (14) Approved—unless otherwise indi- quirements of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this cated, listing or approval by a nation- section. ally recognized testing laboratory. (3) Container assembly—An assembly Refer to § 1910.7 for definition of nation- consisting essentially of the container ally recognized testing laboratory. and fittings for all container openings, (15) Listed—see ‘‘approved’’ in including shutoff valves, excess flow § 1910.110(14). valves, liquid-level gaging devices, (16) DOT Specifications—regulations safety relief devices, and protective of the Department of Transportation housing. published in 49 CFR chapter I. (4) Containers—All vessels, such as (17)–(18) [Reserved] tanks, cylinders, or drums, used for (19) DOT cylinders—cylinders meet- transportation or storing liquefied pe- ing the requirements of 49 CFR chapter troleum gases. I. (5) DOT—Department of Transpor- (b) Basic rules—(1) Odorizing gases. (i) tation. All liquefied petroleum gases shall be (6) DOT container—A container con- effectively odorized by an approved structed in accordance with the appli- agent of such character as to indicate cable requirements of 49 CFR chapter 1. positively, by distinct odor, the pres- (7) ‘‘Liquified petroleum gases’’— ence of gas down to concentration in ‘‘LPG’’ and ‘‘LP-Gas’’—Any material air of not over one-fifth the lower limit which is composed predominantly of of flammability. Odorization, however, any of the following hydrocarbons, or is not required if harmful in the use of mixtures of them; propane, propylene, further processing of the liquefied pe- butanes (normal butane or iso-butane), troleum gas, or if odorization will serve and butylenes. no useful purpose as a warning agent in (8) Movable fuel storage tenders or such use or further processing. farm carts—Containers not in excess of 1,200 gallons water capacity, equipped (ii) The odorization requirement of with wheels to be towed from one loca- paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section shall tion of usage to another. They are basi- be considered to be met by the use of cally nonhighway vehicles, but may oc- 1.0 pounds of ethyl mercaptan, 1.0 casionally be moved over public roads pounds of thiophane or 1.4 pounds of or highways. They are used as a fuel amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of supply for farm tractors, construction LP-Gas. However, this listing of machinery and similar equipment. odorants and quantities shall not ex- (9) P.S.I.G.—pounds per square inch clude the use of other odorants that gauge. meet the odorization requirements of (10) P.S.I.A.—pounds per square inch paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. absolute. (2) Approval of equipment and systems. (11) Systems—an assembly of equip- (i) Each system utilizing DOT con- ment consisting essentially of the con- tainers in accordance with 49 CFR part

299

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00309 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

178 shall have its container valves, con- ply with section I or with appendix to nectors, manifold valve assemblies, and section I. Paragraphs W–601 to W–606 regulators approved. inclusive in the 1943 and earlier edi- (ii) Each system for domestic or com- tions do not apply. mercial use utilizing containers of 2,000 (iv) The provisions of paragraph gallons or less water capacity, other (b)(3)(i) of this section shall not be con- than those constructed in accordance strued as prohibiting the continued use with 49 CFR part 178, shall consist of a or reinstallation of containers con- container assembly and one or more structed and maintained in accordance regulators, and may include other with the standard for the Storage and parts. The system as a unit or the con- Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases tainer assembly as a unit, and the reg- NFPA No. 58 in effect at the time of ulator or regulators, shall be individ- fabrication. ually listed. (v) Containers used with systems em- (iii) In systems utilizing containers bodied in paragraph (b), (d)(3)(iii), and of over 2,000 gallons water capacity, (f) of this section, shall be constructed, each regulator, container valve, excess tested, and stamped in accordance with flow valve, gaging device, and relief DOT specifications effective at the valve installed on or at the container, date of their manufacture. shall have its correctness as to design, (4) Welding of containers. (i) Welding construction, and performance deter- to the shell, head, or any other part of mined by listing by a nationally recog- the container subject to internal pres- nized testing laboratory. Refer to sure, shall be done in compliance with § 1910.7 for definition of nationally rec- the code under which the tank was fab- ognized testing laboratory. ricated. Other welding is permitted (3) Requirements for construction and only on saddle plates, lugs, or brackets original test of containers. (i) Containers attached to the container by the tank used with systems embodied in para- manufacturer. graphs (d), (e), (g), and (h) of this sec- tion, except as provided in paragraphs (ii) Where repair or modification in- (e)(3)(iii) and (g)(2)(i) of this section, volving welding of DOT containers is shall be designed, constructed, and required, the container shall be re- tested in accordance with the Rules for turned to a qualified manufacturer Construction of Unfired Pressure Ves- making containers of the same type, sels, section VIII, Division 1, American and the repair or modification made in Society of Mechanical Engineers compliance with DOT regulations. (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel (5) Markings on containers. (i) Each Code, 1968 edition, which is incor- container covered in paragraph (b)(3)(i) porated by reference as specified in of this section, except as provided in § 1910.6. paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section shall (ii) Containers constructed according be marked as specified in the following: to the 1949 and earlier editions of the (a) With a marking identifying com- ASME Code do not have to comply pliance with, and other markings re- with paragraphs U–2 through U–10 and quired by, the rules of the reference U–19 thereof. Containers constructed under which the container is con- according to paragraph U–70 in the 1949 structed; or with the stamp and other and earlier editions are not authorized. markings required by the National (iii) Containers designed, con- Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel In- structed, and tested prior to July 1, spectors. 1961, according to the Code for Unfired (b) With notation as to whether the Pressure Vessels for Petroleum Liquids container is designed for underground and Gases, 1951 edition with 1954 Ad- or aboveground installation or both. If denda, of the American Petroleum In- intended for both and different style stitute and the American Society of hoods are provided, the marking shall Mechanical Engineers, which is incor- indicate the proper hood for each type porated by reference as specified in of installation. § 1910.6, shall be considered in conform- (c) With the name and address of the ance. Containers constructed according supplier of the container, or with the to API-ASME Code do not have to com- trade name of the container.

300

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00310 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(d) With the water capacity of the (e) LP-Gas fueled vehicles garaged in container in pounds or gallons, U.S. accordance with paragraph (e)(14) of Standard. this section. (e) With the pressure in p.s.i.g., for (f) Containers awaiting use or resale which the container is designed. when stored in accordance with para- (f) With the wording ‘‘This container graph (f) of this section. shall not contain a product having a (ii) Each individual container shall vapor pressure in excess of ll p.s.i.g. be located with respect to the nearest at 100 °F.,’’ see subparagraph (14)(viii) important building or group of build- of this paragraph. ings in accordance with Table H–23. (g) With the tare weight in pounds or other identified unit of weight for con- TABLE H–23 tainers with a water capacity of 300 Minimum distances pounds or less. Water capacity per Containers Between (h) With marking indicating the container above- maximum level to which the container Under- Above- ground ground ground containers may be filled with liquid at tempera- tures between 20 °F. and 130 °F., except Less than 125 gals. 1 .. 10 feet .... None ...... None. on containers provided with fixed max- 125 to 250 gals ...... 10 feet .... 10 feet .... None. 251 to 500 gals ...... 10 feet .... 10 feet .... 3 feet. imum level indicators or which are 501 to 2,000 gals ...... 25 feet 2 .. 25 feet 2 .. 3 feet. filled by weighing. Markings shall be 2,001 to 30,000 gals ... 50 feet .... 50 feet .... 5 feet. increments of not more than 20 °F. 30,001 to 70,000 gals 50 feet .... 75 feet. 3. This marking may be located on the 70,001 to 90,000 gals 50 feet .... 100 feet. 3. liquid level gaging device. 1 If the aggregate water capacity of a multi-container instal- lation at a consumer site is 501 gallons or greater, the min- (i) With the outside surface area in imum distance shall comply with the appropriate portion of square feet. this table, applying the aggregate capacity rather than the ca- pacity per container. If more than one installation is made, (ii) Markings specified shall be on a each installation shall be separated from another installation metal nameplate attached to the con- by at least 25 feet. Do not apply the MINIMUM DISTANCES BETWEEN ABOVE-GROUND CONTAINERS to such installa- tainer and located in such a manner as tions. to remain visible after the container is 2 The above distance requirements may be reduced to not less than 10 feet for a single container of 1,200 gallons water installed. capacity or less, providing such a container is at least 25 feet (iii) When LP-Gas and one or more from any other LP-Gas container of more than 125 gallons water capacity. other gases are stored or used in the 3 1⁄4 of sum of diameters of adjacent containers. same area, the containers shall be (iii) Containers installed for use shall marked to identify their content. not be stacked one above the other. Marking shall conform to the marking (iv) [Reserved] requirements set forth in § 1910.253(b)(1)(ii). (v) In the case of buildings devoted exclusively to gas manufacturing and (6) Location of containers and regu- distributing operations, the distances lating equipment. (i) Containers, and required by Table H–23 may be reduced first stage regulating equipment if provided that in no case shall con- used, shall be located outside of build- tainers of water capacity exceeding 500 ings, except under one or more of the gallons be located closer than 10 feet to following: such gas manufacturing and distrib- (a) In buildings used exclusively for uting buildings. container charging, vaporization pres- (vi) Readily ignitible material such sure reduction, gas mixing, gas manu- as weeds and long dry grass shall be re- facturing, or distribution. moved within 10 feet of any container. (b) When portable use is necessary (vii) The minimum separation be- and in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) tween liquefied petroleum gas con- of this section. tainers and flammable liquid tanks (c) LP-Gas fueled stationary or port- shall be 20 feet, and the minimum sepa- able engines in accordance with para- ration between a container and the graph (e) (11) or (12) of this section. centerline of the dike shall be 10 feet. (d) LP-Gas fueled industrial trucks The foregoing provision shall not apply used in accordance with paragraph when LP-Gas containers of 125 gallons (e)(13) of this section. or less capacity are installed adjacent

301

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00311 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

to Class III flammable liquid tanks of flow or back pressure check valve will 275 gallons or less capacity. not cause breakage between the con- (viii) Suitable means shall be taken tainer and such valve. to prevent the accumulation of flam- (vii) Excess flow valves shall be de- mable liquids under adjacent liquified signed with a bypass, not to exceed a petroleum gas containers, such as by No. 60 drill size opening to allow diking, diversion curbs, or grading. equalization of pressures. (ix) When dikes are used with flam- (viii) Containers of more than 30 gal- mable liquid tanks, no liquefied petro- lons water capacity and less than 2,000 leum gas containers shall be located gallons water capacity, filled on a vol- within the diked area. umetric basis, and manufactured after (7) Container valves and container ac- December 1, 1963, shall be equipped for cessories. (i) Valves, fittings, and acces- filling into the vapor space. sories connected directly to the con- tainer including primary shutoff (8) Piping—including pipe, tubing, and valves, shall have a rated working pres- fittings. (i) Pipe, except as provided in sure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. and shall be paragraphs (e)(6)(i) and (g)(10)(iii), of of material and design suitable for LP- this section shall be wrought iron or Gas service. Cast iron shall not be used steel (black or galvanized), brass, cop- for container valves, fittings, and ac- per, or aluminum alloy. Aluminum cessories. This does not prohibit the alloy pipe shall be at least Schedule 40 use of container valves made of malle- in accordance with the specifications able or nodular iron. for Aluminum Alloy Pipe, American (ii) Connections to containers, except National Standards Institute (ANSI) safety relief connections, liquid level H38.7–1969 (ASTM, B241–69), which is in- gaging devices, and plugged openings, corporated by reference as specified in shall have shutoff valves located as § 1910.6, except that the use of alloy 5456 close to the container as practicable. is prohibited and shall be suitably (iii) Excess flow valves, where re- marked at each end of each length in- quired shall close automatically at the dicating compliance with American rated flows of vapor or liquid as speci- National Standard Institute Specifica- fied by the manufacturer. The connec- tions. Aluminum Alloy pipe shall be tions or line including valves, fittings, protected against external corrosion etc., being protected by an excess flow when it is in contact with dissimilar valve shall have a greater capacity metals other than galvanized steel, or than the rated flow of the excess flow its location is subject to repeated wet- valve. ting by such liquids as water (except (iv) Liquid level gaging devices which rain water), detergents, sewage, or are so constructed that outward flow of leaking from other piping, or it passes container contents shall not exceed through flooring, plaster, masonry, or that passed by a No. 54 drill size open- insulation. Galvanized sheet steel or ing, need not be equipped with excess pipe, galvanized inside and out, may be flow valves. considered suitable protection. The (v) Openings from container or through fittings attached directly on maximum nominal pipe size for alu- container to which pressure gage con- minum pipe shall be three-fourths inch nection is made, need not be equipped and shall not be used for pressures ex- with shutoff or excess flow valves if ceeding 20 p.s.i.g. Aluminum alloy pipe such openings are restricted to not shall not be installed within 6 inches of larger than No. 54 drill size opening. the ground. (vi) Except as provided in paragraph (a) Vapor piping with operating pres- (c)(5)(i)(b) of this section, excess flow sures not exceeding 125 p.s.i.g. shall be and back pressure check valves where suitable for a working pressure of at required by this section shall be lo- least 125 p.s.i.g. Pipe shall be at least cated inside of the container or at a Schedule 40 (ASTM A–53–69, Grade B point outside where the line enters the Electric Resistance Welded and Elec- container; in the latter case, installa- tric Flash Welded Pipe, which is incor- tion shall be made in such manner that porated by reference as specified in any undue strain beyond the excess § 1910.6, or equal).

302

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00312 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(b) Vapor piping with operating pres- TABLE H–24—WALL THICKNESS OF COPPER sures over 125 p.s.i.g. and all liquid pip- TUBING 1—Continued ing shall be suitable for a working pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. Pipe Nominal out- Nominal wall thickness Standard size side diameter (inches) shall be at least Schedule 80 if joints (inches) (inches) are threaded or threaded and back Type K Type L

welded. At least Schedule 40 (ASTM A– 11⁄4 1.375 0.065 0.055 53–69 Grade B Electric Resistance Weld- 11⁄2 1.625 0.072 0.060 ed and Electric Flash Welded Pipe or 2 2.125 0.083 0.070 equal) shall be used if joints are weld- 1 Based on data in Specification for Seamless Copper ed, or welded and flanged. Water Tube, ANSI H23.1–1970 (ASTM B–88–69). NOTE: The standard size by which tube is designated is 1⁄8 (ii) Tubing shall be seamless and of inch smaller than its nominal outside diameter. copper, brass, steel, or aluminum alloy. Copper tubing shall be of type K or L TABLE H–25—WALL THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM or equivalent as covered in the Speci- ALLOY TUBING 1 fication for Seamless Copper Water Tube, ANSI H23.1–1970 (ASTM B88–69), Outside diameter Nominal wall thickness (inches) which is incorporated by reference as (inches) Type A Type B specified in § 1910.6. Aluminum alloy 3⁄8 0.035 0.049 tubing shall be of Type A or B or equiv- 1⁄2 0.035 0.049 alent as covered in Specification ASTM 5⁄8 0.042 0.049 B210–68 (which is incorporated by ref- 3⁄4 0.049 0.058 erence as specified in § 1910.6) and shall 1 Based on data in Standard Specification for Aluminum- be suitably marked every 18 inches in- Alloy Drawn Seamless Coiled Tubes for Special Purpose Ap- plications, ASTM B210–68. dicating compliance with ASTM Speci- fications. The minimum nominal wall (iii) In systems where the gas in liq- thickness of copper tubing and alu- uid form without pressure reduction minum alloy tubing shall be as speci- enters the building, only heavy walled fied in Table H–24 and Table H–25. seamless brass or copper tubing with Aluminum alloy tubing shall be pro- an internal diameter not greater than tected against external corrosion when three thirty-seconds inch, and a wall it is in contact with dissimilar metals thickness of not less than three sixty- other than galvanized steel, or its loca- fourths inch shall be used. This re- tion is subject to repeated wetting by quirement shall not apply to research liquids such as water (except rain- and experimental laboratories, build- water), detergents, sewage, or leakage ings, or separate fire divisions of build- from other piping, or it passes through ings used exclusively for housing inter- flooring, plaster, masonry, or insula- nal combustion engines, and to com- tion. Galvanized sheet steel or pipe, mercial gas plants or bulk stations galvanized inside and out, may be con- where containers are charged, nor to sidered suitable protection. The max- industrial vaporizer buildings, nor to imum outside diameter for aluminum buildings, structures, or equipment alloy tubing shall be three-fourths inch under construction or undergoing and shall not be used for pressures ex- major renovation. ceeding 20 p.s.i.g. Aluminum alloy tub- (iv) Pipe joints may be screwed, ing shall not be installed within 6 flanged, welded, soldered, or brazed inches of the ground. with a material having a melting point exceeding 1,000 °F. Joints on seamless TABLE H–24—WALL THICKNESS OF COPPER copper, brass, steel, or aluminum alloy TUBING 1 gas tubing shall be made by means of approved gas tubing fittings, or sol- Nominal wall thickness dered or brazed with a material having Standard size Nominal out- (inches) side diameter a melting point exceeding 1,000 °F. (inches) (inches) Type K Type L (v) For operating pressures of 125

1⁄4 0.375 0.035 0.030 p.s.i.g. or less, fittings shall be de- 3⁄8 0.500 0.049 0.035 signed for a pressure of at least 125 1⁄2 0.625 0.049 0.040 p.s.i.g. For operating pressures above 5 ⁄8 0.750 0.049 0.042 125 p.s.i.g., fittings shall be designed 3⁄4 0.875 0.065 0.045 1 1.125 0.065 0.050 for a minimum of 250 p.s.i.g.

303

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00313 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(vi) The use of threaded cast iron (iv) Hose subject to container pres- pipe fittings such as ells, tees, crosses, sure shall have its correctness as to de- couplings, and unions is prohibited. sign construction and performance de- Aluminum alloy fittings shall be used termined by being listed (see with aluminum alloy pipe and tubing. § 1910.110(a)(15)). Insulated fittings shall be used where (v) Hose connections subject to con- aluminum alloy pipe or tubing con- tainer pressure shall be capable of nects with a dissimilar metal. withstanding, without leakage, a test (vii) Strainers, regulators, meters, pressure of not less than 500 p.s.i.g. compressors, pumps, etc., are not to be (vi) Hose and hose connections on the considered as pipe fittings. This does low-pressure side of the regulator or re- not prohibit the use of malleable, nod- ducing valve shall be designed for a ular, or higher strength gray iron for bursting pressure of not less than 125 such equipment. p.s.i.g. or five times the set pressure of (viii) All materials such as valve the relief devices protecting that por- seats, packing, gaskets, diaphragms, tion of the system, whichever is higher. etc., shall be of such quality as to be (vii) Hose may be used on the low- resistant to the action of liquefied pe- pressure side of regulators to connect troleum gas under the service condi- to other than domestic and commercial tions to which they are subjected. gas appliances under the following con- (ix) All piping, tubing, or hose shall ditions: be tested after assembly and proved (a) The appliances connected with free from leaks at not less than normal operating pressures. After installation, hose shall be portable and need a flexi- piping and tubing of all domestic and ble connection. commercial systems shall be tested (b) For use inside buildings the hose and proved free of leaks using a ma- shall be of minimum practical length, nometer or equivalent device that will but shall not exceed 6 feet except as indicate a drop in pressure. Test shall provided in paragraph (c)(5)(i)(g) of this not be made with a flame. section and shall not extend from one (x) Provision shall be made to com- room to another, nor pass through any pensate for expansion, contraction, jar- walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. ring, and vibration, and for settling. Such hose shall not be concealed from This may be accomplished by flexible view or used in a concealed location. connections. For use outside of buildings, the hose (xi) Piping outside buildings may be may exceed this length but shall be buried, above ground, or both, but shall kept as short as practical. be well supported and protected (c) The hose shall be approved and against physical damage. Where soil shall not be used where it is likely to conditions warrant, all piping shall be be subjected to temperatures above 125 protected against corrosion. Where °F. The hose shall be securely con- condensation may occur, the piping nected to the appliance and the use of shall be pitched back to the container, rubber slip ends shall not be permitted. or suitable means shall be provided for (d) The shutoff valve for an appliance revaporization of the condensate. connected by hose shall be in the metal (9) Hose specifications. (i) Hose shall pipe or tubing and not at the appliance be fabricated of materials that are re- end of the hose. When shutoff valves sistant to the action of LP-Gas in the are installed close to each other, pre- liquid and vapor phases. If wire braid is cautions shall be taken to prevent op- used for reinforcing the hose, it shall eration of the wrong valve. be of corrosion-resistant material such (e) Hose used for connecting to wall as stainless steel. outlets shall be protected from phys- (ii) Hose subject to container pres- ical damage. sure shall be marked ‘‘LP-Gas’’ or (10) Safety devices. (i) Every container ‘‘LPG’’ at not greater than 10-foot in- except those constructed in accordance tervals. with DOT specifications and every va- (iii) Hose subject to container pres- porizer (except motor fuel vaporizers sure shall be designed for a bursting and except vaporizers described in pressure of not less than 1,250 p.s.i.g. paragraph (b)(11)(ii)(c) of this section

304

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00314 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

and paragraph (d)(4)(v)(a) of this sec- Surface area (sq. ft.) Flow rate tion) whether heated by artificial CFM air means or not, shall be provided with 280 ...... 5,450 one or more safety relief valves of 290 ...... 5,610 spring-loaded or equivalent type. These 300 ...... 5,760 310 ...... 5,920 valves shall be arranged to afford free 320 ...... 6,080 vent to the outer air with discharge 330 ...... 6,230 not less than 5 feet horizontally away 340 ...... 6,390 from any opening into the building 350 ...... 6,540 360 ...... 6,690 which is below such discharge. The rate 370 ...... 6,840 of discharge shall be in accordance 380 ...... 7,000 with the requirements of paragraph 390 ...... 7,150 (b)(10)(ii) or (b)(10)(iii) of this section in 400 ...... 7,300 450 ...... 8,040 the case of vaporizers. 500 ...... 8,760 (ii) Minimum required rate of dis- 550 ...... 9,470 charge in cubic feet per minute of air 600 ...... 10,170 at 120 percent of the maximum per- 650 ...... 10,860 700 ...... 11,550 mitted start to discharge pressure for 750 ...... 12,220 safety relief valves to be used on con- 800 ...... 12,880 tainers other than those constructed in 850 ...... 13,540 900 ...... 14,190 accordance with DOT specification 950 ...... 14,830 shall be as follows: 1,000 ...... 15,470 1,050 ...... 16,100 Surface area (sq. ft.) Flow rate 1,100 ...... 16,720 CFM air 1,150 ...... 17,350 1,200 ...... 17,960 20 or less ...... 626 1,250 ...... 18,570 25 ...... 751 1,300 ...... 19,180 30 ...... 872 1,350 ...... 19,780 35 ...... 990 1,400 ...... 20,380 40 ...... 1,100 45 ...... 1,220 1,450 ...... 20,980 50 ...... 1,330 1,500 ...... 21,570 55 ...... 1,430 1,550 ...... 22,160 60 ...... 1,540 1,600 ...... 22,740 65 ...... 1,640 1,650 ...... 23,320 70 ...... 1,750 1,700 ...... 23,900 75 ...... 1,850 1,750 ...... 24,470 80 ...... 1,950 1,800 ...... 25,050 85 ...... 2,050 1,850 ...... 25,620 90 ...... 2,150 1,900 ...... 26,180 95 ...... 2,240 1,950 ...... 26,750 100 ...... 2,340 2,000 ...... 27,310 105 ...... 2,440 110 ...... 2,530 115 ...... 2,630 Surface area = total outside surface area of 120 ...... 2,720 container in square feet. 125 ...... 2,810 When the surface area is not stamped on 130 ...... 2,900 the nameplate or when the marking is not 135 ...... 2,990 legible, the area can be calculated by using 140 ...... 3,080 145 ...... 3,170 one of the following formulas: 150 ...... 3,260 (1) Cylindrical container with hemi- 155 ...... 3,350 spherical heads: 160 ...... 3,440 Area = Overall length × outside diameter × 165 ...... 3,530 3.1416. 170 ...... 3,620 175 ...... 3,700 (2) Cylindrical container with other than 180 ...... 3,790 hemispherical heads: 185 ...... 3,880 Area = (Overall length + 0.3 outside diame- 190 ...... 3,960 × × 195 ...... 4,050 ter) outside diameter 3.1416. 200 ...... 4,130 NOTE: This formula is not exact, but will 210 ...... 4,300 give results within the limits of practical ac- 220 ...... 4,470 230 ...... 4,630 curacy for the sole purpose of sizing relief 240 ...... 4,800 valves. 250 ...... 4,960 (3) Spherical container: 260 ...... 5,130 270 ...... 5,290 Area = Outside diameter squared × 3.1416.

305

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00315 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

Flow Rate-CFM Air = Required flow capacity of this section) permitted start to dis- in cubic feet per minute of air at stand- charge pressure setting of the device. ard conditions, 60 F. and atmospheric pressure (14.7 p.s.i.a.). TABLE H–26 The rate of discharge may be interpolated for intermediate values of surface area. For Minimum Maximum Containers (percent) (percent) containers with total outside surface area greater than 2,000 square feet, the required ASME Code; Par. U–68, U–69— flow rate can be calculated using the for- 1949 and earlier editions ...... 110 1 25 mula, Flow Rate-CFM Air = 53.632 A0.82. ASME Code; Par. U–200, U– A = total outside surface area of the con- 201—1949 edition ...... 88 1 100 tainer in square feet. ASME Code—1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965 and 1968 (Di- Valves not marked ‘‘Air’’ have flow rate vision I) editions ...... 88 1 100 marking in cubic feet per minute of liquefied API—ASME Code—all editions .... 88 1 100 petroleum gas. These can be converted to DOT—As prescribed in 49 CFR ratings in cubic feet per minute of air by Chapter I. multiplying the liquefied petroleum gas rat- 1 Manufacturers of safety relief valves are allowed a plus ings by factors listed below. Air flow ratings tolerance not exceeding 10 percent of the set pressure can be converted to ratings in cubic feet per marked on the valve. minute of liquefied petroleum gas by divid- (vi) In certain locations sufficiently ing the air ratings by the factors listed sustained high temperatures prevail below. which require the use of a lower vapor pressure product to be stored or the use AIR CONVERSION FACTORS of a higher designed pressure vessel in Container type...... 100 125 150 175 200 Air conversion fac- order to prevent the safety valves tor ...... 1.162 1.142 1.113 1.078 1.010 opening as the result of these tempera- tures. As an alternative the tanks may (iii) Minimum Required Rate of Dis- be protected by cooling devices such as charge for Safety Relief Valves for Liq- by spraying, by shading, or other effec- uefied Petroleum Gas Vaporizers tive means. (Steam Heated, Water Heated, and Di- (vii) Safety relief valves shall be ar- rect Fired). ranged so that the possibility of tam- The minimum required rate of dis- pering will be minimized. If pressure charge for safety relief valves shall be setting or adjustment is external, the determined as follows: relief valves shall be provided with ap- (a) Obtain the total surface area by proved means for sealing adjustment. adding the surface area of vaporizer (viii) Shutoff valves shall not be in- shell in square feet directly in contact stalled between the safety relief de- with LP-Gas and the heat exchanged vices and the container, or the equip- surface area in square feet directly in ment or piping to which the safety re- contact with LP-Gas. lief device is connected except that a (b) Obtain the minimum required shutoff valve may be used where the rate of discharge in cubic feet of air per arrangement of this valve is such that minute, at 60 °F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a. from full required capacity flow through the paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this section, for safety relief device is always afforded. this total surface area. (ix) Safety relief valves shall have di- (iv) Container and vaporizer safety rect communication with the vapor relief valves shall be set to start-to-dis- space of the container at all times. charge, with relation to the design (x) Each container safety relief valve pressure of the container, in accord- used with systems covered by para- ance with Table H–26. graphs (d), (e), (g), and (h) of this sec- (v) Safety relief devices used with tion, except as provided in paragraph systems employing containers other (e)(3)(iii) of this section shall be plainly than those constructed according to and permanently marked with the fol- DOT specifications shall be so con- lowing: ‘‘Container Type’’ of the pres- structed as to discharge at not less sure vessel on which the valve is de- than the rates shown in paragraph signed to be installed; the pressure in (b)(10)(ii) of this section, before the p.s.i.g. at which the valve is set to dis- pressure is in excess of 120 percent of charge; the actual rate of discharge of the maximum (not including the 10 per- the valve in cubic feet per minute of cent referred to in paragraph (b)(10)(iv) air at 60 °F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a.; and the

306

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00316 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

manufacturer’s name and catalog num- (2) With the allowable working pres- ber, for example: T200–250–4050 AIR—in- sure and temperature for which the va- dicating that the valve is suitable for porizer is designed. use on a Type 200 container, that it is (3) With the sum of the outside sur- set to start to discharge at 250 p.s.i.g.; face area and the inside heat exchange and that its rate of discharge is 4,050 surface area expressed in square feet. cubic feet per minute of air as deter- (4) With the name or symbol of the mined in subdivision (ii) of this sub- manufacturer. paragraph. (b) Vaporizers having an inside di- (xi) Safety relief valve assemblies, in- ameter of 6 inches or less exempted by the ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel cluding their connections, shall be of Code, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler sufficient size so as to provide the rate and Pressure Vessel Code—1968 shall of flow required for the container on have a design pressure not less than 250 which they are installed. p.s.i.g. and need not be permanently (xii) A hydrostatic relief valve shall marked. be installed between each pair of shut- (c) Heating or cooling coils shall not off valves on liquefied petroleum gas be installed inside a storage container. liquid piping so as to relieve into a safe (d) Vaporizers may be installed in atmosphere. The start-to-discharge buildings, rooms, sheds, or lean-tos pressure setting of such relief valves used exclusively for gas manufacturing shall not be in excess of 500 p.s.i.g. The or distribution, or in other structures minimum setting on relief valves in- of light, noncombustible construction stalled in piping connected to other or equivalent, well ventilated near the than DOT containers shall not be lower floor line and roof. than 140 percent of the container relief When vaporizing and/or mixing equip- valve setting and in piping connected ment is located in a structure or build- to DOT containers not lower than 400 ing not used exclusively for gas manu- p.s.i.g. The start-to-discharge pressure facturing or distribution, either at- setting of such a relief valve, if in- tached to or within such a building, stalled on the discharge side of a pump, such structure or room shall be sepa- shall be greater than the maximum rated from the remainder of the build- pressure permitted by the recirculation ing by a wall designed to withstand a device in the system. static pressure of at least 100 pounds (xiii) The discharge from any safety per square foot. This wall shall have no relief device shall not terminate in or openings or pipe or conduit passing beneath any building, except relief de- through it. Such structure or room vices covered by paragraphs (b)(6)(i) (a) shall be provided with adequate ven- through (e) of this section, or para- tilation and shall have a roof or at graphs (c) (4)(i) or (5) of this section. least one exterior wall of lightweight (xiv) Container safety relief devices construction. and regulator relief vents shall be lo- (e) Vaporizers shall have, at or near cated not less than five (5) feet in any the discharge, a safety relief valve pro- viding an effective rate of discharge in direction from air openings into sealed accordance with paragraph (b)(10)(iii) combustion system appliances or me- of this section, except as provided in chanical ventilation air intakes. paragraph (d)(4)(v)(a), of this section. (11) Vaporizer and housing. (i) Indirect (f) The heating medium lines into fired vaporizers utilizing steam, water, and leaving the vaporizer shall be pro- or other heating medium shall be con- vided with suitable means for pre- structed and installed as follows: venting the flow of gas into the heat (a) Vaporizers shall be constructed in systems in the event of tube rupture in accordance with the requirements of the vaporizer. Vaporizers shall be pro- paragraph (b)(3) (i)–(iii) of this section vided with suitable automatic means and shall be permanently marked as to prevent liquid passing through the follows: vaporizers to the gas discharge piping. (1) With the code marking signifying (g) The device that supplies the nec- the specifications to which the vapor- essary heat for producing steam, hot izer is constructed. water, or other heating medium may

307

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00317 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

be installed in a building, compart- in square feet; the outside surface of ment, room, or lean-to which shall be the vaporizer in square feet; and the ventilated near the floorline and roof maximum vaporizing capacity in gal- to the outside. The device location lons per hour. shall be separated from all compart- (b)(1) Vaporizers may be connected to ments or rooms containing liquefied the liquid section or the gas section of petroleum gas vaporizers, pumps, and the storage container, or both; but in central gas mixing devices by a wall any case there shall be at the container designed to withstand a static pressure a manually operated valve in each con- of at least 100 pounds per square foot. nection to permit completely shutting This wall shall have no openings or off when desired, of all flow of gas or pipes or conduit passing through it. liquid from container to vaporizer. This requirement does not apply to the (2) Vaporizers with capacity not ex- domestic water heaters which may sup- ceeding 35 gallons per hour shall be lo- ply heat for a vaporizer in a domestic cated at least 5 feet from container system. shutoff valves. Vaporizers having ca- (h) Gas-fired heating systems sup- pacity of more than 35 gallons but not plying heat exclusively for vaporiza- exceeding 100 gallons per hour shall be tion purposes shall be equipped with located at least 10 feet from the con- automatic safety devices to shut off tainer shutoff valves. Vaporizers hav- the flow of gas to main burners, if the ing a capacity greater than 100 gallons pilot light should fail. per hour shall be located at least 15 (i) Vaporizers may be an integral part feet from container shutoff valves. of a fuel storage container directly (c) Vaporizers may be installed in connected to the liquid section or gas buildings, rooms, housings, sheds, or section or both. lean-tos used exclusively for vaporizing (j) Vaporizers shall not be equipped or mixing of liquefied petroleum gas. with fusible plugs. Vaporizing housing structures shall be (k) Vaporizer houses shall not have of noncombustible construction, well unprotected drains to sewers or sump pits. ventilated near the floorline and the (ii) Atmospheric vaporizers employ- highest point of the roof. When vapor- ing heat from the ground or sur- izer and/or mixing equipment is located rounding air shall be installed as fol- in a structure or room attached to or lows: within a building, such structure or (a) Buried underground, or room shall be separated from the re- (b) Located inside the building close mainder of the building by a wall de- to a point at which pipe enters the signed to withstand a static pressure of building provided the capacity of the at least 100 pounds per square foot. unit does not exceed 1 quart. This wall shall have no openings or (c) Vaporizers of less than 1 quart ca- pipes or conduit passing through it. pacity heated by the ground or sur- Such structure or room shall be pro- rounding air, need not be equipped with vided with adequate ventilation, and safety relief valves provided that ade- shall have a roof or at least one exte- quate tests demonstrate that the as- rior wall of lightweight construction. sembly is safe without safety relief (d) Vaporizers shall have at or near valves. the discharge, a safety relief valve pro- (iii) Direct gas-fired vaporizers shall viding an effective rate of discharge in be constructed, marked, and installed accordance with paragraph (b)(10)(iii) as follows: of this section. The relief valve shall be (a)(1) In accordance with the require- so located as not to be subjected to ments of the American Society of Me- temperatures in excess of 140 °F. chanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure (e) Vaporizers shall be provided with Vessel Code—1968 that are applicable to suitable automatic means to prevent the maximum working conditions for liquid passing from the vaporizer to the which the vaporizer is designed. gas discharge piping of the vaporizer. (2) With the name of the manufac- (f) Vaporizers shall be provided with turer; rated BTU input to the burner; means for manually turning off the gas the area of the heat exchange surface to the main burner and pilot.

308

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00318 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(g) Vaporizers shall be equipped with (e) Tank heaters shall be equipped automatic safety devices to shut off with an automatic safety device to the flow of gas to main burners if the shut off the flow of gas to main burn- pilot light should fail. When the flow ers, if the pilot light should fail. When through the pilot exceeds 2,000 B.t.u. flow through pilot exceeds 2,000 B.t.u. per hour, the pilot also shall be per hour, the pilot also shall be equipped with an automatic safety de- equipped with an automatic safety de- vice to shut off the flow of gas to the vice to shut off the flow of gas to the pilot should the pilot flame be extin- pilot should the pilot flame be extin- guished. guished. (h) Pressure regulating and pressure (f) Pressure regulating and pressure reducing equipment if located within 10 reducing equipment if located within 10 feet of a direct fire vaporizer shall be feet of a direct fired tank heater shall separated from the open flame by a be separated from the open flame by a substantially airtight noncombustible substantially airtight noncombustible partition or partitions. partition. (i) Except as provided in (c) of this (g) The following minimum distances subdivision, the following minimum shall be maintained between a storage distances shall be maintained between tank heated by a direct fired tank direct fired vaporizers and the nearest heater and the nearest important important building or group of build- building or group of buildings: ings: Ten feet for storage containers of less than Ten feet for vaporizers having a capacity of 500 gallons water capacity. 15 gallons per hour or less vaporizing ca- Twenty-five feet for storage containers of 500 pacity. to 1,200 gallons water capacity. Twenty-five feet for vaporizers having a va- Fifty feet for storage containers of over 1,200 porizing capacity of 16 to 100 gallons per gallons water capacity. hour. (h) No direct fired tank heater shall Fifty feet for vaporizers having a vaporizing capacity exceeding 100 gallons per hour. raise the product pressure within the storage container over 75 percent of the (j) Direct fired vaporizers shall not pressure set out in the second column raise the product pressure above the of Table H–31. design pressure of the vaporizer equip- (v) The vaporizer section of vapor- ment nor shall they raise the product izer-burners used for dehydrators or pressure within the storage container dryers shall be located outside of build- above the pressure shown in the second ings; they shall be constructed and in- column of Table H–31. stalled as follows: (k) Vaporizers shall not be provided (a) Vaporizer-burners shall have a with fusible plugs. minimum design pressure of 250 p.s.i.g. (l) Vaporizers shall not have unpro- with a factor of safety of five. tected drains to sewers or sump pits. (b) Manually operated positive shut- (iv) Direct gas-fired tank heaters off valves shall be located at the con- shall be constructed and installed as tainers to shut off all flow to the va- follows: porizer-burners. (a) Direct gas-fired tank heaters, and (c) Minimum distances between stor- tanks to which they are applied, shall age containers and vaporizer-burners only be installed above ground. shall be as follows: (b) Tank heaters shall be perma- nently marked with the name of the Minimum Water capacity per container (gallons) distances manufacturer, the rated B.t.u. input to (feet) the burner, and the maximum vapor- Less than 501 ...... 10 izing capacity in gallons per hour. 501 to 2,000 ...... 25 (c) Tank heaters may be an integral Over 2,000 ...... 50 part of a fuel storage container di- rectly connected to the container liq- (d) The vaporizer section of vapor- uid section, or vapor section, or both. izer-burners shall be protected by a hy- (d) Tank heaters shall be provided drostatic relief valve. The relief valve with a means for manually turning off shall be located so as not to be sub- the gas to the main burner and pilot. jected to temperatures in excess of 140

309

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00319 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

°F. The start-to-discharge pressure set- TABLE H–27—MAXIMUM PERMITTED FILLING ting shall be such as to protect the DENSITY components involved, but not less than Above ground containers 250 p.s.i.g. The discharge shall be di- rected upward and away from compo- Specific gravity 0 to 1,200 Over 1,200 Under at 60 °F. (15.6 U.S. gals. U.S. gals. ground con- nent parts of the equipment and away ° (1,000 imp. (1,000 imp. tainers, all C.) gal., 4,550 gal., 4,550 capacities from operating personnel. liters) total liters) total (e) Vaporizer-burners shall be pro- water cap. water cap. vided with means for manually turning Percent Percent Percent off the gas to the main burner and 0 .496–0 .503 41 44 45 pilot. .504– .510 42 45 46 .511– .519 43 46 47 (f) Vaporizer-burners shall be .520– .527 44 47 48 equipped with automatic safety devices .528– .536 45 48 49 .537– .544 46 49 50 to shut off the flow of gas to the main .545– .552 47 50 51 burner and pilot in the event the pilot .553– .560 48 51 52 is extinguished. .561– .568 49 52 53 .569– .576 50 53 54 (g) Pressure regulating and control .577– .584 51 54 55 equipment shall be located or pro- .585– .592 52 55 56 tected so that the temperatures sur- .593– .600 53 56 57 rounding this equipment shall not ex- (ii) Except as provided in paragraph ° ceed 140 F. except that equipment (b)(12)(iii) of this section, any con- components may be used at higher tainer including mobile cargo tanks temperatures if designed to withstand and portable tank containers regard- such temperatures. less of size or construction, shipped (h) Pressure regulating and control under DOT jurisdiction or constructed equipment when located downstream of in accordance with 49 CFR chapter I the vaporizer shall be designed to with- Specifications shall be charged accord- stand the maximum discharge tem- ing to 49 CFR chapter I requirements. perature of the vapor. (iii) Portable containers not subject (i) The vaporizer section of vaporizer- to DOT jurisdiction (such as, but not burners shall not be provided with fusi- limited to, motor fuel containers on in- ble plugs. dustrial and lift trucks, and farm trac- tors covered in paragraph (e) of this (j) Vaporizer coils or jackets shall be section, or containers recharged at the made of ferrous metal or high tempera- installation) may be filled either by ture alloys. weight, or by volume using a fixed (k) Equipment utilizing vaporizer- length dip tube gaging device. burners shall be equipped with auto- (13) LP-Gas in buildings. (i) Vapor matic shutoff devices upstream and shall be piped into buildings at pres- downstream of the vaporizer section sures in excess of 20 p.s.i.g. only if the connected so as to operate in the event buildings or separate areas thereof, (a) of excessive temperature, flame failure, are constructed in accordance with this and, if applicable, insufficient airflow. section; (b) are used excusively to (12) Filling densities. (i) The ‘‘filling house equipment for vaporization, pres- density’’ is defined as the percent ratio sure reduction, gas mixing, gas manu- of the weight of the gas in a container facturing, or distribution, or to house to the weight of water the container internal combustion engines, industrial will hold at 60 °F. All containers shall processes, research and experimental be filled according to the filling den- laboratories, or equipment and proc- esses using such gas and having similar sities shown in Table H–27. hazard; (c) buildings, structures, or equipment under construction or un- dergoing major renovation. (ii) Liquid may be permitted in build- ings as follows: (a) Buildings, or separate areas of buildings, used exclusively to house equipment for vaporization, pressure

310

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00320 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

reduction, gas mixing, gas manufac- (6) Where flexible connectors are nec- turing, or distribution, or to house in- essary for appliance installation, such ternal combustion engines, industrial connectors shall be as short as prac- processes, research and experimental ticable and shall comply with para- laboratories, or equipment and proc- graph (b)(8)(ii) or (9) of this section. esses using such gas and having similar (7) Release of fuel when any section hazard; and when such buildings, or of piping or appliances is disconnected separate areas thereof are constructed shall be minimized by either of the fol- in accordance with this section. lowing methods: (b) Buildings, structures, or equip- (i) Using an approved automatic ment under construction or undergoing quick-closing coupling (a type closing major renovation provided the tem- in both directions when coupled in the porary piping meets the following con- fuel line), or ditions: (ii) Closing the valve nearest to the (1) Liquid piping inside the building appliance and allowing the appliance shall conform to the requirements of to operate until the fuel in the line is paragraph (b)(8) of this section, and consumed. shall not exceed three-fourths iron pipe (iii) Portable containers shall not be size. Copper tubing with an outside di- taken into buildings except as provided ameter of three-fourths inch or less in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section. may be used provided it conforms to (14) Transfer of liquids. The employer Type K of Specifications for Seamless shall assure that (i) at least one at- Water Tube, ANSI H23.1–1970 (ASTM tendant shall remain close to the B88–69) (see Table H–24). All such pip- transfer connection from the time the ing shall be protected against construc- connections are first made until they tion hazards. Liquid piping inside are finally disconnected, during the buildings shall be kept to a minimum. transfer of the product. Such piping shall be securely fastened (ii) Containers shall be filled or used to walls or other surfaces so as to pro- only upon authorization of the owner. vide adequate protection from break- (iii) Containers manufactured in ac- age and so located as to subject the liq- cordance with specifications of 49 CFR uid line to lowest ambient tempera- part 178 and authorized by 49 CFR tures. chapter 1 as a ‘‘single trip’’ or ‘‘non- (2) A shutoff valve shall be installed refillable container’’ shall not be re- in each intermediate branch line where filled or reused in LP-Gas service. it takes off the main line and shall be (iv) Gas or liquid shall not be vented readily accessible. A shutoff valve shall to the atmosphere to assist in transfer- also be placed at the appliance end of ring contents of one container to an- the intermediate branch line. Such other, except as provided in paragraph shutoff valve shall be upstream of any (e)(5)(iv) of this section and except that flexible connector used with the appli- this shall not preclude the use of listed ance. pump utilizing LP-Gas in the vapor (3) Suitable excess flow valves shall phase as a source of energy and venting be installed in the container outlet line such gas to the atmosphere at a rate supplying liquid LP-Gas to the build- not to exceed that from a No. 31 drill ing. A suitable excess flow valve shall size opening and provided that such be installed immediately downstream venting and liquid transfer shall be lo- of each shutoff valve. Suitable excess cated not less than 50 feet from the flow valves shall be installed where nearest important building. piping size is reduced and shall be sized (v) Filling of fuel containers for in- for the reduced size piping. dustrial trucks or motor vehicles from (4) Hydrostatic relief valves shall be industrial bulk storage containers installed in accordance with paragraph shall be performed not less than 10 feet (b)(10)(xii) of this section. from the nearest important masonry- (5) The use of hose to carry liquid be- walled building or not less than 25 feet tween the container and the building from the nearest important building or or at any point in the liquid line, ex- other construction and, in any event, cept at the appliance connector, shall not less than 25 feet from any building be prohibited. opening.

311

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00321 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(vi) Filling of portable containers, (xiii) When necessary, unloading pip- containers mounted on skids, fuel con- ing or hoses shall be provided with tainers on farm tractors, or similar ap- suitable bleeder valves for relieving plications, from storage containers pressure before disconnection. used in domestic or commercial serv- (xiv) Agricultural air moving equip- ice, shall be performed not less than 50 ment, including crop dryers, shall be feet from the nearest important build- shut down when supply containers are ing. being filled unless the air intakes and (vii) The filling connection and the sources of ignition on the equipment vent from the liquid level gages in con- are located 50 feet or more from the tainers, filled at point of installation, container. shall not be less than 10 feet in any di- (xv) Agricultural equipment employ- rection from air openings into sealed ing open flames or equipment with in- combustion system appliances or me- tegral containers, such as flame cul- chanical ventilation air intakes. tivators, weed burners, and, in addi- (viii) Fuel supply containers shall be tion, tractors, shall be shut down dur- gaged and charged only in the open air ing refueling. or in buildings especially provided for (15) Tank car or transport truck loading that purpose. or unloading points and operations. (i) (ix) The maximum vapor pressure of The track of tank car siding shall be the product at 100 °F. which may be relatively level. transferred into a container shall be in (ii) A ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’ sign, as accordance with paragraphs (d)(2) and covered by DOT rules, shall be in- (e)(3) of this section. (For DOT con- stalled at the active end or ends of the tainers use DOT requirements.) siding while the tank car is connected. (x) Marketers and users shall exercise (iii) While cars are on sidetrack for precaution to assure that only those loading or unloading, the wheels at gases for which the system is designed, both ends shall be blocked on the rails. examined, and listed, are employed in (iv) The employer shall insure that its operation, particularly with regard an employee is in attendance at all to pressures. times while the tank car, cars, or (xi) Pumps or compressors shall be trucks are being loaded or unloaded. designed for use with LP-Gas. When (v) A backflow check valve, excess- compressors are used they shall nor- flow valve, or a shutoff valve with mally take suction from the vapor means of remote closing, to protect space of the container being filled and against uncontrolled discharge of LP- discharge to the vapor space of the con- tainer being emptied. Gas from storage tank piping shall be installed close to the point where the (xii) Pumping systems, when liquid piping and hose or swing joint equipped with a positive displacement pipe is connected. pump, shall include a recirculating de- vice which shall limit the differential (vi) Where practical, the distance of pressure on the pump under normal op- the unloading or loading point shall erating conditions to the maximum conform to the distances in subpara- differential pressure rating of the graph (6)(ii) of this paragraph. pump. The discharge of the pumping (16) Instructions. Personnel per- system shall be protected so that pres- forming installation, removal, oper- sure does not exceed 350 p.s.i.g. If a re- ation, and maintenance work shall be circulation system discharges into the properly trained in such function. supply tank and contains a manual (17) Electrical equipment and other shutoff valve, an adequate secondary sources of ignition. (i) Electrical equip- safety recirculation system shall be in- ment and wiring shall be of a type corporated which shall have no means specified by and shall be installed in of rendering it inoperative. Manual accordance with subpart S of this part, shutoff valves in recirculation systems for ordinary locations except that fixed shall be kept open except during an electrical equipment in classified areas emergency or when repairs are being shall comply with subparagraph (18) of made to the system. this paragraph.

312

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00322 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(ii) Open flames or other sources of electrically conductive or electrically ignition shall not be permitted in va- bonded for protection against static porizer rooms (except those housing di- electricity. rect-fired vaporizers), pumphouses, (v) Open flames (except as provided container charging rooms or other for in paragraph (b)(11) of this section), similar locations. Direct-fired vapor- cutting or welding, portable electric izers shall not be permitted in pump- tools, and extension lights capable of houses or container charging rooms. igniting LP-Gas, shall not be permitted (iii) Liquefied petroleum gas storage within classified areas specified in containers do not require lightning Table H–28 unless the LP-Gas facilities protection. (iv) Since liquefied petroleum gas is have been freed of all liquid and vapor, contained in a closed system of piping or special precautions observed under and equipment, the system need not be carefully controlled conditions.

TABLE H–28

Equipment shall be Part Location Extent of classified area 1 suitable for Class 1, Group D 2

A ..... Storage containers other than Within 15 feet in all directions from connections, except con- Division 2. DOT cylinders. nections otherwise covered in Table H–28. B ..... Tank vehicle and tank car Within 5 feet in all directions from connections regularly made Division 1. loading and unloading 3. or disconnected for product transfer. Beyond 5 feet but within 15 feet in all directions from a point Division 2. where connections are regularly made or disconnected and within the cylindrical volume between the horizontal equator of the sphere and grade. (See Figure H–1). C ..... Gage vent openings other than Within 5 feet in all directions from point of discharge ...... Division 1. those on DOT cylinders. Beyond 5 feet but within 15 feet in all directions from point of discharge. Division 2. D ..... Relief valve discharge other Within direct path of discharge ...... Division 1. than those on DOT cylinders. Within 5 feet in all directions from point of discharge ...... Division 1. Beyond 5 feet but within 15 feet in all directions from point of Division 2. discharge except within the direct path of discharge. E ..... Pumps, compressors, gas-air . mixers and vaporizers other than direct fired. Indoors without ventilation ...... Entire room and any adjacent room not separated by a gas- Division 1. tight partition. Within 15 feet of the exterior side of any exterior wall or roof Division 2. that is not vaportight or within 15 feet of any exterior open- ing. Indoors with adequate ventila- Entire room and any adjacent room not separated by a gas- Division 2. tion 4. tight partition. Outdoors in open air at or Within 15 feet in all directions from this equipment and within Division 2. abovegrade. the cylindrical volume between the horizontal equator of the sphere and grade. See Figure H–1. F ..... Service Station Dispensing Entire space within dispenser enclosure, and 18 inches hori- Division 1. Units. zontally from enclosure exterior up to an elevation 4 ft. above dispenser base. Entire pit or open space beneath dispenser. Up to 18 inches abovegrade within 20 ft. horizontally from any Division 2. edge of enclosure. NOTE: For pits within this area, see part F of this table.. G ..... Pits or trenches containing or . located beneath LP-Gas valves, pumps, compressors, regulators, and similar equip- ment. Without mechanical ventilation Entire pit or trench ...... Division 1. Entire room and any adjacent room not separated by a gas- Division 1. tight partition. Within 15 feet in all directions from pit or trench when located Division 2. outdoors. With adequate mechanical Entire pit or trench ...... Division 2. ventilation. Entire room and any adjacent room not separated by a gas- Division 2. tight partition.

313

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00323 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

TABLE H–28—Continued

Equipment shall be Part Location Extent of classified area 1 suitable for Class 1, Group D 2

Within 15 feet in all directions from pit or trench when located Division 2. outdoors. H ..... Special buildings or rooms for Entire room ...... Division 2. storage of portable con- tainers. Pipelines and connections con- Within 5 ft. in all directions from point of discharge ...... Division 1. taining operational bleeds, Beyond 5 ft. from point of discharge, same as part E of this drips, vents or drains. table. J ...... Container filling:. Indoors without ventilation ...... Entire room ...... Division 1. Indoors with adequate ventila- Within 5 feet in all directions from connections regularly made Division 1. tion 4. or disconnected for product transfer. Beyond 5 feet and entire room ...... Division 2. Outdoors in open air ...... Within 5 feet in all directions from connections regularly made Division 1. or disconnected for product transfer. Beyond 5 feet but within 15 feet in all directions from a point Division 2. where connections are regularly made or disconnected and within the cylindrical volume between the horizontal equator of the sphere and grade. (See Figure H–1). 1 The classified area shall not extend beyond an unpierced wall, roof, or solid vaportight partition. 2 See subpart S of this part. 3 When classifying extent of hazardous area, consideration shall be given to possible variations in the spotting of tank cars and tank vehicles at the unloading points and the effect these variations of actual spotting point may have on the point of connection. 4 Ventilation, either natural or mechanical, is considered adequate when the concentration of the gas in a gas-air mixture does not exceed 25 percent of the lower flammable limit under normal operating conditions.

vided in paragraph (b)(19)(v) of this sec- tion. Each container manufactured after December 31, 1969, shall have per- manently attached to the container ad- jacent to the fixed level gage a mark- ing showing the percentage full that will be shown by that gage. When a variable liquid-level gage is also pro- vided, the fixed liquid-level gage will also serve as a means for checking the variable gage. These gages shall be used in charging containers as required in paragraph (b)(12) of this section. (ii) All variable gaging devices shall FIGURE H–1 be arranged so that the maximum liq- (18) Fixed electrical equipment in classi- uid level for butane, for a 50–50 mixture fied areas. Fixed electrical equipment of butane and propane, and for propane, and wiring installed within classified to which the container may be charged areas specified in Table H–28 shall com- is readily determinable. The markings ply with Table H–28 and shall be in- indicating the various liquid levels stalled in accordance with subpart S of from empty to full shall be on the sys- this part. This provision does not apply tem nameplate or gaging device or part to fixed electrical equipment at resi- may be on the system nameplate and dential or commercial installations of part on the gaging device. Dials of LP-Gas systems or to systems covered magnetic or rotary gages shall show by paragraph (e) or (g) of this section. whether they are for cylindrical or (19) Liquid-level gaging device. (i) Each spherical containers and whether for container manufactured after Decem- aboveground or underground service. ber 31, 1965, and filled on a volumetric The dials of gages intended for use only basis shall be equipped with a fixed liq- on aboveground containers of over 1,200 uid-level gage to indicate the max- gallons water capacity shall be so imum permitted filling level as pro- marked.

314

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00324 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC27OC91.025 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(iii) Gaging devices that require TABLE H–29—VOLUME CORRECTION FACTORS bleeding of the product to the atmos- phere, such as the rotary tube, fixed Specific gravity Aboveground Underground tube, and slip tube, shall be designed so 0.500 1.033 1.017 that the bleed valve maximum opening .510 1.031 1.016 is not larger than a No. 54 drill size, un- .520 1.029 1.015 .530 1.028 1.014 less provided with excess flow valve. .540 1.026 1.013 (iv) Gaging devices shall have a de- .550 1.025 1.013 sign working pressure of at least 250 .560 1.024 1.012 p.s.i.g. .570 1.023 1.011 .580 1.021 1.011 (v) Length of tube or position of fixed .590 1.020 1.010 liquid-level gage shall be designed to indicate the maximum level to which (c) The maximum volume of LP-Gas the container may be filled for the which can be placed in a container product contained. This level shall be when determining the length of the dip based on the volume of the product at tube expressed as a percentage of total 40 °F. at its maximum permitted filling water content of the container is cal- density for aboveground containers and culated by the following formula. at 50 °F. for underground containers. (d) The maximum weight of LP-Gas The employer shall calculate the fill- which may be placed in a container for ing point for which the fixed liquid determining the length of a fixed dip tube level gage shall be designed according is determined by multiplying the max- to the method in this subdivision. imum volume of liquefied petroleum (a) It is impossible to set out in a gas obtained by the formula in para- table the length of a fixed dip tube for graph (b)(19)(b) of this section by the various capacity tanks because of the pounds of liquefied petroleum gas in a varying tank diameters and lengths gallon at 40 °F. for abovegound and at and because the tank may be installed 50 °F. for underground containers. For either in a vertical or horizontal posi- example, typical pounds per gallon are tion. Knowing the maximum permitted specified below: filling volume in gallons, however, the length of the fixed tube can be deter- Example: Assume a 100-gallon total water mined by the use of a strapping table capacity tank for aboveground storage of propane having a specific gravity of 0.510 of obtained from the container manufac- ° turer. The length of the fixed tube 60 F. [(100 (gals.) × 42 (filling density from subpara- should be such that when its lower end graph (12) of this paragraph)) ÷ (0.510 × touches the surface of the liquid in the 1.031 (correction factor from Table H–29) container, the contents of the con- × 100)] = (4200 ÷ 52.6) tainer will be the maximum permitted (4200 ÷ 52.6) = 79.8 gallons propane, the max- volume as determined by the following imum amount permitted to be placed in formula: a 100-gallon total water capacity above- × ground container equipped with a fixed [(Water capacity (gals.) of container* dip tube. filling density**) ÷ (Specific gravity × [(Maximum volume of LP-Gas (from formula of LP-Gas* volume correction fac- in subdivision (b) of this subdivision) × tor × 100)] = Maximum volume of 100) ÷ Total water content of container in LP-Gas gallons] = Maximum percent of LP-Gas ° *Measured at 60 F. Above- Under- **From subparagraph (12) of this paragraph ground, ground, ‘‘Filling Densities.’’ pounds per pounds per For aboveground containers the liquid gallon gallon ° temperature is assumed to be 40 F. and for Propane ...... 4.37 4.31 underground containers the liquid tempera- N Butane ...... 4.97 4.92 ture is assumed to be 50 °F. To correct the liquid volumes at these temperatures to 60 (vi) Fixed liquid-level gages used on °F. the following factors shall be used. containers other than DOT containers (b) Formula for determining max- shall be stamped on the exterior of the imum volume of liquefied petroleum gage with the letters ‘‘DT’’ followed by gas for which a fixed length of dip tube the vertical distance (expressed in shall be set: inches and carried out to one decimal

315

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00325 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

place) from the top of container to the (iii) Unattended heaters used inside end of the dip tube or to the centerline buildings for the purpose of animal or of the gage when it is located at the poultry production or care shall be maximum permitted filling level. For equipped with an approved automatic portable containers that may be filled device designed to shut off the flow of in the horizontal and/or vertical posi- gas to the main burners, and pilot if tion the letters ‘‘DT’’ shall be followed used, in the event of flame extinguish- by ‘‘V’’ with the vertical distance from ment. the top of the container to the end of (iv) All commercial, industrial, and the dip tube for vertical filling and agricultural appliances or equipment with ‘‘H’’ followed by the proper dis- shall be installed in accordance with tance for horizontal filling. For DOT the requirements of this section and in containers the stamping shall be placed accordance with the following NFPA both on the exterior of the gage and on consensus standards, which are incor- the container. On above-ground or porated by reference as specified in cargo containers where the gages are § 1910.6: positioned at specific levels, the mark- (a) Domestic and commercial appli- ing may be specified in percent of total ances—NFPA 54–1969, Standard for the tank contents and the marking shall be Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas stamped on the container. Piping. (vii) Gage glasses of the columnar (b) Industrial appliances—NFPA 54A– type shall be restricted to charging 1969, Standard for the Installation of plants where the fuel is withdrawn in Gas Piping and Gas Equipment on In- the liquid phase only. They shall be dustrial Premises and Certain Other equipped with valves having metallic Premises. handwheels, with excess flow valves, (c) Standard for the Installation and and with extra-heavy glass adequately Use of Stationary Combustion Engines protected with a metal housing applied and Gas Turbines—NFPA 37–1970. by the gage manufacturer. They shall (d) Standard for the Installation of be shielded against the direct rays of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke the sun. Gage glasses of the columnar and Grease-Laden Vapors from Com- type are prohibited on tank trucks, and mercial Cooking Equipment, NFPA 96– on motor fuel tanks, and on containers 1970. used in domestic, commercial, and in- (c) Cylinder systems—(1) Application. dustrial installations. This paragraph applies specifically to (viii) Gaging devices of the float, or systems utilizing containers con- equivalent type which do not require structed in accordance with DOT Spec- flow for their operation and having ifications. All requirements of para- connections extending to a point out- graph (b) of this section apply to this side the container do not have to be paragraph unless otherwise noted in equipped with excess flow valves pro- paragraph (b) of this section. vided the piping and fittings are ade- (2) Marking of containers. Containers quately designed to withstand the con- shall be marked in accordance with tainer pressure and are properly pro- DOT regulations. Additional markings tected against physical damage and not in conflict with DOT regulations breakage. may be used. (20) Requirements for appliances. (i) (3) Description of a system. A system Except as provided in paragraph shall include the container base or (b)(20)(ii) of this section, new commer- bracket, containers, container valves, cial and industrial gas consuming ap- connectors, manifold valve assembly, pliances shall be approved. regulators, and relief valves. (ii) Any appliance that was originally (4) Containers and regulating equip- manufactured for operation with a gas- ment installed outside of buildings or eous fuel other than LP-Gas and is in structures. (i) Containers shall not be good condition may be used with LP- buried below ground. However, this Gas only after it is properly converted, shall not prohibit the installation in a adapted, and tested for performance compartment or recess below grade with LP-Gas before the appliance is level such as a niche in a slope or ter- placed in use. race wall which is used for no other

316

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00326 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

purpose, providing that the container be suitable for use with LP-Gas. Mani- and regulating equipment are not in folds and fittings connecting con- contact with the ground and the com- tainers to pressure regulator inlets partment or recess is drained and ven- shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. tilated horizontally to the outside air service pressure. from its lowest level, with the outlet at (d) Valves on containers having a least 3 feet away from any building water capacity greater than 50 pounds opening which is below the level of (nominal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) such outlet. shall be protected while in use. Except as provided in paragraph (e) Containers shall be marked in ac- (b)(10)(xiii) of this section, the dis- cordance with paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of charge from safety relief devices shall this section and paragraph (c)(2) of this be located not less than 3 feet hori- section. zontally away from any building open- (f) Pipe or tubing shall conform to ing which is below the level of such dis- paragraph (b)(8) of this section except charge and shall not terminate beneath that aluminum pipe or tubing shall not any building unless such space is well be used. ventilated to the outside and is not en- (g)(1) Hose shall be designed for a closed on more than two sides. (ii) Containers shall be set upon firm working pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. foundation or otherwise firmly secured; Hose and hose connections shall have the possible effect on the outlet piping their correctness as to design, con- of settling shall be guarded against by struction and performance determined a flexible connection or special fitting. by listing by a nationally recognized (5) Containers and equipment used in- testing laboratory. The hose length side of buildings or structures. (i) When may exceed the length specified in operational requirements make port- paragraph (b)(9)(vii)(b) of this section, able use of containers necessary and but shall be as short as practicable. their location outside of buildings or Refer to § 1910.7 for definition of nation- structure is impracticable, containers ally recognized testing laboratory. and equipment are permitted to be (2) Hose shall be long enough to per- used inside of buildings or structures in mit compliance with spacing provi- accordance with (a) through (l) of this sions of this subparagraph without subdivision, and, in addition, such kinking or straining or causing hose to other provisions of this subparagraph be so close to a burner as to be dam- as are applicable to the particular use aged by heat. or occupancy. (h) Portable heaters, including sala- (a) Containers in use shall mean con- manders, shall be equipped with an ap- nected for use. proved automatic device to shut off the (b) Systems utilizing containers hav- flow of gas to the main burner, and ing a water capacity greater than 21⁄2 pilot if used, in the event of flame ex- pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas ca- tinguishment. Such heaters having in- pacity) shall be equipped with excess puts above 50,000 B.t.u. manufactured flow valves. Such excess flow valves on or after May 17, 1967, and such heat- shall be either integral with the con- ers having inputs above 100,000 B.t.u. tainer valves or in the connections to manufactured before May 17, 1967, shall the container valve outlets. In either be equipped with either. case, an excess flow valve shall be in- (1) A pilot which must be lighted and stalled in such a manner that any proved before the main burner can be undue strain beyond the excess flow turned on; or valve will not cause breakage between the container and the excess flow (2) An electric ignition system. valve. The installation of excess flow The provisions of this paragraph (h) do valves shall take into account the type not apply to tar kettle burners, torch- of valve protection provided. es, melting pots, nor do they apply to (c) Regulators, if used, shall be either portable heaters under 7,500 B.t.u.h. directly connected to the container input when used with containers hav- valves or to manifolds connected to the ing a maximum water capacity of 21⁄2 container values. The regulator shall pounds. Container valves, connectors,

317

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00327 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

regulators, manifolds, piping, and tub- or to a supporting standard, provided ing shall not be used as structural sup- they are designed and installed so as to ports for heaters. prevent direct or radiant heat applica- (i) Containers, regulating equipment, tion from the heater onto the con- manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall tainer. Blower and radiant type heaters be located so as to minimize exposure shall not be directed toward any LP- to abnormally high temperatures (such Gas container within 20 feet. as may result from exposure to convec- (c) If two or more heater-container tion or radiation from heating equip- units, of either the integral or non- ment or installation in confined integral type, are located in an spaces), physical damage, or tampering unpartitioned area on the same floor, by unauthorized persons. the container or containers of each (j) Heat producing equipment shall be unit shall be separated from the con- located and used so as to minimize the tainer or containers of any other unit possibility of ignition of combustibles. by at least 20 feet. (k) Containers having a water capac- (d) When heaters are connected to 1 ity greater than 2 ⁄2 pounds (nominal 1 containers for use in an unpartitioned pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for area on the same floor, the total water use, shall stand on a firm and substan- capacity of containers manifolded to- tially level surface and, when nec- gether for connection to a heater or essary, shall be secured in an upright heaters shall not be greater than 735 position. pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas ca- (l) Containers, including the valve pacity). Such manifolds shall be sepa- protective devices, shall be installed so rated by at least 20 feet. as to minimize the probability of im- (e) On floors on which heaters are not pingement of discharge of safety relief connected for use, containers are per- devices upon containers. mitted to be manifolded together for (ii) Containers having a maximum connection to a heater or heaters on water capacity of 21⁄2 pounds (nominal 1 another floor, Provided: pound LP-Gas capacity) are permitted to be used inside of buildings as part of (1) The total water capacity of con- approved self-contained hand torch as- tainers connected to any one manifold semblies or similar appliances. is not greater than 2,450 pounds (nomi- (iii) Containers having a maximum nal 1,000 pounds LP-Gas capacity) and; water capacity of 12 pounds (nominal 5 (2) Where more than one manifold pounds LP-Gas capacity) are permitted having a total water capacity greater to be used temporarily inside of build- than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds ings for public exhibition or dem- LP-Gas capacity) are located in the onstration purposes, including use for same unpartitioned area, they shall be classroom demonstrations. separated by at least 50 feet. (iv) [Reserved] (f) Storage of containers awaiting use (v) Containers are permitted to be shall be in accordance with paragraph used in buildings or structures under (f) of this section. construction or undergoing major ren- (vi) Containers are permitted to be ovation when such buildings or struc- used in industrial occupancies for proc- tures are not occupied by the public, as essing, research, or experimental pur- follows: poses as follows: (a) The maximum water capacity of (a) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas ca- pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas ca- pacity). pacity). (b) For temporary heating such as (b) Containers connected to a mani- curing concrete, drying plaster and fold shall have a total water capacity similar applications, heaters (other not greater than 735 pounds (nominal than integral heater-container units) 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity) and not shall be located at least 6 feet from any more than one such manifold may be LP-Gas container. This shall not pro- located in the same room unless sepa- hibit the use of heaters specifically de- rated at least 20 feet from a similar signed for attachment to the container unit.

318

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00328 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(c) The amount of LP-Gas in con- transit, in storage, and while being tainers for research and experimental moved into final utilization, as follows: use shall be limited to the smallest (a) By setting into the recess of the practical quantity. container to prevent the possibility of (vii)(a) Containers are permitted to their being struck if the container is be used in industrial occupancies with dropped upon a flat surface, or essentially noncombustible contents (b) By ventilated cap or collar, fas- where portable equipment for space tened to the container capable of with- heating is essential and where a perma- standing a blow from any direction nent heating installation is not prac- equivalent to that of a 30-pound weight tical, as follows: dropped 4 feet. Construction must be (b) Containers and heaters shall com- such that a blow will not be trans- ply with and be used in accordance mitted to the valve or other connec- with paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section. tion. (viii) Containers are permitted to be (iv) When containers are not con- used in buildings for temporary emer- nected to the system, the outlet valves gency heating purposes, if necessary to shall be kept tightly closed or plugged, prevent damage to the buildings or even though containers are considered contents, when the permanent heating empty. system is temporarily out of service, as (v) Containers having a water capac- follows: ity in excess of 50 pounds (approxi- (a) Containers and heaters shall com- mately 21 pounds LP-Gas capacity), re- ply with and be used in accordance charged at the installation, shall be with paragraph (c)(5)(v) of this section. provided with excess flow or backflow (b) The temporary heating equipment check valves to prevent the discharge shall not be left unattended. of container contents in case of failure (ix) Containers are permitted to be used temporarily in buildings for train- of the filling or equalizing connection. ing purposes related in installation and (7) Safety devices. (i) Containers shall use of LP-Gas systems, as follows: be provided with safety devices as re- (a) The maximum water capacity of quired by DOT regulations. individual containers shall be 245 (ii) A final stage regulator of an LP- pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas ca- Gas system (excluding any appliance pacity), but the maximum quantity of regulator) shall be equipped on the low- LP-Gas that may be placed in each pressure side with a relief valve which container shall be 20 pounds. is set to start to discharge within the (b) If more than one such container is limits specified in Table H–30. located in the same room, the con- tainers shall be separated by at least 20 TABLE H–30 feet. Relief valve start-to-dis- (6) Container valves and accessories. (i) charge pressure setting Regulator delivery pressure (percent of regulator Valves in the assembly of multiple con- delivery pressure) tainer systems shall be arranged so that replacement of containers can be Minimum Maximum made without shutting off the flow of 1 p.s.i.g. or less ...... 200 300 gas in the system. Above 1 p.s.i.g. but not over 3 p.s.i.g ...... 140 200 NOTE: This provision is not to be construed Above 3 p.s.i.g ...... 125 200 as requiring an automatic changeover de- vice. (iii) When a regulator or pressure re- (ii) Regulators and low-pressure re- lief valve is used inside a building for lief devices shall be rigidly attached to other than purposes specified in para- the cylinder valves, cylinders, sup- graphs (b)(6)(i) (a)–(g) of this section, porting standards, the building walls or the relief valve and the space above the otherwise rigidly secured and shall be regulator and relief valve diaphragms so installed or protected that the ele- shall be vented to the outside air with ments (sleet, snow, or ice) will not af- the discharge outlet located not less fect their operation. than 3 feet horizontally away from any (iii) Valves and connections to the building opening which is below such containers shall be protected while in discharge. These provisions do not

319

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00329 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

apply to individual appliance regu- located inside a building. For con- lators when protection is otherwise tainers with a water capacity of 125 provided nor to paragraph (c)(5) of this gallons or more, such terminals shall section and paragraph (b)(10)(xiii) of be located not less than 10 feet from this section. In buildings devoted ex- any building (see paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of clusively to gas distribution purposes, this section), and preferably not less the space above the diaphragm need than 5 feet from any driveway, and not be vented to the outside. shall be located in a protective housing (8) Reinstallation of containers. Con- built for the purpose. tainers shall not be reinstalled unless (ii) The filling connection shall be they are requalified in accordance with fitted with one of the following: DOT regulations. (a) Combination back-pressure check (9) Permissible product. A product valve and excess flow valve. shall not be placed in a container (b) One double or two single back- marked with a service pressure less pressure check valves. than four-fifths of the maximum vapor (c) A positive shutoff valve, in con- pressure of product at 130 °F. junction with either: (d) Systems utilizing containers other (1) An internal back-pressure valve, than DOT containers—(1) Application. or This paragraph applies specifically to (2) An internal excess flow valve. systems utilizing storage containers (iii) All openings in a container shall other than those constructed in accord- be equipped with approved automatic ance with DOT specifications. Para- excess flow valves except in the fol- graph (b) of this section applies to this lowing: Filling connections as provided paragraph unless otherwise noted in in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section; paragraph (b) of this section. safety relief connections, liquid-level (2) Design pressure and classification of gaging devices as provided in para- storage containers. Storage containers graphs (b)(7)(iv), (19)(iii), and (19)(viii) shall be designed and classified in ac- of this section; pressure gage connec- cordance with Table H–31. tions as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(v) of this section, as provided in para- TABLE H–31 graphs (d) (iv), (vi), and (vii) of this Minimum design pressure of con- section. tainer, lb. per sq. in. gage (iv) An excess flow valve is not re- For gases with vapor 1949 edition of ASME quired in the withdrawal service line press. Not 1949 and Code (Par. U–200, providing the following are complied Con- to exceed earlier edi- U–201); 1950, 1952, tainer lb. per sq. tions of 1956, 1959, 1962, with: type in. gage at ASME 1965, and 1968 (Divi- (a) Such systems’ total water capac- 100 °F. Code (Par. sion 1) editions of (37.8 °C.) U–68, U– ASME Code; All edi- ity does not exceed 2,000 U.S. gallons. 69) tions of API-ASME (b) The discharge from the service 3 Code outlet is controlled by a suitable 1 80 1 80 1 80 1 100 manually operated shutoff valve which 100 100 100 125 is: 125 125 125 156 150 150 150 187 (1) Threaded directly into the service 175 175 175 219 outlet of the container; or 2 200 215 200 250 (2) Is an integral part of a substantial 1 New storage containers of the 80 type have not been au- fitting threaded into or on the service thorized since Dec. 31, 1947. 2 Container type may be increased by increments of 25. outlet of the container; or The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 100% of (3) Threaded directly into a substan- the container type designation when constructed under 1949 or earlier editions of the ASME Code (Par. U–68 and U–69). tial fitting threaded into or on the The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 125% of service outlet of the container. the container type designation when constructed under: (1) the 1949 ASME Code (Par. U–200 and U–201), (2) 1950, (c) The shutoff valve is equipped with 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions an attached handwheel or the equiva- of the ASME Code, and (3) all editions of the API-ASME Code. lent. 3 Construction of containers under the API-ASME Code is (d) The controlling orifice between not authorized after July 1, 1961. the contents of the container and the (3) Container valves and accessories, outlet of the shutoff valve does not ex- filler pipes, and discharge pipes. (i) The ceed five-sixteenths inch in diameter filling pipe inlet terminal shall not be for vapor withdrawal systems and one-

320

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00330 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

eighth inch in diameter for liquid with- protection against physical damage drawal systems. and such discharge pipes shall be fitted (e) An approved pressure-reducing with loose raincaps. Return bends and regulator is directly attached to the restrictive pipefittings shall not be outlet of the shutoff valve and is rig- permitted. idly supported, or that an approved (d) If desired, discharge lines from pressure-reducing regulator is attached two or more safety relief devices lo- to the outlet of the shutoff valve by cated on the same unit, or similar lines means of a suitable flexible connection, from two or more different units, may provided the regulator is adequately be run into a common discharge head- supported and properly protected on or er, provided that the cross-sectional at the tank. area of such header be at least equal to (v) All inlet and outlet connections except safety relief valves, liquid level the sum of the cross-sectional area of gaging devices and pressure gages on the individual discharge lines, and that containers of 2,000 gallons water capac- the setting of safety relief valves are ity, or more, and on any container used the same. to supply fuel directly to an internal (e) Each storage container of over combustion engine, shall be labeled to 2,000 gallons water capacity shall be designate whether they communicate provided with a suitable pressure gage. with vapor or liquid space. Labels may (f) A final stage regulator of an LP- be on valves. Gas system (excluding any appliance (vi) In lieu of an excess flow valve regulator) shall be equipped on the low- openings may be fitted with a quick- pressure side with a relief valve which closing internal valve which, except is set to start to discharge within the during operating periods shall remain limits specified in Table H–30. closed. The internal mechanism for (g) When a regulator or pressure re- such valves may be provided with a lief valve is installed inside a building, secondary control which shall be the relief valve and the space above the equipped with a fusible plug (not over regulator and relief valve diaphragms 220 °F. melting point) which will cause shall be vented to the outside air with the internal valve to close automati- the discharge outlet located not less cally in case of fire. than 3 feet horizontally away from any (vii) Not more than two plugged openings shall be permitted on a con- opening into the building which is tainer of 2,000 gallons or less water ca- below such discharge. (These provisions pacity. do not apply to individual appliance (viii) Containers of 125 gallons water regulators when protection is other- capacity or more manufactured after wise provided. In buildings devoted ex- July 1, 1961, shall be provided with an clusively to gas distribution purposes, approved device for liquid evacuation, the space above the diaphragm need the size of which shall be three-fourths not be vented to the outside.) inch National Pipe Thread minimum. A (ii) Safety devices for aboveground plugged opening will not satisfy this containers shall be provided as follows: requirement. (a) Containers of 1,200 gallons water (4) Safety devices. (i) All safety de- capacity or less which may contain liq- vices shall comply with the following: uid fuel when installed above ground (a) All container safety relief devices shall have the rate of discharge re- shall be located on the containers and quired by paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this shall have direct communication with section provided by a spring-loaded re- the vapor of space of the container. lief valve or valves. In addition to the (b) In industrial and gas manufac- required spring-loaded relief valve(s), turing plants, discharge pipe from safe- suitable fuse plug(s) may be used pro- ty relief valves on pipe lines within a vided the total discharge area of the building shall discharge vertically up- ward and shall be piped to a point out- fuse plug(s) for each container does not side a building. exceed 0.25 square inch. (c) Safety relief device discharge ter- (b) The fusible metal of the fuse plugs minals shall be so located as to provide shall have a yield temperature of 208

321

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00331 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

°F. minimum and 220 °F. maximum. Re- containers when determining the rate lief valves and fuse plugs shall have di- of discharge requirement of the relief rect communication with the vapor valves. space of the container. (iv) On underground containers of (c) On a container having a water ca- more than 2,000 gallons water capacity, pacity greater than 125 gallons, but not the discharge from safety relief devices over 2,000 gallons, the discharge from shall be piped vertically and directly the safety relief valves shall be vented upward to a point at least 7 feet above away from the container vertically up- the ground. wards and unobstructed to the open air Where there is a probability of the in such a manner as to prevent any im- manhole or housing becoming flooded, pingement of escaping gas upon the the discharge from regulator vent lines container; loose-fitting rain caps shall shall be above the highest probable be used. Suitable provision shall be water level. All manholes or housings made for draining condensate which shall be provided with ventilated may accumulate in the relief valve or louvers or their equivalent, the area of its discharge pipe. such openings equaling or exceeding (d) On containers of 125 gallons water the combined discharge areas of the capacity or less, the discharge from safety relief valves and other vent lines safety relief devices shall be located which discharge their content into the not less than 5 feet horizontally away manhole housing. from any opening into the building (v) Safety devices for vaporizers shall below the level of such discharge. be provided as follows: (e) On a container having a water ca- (a) Vaporizers of less than 1 quart pacity greater than 2,000 gallons, the total capacity, heated by the ground or discharge from the safety relief valves the surrounding air, need not be shall be vented away from the con- equipped with safety relief valves pro- tainer vertically upwards to a point at vided that adequate tests certified by least 7 feet above the container, and any of the authorities referred to in unobstructed to the open air in such a paragraph (b)(2) of this section, dem- manner as to prevent any impingement onstrate that the assembly is safe of escaping gas upon the container; without safety relief valves. loose-fitting rain caps shall be used. (b) No vaporizer shall be equipped Suitable provision shall be made so with fusible plugs. that any liquid or condensate that may (c) In industrial and gas manufac- accumulate inside of the safety relief turing plants, safety relief valves on valve or its discharge pipe will not vaporizers within a building shall be render the valve inoperative. If a drain piped to a point outside the building is used, a means shall be provided to and be discharged upward. protect the container, adjacent con- (5) Reinstallation of containers. Con- tainers, piping, or equipment against tainers may be reinstalled if they do impingement of flame resulting from not show any evidence of harmful ex- ignition of product escaping from the ternal corrosion or other damage. drain. Where containers are reinstalled un- (iii) On all containers which are in- derground, the corrosion resistant stalled underground and which contain coating shall be put in good condition no liquid fuel until buried and covered, (see paragraph (c)(7)(vi) of this sec- the rate of discharge of the spring-load- tion). Where containers are reinstalled ed relief valve installed thereon may be above ground, the safety devices and reduced to a minimum of 30 percent of gaging devices shall comply with para- the rate of discharge specified in para- graph (c)(4) of this section and para- graph (b)(10)(ii) of this section. Con- graph (b)(19) of this section respec- tainers so protected shall not be uncov- tively for aboveground containers. ered after installation until the liquid (6) Capacity of containers. A storage fuel has been removed therefrom. Con- container shall not exceed 90,000 gal- tainers which may contain liquid fuel lons water capacity. before being installed under ground and (7) Installation of storage containers. (i) before being completely covered with Containers installed above ground, ex- earth are to be considered aboveground cept as provided in paragraph (c)(7)(vii)

322

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00332 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

of this section, shall be provided with hicular traffic or other causes, then it substantial masonry or noncombus- shall be: tible structural supports on firm ma- (a) Placed not less than 2 feet below sonry foundation. grade, or (ii) Aboveground containers shall be (b) Otherwise protected against such supported as follows: physical damage. (a) Horizontal containers shall be It will not be necessary to cover the mounted on saddles in such a manner portion of the container to which man- as to permit expansion and contrac- hole and other connections are affixed; tion. Structural metal supports may be however, where necessary, protection employed when they are protected shall be provided against vehicular against fire in an approved manner. damage. When necessary to prevent Suitable means of preventing corrosion floating, containers shall be securely shall be provided on that portion of the anchored or weighted. container in contact with the founda- (vi)(a) Containers shall be given a tions or saddles. protective coating before being placed (b) Containers of 2,000 gallons water under ground. This coating shall be capacity or less may be installed with equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing or to nonfireproofed ferrous metal supports two coatings of red lead followed by a if mounted on concrete pads or foot- heavy coating of coal tar or asphalt. In ings, and if the distance from the out- lowering the container into place, care side bottom of the container shell to shall be exercised to prevent damage to the concrete pad, footing, or the the coating. Any damage to the coat- ground does not exceed 24 inches. ing shall be repaired before backfilling. (iii) Any container may be installed (b) Containers shall be set on a firm with nonfireproofed ferrous metal sup- foundation (firm earth may be used) ports if mounted on concrete pads or and surrounded with earth or sand footings, and if the distance from the firmly tamped in place. outside bottom of the container to the (vii) Containers with foundations at- ground does not exceed 5 feet, provided tached (portable or semiportable con- the container is in an isolated location. tainers with suitable steel ‘‘runners’’ (iv) Containers may be partially bur- or ‘‘skids’’ and popularly known in the ied providing the following require- industry as ‘‘skid tanks’’) shall be de- ments are met: signed, installed, and used in accord- (a) The portion of the container ance with these rules subject to the fol- below the surface and for a vertical dis- lowing provisions: tance not less than 3 inches above the (a) If they are to be used at a given surface of the ground is protected to general location for a temporary period resist corrosion, and the container is not to exceed 6 months they need not protected against settling and corro- have fire-resisting foundations or sad- sion as required for fully buried con- dles but shall have adequate ferrous tainers. metal supports. (b) Spacing requirements shall be as (b) They shall not be located with the specified for underground tanks in outside bottom of the container shell paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section. more than 5 feet above the surface of (c) Relief valve capacity shall be as the ground unless fire-resisting sup- required for aboveground containers. ports are provided. (d) Container is located so as not to (c) The bottom of the skids shall not be subject to vehicular damage, or is be less than 2 inches or more than 12 adequately protected against such inches below the outside bottom of the damage. container shell. (e) Filling densities shall be as re- (d) Flanges, nozzles, valves, fittings, quired for above-ground containers. and the like, having communication (v) Containers buried underground with the interior of the container, shall shall be placed so that the top of the be protected against physical damage. container is not less than 6 inches (e) When not permanently located on below grade. Where an underground fire-resisting foundations, piping con- container might be subject to abrasive nections shall be sufficiently flexible action or physical damage due to ve- to minimize the possibility of breakage

323

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00333 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

or leakage of connections if the con- opening through which there can be a tainer settles, moves, or is otherwise flow from safety relief valves shall be displaced. at least 4 inches above the container (f) Skids, or lugs for attachment of and this opening shall be located in the skids, shall be secured to the container dome or housing. Underground systems in accordance with the code or rules shall be so installed that all the above under which the container is designed openings, including the regulator vent, and built (with a minimum factor of are located above the normal max- safety of four) to withstand loading in imum water table. any direction equal to four times the (iii) All connections to underground weight of the container and attach- containers shall be located within a ments when filled to the maximum per- substantial dome, housing, or manhole missible loaded weight. and with access thereto protected by a (viii) Field welding where necessary substantial cover. shall be made only on saddle plates or (9) Drips for condensed gas. Where va- brackets which were applied by the porized gas on the low-pressure side of manufacturer of the tank. the system may condense to a liquid at (ix) For aboveground containers, se- normal operating temperatures and cure anchorage or adequate pier height pressures, suitable means shall be pro- shall be provided against possible con- vided for revaporization of the conden- tainer flotation wherever sufficiently sate. high floodwater might occur. (10) Damage from vehicles. When dam- (x) When permanently installed con- age to LP-Gas systems from vehicular tainers are interconnected, provision traffic is a possibility, precautions shall be made to compensate for expan- against such damage shall be taken. sion, contraction, vibration, and set- tling of containers, and inter- (11) Drains. No drains or blowoff lines connecting piping. Where flexible con- shall be directed into or in proximity nections are used, they shall be of an to sewer systems used for other pur- approved type and shall be designed for poses. a bursting pressure of not less than five (12) General provisions applicable to times the vapor pressure of the product systems in industrial plants (of 2,000 gal- at 100 °F. The use of nonmetallic hose lons water capacity and more) and to bulk is prohibited for permanently inter- filling plants. (i) When standard watch connecting such containers. service is provided, it shall be extended (xi) Container assemblies listed for to the LP-Gas installation and per- interchangeable installation above sonnel properly trained. ground or under ground shall conform (ii) If loading and unloading are nor- to the requirements for aboveground mally done during other than daylight installations with respect to safety re- hours, adequate lights shall be pro- lief capacity and filling density. For vided to illuminate storage containers, installation above ground all other re- control valves, and other equipment. quirements for aboveground installa- (iii) Suitable roadways or means of tions shall apply. For installation access for extinguishing equipment under ground all other requirements such as wheeled extinguishers or fire for underground installations shall department apparatus shall be pro- apply. vided. (8) Protection of container accessories. (iv) To minimize trespassing or tam- (i) Valves, regulating, gaging, and pering, the area which includes con- other container accessory equipment tainer appurtenances, pumping equip- shall be protected against tampering ment, loading and unloading facilities, and physical damage. Such accessories and cylinder-filling facilities shall be shall also be so protected during the enclosed with at least a 6-foot-high in- transit of containers intended for in- dustrial type fence unless otherwise stallation underground. adequately protected. There shall be at (ii) On underground or combination least two means of emergency access. aboveground-underground containers, (13) Container-charging plants. (i) The the service valve handwheel, the ter- container-charging room shall be lo- minal for connecting the hose, and the cated not less than:

324

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00334 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(a) Ten feet from bulk storage con- hose line with a combination fog noz- tainers. zle. A shelter shall be provided to pro- (b) [Reserved] tect the hose and its conveyor from the (ii) Tank truck filling station outlets weather. shall be located not less than: (15) [Reserved] (a) [Reserved] (16) Lighting. Electrical equipment (b) Ten feet from pumps and compres- and installations shall conform to sors if housed in one or more separate paragraphs (b) (17) and (18) of this sec- buildings. tion. (iii) The pumps or compressors may (17) Vaporizers for internal combustion be located in the container-charging engines. The provisions of paragraph room or building, in a separate build- (e)(8) of this section shall apply. ing, or outside of buildings. When (18) Gas regulating and mixing equip- housed in a separate building, such ment for internal combustion engines. The building (a small noncombustible provisions of paragraph (e)(9) of this weather cover is not to be construed as section shall apply. a building) shall be located not less (e) Liquefied petroleum gas as a motor than: fuel—(1) Application. (i) This paragraph (a) Ten feet from bulk storage tanks. applies to internal combustion engines, (b) [Reserved] fuel containers, and pertinent equip- (c) Twenty-five feet from sources of ment for the use of liquefied petroleum ignition. gases as a motor fuel on easily mov- (iv) When a part of the container- able, readily portable units including charging building is to be used for a self-propelled vehicles. boiler room or where open flames or (ii) Fuel containers and pertinent similar sources of ignition exist or are equipment for internal combustion en- employed, the space to be so occupied gines using liquefied petroleum gas shall be separated from container where installation is of the stationary charging room by a partition wall or type are covered by paragraph (d) of walls of fire-resistant construction this section. This paragraph does not continuous from floor to roof or ceil- apply to containers for transportation ing. Such separation walls shall be of liquefied petroleum gases nor to ma- without openings and shall be joined to rine fuel use. All requirements of para- the floor, other walls, and ceiling or graph (b) of this section apply to this roof in a manner to effect a permanent paragraph, unless otherwise noted in gas-tight joint. paragraph (b) of this section. (v) Electrical equipment and installa- (2) General. (i) Fuel may be used from tions shall conform with paragraphs (b) the cargo tank of a truck while in tran- (17) and (18) of this section. sit, but not from cargo tanks on trail- (14) Fire protection. (i) Each bulk ers or semitrailers. The use of fuel plant shall be provided with at least from the cargo tanks to operate sta- one approved portable fire extinguisher tionary engines is permitted providing having a minimum rating of 12–B, C. wheels are securely blocked. (ii) In industrial installations involv- (ii) Passenger-carrying vehicles shall ing containers of 150,000 gallons aggre- not be fueled while passengers are on gate water capacity or more, provision board. shall be made for an adequate supply of (iii) Industrial trucks (including lift water at the container site for fire pro- trucks) equipped with permanently tection in the container area, unless mounted fuel containers shall be other adequate means for fire control charged outdoors. Charging equipment are provided. Water hydrants shall be shall comply with the provisions of readily accessible and so spaced as to paragraph (h) of this section. provide water protection for all con- (iv) LP-Gas fueled industrial trucks tainers. Sufficient lengths of firehose shall comply with the Standard for shall be provided at each hydrant loca- Type Designations, Areas of Use, Main- tion on a hose cart, or other means tenance and Operation of Powered In- provided to facilitate easy movement dustrial Trucks, NFPA 505–1969, which of the hose in the container area. It is is incorporated by reference as speci- desirable to equip the outlet of each fied in § 1910.6.

325

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00335 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(v) Engines on vehicles shall be shut containers on passenger-carrying vehi- down while fueling if the fueling oper- cles shall be installed as far from the ation involves venting to the atmos- engine as is practicable, and the pas- phere. senger space and any space containing (3) Design pressure and classification of radio equipment shall be sealed from fuel containers. (i) Except as covered in the container space to prevent direct paragraphs (e)(3) (ii) and (iii) of this seepage of gas to these spaces. The con- section, containers shall be in accord- tainer compartment shall be vented to ance with Table H–32. the outside. In case the fuel container (ii) Fuel containers for use in indus- is mounted near the engine or the ex- trial trucks (including lift trucks) haust system, the container shall be shall be either DOT containers author- shielded against direct heat radiation. ized for LP-Gas service having a min- (ii) Containers shall be installed with imum service pressure of 240 p.s.i.g. or as much clearance as practicable but minimum Container Type 250. Under never less than the minimum road 1950 and later ASME codes, this means clearance of the vehicle under max- a 312.5–p.s.i.g. design pressure con- imum spring deflection. This minimum tainer. clearance shall be to the bottom of the container or to the lowest fitting on TABLE H–32 the container or housing, whichever is Minimum design pressure of con- lower. tainer, lb. per sq. in. gage For gases (iii) Permanent and removable fuel with vapor 1949 edition of ASME containers shall be securely mounted press. Not 1949 and Code (Par. U–200, Con- to exceed earlier edi- U–201); 1950, 1952, to prevent jarring loose, slipping, or ro- tainer lb. per sq. tions of 1956, 1959, 1962, tating, and the fastenings shall be de- type in. gage at ASME 1965, and 1968 (Divi- 100 °F. Code (Par. sion 1) editions of signed and constructed to withstand (37.8 °C.) U–68, U– ASME Code; All edi- static loading in any direction equal to 69) tions of API-ASME Code 2 twice the weight of the tank and at- tachments when filled with fuel using a 1 200 215Z 200 250 safety factor of not less than four 1 Container type may be increased by increments of 25. based on the ultimate strength of the The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 100% of the container type designation when constructed under 1949 material to be used. Field welding, or earlier editions of the ASME Code (Par. U–68 and U–69). when necessary, shall be made only on The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 125% of the container type designation when constructed under: (1) saddle plates, lugs or brackets, origi- the 1949 ASME Code (Par. U–200 and U–201), (2) 1950, nally attached to the container by the 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions of the ASME Code, and (3) all editions of the API-ASME tank manufacturer. Code. 2 Construction of containers under the API-ASME Code is (iv) Fuel containers on buses shall be not authorized after July 1, 1961. permanently installed. (iii) Containers manufactured and (v) Containers from which vapor only maintained under DOT specifications is to be withdrawn shall be installed and regulations may be used as fuel and equipped with suitable connections containers. When so used they shall to minimize the accidental withdrawal conform to all requirements of this of liquid. paragraph. (5) Valves and accessories. (i) Con- (iv) All container inlets and outlets tainer valves and accessories shall have except safety relief valves and gaging a rated working pressure of at least 250 devices shall be labeled to designate p.s.i.g., and shall be of a type suitable whether they communicate with vapor for liquefied petroleum gas service. or liquid space. Labels may be on (ii) The filling connection shall be valves. fitted with an approved double back- (4) Installation of fuel containers. (i) pressure check valve, or a positive Containers shall be located in a place shutoff in conjunction with an internal and in a manner to minimize the possi- back-pressure check valve. On a remov- bility of damage to the container. Con- able container the filler valve may be a tainers located in the rear of trucks hand operated shutoff valve with an in- and buses, when protected by substan- ternal excess flow valve. Main shutoff tial bumpers, will be considered in con- valves on the container on liquid and formance with this requirement. Fuel vapor lines must be readily accessible.

326

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00336 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(iii) With the exceptions of paragraph the fuel system to minimize the escape (e)(5)(iv)(c) of this section, filling con- of fuel when the containers are ex- nections equipped with approved auto- changed. This may be accomplished by matic back-pressure check valves, and either of the following methods: safety relief valves, all connections to (1) Using an approved automatic containers having openings for the flow quick-closing coupling (a type closing of gas in excess of a No. 54 drill size in both directions when uncoupled) in shall be equipped with approved auto- the fuel line, or matic excess flow valves to prevent dis- (2) Closing the valve at the fuel con- charge of content in case connections tainer and allowing the engine to run are broken. until the fuel in the line is consumed. (iv) Liquid-level gaging devices: (6) Piping—including pipe, tubing, and (a) Variable liquid-level gages which fittings. (i) Pipe from fuel container to require the venting of fuel to the at- first-stage regulator shall be not less mosphere shall not be used on fuel con- than schedule 80 wrought iron or steel tainers of industrial trucks (including (black or galvanized), brass or copper; lift trucks). or seamless copper, brass, or steel tub- (b) On portable containers that may ing. Steel tubing shall have a min- be filled in the vertical and/or hori- imum wall thickness of 0.049 inch. zontal position, the fixed liquid-level Steel pipe or tubing shall be ade- gage must indicate maximum per- quately protected against exterior cor- mitted filling level for both vertical rosion. Copper tubing shall be types K and horizontal filling with the con- or L or equivalent having a minimum tainer oriented to place the safety re- wall thickness of 0.032 inch. Approved lief valve in communication with the flexible connections may be used be- vapor space. tween container and regulator or be- (c) In the case of containers used tween regulator and gas-air mixer solely in farm tractor service, and within the limits of approval. The use charged at a point at least 50 feet from of aluminum pipe or tubing is prohib- any important building, the fixed liq- ited. In the case of removable con- uid-level gaging device may be so con- tainers an approved flexible connection structed that the outward flow of con- shall be used between the container tainer content exceeds that passed by a and the fuel line. No. 54 drill size opening, but in no case (ii) All piping shall be installed, shall the flow exceed that passed by a braced, and supported so as to reduce No. 31 drill-size opening. An excess flow to a minimum the possibility of vibra- valve is not required. Fittings equipped tion strains or wear. with such restricted drill size opening (7) Safety devices. (i) Spring-loaded in- and container on which they are used ternal type safety relief valves shall be shall be marked to indicate the size of used on all motor fuel containers. the opening. (ii) The discharge outlet from safety (d) All valves and connections on relief valves shall be located on the containers shall be adequately pro- outside of enclosed spaces and as far as tected to prevent damage due to acci- practicable from possible sources of ig- dental contact with stationary objects nition, and vented upward within 45 de- or from loose objects thrown up from grees of the vertical in such a manner the road, and all valves shall be safe- as to prevent impingement of escaping guarded against damage due to colli- gas upon containers, or parts of vehi- sion, overturning or other accident. cles, or on vehicles in adjacent lines of For farm tractors where parts of the traffic. A rain cap or other protector vehicle provide such protection to shall be used to keep water and dirt valves and fittings, the foregoing re- from collecting in the valve. quirements shall be considered ful- (iii) When a discharge line from the filled. However, on removable type con- container safety relief valve is used, tainers the protection for the fittings the line shall be metallic, other than shall be permanently attached to the aluminum, and shall be sized, located, container. and maintained so as not to restrict (e) When removable fuel containers the required flow of gas from the safety are used, means shall be provided in relief valve. Such discharge line shall

327

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00337 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

be able to withstand the pressure re- reducing equipment shall be installed sulting from the discharge of vapor in a secure manner between the fuel when the safety relief valve is in the supply container and gas-air mixer for full open position. When flexibility is the purpose of reducing the pressure of necessary, flexible metal hose or tub- the fuel delivered to the gas-air mixer. ing shall be used. (ii) An approved automatic shutoff (iv) Portable containers equipped for valve shall be provided in the fuel sys- volumetric filling may be filled in ei- tem at some point ahead of the inlet of ther the vertical or horizontal position the gas-air mixer, designed to prevent only when oriented to place the safety flow of fuel to the mixer when the igni- relief valve in communication with the tion is off and the engine is not run- vapor space. ning. In the case of industrial trucks (v) Paragraph (b)(10)(xii) of this sec- and engines operating in buildings tion for hydrostatic relief valves shall other than those used exclusively to apply. house engines, the automatic shutoff (8) Vaporizers. (i) Vaporizers and any valve shall be designed to operate if the part thereof and other devices that engine should stop. Atmospheric type may be subjected to container pressure regulators (zero governors) shall be shall have a design pressure of at least considered adequate as an automatic 250 p.s.i.g. shutoff valve only in cases of outdoor (ii) Each vaporizer shall have a valve operation such as farm tractors, con- or suitable plug which will permit sub- struction equipment, irrigation pump stantially complete draining of the va- engines, and other outdoor stationary porizer. It shall be located at or near engine installations. the lowest portion of the section occu- (iii) The source of the air for combus- pied by the water or other heating me- tion shall be completely isolated from dium. the passenger compartment, ven- (iii) Vaporizers shall be securely fas- tilating system, or air-conditioning tened so as to minimize the possibility system. of becoming loosened. (iv) Each vaporizer shall be perma- (10) [Reserved] nently marked at a visible point as fol- (11) Stationary engines in buildings. lows: Stationary engines and gas turbines in- (a) With the design pressure of the stalled in buildings, including portable fuel-containing portion in p.s.i.g. engines used instead of or to supple- (b) With the water capacity of the ment stationary engines, shall comply fuel-containing portion of the vapor- with the Standard for the Institution izer in pounds. and Use of Stationary Combustion En- (v) Devices to supply heat directly to gines and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37–1970, a fuel container shall be equipped with and the appropriate provisions of para- an automatic device to cut off the sup- graphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. ply of heat before the pressure inside (12) Portable engines in buildings. (i) the fuel container reaches 80 percent of Portable engines may be used in build- the start to discharge pressure setting ings only for emergency use, except as of the safety relief device on the fuel provided by subparagraph (11) of this container. paragraph. (vi) Engine exhaust gases may be (ii) Exhaust gases shall be discharged used as a direct source of heat supply to outside the building or to an area for the vaporization of fuel if the mate- where they will not constitute a haz- rials of construction of those parts of ard. the vaporizer in contact with exhaust (iii) Provision shall be made to sup- gases are resistant to the corrosive ac- ply sufficient air for combustion and tion of exhaust gases and the vaporizer cooling. system is designed to prevent excessive (iv) An approved automatic shutoff pressures. valve shall be provided in the fuel sys- (vii) Vaporizers shall not be equipped tem ahead of the engine, designed to with fusible plugs. prevent flow of fuel to the engine when (9) Gas regulating and mixing equip- the ignition is off or if the engine ment. (i) Approved automatic pressure should stop.

328

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00338 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

(v) The capacity of LP-Gas con- (a) By setting into recess of con- tainers used with such engines shall tainer to prevent the possibility of comply with the applicable occupancy their being struck if the container is provision of paragraph (c)(5) of this sec- dropped upon a flat surface, or tion. (b) By ventilated cap or collar, fas- (13) Industrial trucks inside buildings. tened to container capable of with- (i) LP-Gas-fueled industrial trucks are standing blow from any direction permitted to be used in buildings and equivalent to that of a 30-pound weight structures. dropped 4 feet. Construction must be (ii) No more than two LP-Gas con- such that a blow will not be trans- tainers shall be used on an industrial mitted to a valve or other connection. truck for motor fuel purposes. (iv) The outlet valves of containers in (iii)–(iv) [Reserved] storage shall be closed. (v) Industrial trucks shall not be (v) Empty containers which have parked and left unattended in areas of been in LP-Gas service when stored in- possible excessive heat or sources of ig- side, shall be considered as full con- nition. tainers for the purpose of determining the maximum quantity of LP-Gas per- (14) Garaging LP-Gas-fueled vehicles. mitted by this paragraph. (i) LP-Gas-fueled vehicles may be (3) [Reserved] stored or serviced inside garages pro- (4) Storage within buildings not fre- vided there are no leaks in the fuel sys- quented by the public (such as industrial tem and the fuel tanks are not filled buildings). (i) The quantity of LP-Gas beyond the maximum filling capacity stored shall not exceed 300 pounds (ap- specified in paragraph (b)(12)(i) of this proximately 2,550 cubic feet in vapor section. form) except as provided in subpara- (ii) LP-Gas-fueled vehicles being re- graph (5) of this paragraph. paired in garages shall have the con- (ii) Containers carried as a part of tainer shutoff valve closed except when service equipment on highway mobile fuel is required for engine operation. vehicles are not to be considered in the (iii) Such vehicles shall not be total storage capacity in subdivision (i) parked near sources of heat, open of this subparagraph provided such ve- flames, or similar sources of ignition hicles are stored in private garages, or near open pits unless such pits are and are limited to one container per adequately ventilated. vehicle with an LP-Gas capacity of not (f) Storage of containers awaiting use or more than 100 pounds. All container resale—(1) Application. This paragraph valves shall be closed. shall apply to the storage of portable (5) Storage within special buildings or containers not in excess of 1,000 pounds rooms. (i) The quantity of LP-Gas water capacity, filled or partially stored in special buildings or rooms filled, at user location but not con- shall not exceed 10,000 pounds. nected for use, or in storage for resale (ii) The walls, floors, and ceilings of by dealers or resellers. This paragraph container storage rooms that are with- shall not apply to containers stored at in or adjacent to other parts of the charging plants or at plants devoted building shall be constructed of mate- primarily to the storage and distribu- rial having at least a 2-hour fire resist- tion of LP-Gas or other petroleum ance rating. products. (iii) A portion of the exterior walls or (2) General. (i) Containers in storage roof having an area not less than 10 shall be located so as to minimize ex- percent of that of the combined area of posure to excessive temperature rise, the enclosing walls and roof shall be of physical damage, or tampering by un- explosion relieving construction. authorized persons. (iv) Each opening from such storage (ii) Containers when stored inside rooms to other parts of the building shall not be located near exits, stair- shall be protected by a 11⁄2 hour (B) fire ways, or in areas normally used or in- door listed by a nationally recognized tended for the safe exit of people. testing laboratory. Refer to § 1910.7 for (iii) Container valves shall be pro- definition of nationally recognized tected while in storage as follows: testing laboratory.

329

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00339 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(v) Such rooms shall have no open requirements of paragraph (b) of this flames for heating or lighting. section apply to this paragraph unless (vi) Such rooms shall be adequately otherwise noted. ventilated both top and bottom to the (2) Design pressure and classification of outside only. The openings from such storage containers. Storage containers vents shall be at least 5 feet away from shall be designed and classified in ac- any other opening into any building. cordance with Table H–34. (vii) The floors of such rooms shall not be below ground level. Any space TABLE H–34 below the floor shall be of solid fill or Minimum design pressure of con- properly ventilated to the open air. tainer, lb. per sq. in. gage (viii) Such storage rooms shall not be For gases with vapor 1949 edition of ASME located adjoining the line of property Con- press. Not 1949 and Code (Par. U–200, occupied by schools, churches, hos- to exceed earlier edi- U–201); 1950, 1952, tainer lb. per sq. tions of 1956, 1959, 1962, pitals, athletic fields or other points of type in. gage at ASME 1965, and 1968 (Divi- public gathering. 100 °F. Code (Par. sion 1) editions of (37.8 °C.) U–68, U– ASME Code; All edi- (ix) Fixed electrical equipment shall 69) tions of API-ASME be installed in accordance with para- Code 2 graph (b)(18) of this section. 1 200 215 200 250 (6) Storage outside of buildings. (i) 1 Container type may be increased by increments of 25. Storage outside of buildings, for con- The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 100 per- tainers awaiting use or resale, shall be cent of the container type designation when constructed under 1949 or earlier editions of the ASME Code (Par. U–68 located in accordance with Table H–33 and U–69). The minimum design pressure of containers shall with respect to: be 125 percent of the container type designation when con- structed under: (1) The 1949 ASME Code (Paragraphs U–200 (a) The nearest important building or and U–201), (2) 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, and group of buildings; 1968 (Division 1) editions of the ASME Code, and (3) all edi- tions of the API-ASME Code. (b) [Reserved] 2 Construction of containers under the API-ASME Code is (c) Busy thoroughfares; not authorized after July 1, 1961. (3) Container valves and accessories. (i) TABLE H–33 A filling connection on the container Quantity of LP-Gas Stored Distance shall be fitted with one of the fol- lowing: 500 pounds or less ...... 0 501 to 2,500 pounds ...... 1 0 (a) A combination back-pressure 2,501 to 6,000 pounds ...... 10 feet check and excess flow valve. 6,001 to 10,000 pounds ...... 20 feet (b) One double or two single back- Over 10,000 pounds ...... 25 feet pressure valves. 1 Container or containers shall be at least 10 feet from any (c) A positive shutoff valve, in con- building on adjoining property, any sidewalk, or any of the ex- posures described in § 1910.110(f)(6)(i) (c) or (d) of this junction with either, paragraph. (1) An internal back-pressure valve, (ii) Containers shall be in a suitable or enclosure or otherwise protected (2) On internal excess flow valve. against tampering. In lieu of an excess flow valve, filling (7) Fire protection. Storage locations connections may be fitted with a other than supply depots separated and quick-closing internal valve, which located apart from dealer, reseller, or shall remain closed except during oper- user establishments shall be provided ating periods. The mechanism for such with at least one approved portable fire valves may be provided with a sec- extinguisher having a minimum rating ondary control which will cause it to of 8–B, C. close automatically in case of fire. (g) [Reserved] When a fusible plug is used its melting (h) Liquefied petroleum gas service sta- point shall not exceed 220 °F. tions—(1) Application. This paragraph (ii) A filling pipe inlet terminal not applies to storage containers, and dis- on the container shall be fitted with a pensing devices, and pertinent equip- positive shutoff valve in conjunction ment in service stations where LP-Gas with either; is stored and is dispensed into fuel (a) A black pressure check valve, or tanks of motor vehicles. See paragraph (b) An excess flow check valve. (e) of this section for requirements cov- (iii) All openings in the container ex- ering use of LP-Gas as a motor fuel. All cept those listed below shall be

330

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00340 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

equipped with approved excess flow capacity greater than 2,000 gallons, the check valves: discharge from the safety relief valves (a) Filling connections as provided in shall be vented away from the con- subdivision (i) of this subparagraph. tainer vertically upwards to a point at (b) Safety relief connections as pro- least 7 feet above the container. Suit- vided in paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this sec- able provisions shall be made so that tion. any liquid or condensate that may ac- (c) Liquid-level gaging devices as pro- cumulate inside of the relief valve or vided in paragraphs (b)(7)(iv) and its discharge pipe will not render the (19)(iv) of this section. valve inoperative. If a drain is used, a (d) Pressure gage connections as pro- means shall be provided to protect the vided in paragraph (b)(7)(v) of this sec- container, adjacent containers, piping, tion. or equipment against impingement of (iv) All container inlets and outlets except those listed below shall be la- flame resulting from ignition of the beled to designate whether they con- product escaping from the drain. nect with vapor or liquid (labels may (iii) Underground containers shall be be on valves): provided with safety relief valves as (a) Safety relief valves. follows: (b) Liquid-level gaging devices. (a) The discharge from safety-relief (c) Pressure gages. valves shall be piped vertically upward (v) Each storage container shall be to a point at least 10 feet above the provided with a suitable pressure gage. ground. The discharge lines or pipes (4) Safety-relief valves. (i) All safety- shall be adequately supported and pro- relief devices shall be installed as fol- tected against physical damage. lows: (b) [Reserved] (a) On the container and directly con- (c) If no liquid is put into a container nected with the vapor space. until after it is buried and covered, the (b) Safety-relief valves and discharge rate of discharge of the relief valves piping shall be protected against phys- may be reduced to not less than 30 per- ical damage. The outlet shall be pro- cent of the rate shown in paragraph vided with loose-fitting rain caps. (b)(10)(ii) of this section. If liquid fuel There shall be no return bends or re- is present during installation of con- strictions in the discharge piping. (c) The discharge from two or more tainers, the rate of discharge shall be safety relief valves having the same the same as for aboveground con- pressure settings may be run into a tainers. Such containers shall not be common discharge header. The cross- uncovered until emptied of liquid fuel. sectional area of such header shall be (5) Capacity of liquid containers. Indi- at least equal to the sum of the cross- vidual liquid storage containers shall sectional areas of the individual dis- not exceed 30,000 gallons water capac- charges. ity. (d) Discharge from any safety relief (6) Installation of storage containers. device shall not terminate in any (i)(a) Each storage container used ex- building nor beneath any building. clusively in service station operation (ii) Aboveground containers shall be shall comply with the following table provided with safety relief valves as which specifies minimum distances to follows: a building and groups of buildings. (a) The rate of discharge, which may be provided by one or more valves, Minimum distances shall be not less than that specified in Above- Between paragraph (b)(10)(ii) of this section. Water capacity per container (gal- ground above- lons) and under- ground (b) The discharge from safety relief ground containers valves shall be vented to the open air (feet) (feet) unobstructed and vertically upwards in Up to 2,000 ...... 25 3 such a manner as to prevent any im- Over 2,000 ...... 50 5 pingement of escaping gas upon the NOTE: The above distances may be reduced to not less container; loose-fitting rain caps shall than 10 feet for service station buildings of other than wood be used. On a container having a water frame construction.

331

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00341 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(b) Readily ignitible material includ- quired on prefabricated storage and ing weeds and long dry grass, shall be pump assemblies, mounted on a com- removed within 10 feet of containers. mon base, with container bottom not (c) The minimum separation between more than 24 inches above ground and LP-Gas containers and flammable liq- whose water capacity is 2,000 gallons or uid tanks shall be 20 feet and the min- less if the piping connected to the stor- imum separation between a container age and pump assembly is sufficiently and the centerline of the dike shall be flexible to minimize the possibility of 10 feet. breakage or leakage in the event of (d) LP-Gas containers located near failure of the container supports. flammable liquid containers shall be (iii) Underground containers shall be protected against the flow or accumu- installed in accordance with this sub- lation of flammable liquids by diking, division. diversion curbs, or grading. (a) Containers shall be given a pro- (e) LP-Gas containers shall not be lo- tective coating before being placed cated within diked areas for flammable under ground. This coating shall be liquid containers. equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing or to (f) Field welding is permitted only on two coatings of red lead followed by a saddle plates or brackets which were heavy coating of coal tar or asphalt. In applied by the container manufacturer. lowering the container into place, care (g) When permanently installed con- shall be exercised to minimize abrasion tainers are interconnected, provision or other damage to the coating. Dam- shall be made to compensate for expan- age to the coating shall be repaired be- sion, contraction, vibration, and set- fore back-filling. tling of containers and interconnecting (b) Containers shall be set on a firm piping. Where flexible connections are foundation (firm earth may be used) used, they shall be of an approved type and surrounded with earth or sand and shall be designed for a bursting firmly tamped in place. Backfill should pressure of not less than five times the be free of rocks or other abrasive mate- vapor pressure of the product at 100 °F. rials. The use of nonmetallic hose is prohib- (c) A minimum of 2 feet of earth ited for interconnecting such con- cover shall be provided. Where ground tainers. conditions make compliance with this (h) Where high water table or flood requirement impractical, equivalent conditions may be encountered protec- protection against physical damage tion against container flotation shall shall be provided. The portion of the be provided. container to which manhole and other (ii) Aboveground containers shall be connections are attached need not be installed in accordance with this sub- covered. If the location is subjected to division. vehicular traffic, containers shall be (a) Containers may be installed hori- protected by a concrete slab or other zontally or vertically. cover adequate to prevent the weight (b) Containers shall be protected by of a loaded vehicle imposing con- crash rails or guards to prevent phys- centrated direct loads on the container ical damage unless they are so pro- shell. tected by virtue of their location. Vehi- (7) Protection of container fittings. cles shall not be serviced within 10 feet Valves, regulators, gages, and other of containers. container fittings shall be protected (c) Container foundations shall be of against tampering and physical dam- substantial masonry or other non- age. combustible material. Containers shall (8) Transport truck unloading point. (i) be mounted on saddles which shall per- During unloading, the transport truck mit expansion and contraction, and shall not be parked on public thorough- shall provide against the excessive con- fares and shall be at least 5 feet from centration of stresses. Corrosion pro- storage containers, and shall be posi- tection shall be provided for tank- tioned so that shutoff valves are read- mounting areas. Structural metal con- ily accessible. tainer supports shall be protected (ii) The filling pipe inlet terminal against fire. This protection is not re- shall not be located within a building

332

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00342 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.110

nor within 10 feet of any building or LP-Gas service and shall be designed driveway. It shall be protected against for a minimum working pressure of 250 physical damage. p.s.i.g. (9) Piping, valves, and fittings. (i) Pip- (ii) Provisions shall be made for vent- ing may be underground, above ground, ing LP-Gas contained in a dispensing or a combination of both. It shall be device to a safe location. well supported and protected against (iii) Pumps used to transfer LP-Gas physical damage and corrosion. shall be equipped to allow control of (ii) Piping laid beneath driveways the flow and to prevent leakage or ac- shall be installed to prevent physical cidental discharge. Means shall be pro- damage by vehicles. vided outside the dispensing device to (iii) Piping shall be wrought iron or readily shut off the power in the event steel (black or galvanized), brass or of fire or accident. copper pipe; or seamless copper, brass, or steel tubing and shall be suitable for (iv) A manual shutoff valve and an a minimum pressure of 250 p.s.i.g. Pipe excess flow check valve shall be in- joints may be screwed, flanged, brazed, stalled downstream of the pump and or welded. The use of aluminum alloy ahead of the dispenser inlet. piping or tubing is prohibited. (v)(a) Dispensing hose shall be resist- (iv) All shutoff valves (liquid or gas) ant to the action of LP-Gas in the liq- shall be suitable for liquefied petro- uid phase and designed for a minimum leum gas service and designed for not bursting pressure of 1,250 p.s.i.g. less than the maximum pressure to (b) An excess flow check valve or which they may be subjected. Valves automatic shutoff valve shall be in- which may be subjected to container stalled at the terminus of the liquid pressure shall have a rated working line at the point of attachment of the pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. dispensing hose. (v) All materials used for valve seats, (vi)(a) LP-Gas dispensing devices packing, gaskets, diaphragms, etc., shall be located not less than 10 feet shall be resistant to the action of LP- from aboveground storage containers Gas. greater than 2,000 gallons water capac- (vi) Fittings shall be steel, malleable ity. The dispensing devices shall not be iron, or brass having a minimum work- less than 20 feet from any building (not ing pressure of 250 p.s.i.g. Cast iron including canopies), basement, cellar, pipe fittings, such as ells, tees, and pit, or line of adjoining property which unions shall not be used. may be built upon and not less than 10 (vii) All piping shall be tested after feet from sidewalks, streets, or thor- assembly and proved free from leaks at oughfares. No drains or blowoff lines not less than normal operating pres- shall be directed into or in proximity sures. to the sewer systems used for other (viii) Provision shall be made for ex- purposes. pansion, contraction, jarring, and vi- (b) LP-Gas dispensing devices shall bration, and for settling. This may be be installed on a concrete foundation accomplished by flexible connections. or as part of a complete storage and (10) Pumps and accessories. All pumps and accessory equipment shall be suit- dispensing assembly mounted on a able for LP-Gas service, and designed common base, and shall be adequately for not less than the maximum pres- protected from physical damage. sure to which they may be subjected. (c) LP-Gas dispensing devices shall Accessories shall have a minimum not be installed within a building ex- rated working pressure of 250 p.s.i.g. cept that they may be located under a Positive displacement pumps shall be weather shelter or canopy provided equipped with suitable pressure actu- this area is not enclosed on more than ated bypass valves permitting flow two sides. If the enclosing sides are ad- from pump discharge to storage con- jacent to each other, the area shall be tainer or pump suction. properly ventilated. (11) Dispensing devices. (i) Meters, (vii) The dispensing of LP-Gas into vapor separators, valves, and fittings the fuel container of a vehicle shall be in the dispenser shall be suitable for performed by a competent attendant

333

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00343 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

who shall remain at the LP-Gas dis- (3) Retroactivity. Unless otherwise penser during the entire transfer oper- stated, it is not intended that the pro- ation. visions of this section be retroactive. (12) Additional rules. There shall be no (i) Existing plants, appliances, equip- smoking on the driveway of service ment, buildings, structures, and instal- stations in the dispensing areas or lations for the storage, handling or use transport truck unloading areas. Con- of LP-Gas, which were in compliance spicuous signs prohibiting smoking with the current provisions of the Na- shall be posted within sight of the cus- tional Fire Protection Association tomer being served. Letters on such Standard for the Storage and Handling signs shall be not less than 4 inches of Liquefied Petroleum Gases NFPA high. The motors of all vehicles being No. 58, at the time of manufacture or fueled shall be shut off during the fuel- installation may be continued in use, if ing operations. such continued use does not constitute (13) Electrical. Electrical equipment a recognized hazard that is causing or and installations shall conform to is likely to cause death or serious paragraphs (b) (17) and (18) of this sec- physical harm to employees. tion. (ii) Stocks of equipment and appli- (14) Fire protection. Each service sta- ances on hand in such locations as tion shall be provided with at least one manufacturers’ storage, distribution approved portable fire extinguisher warehouses, and dealers’ storage and having at least an 8–B, C, rating. showrooms, which were in compliance (i) Scope—(1) Application. (i) Para- with the current provisions of the Na- graph (b) of this section applies to in- tional Fire Protection Association stallations made in accordance with Standard for the Storage and Handling the requirements of paragraphs (c), (d), of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, NFPA (e), (g), and (h) of this section, except No. 58, at the time of manufacture, as noted in each of those paragraphs. may be placed in service, if such use (ii) Paragraphs (c) through (h) of this does not constitute a recognized hazard section apply as provided in each of that is causing or is likely to cause those paragraphs. death or serious physical harm to em- (2) Inapplicability. This section does ployees. not apply to: (i) Marine and pipeline terminals, [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 natural gas processing plants, refin- FR 49747, Oct. 24, 1978; 49 FR 5322, Feb. 10, eries, or tank farms other than those 1984; 53 FR 12122, Apr. 12, 1988; 55 FR 25094, at industrial sites. June 20, 1990; 55 FR 32015, Aug. 6, 1990; 58 FR (ii) LP-Gas refrigerated storage sys- 35309, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 9237, 9238, Mar. 7, 1996; 63 FR 33466, June 18, 1998; 72 FR 71069, tems; Dec. 14, 2007] (iii) LP-Gas when used with oxygen. The requirements of § 1910.253 shall § 1910.111 Storage and handling of an- apply to such use; hydrous ammonia. (iv) LP-Gas when used in utility gas (a) —(1) (i) This stand- plants. The National Fire Protection General Scope. ard is intended to apply to the design, Association Standard for the Storage construction, location, installation, and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum and operation of anhydrous ammonia Gases at Utility Gas Plants, NFPA No. systems including refrigerated ammo- 59–1968, shall apply to such use; nia storage systems. (v) Low-pressure (not in excess of one-half pound per square inch or 14 (ii) This standard does not apply to: inches water column) LP-Gas piping (a) Ammonia manufacturing plants. systems, and the installation and oper- (b) Refrigeration plants where ammo- ation of residential and commercial ap- nia is used solely as a refrigerant. pliances including their inlet connec- (2) Definitions. As used in this sec- tions, supplied through such systems. tion. For such systems, the National Fire (i) Appurtenances. All devices such as Protection Association Standard for pumps, compressors, safety relief de- the Installation of Gas Appliances and vices, liquid-level gaging devices, Gas Piping, NFPA 54–1969 shall apply. valves and pressure gages.

334

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00344 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

(ii) Cylinder. A container of 1,000 to be safe by a nationally recognized pounds of water capacity or less con- testing laboratory; or structed in accordance with Depart- (iii) It is a type which no nationally ment of Transportation specifications. recognized testing laboratory does, or (iii) Code. The Boiler and Pressure will undertake to, accept, certify, list, Vessel Code, Section VIII, Unfired label, or determine to be safe; and such Pressure Vessels of the American Soci- equipment is inspected or tested by ety of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)— any Federal, State, municipal, or other 1968. local authority responsible for enforc- (iv) Container. Includes all vessels, ing occupational safety provisions of a tanks, cylinders, or spheres used for Federal, State, municipal or other transportation, storage, or application local law, code, or regulation per- of anhydrous ammonia. taining to the storage, handling, trans- (v) DOT. U.S. Department of Trans- port, and use of anhydrous ammonia, portation. and found to be in compliance with ei- (vi) Design pressure is identical to the ther the provisions of the American term Maximum Allowable Working Pres- National Standard for the Storage and sure used in the Code. Handling of Anhydrous Ammonia, (vii) Farm vehicle (implement of hus- K61.1, or the Fertilizer Institute Stand- bandry). A vehicle for use on a farm on ards for the Storage and Handling of which is mounted a container of not Agricultural Anhydrous Ammonia, M– over 1,200 gallons water capacity. 1, in effect at the time of installation; (viii) Filling density. the percent ratio or of the weight of the gas in a container (iv) It is a custom-designed and cus- to the weight of water at 60 °F. that the container will hold. tom-built unit, which no nationally (ix) Gas. Anhydrous ammonia in ei- recognized testing laboratory, or Fed- ther the gaseous or liquefied state. eral, State, municipal or local author- (x) Gas masks. Gas masks must be ap- ity responsible for the enforcement of a proved by the National Institute for Federal, State, municipal, or local law, Occupational Safety and Health code or regulation pertaining to the (NIOSH) under 42 CFR part 84 for use storage, transportation and use of an- with anhydrous ammonia. hydrous ammonia is willing to under- (xi) Capacity. Total volume of the take to accept, certify, list, label or de- container in standard U.S. gallons. termine to be safe, and the employer (xii) DOT specifications—Regulations has on file a document attesting to its of the Department of Transportation safe condition following the conduct of published in 49 CFR chapter I. appropriate tests. The document shall (b) Basic rules. This paragraph applies be signed by a registered professional to all paragraphs of this section unless engineer or other person having special otherwise noted. training or experience sufficient to per- (1) Approval of equipment and systems. mit him to form an opinion as to safety Each appurtenance shall be approved in of the unit involved. The document accordance with paragraph (b)(1) (i), shall set forth the test bases, test data (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section. and results, and also the qualifications (i) It was installed before February 8, of the certifying person. 1973, and was approved, tested, and in- (v) For the purposes of this para- stalled in accordance with either the graph (b)(1), the word listed means that provisions of the American National equipment is of a kind mentioned in a Standard for the Storage and Handling list which is published by a nationally of Anhydrous Ammonia, K61.1, or the recognized laboratory which makes Fertilizer Institute Standards for the periodic inspection of the production of Storage and Handling of Agricultural such equipment, and states such equip- Anhydrous Ammonia, M–1, (both of ment meets nationally recognized which are incorporated by reference as standards or has been tested and found specified in § 1910.6) in effect at the safe for use in a specified manner. La- time of installation; or beled means there is attached to it a (ii) It is accepted, or certified, or list- label, symbol, or other identifying ed, or labeled, or otherwise determined mark of a nationally recognized testing

335

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00345 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

laboratory which, makes periodic in- structed and maintained in accordance spections of the production of such with the 1949, 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, and equipment, and whose labeling indi- 1962 editions of the Code or any revi- cates compliance with nationally rec- sions thereof in effect at the time of ognized standards or tests to determine fabrication. safe use in a specified manner. Certified (3) Marking nonrefrigerated containers. means it has been tested and found by (i) System nameplates, when required, a nationally recognized testing labora- shall be permanently attached to the tory to meet nationally recognized system so as to be readily accessible standards or to be safe for use in a for inspection and shall include mark- specified manner, or is of a kind whose ings as prescribed in subdivision (ii) of production is periodically inspected by this subparagraph. a nationally recognized testing labora- (ii) Each container or system covered tory, and it bears a label, tag, or other in paragraphs (c), (f), (g), and (h) of this record of certification. section shall be marked as specified in (vi) For the purposes of this para- the following: graph (b)(1), refer to § 1910.7 for defini- (a) With a notation ‘‘Anhydrous Am- tion of nationally recognized testing monia.’’ laboratory. (b) With a marking identifying com- (2) Requirements for construction, origi- pliance with the rules of the Code nal test and requalification of nonrefrig- under which the container is con- erated containers. (i) Containers used structed. with systems covered in paragraphs (c), Under ground: Container and system name- (f), (g), and (h) of this section shall be plate. constructed and tested in accordance Above ground: Container. with the Code except that construction (c) With a notation whether the sys- under Table UW12 at a basic joint effi- tem is designed for underground or ciency of under 80 percent is not au- aboveground installation or both. thorized. (d) With the name and address of the (ii) Containers built according to the supplier of the system or the trade Code do not have to comply with Para- name of the system and with the date graphs UG125 to UG128 inclusive, and of fabrication. Paragraphs UG132 and UG133 of the Code. Under ground and above ground: System (iii) Containers exceeding 36 inches in nameplate. diameter or 250 gallons water capacity (e) With the water capacity of the shall be constructed to comply with container in pounds at 60 °F. or gal- one or more of the following: lons, U.S. Standard. (a) Containers shall be stress relieved after fabrication in accordance with Under ground: Container and system name- plate. the Code, or Above ground: Container. (b) Cold-form heads when used, shall be stress relieved, or (f) With the design pressure in pounds (c) Hot-formed heads shall be used. per square inch. (iv) Welding to the shell, head, or any Under ground: Container and system name- other part of the container subject to plate. internal pressure shall be done in com- Above ground: Container. pliance with the Code. Other welding is (g) With the wall thickness of the permitted only on saddle plates, lugs, shell and heads. or brackets attached to the container by the container manufacturer. Under ground: Container and system name- (v) Containers used with systems cov- plate. ered in paragraph (e) of this section Above ground: Container. shall be constructed and tested in ac- (h) With marking indicating the cordance with the DOT specifications. maximum level to which the container (vi) The provisions of subdivision (i) may be filled with liquid anhydrous of this subparagraph shall not be con- ammonia at temperatures between 20 strued as prohibiting the continued use °F. and 130 °F. except on containers or reinstallation of containers con- provided with fixed level indicators,

336

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00346 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

such as fixed length dip tubes, or con- less than the maximum working pres- tainers that are filled with weight. sure of that portion of the system on Markings shall be in increments of not which they are installed. All appur- more than 20 °F. tenances shall be fabricated from ma- Above ground and under ground: System terials proved suitable for anhydrous nameplate or on liquid-level gaging device. ammonia service. (ii) All connections to containers ex- (i) With the total outside surface area cept safety relief devices, gaging de- of the container in square feet. vices, or those fitted with No. 54 drill- Under ground: System nameplate. size orifice shall have shutoff valves lo- Above ground: No requirement. cated as close to the container as prac- (j) Marking specified on the con- ticable. tainer shall be on the container itself (iii) Excess flow valves where re- or on a nameplate permanently at- quired by these standards shall close tached to it. automatically at the rated flows of (4) Marking refrigerated containers. vapor or liquid as specified by the man- Each refrigerated container shall be ufacturer. The connections and line in- marked with nameplate on the outer cluding valves and fittings being pro- covering in an accessible place as spec- tected by an excess flow valve shall ified in the following: have a greater capacity than the rated (i) With the notation, ‘‘Anhydrous flow of the excess flow valve so that Ammonia.’’ the valve will close in case of failure of (ii) With the name and address of the the line or fittings. builder and the date of fabrication. (iv) Liquid-level gaging devices that (iii) With the water capacity of the require bleeding of the product to the container in gallons, U.S. Standard. atmosphere and which are so con- (iv) With the design pressure. structed that outward flow will not ex- (v) With the minimum temperature ceed that passed by a No. 54 drill-size in degrees Fahrenheit for which the opening need not be equipped with ex- container was designed. cess flow valves. (vi) The maximum allowable water (v) Openings from the container or level to which the container may be through fittings attached directly on filled for test purposes. the container to which pressure gage (vii) With the density of the product connections are made need not be in pounds per cubic foot for which the container was designed. equipped with excess flow valves if (viii) With the maximum level to such openings are not larger than No. which the container may be filled with 54 drill size. liquid anhydrous ammonia. (vi) Excess flow and back pressure (5) Location of containers. (i) Consider- check valves where required by the ation shall be given to the physio- standards in this section shall be lo- logical effects of ammonia as well as to cated inside of the container or at a adjacent fire hazards in selecting the point outside as close as practicable to location for a storage container. Con- where the line enters the container. In tainers shall be located outside of the latter case installation shall be buildings or in buildings or sections made in such manner that any undue thereof especially provided for this strain beyond the excess flow or back purpose. pressure check valve will not cause (ii) Permanent storage containers breakage between the container and shall be located at least 50 feet from a the valve. dug well or other sources of potable (vii) Excess flow valves shall be de- water supply, unless the container is a signed with a bypass, not to exceed a part of a water-treatment installation. No. 60 drill-size opening to allow (iii)–(iv) [Reserved] equalization of pressures. (v) Storage areas shall be kept free of (viii) All excess flow valves shall be readily ignitible materials such as plainly and permanently marked with waste, weeds, and long dry grass. the name or trademark of the manufac- (6) Container appurtenances. (i) All ap- turer, the catalog number, and the purtenances shall be designed for not rated capacity.

337

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00347 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(7) Piping, tubing, and fittings. (i) All control of pressure-reducing valves piping, tubing, and fittings shall be shall be designed for a bursting pres- made of material suitable for anhy- sure of not less than 5 times the pres- drous ammonia service. sure setting of the safety relief devices (ii) All piping, tubing, and fittings protecting that portion of the system shall be designed for a pressure not less but not less than 125 p.s.i.g. All connec- than the maximum pressure to which tions shall be so designed and con- they may be subjected in service. structed that there will be no leakage (iii) All refrigerated piping shall con- when connected. form to the Refrigeration Piping Code, (iv) Where hose is to be used for American National Standards Insti- transferring liquid from one container tute, B31.5–1966 with addenda B31.1a– to another, ‘‘wet’’ hose is rec- 1968, which is incorporated by reference ommended. Such hose shall be as specified in § 1910.6, as it applies to equipped with approved shutoff valves ammonia. at the discharge end. Provision shall be (iv) Piping used on non-refrigerated made to prevent excessive pressure in systems shall be at least American So- the hose. ciety for Testing and Materials (v) On all hose one-half inch outside (ASTM) A–53–69 Grade B Electric Re- diameter and larger, used for the trans- sistance Welded and Electric Flash fer of anhydrous ammonia liquid or Welded Pipe, which is incorporated by vapor, there shall be etched, cast, or reference as specified in § 1910.6, or impressed at 5-foot intervals the fol- equal. Such pipe shall be at least lowing information. schedule 40 when joints are welded, or ‘‘Anhydrous Ammonia’’ xxx p.s.i.g. (max- welded and flanged. Such pipe shall be imum working pressure), manufacturer’s at least schedule 80 when joints are name or trademark, year of manufac- threaded. Threaded connections shall ture. not be back-welded. Brass, copper, or galvanized steel pipe shall not be used. In lieu of this requirement the same in- (v) Tubing made of brass, copper, or formation may be contained on a other material subject to attack by nameplate permanently attached to ammonia shall not be used. the hose. (vi) Cast iron fittings shall not be TABLE H–36 used but this shall not prohibit the use [Minimum required rate of discharge in cubic feet per minute of fittings made specifically for ammo- of air at 120 percent of the maximum permitted start to dis- nia service of malleable, nodular, or charge pressure of safety relief valves] high strength gray iron meeting Amer- Flow rate ican Society for Testing and Materials Surface area (sq. ft.) CFM air (ASTM) A47–68, ASTM 395–68, or ASTM 20 ...... 258 A126–66 Class B or C all of which are in- 25 ...... 310 corporated by reference as specified in 30 ...... 360 § 1910.6. 35 ...... 408 (vii) Joint compounds shall be resist- 40 ...... 455 45 ...... 501 ant to ammonia. 50 ...... 547 (8) Hose specifications. (i) Hose used in 55 ...... 591 ammonia service shall conform to the 60 ...... 635 65 ...... 678 joint Agricultural Ammonia Insti- 70 ...... 720 tute—Rubber Manufacturers Associa- 75 ...... 762 tion Specifications for Anhydrous Am- 80 ...... 804 monia Hose. 85 ...... 845 90 ...... 885 (ii) Hose subject to container pres- 95 ...... 925 sure shall be designed for a minimum 100 ...... 965 working pressure of 350 p.s.i.g. and a 105 ...... 1,010 110 ...... 1,050 minimum burst pressure of 1,750 p.s.i.g. 115 ...... 1,090 Hose assemblies, when made up, shall 120 ...... 1,120 be capable of withstanding a test pres- 125 ...... 1,160 sure of 500 p.s.i.g. 130 ...... 1,200 135 ...... 1,240 (iii) Hose and hose connections lo- 140 ...... 1,280 cated on the low-pressure side of flow 145 ...... 1,310

338

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00348 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

TABLE H–36—Continued TABLE H–36—Continued [Minimum required rate of discharge in cubic feet per minute [Minimum required rate of discharge in cubic feet per minute of air at 120 percent of the maximum permitted start to dis- of air at 120 percent of the maximum permitted start to dis- charge pressure of safety relief valves] charge pressure of safety relief valves]

Surface area (sq. ft.) Flow rate Flow rate CFM air Surface area (sq. ft.) CFM air

150 ...... 1,350 2,300 ...... 12,630 155 ...... 1,390 2,350 ...... 12,850 160 ...... 1,420 2,400 ...... 13,080 165 ...... 1,460 2,450 ...... 13,300 170 ...... 1,500 175 ...... 1,530 2,500 ...... 13,520 180 ...... 1,570 185 ...... 1,600 190 ...... 1,640 Surface Area = total outside surface area 195 ...... 1,670 of container in square feet. When the surface 200 ...... 1,710 area is not stamped on the nameplate or 210 ...... 1,780 when the marking is not legible the area can 220 ...... 1,850 be calculated by using one of the following 230 ...... 1,920 240 ...... 1,980 formulas: 250 ...... 2,050 (1) Cylindrical container with hemi- 260 ...... 2,120 spherical heads: 270 ...... 2,180 280 ...... 2,250 Area = overall length in feet times outside 290 ...... 2,320 diameter in feet times 3.1416. 300 ...... 2,380 (2) Cylindrical container with other than 310 ...... 2,450 hemispherical heads: 320 ...... 2,510 330 ...... 2,570 Area = (overall length in feet plus 0.3 outside 340 ...... 2,640 diameter in feet) times outside diameter 350 ...... 2,700 in feet times 3.1416. 360 ...... 2,760 370 ...... 2,830 (3) Spherical container: 380 ...... 2,890 Area = outside diameter in feet squared 390 ...... 2,950 400 ...... 3,010 times 3.1416. 450 ...... 3,320 Flow Rate—CFM Air = cubic feet per 500 ...... 3,620 minute of air required at standard condi- 550 ...... 3,910 tions, 60 °F. and atmospheric pressure (14.7 600 ...... 4,200 650 ...... 4,480 p.s.i.a.). 700 ...... 4,760 The rate of discharge may be interpolated 750 ...... 5,040 for intermediate values of surface area. For 800 ...... 5,300 containers with total outside surface area 850 ...... 5,590 greater than 2,500 square feet, the required 900 ...... 5,850 950 ...... 6,120 flow rate can be calculated using the for- 1,000 ...... 6,380 mula: Flow Rate CFM Air = 22.11 A082, where 1,050 ...... 6,640 A = outside surface area of the container in 1,100 ...... 6,900 square feet. 1,150 ...... 7,160 1,200 ...... 7,410 (9) Safety relief devices. (i) Every con- 1,250 ...... 7,660 tainer used in systems covered by para- 1,300 ...... 7,910 1,350 ...... 8,160 graphs (c), (f), (g), and (h) of this sec- 1,400 ...... 8,410 tion shall be provided with one or more 1,450 ...... 8,650 safety relief valves of the spring-loaded 1,500 ...... 8,900 1,550 ...... 9,140 or equivalent type. The discharge from 1,600 ...... 9,380 safety-relief valves shall be vented 1,650 ...... 9,620 away from the container upward and 1,700 ...... 9,860 1,750 ...... 10,090 unobstructed to the atmosphere. All 1,800 ...... 10,330 relief-valve discharge openings shall 1,850 ...... 10,560 have suitable rain caps that will allow 1,900 ...... 10,800 free discharge of the vapor and prevent 1,950 ...... 11,030 2,000 ...... 11,260 entrance of water. Provision shall be 2,050 ...... 11,490 made for draining condensate which 2,100 ...... 11,720 may accumulate. The rate of the dis- 2,150 ...... 11,950 2,200 ...... 12,180 charge shall be in accordance with the 2,250 ...... 12,400 provisions of Table H–36.

339

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00349 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Container safety-relief valves sions (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph) shall be set to start-to-discharge as fol- is 4,050 cubic feet per minute of air. lows, with relation to the design pres- (viii) The flow capacity of the relief sure of the container: valve shall not be restricted by any connection to it on either the upstream Minimum Maximum Containers (percent) (percent) or downstream side. (ix) A hydrostatic relief valve shall ASME-U–68, U–69 ...... 110 125 ASME-U–200, U–201 ...... 95 100 be installed between each pair of valves ASME 1959, 1956, 1952, or 1962 95 100 in the liquid ammonia piping or hose API-ASME ...... 95 100 where liquid may be trapped so as to U.S. Coast Guard ...... 95 100 relieve into the atmosphere at a safe location. As required by DOT Regulations. (10) General. (iii) Safety relief devices used in sys- (i) [Reserved] tems covered by paragraphs (c), (f), (g), and (h) of this section shall be con- (ii) Stationary storage installations structed to discharge at not less than must have at least two suitable gas the rates required in paragraph (b)(9)(i) masks in readily-accessible locations. of this section before the pressure is in Full-face masks with ammonia can- excess of 120 percent (not including the isters that have been approved by 10 percent tolerance referred to in NIOSH under 42 CFR part 84 are suit- paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this section) of able for emergency action involving the maximum permitted start-to-dis- most anhydrous ammonia leaks, par- charge pressure setting of the device. ticularly leaks that occur outdoors. (iv) Safety-relief valves shall be so For respiratory protection in con- arranged that the possibility of tam- centrated ammonia atmospheres, a pering will be minimized. If the pres- self-contained breathing apparatus is sure setting adjustment is external, required. the relief valves shall be provided with (iii) Stationary storage installations means for sealing the adjustment. shall have an easily accessible shower (v) Shutoff valves shall not be in- or a 50-gallon drum of water. stalled between the safety-relief valves (iv) Each vehicle transporting ammo- and the container; except, that a shut- nia in bulk except farm applicator ve- off valve may be used where the ar- hicles shall carry a container of at rangement of this valve is such as al- least 5 gallons of water and shall be ways to afford full required capacity equipped with a full face mask. flow through the relief valves. (11) Charging of containers. (i) The fill- (vi) Safety-relief valves shall have di- ing densities for containers that are rect communication with the vapor not refrigerated shall not exceed the space of the container. following: (vii) Each container safety-relief Percent by Percent by valve used with systems covered by Type of container weight volume paragraphs (c), (f), (g), and (h) of this section shall be plainly and perma- Aboveground-Uninsulated ...... 56 82 Aboveground-Uninsulated ...... 87.5 nently marked with the symbol ‘‘NH3’’ or ‘‘AA’’; with the pressure in pounds- Aboveground-Insulated ...... 57 83.5 Underground-Uninsulated ...... 58 85 per-square-inch gage at which the DOT—In accord with DOT regula- valve is set to start-to-discharge; with tions.. the actual rate of discharge of the valve at its full open position in cubic (ii) Aboveground uninsulated con- feet per minute of air at 60 °F. and at- tainers may be charged 87.5 percent by mospheric pressure; and with the man- volume provided the temperature of ufacturer’s name and catalog number. the anhydrous ammonia being charged Example: ‘‘NH3 250–4050 Air’’ indicates is determined to be not lower than 30 that the valve is suitable for use on an °F. or provided the charging of the con- anhydrous ammonia container, is set tainer is stopped at the first indication to start-to-discharge at a pressure of of frost or ice formation on its outside 250 p.s.i.g., and that its rate of dis- surface and is not resumed until such charge at full open position (subdivi- frost or ice has disappeared.

340

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00350 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

(12) Transfer of liquids. (i) Anhydrous the compressor suction to minimize ammonia shall always be at a tempera- the entry of liquid into the compressor. ture suitable for the material of con- (vii) Loading and unloading systems struction and the design of the receiv- shall be protected by suitable devices ing container. to prevent emptying of the storage (ii) The employer shall require the container or the container being loaded continuous presence of an attendant in or unloaded in the event of severance the vicinity of the operation during of the hose. Backflow check valves or such time as ammonia is being trans- properly sized excess flow valves shall ferred. be installed where necessary to provide (iii) Containers shall be charged or such protection. In the event that such used only upon authorization of the valves are not practical, remotely op- owner. erated shutoff valves may be installed. (iv) Containers shall be gaged and (13) Tank car unloading points and op- charged only in the open atmosphere or erations. (i) Provisions for unloading in buildings or areas thereof provided tank cars shall conform to the applica- for that purpose. ble recommendations contained in the (v) Pumps used for transferring am- DOT regulations. monia shall be those manufactured for (ii) The employer shall insure that that purpose. unloading operations are performed by (a) Pumps shall be designed for at reliable persons properly instructed least 250 p.s.i.g. working pressure. and given the authority to monitor (b) Positive displacement pumps careful compliance with all applicable shall have, installed off the discharged procedures. port, a constant differential relief (iii) Caution signs shall be so placed valve discharging into the suction port on the track or car as to give necessary of the pump through a line of sufficient warning to persons approaching the car size to carry the full capacity of the from open end or ends of siding and pump at relief valve setting, which set- shall be left up until after the car is ting and installation shall be according unloaded and disconnected from dis- to the pump manufacturer’s rec- charge connections. Signs shall be of ommendations. metal or other suitable material, at (c) On the discharge side of the pump, least 12 by 15 inches in size and bear before the relief valve line, there shall the words ‘‘STOP—Tank Car Con- be installed a pressure gage graduated nected’’ or ‘‘STOP—Men at Work’’ the from 0 to 400 p.s.i. word, ‘‘STOP,’’ being in letters at least (d) Plant piping shall contain shutoff 4 inches high and the other words in valves located as close as practical to letters at least 2 inches high. pump connections. (iv) The track of a tank car siding (vi) Compressors used for transfer- shall be substantially level. ring or refrigerating ammonia shall be (v) Brakes shall be set and wheels recommended for ammonia service by blocked on all cars being unloaded. the manufacturer. (14) Liquid-level gaging device. (i) Each (a) Compressors shall be designed for container except those filled by weight at least 250 p.s.i.g. working pressure. shall be equipped with an approved liq- (b) Plant piping shall contain shutoff uid-level gaging device. A thermometer valves located as close as practical to well shall be provided in all containers compressor connections. not utilizing a fixed liquid-level gaging (c) A relief valve large enough to dis- device. charge the full capacity of the com- (ii) All gaging devices shall be ar- pressor shall be connected to the dis- ranged so that the maximum liquid charge before any shutoff valve. level to which the container is filled is (d) Compressors shall have pressure readily determined. gages at suction and discharge grad- (iii) Gaging devices that require uated to at least one and one-half bleeding of the product to the atmos- times the maximum pressure that can phere such as the rotary tube, fixed be developed. tube, and slip tube devices shall be de- (e) Adequate means, such as drain- signed so that the maximum opening of able liquid trap, shall be provided on the bleed valve is not larger than No.

341

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00351 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

54 drill size unless provided with an ex- provided with orifices not larger than cess flow valve. (This requirement does No. 54 drill size as required in para- not apply to farm vehicles used for the graphs (b)(6) (iv) and (v) of this section application of ammonia as covered in shall be equipped with excess-flow paragraph (h) of this section.) valves. (iv) Gaging devices shall have a de- (iii) Each storage container shall be sign pressure equal to or greater than provided with a pressure gage grad- the design pressure of the container on uated from 0 to 400 p.s.i. Gages shall be which they are installed. designated for use in ammonia service. (v) Fixed tube liquid-level gages shall (iv) All containers shall be equipped be designed and installed to indicate with vapor return valves. that level at which the container is (3) Safety-relief devices. (i) Every con- filled to 85 percent of its water capac- tainer shall be provided with one or ity in gallons. more safety-relief valves of the spring- (vi) Gage glasses of the columnar loaded or equivalent type in accord- type shall be restricted to stationary ance with paragraph (b)(9) of this sec- storage installations. They shall be tion. equipped with shutoff valves having (ii) The rate of discharge of spring- metallic handwheels, with excess-flow loaded safety relief valves installed on valves, and with extra heavy glass ade- underground containers may be re- quately protected with a metal housing duced to a minimum of 30 percent of applied by the gage manufacturer. the rate of discharge specified in Table They shall be shielded against the di- H–36. Containers so protected shall not rect rays of the sun. be uncovered after installation until (15) [Reserved] the liquid ammonia has been removed. (16) Electrical equipment and wiring. (i) Containers which may contain liquid Electrical equipment and wiring for ammonia before being installed under- use in ammonia installations shall be ground and before being completely general purpose or weather resistant as covered with earth are to be considered appropriate. aboveground containers when deter- (ii) Electrical systems shall be in- mining the rate of discharge require- stalled and maintained in accordance ments of the safety-relief valves. with subpart S of this part. (iii) On underground installations (c) Systems utilizing stationary, non- where there is a probability of the refrigerated storage containers. This manhole or housing becoming flooded, paragraph applies to stationary, non- the discharge from vent lines shall be refrigerated storage installations uti- located above the high water level. All lizing containers other than those cov- manholes or housings shall be provided ered in paragraph (e) of this section. with ventilated louvers or their equiva- Paragraph (b) of this section applies to lent, the area of such openings equal- this paragraph unless otherwise noted. ling or exceeding combined discharge (1) Design pressure and construction of areas of safety-relief valves and vent containers. The minimum design pres- lines which discharge their content sure for nonrefrigerated containers into the manhole housing. shall be 250 p.s.i.g. (iv) Vent pipes, when used, shall not (2) Container valves and accessories, be restricted or of smaller diameter filling and discharge connections. (i) than the relief-valve outlet connection. Each filling connection shall be pro- (v) If desired, vent pipes from two or vided with combination back-pressure more safety-relief devices located on check valve and excess-flow valve; one the same unit, or similar lines from double or two single back-pressure two or more different units may be run check valves; or a positive shutoff into a common discharge header, pro- valve in conjunction with either an in- vided the capacity of such header is at ternal back-pressure check valve or an least equal to the sum of the capacities internal excess flow valve. of the individual discharge lines. (ii) All liquid and vapor connections (4) Reinstallation of containers. (i) Con- to containers except filling pipes, safe- tainers once installed under ground ty relief connections, and liquid-level shall not later be reinstalled above gaging and pressure gage connections ground or under ground, unless they

342

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00352 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

successfully withstand hydrostatic in the industry as ‘‘skid tanks’’) shall pressure retests at the pressure speci- be designed and constructed in accord- fied for the original hydrostatic test as ance with paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- required by the code under which con- tion. structed and show no evidence of seri- (vi) Secure anchorage or adequate ous corrosion. pier height shall be provided against (ii) Where containers are reinstalled container flotation wherever suffi- above ground, safety devices or gaging ciently high flood water might occur. devices shall comply with paragraph (vii) The distance between under- (b)(9) of this section and this paragraph ground containers of over 2,000 gallons respectively for aboveground con- capacity shall be at least 5 feet. tainers. (6) Protection of appurtenances. (i) (5) Installation of storage containers. (i) Valves, regulating, gaging, and other Containers installed above ground, ex- appurtenances shall be protected cept as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(v) against tampering and physical dam- of this section shall be provided with age. Such appurtenances shall also be substantial concrete or masonry sup- protected during transit of containers. ports, or structural steel supports on (ii) All connections to underground firm concrete or masonry foundations. containers shall be located within a All foundations shall extend below the dome, housing, or manhole and with frost line. access thereto by means of a substan- (ii) Horizontal aboveground con- tial cover. tainers shall be so mounted on founda- tions as to permit expansion and con- (7) Damage from vehicles. Precaution traction. Every container shall be sup- shall be taken against damage to am- ported to prevent the concentration of monia systems from vehicles. excessive loads on the supporting por- (d) Refrigerated storage systems. This tion of the shell. That portion of the paragraph applies to systems utilizing container in contact with foundations containers with the storage of anhy- or saddles shall be protected against drous ammonia under refrigerated con- corrosion. ditions. All applicable rules of para- (iii) Containers installed under graph (b) of this section apply to this ground shall be so placed that the top paragraph unless otherwise noted. of the container is below the frost line (1) Design of containers. (i) The design and in no case less than 2 feet below temperature shall be the minimum the surface of the ground. Should temperature to which the container ground conditions make compliance will be refrigerated. with these requirements impracticable, (ii) Containers with a design pressure installation shall be made otherwise to exceeding 15 p.s.i.g. shall be con- prevent physical damage. It will not be structed in accordance with paragraph necessary to cover the portion of the (b)(2) of this section, and the materials container to which manhole and other shall be selected from those listed in connections are affixed. When nec- API Standard 620, Recommended Rules essary to prevent floating, containers for Design and Construction of Large, shall be securely anchored or weighted. Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks, (iv) Underground containers shall be Fourth Edition, 1970, Tables 2.02, R2.2, set on a firm foundation (firm earth R2.2(A), R2.2.1, or R2.3 which are incor- may be used) and surrounded with porated by reference as specified in earth or sand well tamped in place. The § 1910.6. container, prior to being placed under (iii) Containers with a design pres- ground, shall be given a corrosion re- sure of 15 p.s.i.g. and less shall be con- sisting protective coating. The con- structed in accordance with the appli- tainer thus coated shall be so lowered cable requirements of API Standard 620 into place as to prevent abrasion or including its appendix R. other damage to the coating. (iv) When austenitic steels or non- (v) Containers with foundations at- ferrous materials are used, the Code tached (portable or semiportable tank shall be used as a guide in the selection containers with suitable steel ‘‘run- of materials for use at the design tem- ners’’ or ‘‘skids’’ and commonly known perature.

343

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00353 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(v) The filling density for refrig- posure is greater than that required by erated storage containers shall be such (a) of this subdivision, the additional that the container will not be liquid capacity may be provided by weak roof full at a liquid temperature cor- to shell seams in containers operating responding to the vapor pressure at the at essentially atmospheric pressure start-to-discharge pressure setting of and having an inherently weak roof-to- the safety-relief valve. shell seam. The weak roof-to-shell (2) Installation of refrigerated storage seam is not to be considered as pro- containers. (i) Containers shall be sup- viding any of the capacity required in ported on suitable noncombustible (a) of this subdivision. foundations designed to accommodate (iii) If vent lines are installed to con- the type of container being used. duct the vapors from the relief valve, (ii) Adequate protection against flo- the back pressure under full relieving tation or other water damage shall be conditions shall not exceed 50 percent provided wherever high flood water of the start-to-discharge pressure for might occur. pressure balanced valves or 10 percent (iii) Containers for product storage at of the start-to-discharge pressure for less than 32 °F. shall be supported in conventional valves. The vent lines such a way, or heat shall be supplied, shall be installed to prevent accumula- to prevent the effects of freezing and tion of liquid in the lines. consequent frost heaving. (iv) The valve or valve installation (3) Shutoff valves. When operating shall provide weather protection. conditions make it advisable, a check (v) Atmospheric storage shall be pro- valve shall be installed on the fill con- vided with vacuum breakers. Ammonia nection and a remotely operated shut- gas, nitrogen, methane, or other inert off valve on other connections located gases can be used to provide a pad. below the maximum liquid level. (5) Protection of container appur- (4) Safety relief devices. (i) Safety re- tenances. Appurtenances shall be pro- lief valves shall be set to start-to-dis- tected against tampering and physical charge at a pressure not in excess of damage. the design pressure of the container and shall have a total relieving capac- (6) Reinstallation of refrigerated storage ity sufficient to prevent a maximum containers. Containers of such size as to pressure in the container of more than require field fabrication shall, when 120 percent of the design pressure. Re- moved and reinstalled, be recon- lief valves for refrigerated storage con- structed and reinspected in complete tainers shall be self-contained spring- accordance with the requirements loaded, weight-loaded, or self-con- under which they were constructed. tained pilot-operated type. The containers shall be subjected to a (ii) The total relieving capacity shall pressure retest and if rerating is nec- be the larger of: essary, rerating shall be in accordance with applicable requirements. (a) Possible refrigeration system upset such as (1) cooling water failure, (7) Damage from vehicles. Precaution (2) power failure, (3) instrument air or shall be taken against damage from ve- instrument failure, (4) mechanical fail- hicles. ure of any equipment, (5) excessive (8) Refrigeration load and equipment. pumping rates. (i) The total refrigeration load shall be (b) Fire exposure determined in ac- computed as the sum of the following: cordance with Compressed Gas Associa- (a) Load imposed by heat flow into tion (CGA) S–1, part 3, Safety Relief the container caused by the tempera- Device Standards for Compressed Gas ture differential between design ambi- Storage Containers, 1959, which is in- ent temperature and storage tempera- corporated by reference as specified in ture. § 1910.6, except that ‘‘A’’ shall be the (b) Load imposed by heat flow into total exposed surface area in square the container caused by maximum sun feet up to 25 foot above grade or to the radiation. equator of the storage container if it is (c) Maximum load imposed by filling a sphere, whichever is greater. If the the container with ammonia warmer relieving capacity required for fire ex- than the design storage temperature.

344

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00354 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

(ii) More than one storage container be equipped with a drain and gaging de- may be handled by the same refrigera- vice. tion system. (ii) [Reserved] (9) Compressors. (i) A minimum of two (13) Condensers. The condenser sys- compressors shall be provided either of tem may be cooled by air or water or which shall be of sufficient size to han- both. The condenser shall be designed dle the loads listed in paragraphs for at least 250 p.s.i.g. Provision shall (d)(8)(i) (a) and (b) of this section. be made for purging noncondensibles Where more than two compressors are either manually or automatically. provided minimum standby equipment (14) Receiver and liquid drain. A re- equal to the largest normally operating ceiver shall be provided with a liquid- equipment shall be installed. Filling level control to discharge the liquid compressors may be used as standby ammonia to storage. The receiver shall equipment for holding compressors. be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. and (ii) Compressors shall be sized to op- be equipped with the necessary connec- erate with a suction pressure at least tions, safety valves, and gaging device. 10 percent below the minimum setting (15) Insulation. Refrigerated con- of the safety valve(s) on the storage tainers and pipelines which are insu- container and shall withstand a suc- lated shall be covered with a material tion pressure at least equal to 120 per- of suitable quality and thickness for cent of the design pressure of the con- the temperatures encountered. Insula- tainer. tion shall be suitably supported and protected against the weather. Weath- (10) Compressor drives. (i) Each com- erproofing shall be of a type which will pressor shall have its individual driv- not support flame propagation. ing unit. (e) Systems utilizing portable DOT con- (ii) An emergency source of power of tainers—(1) Conformance. Cylinders sufficient capacity to handle the loads shall comply with DOT specifications listed in paragraphs (d)(8)(i) ( ) and ( ) a b and shall be maintained, filled, pack- of this section shall be provided unless aged, marked, labeled, and shipped to facilities are available to safely dispose comply with 49 CFR chapter I and the of vented vapors while the refrigera- marking requirements set forth in tion system is not operating. § 1910.253(b)(1)(ii). (11) Automatic control equipment. (i) (2) Storage. Cylinders shall be stored The refrigeration system shall be ar- in an area free from ignitable debris ranged with suitable controls to govern and in such manner as to prevent ex- the compressor operation in accord- ternal corrosion. Storage may be in- ance with the load as evidenced by the doors or outdoors. pressure in the container(s). (3) Heat protection. Cylinders filled in (ii) An emergency alarm system shall accordance with DOT regulations will be installed to function in the event become liquid full at 145 °F. Cylinders the pressure in the container(s) rises to shall be protected from heat sources the maximum allowable operating such as radiant flame and steampipes. pressure. Heat shall not be applied directly to (iii) An emergency alarm and shutoff cylinders to raise the pressure. shall be located in the condenser sys- (4) Protection. Cylinders shall be tem to respond to excess discharge stored in such manner as to protect pressure caused by failure of the cool- them from moving vehicles or external ing medium. damage. (iv) All automatic controls shall be (5) Valve cap. Any cylinder which is installed in a manner to preclude oper- designed to have a valve protection cap ation of alternate compressors unless shall have the cap securely in place the controls will function with the al- when the cylinder is not in service. ternate compressors. (f) Tank motor vehicles for the transpor- (12) Separators for compressors. (i) An tation of ammonia. (1) This paragraph entrainment separator of suitable size applies to containers and pertinent and design pressure shall be installed equipment mounted on tank motor ve- in the compressor suction line of lubri- hicles including semitrailers and full cated compression. The separator shall trailers used for the transportation of

345

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00355 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.111 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

ammonia. This paragraph does not space) or with an approved vapor re- apply to farm vehicles. For require- turn valve of adequate capacity. ments covering farm vehicles, refer to (4) Piping and fittings. (i) All piping, paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section. tubing, and fittings shall be securely Paragraph (b) of this section applies to mounted and protected against dam- this paragraph unless otherwise noted. age. Means shall be provided to protect Containers and pertinent equipment hoses while the vehicle is in motion. for tank motor vehicles for the trans- (ii) Fittings shall comply with para- portation of anhydrous ammonia, in graph (b)(6) of this section. Pipe shall addition to complying with the re- be Schedule 80. quirements of this section, shall also (5) Safety relief devices. (i) The dis- comply with the requirements of DOT. charge from safety relief valves shall be vented away from the container up- (2) Design pressure and construction of ward and unobstructed to the open air containers. (i) The minimum design in such a manner as to prevent any im- pressure for containers shall be that pingement of escaping gas upon the specified in the regulations of the DOT. container; loose-fitting rain caps shall (ii) The shell or head thickness of be used. Size of discharge lines from any container shall not be less than safety valves shall not be smaller than three-sixteenth inch. the nominal size of the safety-relief (iii) All container openings, except valve outlet connection. Suitable pro- safety relief valves, liquid-level gaging vision shall be made for draining con- devices, and pressure gages, shall be la- densate which may accumulate in the beled to designate whether they com- discharge pipe. municate with liquid or vapor space. (ii) Any portion of liquid ammonia (3) Container appurtenances. (i) All ap- piping which at any time may be closed purtenances shall be protected against at both ends shall be provided with a physical damage. hydrostatic relief valve. (ii) All connections to containers, ex- (6) Transfer of liquids. (i) The content cept filling connections, safety relief of tank motor vehicle containers shall devices, and liquid-level and pressure be determined by weight, by a suitable gage connections, shall be provided liquid-level gaging device, or other ap- with suitable automatic excess flow proved methods. If the content of a valves, or in lieu thereof, may be fitted container is to be determined by liq- with quick-closing internal valves, uid-level measurement, the container which shall remain closed except dur- shall have a thermometer well so that ing delivery operations. The control the internal liquid temperature can be mechanism for such valves may be pro- easily determined. This volume when vided with a secondary control remote converted to weight shall not exceed from the delivery connections and such the filling density specified by the control mechanism shall be provided DOT. with a fusible section (melting point (ii) Any pump, except a constant 208 °F. to 220 °F.) which will permit the speed centrifugal pump, shall be internal valve to close automatically equipped with a suitable pressure actu- in case of fire. ated bypass valve permitting flow from (iii) Filling connections shall be pro- discharge to suction when the dis- vided with automatic back-pressure charge pressure rises above a predeter- check valves, excess-flow valves, or mined point. Pump discharge shall also quick-closing internal valves, to pre- be equipped with a spring-loaded safety vent back-flow in case the filling con- relief valve set at a pressure not more nection is broken. Where the filling than 135 percent of the setting of the and discharge connect to a common bypass valve or more than 400 p.s.i.g., opening in the container shell and that whichever is larger. opening is fitted with a quick-closing (iii) Compressors shall be equipped internal valve as specified in paragraph with manually operated shutoff valves (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the automatic on both suction and discharge connec- valve shall not be required. tions. Pressure gages of bourdon-tube (iv) All containers shall be equipped type shall be installed on the suction for spray loading (filling in the vapor and discharge of the compressor before

346

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00356 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.111

the shutoff valves. The compressor (iii) When containers are mounted on shall not be operated if either pressure four-wheel trailers, care shall be taken gage is removed or is inoperative. A to insure that the weight is distributed spring-loaded, safety-relief valve capa- evenly over both axles. ble of discharging to atmosphere the (iv) When the cradle and the tank are full flow of gas from the compressor at not welded together suitable material a pressure not exceeding 300 p.s.i.g. shall be used between them to elimi- shall be connected between the com- nate metal-to-metal friction. pressor discharge and the discharge (4) Container appurtenances. (i) All shutoff valve. containers shall be equipped with a (iv) Valve functions shall be clearly fixed liquid-level gage. and legibly identified by metal tags or (ii) All containers with a capacity ex- nameplates permanently affixed to ceeding 250 gallons shall be equipped each valve. with a pressure gage having a dial (7)–(8) [Reserved] graduated from 0–400 p.s.i. (9) Chock blocks. At least two chock (iii) The filling connection shall be blocks shall be provided. These blocks fitted with combination back-pressure shall be placed to prevent rolling of the check valve and excess-flow valve; one vehicle whenever it is parked during double or two single back-pressure loading and unloading operations. check valves; or a positive shutoff (10) Portable tank containers (skid valve in conjunction with either an in- tanks). Where portable tank containers ternal back-pressure check valve or an are used for farm storage they shall internal excess flow valve. comply with paragraph (c)(1) of this section. When portable tank containers (iv) All containers with a capacity are used in lieu of cargo tanks and are exceeding 250 gallons shall be equipped permanently mounted on tank motor for spray loading or with an approved vehicles for the transportation of am- vapor return valve. monia, they shall comply with the re- (v) All vapor and liquid connections quirements of this paragraph. except safety-relief valves and those (g) Systems mounted on farm vehicles specifically exempted by paragraph other than for the application of ammo- (b)(6)(v) of this section shall be nia—(1) Application. This paragraph ap- equipped with approved excess-flow plies to containers of 1,200 gallons ca- valves or may be fitted with quick- pacity or less and pertinent equipment closing internal valves which, except mounted on farm vehicles (implements during operating periods, shall remain of husbandry) and used other than for closed. the application of ammonia to the soil. (vi) Fittings shall be adequately pro- Paragraph (b) of this section applies to tected from damage by a metal box or this paragraph unless otherwise noted. cylinder with open top securely fas- (2) Design pressure and classification of tened to the container or by rigid containers. (i) The minimum design guards, well braced, welded to the con- pressure for containers shall be 250 tainer on both sides of the fittings or p.s.i.g. by a metal dome. If a metal dome is (ii) The shell or head thickness of used, the relief valve shall be properly any container shall be not less than vented through the dome. three-sixteenths of an inch. (vii) If a liquid withdrawal line is in- (3) Mounting containers. (i) A suitable stalled in the bottom of a container, ‘‘stop’’ or ‘‘stops’’ shall be mounted on the connections thereto, including the vehicle or on the container in such hose, shall not be lower than the low- a way that the container shall not be est horizontal edge of the vehicle axle. dislodged from its mounting due to the (viii) Provision shall be made to se- vehicle coming to a sudden stop. Back cure both ends of the hose while in slippage shall also be prevented by transit. proper methods. (5) Marking the container. There shall (ii) A suitable ‘‘hold down’’ device appear on each side and on the rear end shall be provided which will anchor the of the container in letters at least 4 container to the vehicle at one or more inches high, the words, ‘‘Caution—Am- places on each side of the container. monia’’ or the container shall be

347

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00357 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB §§ 1910.112–1910.113 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

marked in accordance with DOT regu- shall be flexibly connected to the con- lations. tainer shutoff valve. (6) Farm vehicles. (i) Farm vehicles (v) No excess flow valve is required in shall conform with State regulations. the liquid withdrawal line provided the (ii) All trailers shall be securely at- controlling orifice between the con- tached to the vehicle drawing them by tents of the container and the outlet of means of drawbars supplemented by the shutoff valve does not exceed suitable safety chains. seven-sixteenths inch in diameter. (iii) A trailer shall be constructed so [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 that it will follow substantially in the FR 49748, Oct. 24, 1978; 49 FR 5322, Feb. 10, path of the towing vehicle and will not 1984; 53 FR 12122, Apr. 12, 1988; 61 FR 9238, whip or swerve dangerously from side Mar. 7, 1996; 63 FR 1269, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR to side. 33466, June 18, 1998; 72 FR 71069, Dec. 14, 2007] (iv) All vehicles shall carry a can containing 5 gallons or more of water. §§ 1910.112–1910.113 [Reserved] (h) Systems mounted on farm vehicles § 1910.119 Process safety management for the application of ammonia. (1) This of highly hazardous chemicals. paragraph applies to systems utilizing Purpose. This section contains re- containers of 250 gallons capacity or quirements for preventing or mini- less which are mounted on farm vehi- mizing the consequences of cata- cles (implement of husbandry) and used strophic releases of toxic, reactive, for the application of ammonia to the flammable, or explosive chemicals. soil. Paragraph (b) of this section ap- These releases may result in toxic, fire plies to this paragraph unless other- or explosion hazards. wise noted. Where larger containers are (a) Application. (1) This section ap- used, they shall comply with paragraph plies to the following: (g) of this section. (i) A process which involves a chem- (2) Design pressure and classification of ical at or above the specified threshold containers. (i) The minimum design quantities listed in appendix A to this pressure for containers shall be 250 section; p.s.i.g. (ii) A process which involves a Cat- (ii) The shell or head thickness of egory 1 flammable gas (as defined in any container shall not be less than 1910.1200(c)) or a flammable liquid with three-sixteenths inch. a flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C) on (3) Mounting of containers. All con- site in one location, in a quantity of tainers and flow-control devices shall 10,000 pounds (4535.9 kg) or more except be securely mounted. for: (4) Container valves and accessories. (i) (A) Hydrocarbon fuels used solely for Each container shall have a fixed liq- workplace consumption as a fuel (e.g., uid-level gage. propane used for comfort heating, gaso- (ii) The filling connection shall be line for vehicle refueling), if such fuels fitted with a combination back-pres- are not a part of a process containing sure check valve and an excess-flow another highly hazardous chemical valve; one double or two single back- covered by this standard; pressure check valves: or a positive (B) Flammable liquids with a shutoff valve in conjunction with an flashpoint below 100 °F (37.8 °C) stored internal back-pressure check valve or in atmospheric tanks or transferred an internal excess-flow valve. which are kept below their normal (iii) The applicator tank may be boiling point without benefit of filled by venting to open air provided chilling or refrigeration. the bleeder valve orifice does not ex- (2) This section does not apply to: ceed seven-sixteenths inch in diameter. (i) Retail facilities; (iv) Regulation equipment may be (ii) Oil or gas well drilling or serv- connected directly to the tank cou- icing operations; or, pling or flange, in which case a flexible (iii) Normally unoccupied remote fa- connection shall be used between such cilities. regulating equipment and the remain- (b) Definitions. Atmospheric tank der of the liquid withdrawal system. means a storage tank which has been Regulating equipment not so installed designed to operate at pressures from

348

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00358 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

atmospheric through 0.5 p.s.i.g. (pounds Replacement in kind means a replace- per square inch gauge, 3.45 Kpa). ment which satisfies the design speci- Boiling point means the boiling point fication. of a liquid at a pressure of 14.7 pounds Trade secret means any confidential per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.) (760 formula, pattern, process, device, infor- mm.). For the purposes of this section, mation or compilation of information where an accurate boiling point is un- that is used in an employer’s business, available for the material in question, and that gives the employer an oppor- or for mixtures which do not have a tunity to obtain an advantage over constant boiling point, the 10 percent competitors who do not know or use it. point of a distillation performed in ac- See Appendix E to § 1910.1200—Defini- cordance with the Standard Method of tion of a Trade Secret (which sets out Test for Distillation of Petroleum the criteria to be used in evaluating Products, ASTM D–86–62, which is in- trade secrets). corporated by reference as specified in (c) Employee participation. (1) Employ- § 1910.6, may be used as the boiling ers shall develop a written plan of ac- point of the liquid. tion regarding the implementation of Catastrophic release means a major the employee participation required by uncontrolled emission, fire, or explo- this paragraph. sion, involving one or more highly haz- (2) Employers shall consult with em- ardous chemicals, that presents serious ployees and their representatives on danger to employees in the workplace. the conduct and development of proc- ess hazards analyses and on the devel- Facility means the buildings, con- opment of the other elements of proc- tainers or equipment which contain a ess safety management in this stand- process. ard. Highly hazardous chemical means a (3) Employers shall provide to em- substance possessing toxic, reactive, ployees and their representatives ac- flammable, or explosive properties and cess to process hazard analyses and to specified by paragraph (a)(1) of this all other information required to be de- section. veloped under this standard. Hot work means work involving elec- (d) Process safety information. In ac- tric or gas welding, cutting, brazing, or cordance with the schedule set forth in similar flame or spark-producing oper- paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the em- ations. ployer shall complete a compilation of Normally unoccupied remote facility written process safety information be- means a facility which is operated, fore conducting any process hazard maintained or serviced by employees analysis required by the standard. The who visit the facility only periodically compilation of written process safety to check its operation and to perform information is to enable the employer necessary operating or maintenance and the employees involved in oper- tasks. No employees are permanently ating the process to identify and under- stationed at the facility. stand the hazards posed by those proc- Facilities meeting this definition are esses involving highly hazardous not contiguous with, and must be geo- chemicals. This process safety informa- graphically remote from all other tion shall include information per- buildings, processes or persons. taining to the hazards of the highly Process means any activity involving hazardous chemicals used or produced a highly hazardous chemical including by the process, information pertaining any use, storage, manufacturing, han- to the technology of the process, and dling, or the on-site movement of such information pertaining to the equip- chemicals, or combination of these ac- ment in the process. tivities. For purposes of this definition, (1) Information pertaining to the haz- any group of vessels which are inter- ards of the highly hazardous chemicals in connected and separate vessels which the process. This information shall con- are located such that a highly haz- sist of at least the following: ardous chemical could be involved in a (i) Toxicity information; potential release shall be considered a (ii) Permissible exposure limits; single process. (iii) Physical data;

349

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00359 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(iv) Reactivity data: shall determine and document that the (v) Corrosivity data; equipment is designed, maintained, in- (vi) Thermal and chemical stability spected, tested, and operating in a safe data; and manner. (vii) Hazardous effects of inadvertent (e) Process hazard analysis. (1) The mixing of different materials that employer shall perform an initial proc- could foreseeably occur. ess hazard analysis (hazard evaluation) NOTE: Safety data sheets meeting the re- on processes covered by this standard. quirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) may be The process hazard analysis shall be used to comply with this requirement to the appropriate to the complexity of the extent they contain the information required process and shall identify, evaluate, by this subparagraph. and control the hazards involved in the (2) Information pertaining to the tech- process. Employers shall determine and nology of the process. (i) Information document the priority order for con- concerning the technology of the proc- ducting process hazard analyses based ess shall include at least the following: on a rationale which includes such con- (A) A block flow diagram or sim- siderations as extent of the process plified process flow diagram (see appen- hazards, number of potentially affected dix B to this section); employees, age of the process, and op- (B) Process chemistry; erating history of the process. The (C) Maximum intended inventory; process hazard analysis shall be con- (D) Safe upper and lower limits for ducted as soon as possible, but not such items as temperatures, pressures, later than the following schedule: flows or compositions; and, (i) No less than 25 percent of the ini- (E) An evaluation of the con- tial process hazards analyses shall be sequences of deviations, including completed by May 26, 1994; those affecting the safety and health of (ii) No less than 50 percent of the ini- employees. tial process hazards analyses shall be (ii) Where the original technical in- completed by May 26, 1995; formation no longer exists, such infor- (iii) No less than 75 percent of the mation may be developed in conjunc- initial process hazards analyses shall tion with the process hazard analysis be completed by May 26, 1996; in sufficient detail to support the anal- (iv) All initial process hazards anal- ysis. yses shall be completed by May 26, 1997. (3) Information pertaining to the equip- (v) Process hazards analyses com- ment in the process. (i) Information per- pleted after May 26, 1987 which meet taining to the equipment in the process the requirements of this paragraph are shall include: acceptable as initial process hazards (A) Materials of construction; analyses. These process hazard anal- (B) Piping and instrument diagrams yses shall be updated and revalidated, (P&ID’s); based on their completion date, in ac- (C) Electrical classification; cordance with paragraph (e)(6) of this (D) Relief system design and design section. basis; (2) The employer shall use one or (E) Ventilation system design; more of the following methodologies (F) Design codes and standards em- that are appropriate to determine and ployed; evaluate the hazards of the process (G) Material and energy balances for being analyzed. processes built after May 26, 1992; and, (H) Safety systems (e.g. interlocks, (i) What-If; detection or suppression systems). (ii) Checklist; (ii) The employer shall document (iii) What-If/Checklist; that equipment complies with recog- (iv) Hazard and Operability Study nized and generally accepted good engi- (HAZOP): neering practices. (v) Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (iii) For existing equipment designed (FMEA); and constructed in accordance with (vi) Fault Tree Analysis; or codes, standards, or practices that are (vii) An appropriate equivalent meth- no longer in general use, the employer odology.

350

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00360 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

(3) The process hazard analysis shall (7) Employers shall retain process address: hazards analyses and updates or re- (i) The hazards of the process; validations for each process covered by (ii) The identification of any previous this section, as well as the documented incident which had a likely potential resolution of recommendations de- for catastrophic consequences in the scribed in paragraph (e)(5) of this sec- workplace; tion for the life of the process. (iii) Engineering and administrative (f) Operating procedures. (1) The em- controls applicable to the hazards and ployer shall develop and implement their interrelationships such as appro- written operating procedures that pro- priate application of detection meth- vide clear instructions for safely con- odologies to provide early warning of ducting activities involved in each cov- releases. (Acceptable detection meth- ered process consistent with the proc- ods might include process monitoring ess safety information and shall ad- and control instrumentation with dress at least the following elements. alarms, and detection hardware such as (i) Steps for each operating phase: hydrocarbon sensors.); (A) Initial startup; (iv) Consequences of failure of engi- (B) Normal operations; neering and administrative controls; (C) Temporary operations; (v) Facility siting; (D) Emergency shutdown including (vi) Human factors; and the conditions under which emergency (vii) A qualitative evaluation of a shutdown is required, and the assign- range of the possible safety and health ment of shutdown responsibility to effects of failure of controls on employ- qualified operators to ensure that ees in the workplace. emergency shutdown is executed in a (4) The process hazard analysis shall safe and timely manner. be performed by a team with expertise (E) Emergency Operations; in engineering and process operations, (F) Normal shutdown; and, and the team shall include at least one (G) Startup following a turnaround, employee who has experience and or after an emergency shutdown. knowledge specific to the process being (ii) Operating limits: evaluated. Also, one member of the (A) Consequences of deviation; and team must be knowledgeable in the (B) Steps required to correct or avoid specific process hazard analysis meth- deviation. odology being used. (iii) Safety and health considerations: (5) The employer shall establish a (A) Properties of, and hazards pre- system to promptly address the team’s sented by, the chemicals used in the findings and recommendations; assure process; that the recommendations are resolved (B) Precautions necessary to prevent in a timely manner and that the reso- exposure, including engineering con- lution is documented; document what trols, administrative controls, and per- actions are to be taken; complete ac- sonal protective equipment; tions as soon as possible; develop a (C) Control measures to be taken if written schedule of when these actions physical contact or airborne exposure are to be completed; communicate the occurs; actions to operating, maintenance and (D) Quality control for raw materials other employees whose work assign- and control of hazardous chemical in- ments are in the process and who may ventory levels; and, be affected by the recommendations or (E) Any special or unique hazards. actions. (iv) Safety systems and their functions. (6) At least every five (5) years after (2) Operating procedures shall be the completion of the initial process readily accessible to employees who hazard analysis, the process hazard work in or maintain a process. analysis shall be updated and revali- (3) The operating procedures shall be dated by a team meeting the require- reviewed as often as necessary to as- ments in paragraph (e)(4) of this sec- sure that they reflect current oper- tion, to assure that the process hazard ating practice, including changes that analysis is consistent with the current result from changes in process chemi- process. cals, technology, and equipment, and

351

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00361 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

changes to facilities. The employer (h) Contractors—(1) Application. This shall certify annually that these oper- paragraph applies to contractors per- ating procedures are current and accu- forming maintenance or repair, turn- rate. around, major renovation, or specialty (4) The employer shall develop and work on or adjacent to a covered proc- implement safe work practices to pro- ess. It does not apply to contractors vide for the control of hazards during providing incidental services which do operations such as lockout/tagout; con- not influence process safety, such as fined space entry; opening process janitorial work, food and drink serv- equipment or piping; and control over ices, laundry, delivery or other supply entrance into a facility by mainte- services. nance, contractor, laboratory, or other (2) Employer responsibilities. (i) The support personnel. These safe work employer, when selecting a contractor, practices shall apply to employees and shall obtain and evaluate information contractor employees. regarding the contract employer’s safe- (g) Training—(1) Initial training. (i) ty performance and programs. Each employee presently involved in (ii) The employer shall inform con- operating a process, and each employee tract employers of the known potential before being involved in operating a fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards newly assigned process, shall be related to the contractor’s work and trained in an overview of the process the process. and in the operating procedures as (iii) The employer shall explain to specified in paragraph (f) of this sec- contract employers the applicable pro- tion. The training shall include empha- visions of the emergency action plan sis on the specific safety and health required by paragraph (n) of this sec- hazards, emergency operations includ- tion. ing shutdown, and safe work practices (iv) The employer shall develop and applicable to the employee’s job tasks. implement safe work practices con- (ii) In lieu of initial training for sistent with paragraph (f)(4) of this sec- those employees already involved in tion, to control the entrance, presence operating a process on May 26, 1992, an and exit of contract employers and employer may certify in writing that contract employees in covered process the employee has the required knowl- areas. edge, skills, and abilities to safely (v) The employer shall periodically carry out the duties and responsibil- evaluate the performance of contract ities as specified in the operating pro- employers in fulfilling their obliga- cedures. tions as specified in paragraph (h)(3) of (2) Refresher training. Refresher train- this section. ing shall be provided at least every (vi) The employer shall maintain a three years, and more often if nec- contract employee injury and illness essary, to each employee involved in log related to the contractor’s work in operating a process to assure that the process areas. employee understands and adheres to (3) Contract employer responsibilities. the current operating procedures of the (i) The contract employer shall assure process. The employer, in consultation that each contract employee is trained with the employees involved in oper- in the work practices necessary to safe- ating the process, shall determine the ly perform his/her job. appropriate frequency of refresher (ii) The contract employer shall as- training. sure that each contract employee is in- (3) Training documentation. The em- structed in the known potential fire, ployer shall ascertain that each em- explosion, or toxic release hazards re- ployee involved in operating a process lated to his/her job and the process, has received and understood the train- and the applicable provisions of the ing required by this paragraph. The emergency action plan. employer shall prepare a record which (iii) The contract employer shall doc- contains the identity of the employee, ument that each contract employee the date of training, and the means has received and understood the train- used to verify that the employee under- ing required by this paragraph. The stood the training. contract employer shall prepare a

352

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00362 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

record which contains the identity of procedures to maintain the on-going the contract employee, the date of integrity of process equipment. training, and the means used to verify (3) Training for process maintenance that the employee understood the activities. The employer shall train each training. employee involved in maintaining the (iv) The contract employer shall as- on-going integrity of process equip- sure that each contract employee fol- ment in an overview of that process lows the safety rules of the facility in- and its hazards and in the procedures cluding the safe work practices re- applicable to the employee’s job tasks quired by paragraph (f)(4) of this sec- to assure that the employee can per- tion. form the job tasks in a safe manner. (v) The contract employer shall ad- (4) Inspection and testing. (i) Inspec- vise the employer of any unique haz- tions and tests shall be performed on ards presented by the contract employ- process equipment. er’s work, or of any hazards found by (ii) Inspection and testing procedures the contract employer’s work. shall follow recognized and generally (i) Pre-startup safety review. (1) The accepted good engineering practices. employer shall perform a pre-startup (iii) The frequency of inspections and safety review for new facilities and for tests of process equipment shall be con- modified facilities when the modifica- sistent with applicable manufacturers’ tion is significant enough to require a recommendations and good engineering change in the process safety informa- practices, and more frequently if deter- tion. mined to be necessary by prior oper- (2) The pre-startup safety review ating experience. shall confirm that prior to the intro- (iv) The employer shall document duction of highly hazardous chemicals each inspection and test that has been to a process: performed on process equipment. The (i) Construction and equipment is in documentation shall identify the date accordance with design specifications; of the inspection or test, the name of (ii) Safety, operating, maintenance, the person who performed the inspec- and emergency procedures are in place tion or test, the serial number or other and are adequate; identifier of the equipment on which (iii) For new facilities, a process haz- the inspection or test was performed, a ard analysis has been performed and description of the inspection or test recommendations have been resolved performed, and the results of the in- or implemented before startup; and spection or test. modified facilities meet the require- (5) Equipment deficiencies. The em- ments contained in management of ployer shall correct deficiencies in change, paragraph (l). equipment that are outside acceptable (iv) Training of each employee in- limits (defined by the process safety in- volved in operating a process has been formation in paragraph (d) of this sec- completed. tion) before further use or in a safe and (j) Mechanical integrity—(1) Applica- timely manner when necessary means tion. Paragraphs (j)(2) through (j)(6) of are taken to assure safe operation. this section apply to the following (6) Quality assurance. (i) In the con- process equipment: struction of new plants and equipment, (i) Pressure vessels and storage the employer shall assure that equip- tanks; ment as it is fabricated is suitable for (ii) Piping systems (including piping the process application for which they components such as valves); will be used. (iii) Relief and vent systems and de- (ii) Appropriate checks and inspec- vices; tions shall be performed to assure that (iv) Emergency shutdown systems; equipment is installed properly and (v) Controls (including monitoring consistent with design specifications devices and sensors, alarms, and inter- and the manufacturer’s instructions. locks) and, (iii) The employer shall assure that (vi) Pumps. maintenance materials, spare parts and (2) Written procedures. The employer equipment are suitable for the process shall establish and implement written application for which they will be used.

353

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00363 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(k) Hot work permit. (1) The employer (2) An incident investigation shall be shall issue a hot work permit for hot initiated as promptly as possible, but work operations conducted on or near a not later than 48 hours following the covered process. incident. (2) The permit shall document that (3) An incident investigation team the fire prevention and protection re- shall be established and consist of at quirements in 29 CFR 1910.252(a) have least one person knowledgeable in the been implemented prior to beginning process involved, including a contract the hot work operations; it shall indi- employee if the incident involved work cate the date(s) authorized for hot of the contractor, and other persons work; and identify the object on which with appropriate knowledge and experi- hot work is to be performed. The per- ence to thoroughly investigate and mit shall be kept on file until comple- analyze the incident. tion of the hot work operations. (4) A report shall be prepared at the (l) Management of change. (1) The em- conclusion of the investigation which ployer shall establish and implement includes at a minimum: written procedures to manage changes (i) Date of incident; (except for ‘‘replacements in kind’’) to (ii) Date investigation began; process chemicals, technology, equip- (iii) A description of the incident; ment, and procedures; and, changes to (iv) The factors that contributed to facilities that affect a covered process. the incident; and, (2) The procedures shall assure that (v) Any recommendations resulting the following considerations are ad- from the investigation. dressed prior to any change: (5) The employer shall establish a (i) The technical basis for the pro- system to promptly address and resolve posed change; the incident report findings and rec- ommendations. Resolutions and correc- (ii) Impact of change on safety and tive actions shall be documented. health; (6) The report shall be reviewed with (iii) Modifications to operating pro- all affected personnel whose job tasks cedures; are relevant to the incident findings in- (iv) Necessary time period for the cluding contract employees where ap- change; and, plicable. (v) Authorization requirements for (7) Incident investigation reports the proposed change. shall be retained for five years. (3) Employees involved in operating a (n) Emergency planning and response. process and maintenance and contract The employer shall establish and im- employees whose job tasks will be af- plement an emergency action plan for fected by a change in the process shall the entire plant in accordance with the be informed of, and trained in, the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.38. In addi- change prior to start-up of the process tion, the emergency action plan shall or affected part of the process. include procedures for handling small (4) If a change covered by this para- releases. Employers covered under this graph results in a change in the process standard may also be subject to the safety information required by para- hazardous waste and emergency re- graph (d) of this section, such informa- sponse provisions contained in 29 CFR tion shall be updated accordingly. 1910.120 (a), (p) and (q). (5) If a change covered by this para- (o) Compliance Audits. (1) Employers graph results in a change in the oper- shall certify that they have evaluated ating procedures or practices required compliance with the provisions of this by paragraph (f) of this section, such section at least every three years to procedures or practices shall be up- verify that the procedures and prac- dated accordingly. tices developed under the standard are (m) Incident investigation. (1) The em- adequate and are being followed. ployer shall investigate each incident (2) The compliance audit shall be which resulted in, or could reasonably conducted by at least one person have resulted in a catastrophic release knowledgeable in the process. of highly hazardous chemical in the (3) A report of the findings of the workplace. audit shall be developed.

354

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00364 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

(4) The employer shall promptly de- Chemical name CAS * TQ ** termine and document an appropriate Ammonium Perchlorate ...... 7790–98–9 7500 response to each of the findings of the Ammonium Permanganate .... 7787–36–2 7500 compliance audit, and document that Arsine (also called Arsenic deficiencies have been corrected. Hydride) ...... 7784–42–1 100 (5) Employers shall retain the two (2) Bis(Chloromethyl) Ether ...... 542–88–1 100 Boron Trichloride ...... 10294–34–5 2500 most recent compliance audit reports. Boron Trifluoride ...... 7637–07–2 250 (p) Trade secrets. (1) Employers shall Bromine ...... 7726–95–6 1500 make all information necessary to Bromine Chloride ...... 13863–41–7 1500 Bromine Pentafluoride ...... 7789–30–2 2500 comply with the section available to Bromine Trifluoride ...... 7787–71–5 15000 those persons responsible for compiling 3-Bromopropyne (also called the process safety information (re- Propargyl Bromide) ...... 106–96–7 100 quired by paragraph (d) of this section), Butyl Hydroperoxide (Tertiary) 75–91–2 5000 Butyl Perbenzoate (Tertiary) 614–45–9 7500 those assisting in the development of Carbonyl Chloride (see Phos- the process hazard analysis (required gene) ...... 75–44–5 100 by paragraph (e) of this section), those Carbonyl Fluoride ...... 353–50–4 2500 Cellulose Nitrate (concentra- responsible for developing the oper- tion >12.6% nitrogen) ...... 9004–70–0 2500 ating procedures (required by para- Chlorine ...... 7782–50–5 1500 graph (f) of this section), and those in- Chlorine Dioxide ...... 10049–04–4 1000 volved in incident investigations (re- Chlorine Pentrafluoride ...... 13637–63–3 1000 Chlorine Trifluoride ...... 7790–91–2 1000 quired by paragraph (m) of this sec- Chlorodiethylaluminum (also tion), emergency planning and response called Diethylaluminum (paragraph (n) of this section) and com- Chloride) ...... 96–10–6 5000 1-Chloro-2,4-Dinitrobenzene 97–00–7 5000 pliance audits (paragraph (o) of this Chloromethyl Methyl Ether .... 107–30–2 500 section) without regard to possible Chloropicrin ...... 76–06–2 500 trade secret status of such informa- Chloropicrin and Methyl Bro- tion. mide mixture ...... None 1500 Chloropicrin and Methyl Chlo- (2) Nothing in this paragraph shall ride mixture ...... None 1500 preclude the employer from requiring Cumene Hydroperoxide ...... 80–15–9 5000 the persons to whom the information is Cyanogen ...... 460–19–5 2500 made available under paragraph (p)(1) Cyanogen Chloride ...... 506–77–4 500 Cyanuric Fluoride ...... 675–14–9 100 of this section to enter into confiden- Diacetyl Peroxide (Concentra- tiality agreements not to disclose the tion >70%) ...... 110–22–5 5000 information as set forth in 29 CFR Diazomethane ...... 334–88–3 500 Dibenzoyl Peroxide ...... 94–36–0 7500 1910.1200. Diborane ...... 19287–45–7 100 (3) Subject to the rules and proce- Dibutyl Peroxide (Tertiary) ..... 110–05–4 5000 dures set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1200(i)(1) Dichloro Acetylene ...... 7572–29–4 250 through 1910.1200(i)(12), employees and Dichlorosilane ...... 4109–96–0 2500 Diethylzinc ...... 557–20–0 10000 their designated representatives shall Diisopropyl have access to trade secret information Peroxydicarbonate ...... 105–64–6 7500 contained within the process hazard Dilaluroyl Peroxide ...... 105–74–8 7500 Dimethyldichlorosilane ...... 75–78–5 1000 analysis and other documents required Dimethylhydrazine, 1,1- ...... 57–14–7 1000 to be developed by this standard. Dimethylamine, Anhydrous ... 124–40–3 2500 2,4-Dinitroaniline ...... 97–02–9 5000 APPENDIX A TO § 1910.119—LIST OF HIGHLY Ethyl Methyl Ketone Peroxide HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS, TOXICS AND (also Methyl Ethyl Ketone REACTIVES (MANDATORY) Peroxide; concentration >60%) ...... 1338–23–4 5000 This appendix contains a listing of toxic Ethyl Nitrite ...... 109–95–5 5000 and reactive highly hazardous chemicals Ethylamine ...... 75–04–7 7500 which present a potential for a catastrophic Ethylene Fluorohydrin ...... 371–62–0 100 event at or above the threshold quantity. Ethylene Oxide ...... 75–21–8 5000 Ethyleneimine ...... 151–56–4 1000 Chemical name CAS * TQ ** Fluorine ...... 7782–41–4 1000 Formaldehyde (Formalin) ...... 50–00–0 1000 Acetaldehyde ...... 75–07–0 2500 Furan ...... 110–00–9 500 Acrolein (2-Propenal) ...... 107–02–8 150 Hexafluoroacetone ...... 684–16–2 5000 Acrylyl Chloride ...... 814–68–6 250 Hydrochloric Acid, Anhydrous 7647–01–0 5000 Allyl Chloride ...... 107–05–1 1000 Hydrofluoric Acid, Anhydrous 7664–39–3 1000 Allylamine ...... 107–11–9 1000 Hydrogen Bromide ...... 10035–10–6 5000 Alkylaluminums ...... Varies 5000 Hydrogen Chloride ...... 7647–01–0 5000 Ammonia, Anhydrous ...... 7664–41–7 10000 Hydrogen Cyanide, Anhy- Ammonia solutions (>44% drous ...... 74–90–8 1000 ammonia by weight) ...... 7664–41–7 15000 Hydrogen Fluoride ...... 7664–39–3 1000

355

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00365 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

Chemical name CAS * TQ ** Chemical name CAS * TQ **

Hydrogen Peroxide (52% by Peracetic Acid (concentration weight or greater) ...... 7722–84–1 7500 >60% Acetic Acid; also Hydrogen Selenide ...... 7783–07–5 150 called Peroxyacetic Acid) .. 79–21–0 1000 Hydrogen Sulfide ...... 7783–06–4 1500 Perchloric Acid (concentration Hydroxylamine ...... 7803–49–8 2500 >60% by weight) ...... 7601–90–3 5000 Iron, Pentacarbonyl ...... 13463–40–6 250 Perchloromethyl Mercaptan ... 594–42–3 150 Isopropylamine ...... 75–31–0 5000 Perchloryl Fluoride ...... 7616–94–6 5000 Ketene ...... 463–51–4 100 Peroxyacetic Acid (concentra- Methacrylaldehyde ...... 78–85–3 1000 tion >60% Acetic Acid; also Methacryloyl Chloride ...... 920–46–7 150 called Peracetic Acid) ...... 79–21–0 1000 Methacryloyloxyethyl Phosgene (also called Car- Isocyanate ...... 30674–80–7 100 bonyl Chloride) ...... 75–44–5 100 Methyl Acrylonitrile ...... 126–98–7 250 Phosphine (Hydrogen Methylamine, Anhydrous ...... 74–89–5 1000 Phosphide) ...... 7803–51–2 100 Methyl Bromide ...... 74–83–9 2500 Methyl Chloride ...... 74–87–3 15000 Phosphorus Oxychloride (also Methyl Chloroformate ...... 79–22–1 500 called Phosphoryl Chloride) 10025–87–3 1000 Methyl Ethyl Ketone Peroxide Phosphorus Trichloride ...... 7719–12–2 1000 (concentration >60%) ...... 1338–23–4 5000 Phosphoryl Chloride (also Methyl Fluoroacetate ...... 453–18–9 100 called Phosphorus Methyl Fluorosulfate ...... 421–20–5 100 Oxychloride) ...... 10025–87–3 1000 Methyl Hydrazine ...... 60–34–4 100 Propargyl Bromide ...... 106–96–7 100 Methyl Iodide ...... 74–88–4 7500 Propyl Nitrate ...... 627–3–4 2500 Methyl Isocyanate ...... 624–83–9 250 Sarin ...... 107–44–8 100 Methyl Mercaptan ...... 74–93–1 5000 Selenium Hexafluoride ...... 7783–79–1 1000 Methyl Vinyl Ketone ...... 78–94–4 100 Stibine (Antimony Hydride) ... 7803–52–3 500 Methyltrichlorosilane ...... 75–79–6 500 Sulfur Dioxide (liquid) ...... 7446–09–5 1000 Nickel Carbonly (Nickel Sulfur Pentafluoride ...... 5714–22–7 250 Tetracarbonyl) ...... 13463–39–3 150 Sulfur Tetrafluoride ...... 7783–60–0 250 Nitric Acid (94.5% by weight Sulfur Trioxide (also called or greater) ...... 7697–37–2 500 Sulfuric Anhydride) ...... 7446–11–9 1000 Nitric Oxide ...... 10102–43–9 250 Sulfuric Anhydride (also Nitroaniline (para Nitroaniline 100–01–6 5000 called Sulfur Trioxide) ...... 7446–11–9 1000 Nitromethane ...... 75–52–5 2500 Tellurium Hexafluoride ...... 7783–80–4 250 Nitrogen Dioxide ...... 10102–44–0 250 Tetrafluoroethylene ...... 116–14–3 5000 Nitrogen Oxides (NO; NO2; Tetrafluorohydrazine ...... 10036–47–2 5000 N204; N203) ...... 10102–44–0 250 Tetramethyl Lead ...... 75–74–1 1000 Nitrogen Tetroxide (also Thionyl Chloride ...... 7719–09–7 250 called Nitrogen Peroxide) .. 10544–72–6 250 Trichloro (chloromethyl) Sil- Nitrogen Trifluoride ...... 7783–54–2 5000 ane ...... 1558–25–4 100 Nitrogen Trioxide ...... 10544–73–7 250 Trichloro (dichlorophenyl) Sil- Oleum (65% to 80% by ane ...... 27137–85–5 2500 weight; also called Fuming Trichlorosilane ...... 10025–78–2 5000 Sulfuric Acid) ...... 8014–95–7 1,000 Trifluorochloroethylene ...... 79–38–9 10000 Osmium Tetroxide ...... 20816–12–0 100 Trimethyoxysilane ...... 2487–90–3 1500 Oxygen Difluoride (Fluorine Monoxide) ...... 7783–41–7 100 * Chemical Abstract Service Number. Ozone ...... 10028–15–6 100 ** Threshold Quantity in Pounds (Amount necessary to be Pentaborane ...... 19624–22–7 100 covered by this standard).

356

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00366 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.119—BLOCK FLOW DIAGRAM AND SIMPLIFIED PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM (NONMANDATORY)

357

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00367 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC27OC91.026 § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

APPENDIX C TO § 1910.119—COMPLIANCE GUIDE- ment program requires a systematic ap- LINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROCESS proach to evaluating the whole process. SAFETY MANAGEMENT (NONMANDATORY) Using this approach the process design, proc- ess technology, operational and maintenance This appendix serves as a nonmandatory activities and procedures, nonroutine activi- guideline to assist employers and employees ties and procedures, emergency preparedness in complying with the requirements of this plans and procedures, training programs, and section, as well as provides other helpful rec- other elements which impact the process are ommendations and information. Examples all considered in the evaluation. The various presented in this appendix are not the only lines of defense that have been incorporated means of achieving the performance goals in into the design and operation of the process the standard. This appendix neither adds nor to prevent or mitigate the release of haz- detracts from the requirements of the stand- ardous chemicals need to be evaluated and ard. strengthened to assure their effectiveness at 1. Introduction to Process Safety Manage- each level. Process safety management is the ment. The major objective of process safety proactive identification, evaluation and management of highly hazardous chemicals mitigation or prevention of chemical re- is to prevent unwanted releases of hazardous leases that could occur as a result of failures chemicals especially into locations which in process, procedures or equipment. could expose employees and others to serious The process safety management standard hazards. An effective process safety manage- targets highly hazardous chemicals that

358

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00368 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC27OC91.027 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

have the potential to cause a catastrophic formed about relevant safety and health incident. This standard as a whole is to aid issues and employers may be able to adapt employers in their efforts to prevent or miti- these practices and procedures to meet their gate episodic chemical releases that could obligations under this standard. Employers lead to a catastrophe in the workplace and who have not implemented an occupational possibly to the surrounding community. To safety and health program may wish to form control these types of hazards, employers a safety and health committee of employees need to develop the necessary expertise, ex- and management representatives to help the periences, judgement and proactive initia- employer meet the obligations specified by tive within their workforce to properly im- this standard. These committees can become plement and maintain an effective process a significant ally in helping the employer to safety management program as envisioned in implement and maintain an effective process the OSHA standard. This OSHA standard is safety management program for all employ- required by the Clean Air Act Amendments ees. as is the Environmental Protection Agency’s 3. Process Safety Information. Complete and Risk Management Plan. Employers, who accurate written information concerning merge the two sets of requirements into process chemicals, process technology, and their process safety management program, process equipment is essential to an effective will better assure full compliance with each process safety management program and to a as well as enhancing their relationship with process hazards analysis. The compiled infor- the local community. mation will be a necessary resource to a va- While OSHA believes process safety man- riety of users including the team that will agement will have a positive effect on the perform the process hazards analysis as re- safety of employees in workplaces and also quired under paragraph (e); those developing offers other potential benefits to employers the training programs and the operating pro- (increased productivity), smaller businesses cedures; contractors whose employees will be which may have limited resources available working with the process; those conducting to them at this time, might consider alter- the pre-startup reviews; local emergency native avenues of decreasing the risks asso- preparedness planners; and insurance and en- ciated with highly hazardous chemicals at forcement officials. their workplaces. One method which might The information to be compiled about the be considered is the reduction in the inven- tory of the highly hazardous chemical. This chemicals, including process intermediates, reduction in inventory will result in a reduc- needs to be comprehensive enough for an ac- tion of the risk or potential for a cata- curate assessment of the fire and explosion strophic incident. Also, employers including characteristics, reactivity hazards, the safe- small employers may be able to establish ty and health hazards to workers, and the more efficient inventory control by reducing corrosion and erosion effects on the process the quantities of highly hazardous chemicals equipment and monitoring tools. Current on site below the established threshold quan- safety data sheet (SDS) information can be tities. This reduction can be accomplished used to help meet this requirement which by ordering smaller shipments and maintain- must be supplemented with process chem- ing the minimum inventory necessary for ef- istry information including runaway reac- ficient and safe operation. When reduced in- tion and over pressure hazards if applicable. ventory is not feasible, then the employer Process technology information will be a might consider dispersing inventory to sev- part of the process safety information pack- eral locations on site. Dispersing storage age and it is expected that it will include into locations where a release in one loca- diagrams of the type shown in appendix B of tion will not cause a release in another loca- this section as well as employer established tion is a practical method to also reduce the criteria for maximum inventory levels for risk or portential for catastrophic incidents. process chemicals; limits beyond which 2. Employee Involvement in Process Safety would be considered upset conditions; and a Management. Section 304 of the Clean Air Act qualitative estimate of the consequences or Amendments states that employers are to results of deviation that could occur if oper- consult with their employees and their rep- ating beyond the established process limits. resentatives regarding the employers efforts Employers are encouraged to use diagrams in the development and implementation of which will help users understand the process. the process safety management program ele- A block flow diagram is used to show the ments and hazard assessments. Section 304 major process equipment and inter- also requires employers to train and educate connecting process flow lines and show flow their employees and to inform affected em- rates, stream composition, temperatures, ployees of the findings from incident inves- and pressures when necessary for clarity. tigations required by the process safety man- The block flow diagram is a simplified dia- agement program. Many employers, under gram. their safety and health programs, have al- Process flow diagrams are more complex ready established means and methods to and will show all main flow streams includ- keep employees and their representatives in- ing valves to enhance the understanding of

359

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00369 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

the process, as well as pressures and tem- significance of potential hazards associated peratures on all feed and product lines with- with the processing or handling of highly in all major vessels, in and out of headers hazardous chemicals. A PHA provides infor- and heat exchangers, and points of pressure mation which will assist employers and em- and temperature control. Also, materials of ployees in making decisions for improving construction information, pump capacities safety and reducing the consequences of un- and pressure heads, compressor horsepower wanted or unplanned releases of hazardous and vessel design pressures and temperatures chemicals. A PHA is directed toward ana- are shown when necessary for clarity. In ad- lyzing potential causes and consequences of dition, major components of control loops fires, explosions, releases of toxic or flam- are usually shown along with key utilities mable chemicals and major spills of haz- on process flow diagrams. ardous chemicals. The PHA focuses on equip- Piping and instrument diagrams (P&IDs) ment, instrumentation, utilities, human ac- may be the more appropriate type of dia- tions (routine and nonroutine), and external grams to show some of the above details and factors that might impact the process. These to display the information for the piping de- considerations assist in determining the haz- signer and engineering staff. The P&IDs are ards and potential failure points or failure to be used to describe the relationships be- modes in a process. tween equipment and instrumentation as The selection of a PHA methodology or well as other relevant information that will technique will be influenced by many factors enhance clarity. Computer software pro- including the amount of existing knowledge grams which do P&IDs or other diagrams useful to the information package, may be about the process. Is it a process that has used to help meet this requirement. been operated for a long period of time with The information pertaining to process little or no innovation and extensive experi- equipment design must be documented. In ence has been generated with its use? Or, is other words, what were the codes and stand- it a new process or one which has been ards relied on to establish good engineering changed frequently by the inclusion of inno- practice. These codes and standards are pub- vative features? Also, the size and com- lished by such organizations as the American plexity of the process will influence the deci- Society of Mechanical Engineers, American sion as to the appropriate PHA methodology Petroleum Institute, American National to use. All PHA methodologies are subject to Standards Institute, National Fire Protec- certain limitations. For example, the check- tion Association, American Society for Test- list methodology works well when the proc- ing and Materials, National Board of Boiler ess is very stable and no changes are made, and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, National As- but it is not as effective when the process sociation of Corrosion Engineers, American has undergone extensive change. The check- Society of Exchange Manufacturers Associa- list may miss the most recent changes and tion, and model building code groups. consequently the changes would not be eval- In addition, various engineering societies uated. Another limitation to be considered issue technical reports which impact process concerns the assumptions made by the team design. For example, the American Institute or analyst. The PHA is dependent on good of Chemical Engineers has published tech- judgement and the assumptions made during nical reports on topics such as two phase the study need to be documented and under- flow for venting devices. This type of tech- stood by the team and reviewer and kept for nically recognized report would constitute a future PHA. good engineering practice. The team conducting the PHA need to un- For existing equipment designed and con- derstand the methodology that is going to be structed many years ago in accordance with used. A PHA team can vary in size from two the codes and standards available at that people to a number of people with varied time and no longer in general use today, the operational and technical backgrounds. employer must document which codes and Some team members may only be a part of standards were used and that the design and the team for a limited time. The team leader construction along with the testing, inspec- needs to be fully knowledgeable in the proper tion and operation are still suitable for the implementation of the PHA methodology intended use. Where the process technology that is to be used and should be impartial in requires a design which departs from the ap- the evaluation. The other full or part time plicable codes and standards, the employer team members need to provide the team with must document that the design and con- expertise in areas such as process tech- struction is suitable for the intended pur- nology, process design, operating procedures pose. and practices, including how the work is ac- 4. Process Hazard Analysis. A process hazard tually performed, alarms, emergency proce- analysis (PHA), sometimes called a process dures, instrumentation, maintenance proce- hazard evaluation, is one of the most impor- dures, both routine and nonroutine tasks, in- tant elements of the process safety manage- cluding how the tasks are authorized, pro- ment program. A PHA is an organized and curement of parts and supplies, safety and systematic effort to identify and analyze the health, and any other relevant subject as the

360

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00370 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

need dictates. At least one team member evolved from a checklist or what-if ques- must be familiar with the process. tions, could be developed and used by each The ideal team will have an intimate employer effectively to reflect his/her par- knowledge of the standards, codes, specifica- ticular process; this would simplify compli- tions and regulations applicable to the proc- ance for them. ess being studied. The selected team mem- When the employer has a number of proc- bers need to be compatible and the team esses which require a PHA, the employer leader needs to be able to manage the team, must set up a priority system of which PHAs and the PHA study. The team needs to be to conduct first. A preliminary or gross haz- able to work together while benefiting from ard analysis may be useful in prioritizing the the expertise of others on the team or out- processes that the employer has determined side the team, to resolve issues, and to forge are subject to coverage by the process safety a consensus on the findings of the study and management standard. Consideration should recommendations. first be given to those processes with the po- The application of a PHA to a process may tential of adversely affecting the largest involve the use of different methodologies number of employees. This prioritizing for various parts of the process. For example, should consider the potential severity of a a process involving a series of unit operation chemical release, the number of potentially of varying sizes, complexities, and ages may affected employees, the operating history of use different methodologies and team mem- the process such as the frequency of chem- bers for each operation. Then the conclu- ical releases, the age of the process and any sions can be integrated into one final study other relevant factors. These factors would and evaluation. A more specific example is suggest a ranking order and would suggest the use of a checklist PHA for a standard either using a weighing factor system or a boiler or heat exchanger and the use of a systematic ranking method. The use of a Hazard and Operability PHA for the overall preliminary hazard analysis would assist an process. Also, for batch type processes like employer in determining which process custom batch operations, a generic PHA of a should be of the highest priority and thereby representative batch may be used where the employer would obtain the greatest im- there are only small changes of monomer or provement in safety at the facility. other ingredient ratios and the chemistry is Detailed guidance on the content and ap- documented for the full range and ratio of plication of process hazard analysis meth- batch ingredients. Another process that odologies is available from the American In- might consider using a generic type of PHA stitute of Chemical Engineers’ Center for is a gas plant. Often these plants are simply Chemical Process Safety (see appendix D). moved from site to site and therefore, a ge- 5. Operating Procedures and Practices. Oper- neric PHA may be used for these movable ating procedures describe tasks to be per- plants. Also, when an employer has several formed, data to be recorded, operating condi- similar size gas plants and no sour gas is tions to be maintained, samples to be col- being processed at the site, then a generic lected, and safety and health precautions to PHA is feasible as long as the variations of be taken. The procedures need to be tech- the individual sites are accounted for in the nically accurate, understandable to employ- PHA. Finally, when an employer has a large ees, and revised periodically to ensure that continuous process which has several control they reflect current operations. The process rooms for different portions of the process safety information package is to be used as such as for a distillation tower and a blend- a resource to better assure that the oper- ing operation, the employer may wish to do ating procedures and practices are consistent each segment separately and then integrate with the known hazards of the chemicals in the final results. the process and that the operating param- Additionally, small businesses which are eters are accurate. Operating procedures covered by this rule, will often have proc- should be reviewed by engineering staff and esses that have less storage volume, less ca- operating personnel to ensure that they are pacity, and less complicated than processes accurate and provide practical instructions at a large facility. Therefore, OSHA would on how to actually carry out job duties safe- anticipate that the less complex methodolo- ly. gies would be used to meet the process haz- Operating procedures will include specific ard analysis criteria in the standard. These instructions or details on what steps are to process hazard analyses can be done in less be taken or followed in carrying out the time and with a few people being involved. A stated procedures. These operating instruc- less complex process generally means that tions for each procedure should include the less data, P&IDs, and process information is applicable safety precautions and should needed to perform a process hazard analysis. contain appropriate information on safety Many small businesses have processes that implications. For example, the operating are not unique, such as cold storage lockers procedures addressing operating parameters or water treatment facilities. Where em- will contain operating instructions about ployer associations have a number of mem- pressure limits, temperature ranges, flow bers with such facilities, a generic PHA, rates, what to do when an upset condition

361

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00371 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

occurs, what alarms and instruments are erating personnel should be informed to pro- pertinent if an upset condition occurs, and vide closure on the job. other subjects. Another example of using op- 6. Employee Training. All employees, includ- erating instructions to properly implement ing maintenance and contractor employees, operating procedures is in starting up or involved with highly hazardous chemicals shutting down the process. In these cases, need to fully understand the safety and different parameters will be required from health hazards of the chemicals and proc- those of normal operation. These operating esses they work with for the protection of instructions need to clearly indicate the dis- themselves, their fellow employees and the tinctions between startup and normal oper- citizens of nearby communities. Training ations such as the appropriate allowances for conducted in compliance with § 1910.1200, the heating up a unit to reach the normal oper- Hazard Communication standard, will help ating parameters. Also the operating in- employees to be more knowledgeable about structions need to describe the proper meth- the chemicals they work with as well as fa- od for increasing the temperature of the unit miliarize them with reading and under- until the normal operating temperature pa- standing SDSs. However, additional training rameters are achieved. in subjects such as operating procedures and Computerized process control systems add safety work practices, emergency evacuation complexity to operating instructions. These and response, safety procedures, routine and operating instructions need to describe the nonroutine work authorization activities, logic of the software as well as the relation- and other areas pertinent to process safety and health will need to be covered by an em- ship between the equipment and the control ployer’s training program. system; otherwise, it may not be apparent to In establishing their training programs, the operator. employers must clearly define the employees Operating procedures and instructions are to be trained and what subjects are to be important for training operating personnel. covered in their training. Employers in set- The operating procedures are often viewed as ting up their training program will need to the standard operating practices (SOPs) for clearly establish the goals and objectives operations. Control room personnel and oper- they wish to achieve with the training that ating staff, in general, need to have a full un- they provide to their employees. The learn- derstanding of operating procedures. If work- ing goals or objectives should be written in ers are not fluent in English then procedures clear measurable terms before the training and instructions need to be prepared in a sec- begins. These goals and objectives need to be ond language understood by the workers. In tailored to each of the specific training mod- addition, operating procedures need to be ules or segments. Employers should describe changed when there is a change in the proc- the important actions and conditions under ess as a result of the management of change which the employee will demonstrate com- procedures. The consequences of operating petence or knowledge as well as what is ac- procedure changes need to be fully evaluated ceptable performance. and the information conveyed to the per- Hands-on-training where employees are sonnel. For example, mechanical changes to able to use their senses beyond listening, the process made by the maintenance depart- will enhance learning. For example, oper- ment (like changing a valve from steel to ating personnel, who will work in a control brass or other subtle changes) need to be room or at control panels, would benefit by evaluated to determine if operating proce- being trained at a simulated control panel or dures and practices also need to be changed. panels. Upset conditions of various types All management of change actions must be could be displayed on the simulator, and coordinated and integrated with current op- then the employee could go through the erating procedures and operating personnel proper operating procedures to bring the must be oriented to the changes in proce- simulator panel back to the normal oper- dures before the change is made. When the ating parameters. A training environment process is shut down in order to make a could be created to help the trainee feel the change, then the operating procedures must full reality of the situation but, of course, be updated before startup of the process. under controlled conditions. This realistic Training in how to handle upset conditions type of training can be very effective in must be accomplished as well as what oper- teaching employees correct procedures while ating personnel are to do in emergencies allowing them to also see the consequences such as when a pump seal fails or a pipeline of what might happen if they do not follow ruptures. Communication between operating established operating procedures. Other personnel and workers performing work training techniques using videos or on-the- within the process area, such as nonroutine job training can also be very effective for tasks, also must be maintained. The hazards teaching other job tasks, duties, or other im- of the tasks are to be conveyed to operating portant information. An effective training personnel in accordance with established program will allow the employee to fully procedures and to those performing the ac- participate in the training process and to tual tasks. When the work is completed, op- practice their skill or knowledge.

362

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00372 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

Employers need to periodically evaluate rience. This log will also contain informa- their training programs to see if the nec- tion which will be of use to those auditing essary skills, knowledge, and routines are process safety management compliance and being properly understood and implemented those involved in incident investigations. by their trained employees. The means or Contract employees must perform their methods for evaluating the training should work safely. Considering that contractors be developed along with the training pro- often perform very specialized and poten- gram goals and objectives. Training program tially hazardous tasks such as confined space evaluation will help employers to determine entry activities and nonroutine repair activi- the amount of training their employees un- ties it is quite important that their activi- derstood, and whether the desired results ties be controlled while they are working on were obtained. If, after the evaluation, it ap- or near a covered process. A permit system pears that the trained employees are not at or work authorization system for these ac- the level of knowledge and skill that was ex- tivities would also be helpful to all affected pected, the employer will need to revise the employers. The use of a work authorization training program, provide retraining, or pro- system keeps an employer informed of con- vide more frequent refresher training ses- tract employee activities, and as a benefit sions until the deficiency is resolved. Those the employer will have better coordination who conducted the training and those who and more management control over the work received the training should also be con- being performed in the process area. A well sulted as to how best to improve the training run and well maintained process where em- process. If there is a language barrier, the ployee safety is fully recognized will benefit language known to the trainees should be all of those who work in the facility whether used to reinforce the training messages and they be contract employees or employees of information. the owner. Careful consideration must be given to as- 8. Pre-Startup Safety. For new processes, sure that employees including maintenance the employer will find a PHA helpful in im- and contract employees receive current and proving the design and construction of the updated training. For example, if changes process from a reliability and quality point are made to a process, impacted employees of view. The safe operation of the new proc- must be trained in the changes and under- ess will be enhanced by making use of the stand the effects of the changes on their job PHA recommendations before final installa- tasks (e.g., any new operating procedures tions are completed. P&IDs are to be com- pertinent to their tasks). Additionally, as al- pleted along with having the operating pro- ready discussed the evaluation of the em- cedures in place and the operating staff ployee’s absorption of training will certainly trained to run the process before startup. influence the need for training. The initial startup procedures and normal 7. Contractors. Employers who use contrac- operating procedures need to be fully evalu- tors to perform work in and around processes ated as part of the pre-startup review to as- that involve highly hazardous chemicals, sure a safe transfer into the normal oper- will need to establish a screening process so ating mode for meeting the process param- that they hire and use contractors who ac- eters. complish the desired job tasks without com- For existing processes that have been shut- promising the safety and health of employ- down for turnaround, or modification, etc., ees at a facility. For contractors, whose safe- the employer must assure that any changes ty performance on the job is not known to other than ‘‘replacement in kind’’ made to the hiring employer, the employer will need the process during shutdown go through the to obtain information on injury and illness management of change procedures. P&IDs rates and experience and should obtain con- will need to be updated as necessary, as well tractor references. Additionally, the em- as operating procedures and instructions. If ployer must assure that the contractor has the changes made to the process during shut- the appropriate job skills, knowledge and down are significant and impact the training certifications (such as for pressure vessel program, then operating personnel as well as welders). Contractor work methods and expe- employees engaged in routine and nonrou- riences should be evaluated. For example, tine work in the process area may need some does the contractor conducting demolition refresher or additional training in light of work swing loads over operating processes or the changes. Any incident investigation rec- does the contractor avoid such hazards? ommendations, compliance audits or PHA Maintaining a site injury and illness log recommendations need to be reviewed as for contractors is another method employers well to see what impacts they may have on must use to track and maintain current the process before beginning the startup. knowledge of work activities involving con- 9. Mechanical Integrity. Employers will need tract employees working on or adjacent to to review their maintenance programs and covered processes. Injury and illness logs of schedules to see if there are areas where both the employer’s employees and contract ‘‘breakdown’’ maintenance is used rather employees allow an employer to have full than an on-going mechanical integrity pro- knowledge of process injury and illness expe- gram. Equipment used to process, store, or

363

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00373 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

handle highly hazardous chemicals needs to and inspection frequency, as well as appro- be designed, constructed, installed and main- priate methodologies. tained to minimize the risk of releases of The applicable codes and standards provide such chemicals. This requires that a mechan- criteria for external inspections for such ical integrity program be in place to assure items as foundation and supports, anchor the continued integrity of process equip- bolts, concrete or steel supports, guy wires, ment. Elements of a mechanical integrity nozzles and sprinklers, pipe hangers, ground- program include the identification and cat- ing connections, protective coatings and in- egorization of equipment and instrumenta- sulation, and external metal surfaces of pip- tion, inspections and tests, testing and in- ing and vessels, etc. These codes and stand- spection frequencies, development of mainte- ards also provide information on methodolo- nance procedures, training of maintenance gies for internal inspection, and a frequency personnel, the establishment of criteria for formula based on the corrosion rate of the acceptable test results, documentation of materials of construction. Also, erosion both test and inspection results, and documenta- internal and external needs to be considered tion of manufacturer recommendations as to along with corrosion effects for piping and meantime to failure for equipment and in- valves. Where the corrosion rate is not strumentation. known, a maximum inspection frequency is The first line of defense an employer has recommended, and methods of developing available is to operate and maintain the the corrosion rate are available in the codes. process as designed, and to keep the chemi- Internal inspections need to cover items cals contained. This line of defense is backed such as vessel shell, bottom and head; metal- up by the next line of defense which is the lic linings; nonmetallic linings; thickness controlled release of chemicals through measurements for vessels and piping; inspec- venting to scrubbers or flares, or to surge or tion for erosion, corrosion, cracking and overflow tanks which are designed to receive bulges; internal equipment like trays, baf- such chemicals, etc. These lines of defense fles, sensors and screens for erosion, corro- are the primary lines of defense or means to sion or cracking and other deficiencies. prevent unwanted releases. The secondary Some of these inspections may be performed lines of defense would include fixed fire pro- by state of local government inspectors tection systems like sprinklers, water spray, under state and local statutes. However, or deluge systems, monitor guns, etc., dikes, each employer needs to develop procedures designed drainage systems, and other sys- to ensure that tests and inspections are con- tems which would control or mitigate haz- ducted properly and that consistency is ardous chemicals once an unwanted release maintained even where different employees occurs. These primary and secondary lines of may be involved. Appropriate training is to defense are what the mechanical integrity be provided to maintenance personnel to en- program needs to protect and strengthen sure that they understand the preventive these primary and secondary lines of de- maintenance program procedures, safe prac- fenses where appropriate. tices, and the proper use amd application of The first step of an effective mechanical special equipment or unique tools that may integrity program is to compile and cat- be required. This training is part of the over- egorize a list of process equipment and in- all training program called for in the stand- strumentation for inclusion in the program. ard. This list would include pressure vessels, stor- A quality assurance system is needed to age tanks, process piping, relief and vent help ensure that the proper materials of con- systems, fire protection system components, struction are used, that fabrication and in- emergency shutdown systems and alarms spection procedures are proper, and that in- and interlocks and pumps. For the cat- stallation procedures recognize field instal- egorization of instrumentation and the listed lation concerns. The quality assurance pro- equipment the employer would prioritize gram is an essential part of the mechanical which pieces of equipment require closer integrity program and will help to maintain scrutiny than others. Meantime to failure of the primary and secondary lines of defense various instrumentation and equipment that have been designed into the process to parts would be known from the manufactur- prevent unwanted chemical releases or those ers data or the employer’s experience with which control or mitigate a release. ‘‘As the parts, which would then influence the in- built’’ drawings, together with certifications spection and testing frequency and associ- of coded vessels and other equipment, and ated procedures. Also, applicable codes and materials of construction need to be verified standards such as the National Board Inspec- and retained in the quality assurance docu- tion Code, or those from the American Soci- mentation. Equipment installation jobs need ety for Testing and Material, American Pe- to be properly inspected in the field for use troleum Institute, National Fire Protection of proper materials and procedures and to as- Association, American National Standards sure that qualified craftsmen are used to do Institute, American Society of Mechanical the job. The use of appropriate gaskets, Engineers, and other groups, provide infor- packing, bolts, valves, lubricants and weld- mation to help establish an effective testing ing rods need to be verified in the field. Also

364

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00374 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

procedures for installation of safety devices change in materials of construction, equip- need to be verified, such as the torque on the ment specifications, piping pre-arrange- bolts on ruptured disc installations, uniform ments, experimental equipment, computer torque on flange bolts, proper installation of program revisions and changes in alarms and pump seals, etc. If the quality of parts is a interlocks. Employers need to establish problem, it may be appropriate to conduct means and methods to detect both technical audits of the equipment supplier’s facilities changes and mechanical changes. to better assure proper purchases of required Temporary changes have caused a number equipment which is suitable for its intended of catastrophes over the years, and employ- service. Any changes in equipment that may ers need to establish ways to detect tem- become necessary will need to go through porary changes as well as those that are per- the management of change procedures. manent. It is important that a time limit for 10. Nonroutine Work Authorizations. Nonrou- temporary changes be established and mon- tine work which is conducted in process itored since, without control, these changes areas needs to be controlled by the employer may tend to become permanent. Temporary in a consistent manner. The hazards identi- changes are subject to the management of fied involving the work that is to be accom- change provisions. In addition, the manage- plished must be communicated to those ment of change procedures are used to insure doing the work, but also to those operating that the equipment and procedures are re- personnel whose work could affect the safety turned to their original or designed condi- of the process. A work authorization notice tions at the end of the temporary change. or permit must have a procedure that de- Proper documentation and review of these scribes the steps the maintenance super- changes is invaluable in assuring that the visor, contractor representative or other per- safety and health considerations are being son needs to follow to obtain the necessary incorporated into the operating procedures clearance to get the job started. The work and the process. authorization procedures need to reference and coordinate, as applicable, lockout/tagout Employers may wish to develop a form or procedures, line breaking procedures, con- clearance sheet to facilitate the processing fined space entry procedures and hot work of changes through the management of authorizations. This procedure also needs to change procedures. A typical change form provide clear steps to follow once the job is may include a description and the purpose of completed in order to provide closure for the change, the technical basis for the those that need to know the job is now com- change, safety and health considerations, pleted and equipment can be returned to nor- documentation of changes for the operating mal. procedures, maintenance procedures, inspec- 11. Managing Change. To properly manage tion and testing, P&IDs, electrical classifica- changes to process chemicals, technology, tion, training and communications, pre- equipment and facilities, one must define startup inspection, duration if a temporary what is meant by change. In this process change, approvals and authorization. Where safety management standard, change in- the impact of the change is minor and well cludes all modifications to equipment, proce- understood, a check list reviewed by an au- dures, raw materials and processing condi- thorized person with proper communication tions other than ‘‘replacement in kind’’. to others who are affected may be sufficient. These changes need to be properly managed However, for a more complex or significant by identifying and reviewing them prior to design change, a hazard evaluation procedure implementation of the change. For example, with approvals by operations, maintenance, the operating procedures contain the oper- and safety departments may be appropriate. ating parameters (pressure limits, tempera- Changes in documents such as P&IDs, raw ture ranges, flow rates, etc.) and the impor- materials, operating procedures, mechanical tance of operating within these limits. While integrity programs, electrical classifica- the operator must have the flexibility to tions, etc., need to be noted so that these re- maintain safe operation within the estab- visions can be made permanent when the lished parameters, any operation outside of drawings and procedure manuals are up- these parameters requires review and ap- dated. Copies of process changes need to be proval by a written management of change kept in an accessible location to ensure that procedure. design changes are available to operating Management of change covers such as personnel as well as to PHA team members changes in process technology and changes when a PHA is being done or one is being up- to equipment and instrumentation. Changes dated. in process technology can result from 12. Investigation of Incidents. Incident inves- changes in production rates, raw materials, tigation is the process of identifying the un- experimentation, equipment unavailability, derlying causes of incidents and imple- new equipment, new product development, menting steps to prevent similar events from change in catalyst and changes in operating occurring. The intent of an incident inves- conditions to improve yield or quality. tigation is for employers to learn from past Equipment changes include among others experiences and thus avoid repeating past

365

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00375 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

mistakes. The incidents for whicn OSHA ex- Employers at a minimum must have an pects employers to become aware and to in- emergency action plan which will facilitate vestigate are the types of events which re- the prompt evacuation of employees due to sult in or could reasonably have resulted in an unwanted release of a highly hazardous a catastrophic release. Some of the events chemical. This means that the employer will are sometimes referred to as ‘‘near misses,’’ have a plan that will be activated by an meaning that a serious consequence did not alarm system to alert employees when to occur, but could have. evacuate and, that employees who are phys- Employers need to develop in-house capa- ically impaired, will have the necessary sup- bility to investigate incidents that occur in port and assistance to get them to the safe their facilities. A team needs to be assem- zone as well. The intent of these require- bled by the employer and trained in the tech- ments is to alert and move employees to a niques of investigation including how to con- safe zone quickly. Delaying alarms or con- duct interviews of witnesses, needed docu- fusing alarms are to be avoided. The use of mentation and report writing. A multi-dis- process control centers or similar process ciplinary team is better able to gather the buildings in the process area as safe areas is facts of the event and to analyze them and discouraged. Recent catastrophes have develop plausible scenarios as to what hap- shown that a large life loss has occurred in pened, and why. Team members should be se- these structures because of where they have lected on the basis of their training, knowl- been sited and because they are not nec- edge and ability to contribute to a team ef- essarily designed to withstand over-pressures fort to fully investigate the incident. Em- from shockwaves resulting from explosions ployees in the process area where the inci- in the process area. dent occurred should be consulted, inter- Unwanted incidental releases of highly viewed or made a member of the team. Their hazardous chemicals in the process area knowledge of the events form a significant must be addressed by the employer as to set of facts about the incident which oc- what actions employees are to take. If the curred. The report, its findings and rec- employer wants employees to evacuate the ommendations are to be shared with those area, then the emergency action plan will be who can benefit from the information. The activated. For outdoor processes where wind cooperation of employees is essential to an direction is important for selecting the safe effective incident investigation. The focus of route to a refuge area, the employer should the investigation should be to obtain facts, place a wind direction indicator such as a and not to place blame. The team and the in- wind sock or pennant at the highest point vestigation process should clearly deal with that can be seen throughout the process all involved individuals in a fair, open and area. Employees can move in the direction of consistent manner. cross wind to upwind to gain safe access to 13. Emergency Preparedness. Each employer the refuge area by knowing the wind direc- must address what actions employees are to tion. take when there is an unwanted release of If the employer wants specific employees highly hazardous chemicals. Emergency pre- in the release area to control or stop the paredness or the employer’s tertiary (third) minor emergency or incidental release, these lines of defense are those that will be relied actions must be planned for in advance and on along with the secondary lines of defense procedures developed and implemented. when the primary lines of defense which are Preplanning for handling incidental releases used to prevent an unwanted release fail to for minor emergencies in the process area stop the release. Employers will need to de- needs to be done, appropriate equipment for cide if they want employees to handle and the hazards must be provided, and training stop small or minor incidental releases. conducted for those employees who will per- Whether they wish to mobilize the available form the emergency work before they re- resources at the plant and have them spond to handle an actual release. The em- brought to bear on a more significant re- ployer’s training program, including the lease. Or whether employers want their em- Hazard Communication standard training is ployees to evacuate the danger area and to address the training needs for employees promptly escape to a preplanned safe zone who are expected to handle incidental or area, and allow the local community emer- minor releases. gency response organizations to handle the Preplanning for releases that are more se- release. Or whether the employer wants to rious than incidental releases is another im- use some combination of these actions. Em- portant line of defense to be used by the em- ployers will need to select how many dif- ployer. When a serious release of a highly ferent emergency preparedness or tertiary hazardous chemical occurs, the employer lines of defense they plan to have and then through preplanning will have determined in develop the necessary plans and procedures, advance what actions employees are to take. and appropriately train employees in their The evacuation of the immediate release emergency duties and responsibilities and area and other areas as necessary would be then implement these lines of defense. accomplished under the emergency action

366

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00376 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.119

plan. If the employer wishes to use plant per- 14. Compliance Audits. Employers need to sonnel such as a fire brigade, spill control select a trained individual or assemble a team, a hazardous materials team, or use trained team of people to audit the process employees to render aid to those in the im- safety management system and program. A mediate release area and control or mitigate small process or plant may need only one the incident, these actions are covered by knowledgeable person to conduct an audit. § 1910.120, the Hazardous Waste Operations The audit is to include an evaluation of the and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) design and effectiveness of the process safety standard. If outside assistance is necessary, management system and a field inspection of such as through mutual aid agreements be- the safety and health conditions and prac- tween employers or local government emer- tices to verify that the employer’s systems gency response organizations, these emer- are effectively implemented. The audit gency responders are also covered by should be conducted or lead by a person HAZWOPER. The safety and health protec- knowledgeable in audit techniques and who tions required for emergency responders are is impartial towards the facility or area the responsibility of their employers and of being audited. The essential elements of an the on-scene incident commander. audit program include planning, staffing, conduting the audit, evaluation and correc- Responders may be working under very tive action, follow-up and documentation. hazardous conditions and therefore the ob- Planning in advance is essential to the suc- jective is to have them competently led by cess of the auditing process. Each employer an on-scene incident commander and the needs to establish the format, staffing, commander’s staff, properly equipped to do scheduling and verification methods prior to their assigned work safely, and fully trained conducting the audit. The format should be to carry out their duties safely before they designed to provide the lead auditor with a respond to an emergency. Drills, training ex- procedure or checklist which details the re- ercises, or simulations with the local com- quirements of each section of the standard. munity emergency response planners and re- The names of the audit team members sponder organizations is one means to obtain should be listed as part of the format as well. better preparedness. This close cooperation The checklist, if properly designed, could and coordination between plant and local serve as the verification sheet which pro- community emergency preparedness man- vides the auditor with the necessary infor- agers will also aid the employer in com- mation to expedite the review and assure plying with the Environmental Protection that no requirements of the standard are Agency’s Risk Management Plan criteria. omitted. This verification sheet format One effective way for medium to large fa- could also identify those elements that will cilities to enhance coordination and commu- require evaluation or a response to correct nication during emergencies for on plant op- deficiencies. This sheet could also be used for erations and with local community organiza- developing the follow-up and documentation tions is for employers to establish and equip requirements. an emergency control center. The emergency The selection of effective audit team mem- control center would be sited in a safe zone bers is critical to the success of the program. area so that it could be occupied throughout Team members should be chosen for their ex- the duration of an emergency. The center perience, knowledge, and training and should would serve as the major ccommunication be familiar with the processes and with au- link between the on-scene incident com- diting techniques, practices and procedures. mander and plant or corporate management The size of the team will vary depending on as well as with the local community offi- the size and complexity of the process under cials. The communication equipment in the consideration. For a large, complex, highly emergency control center should include a instrumented plant, it may be desirable to network to receive and transmit information have team members with expertise in proc- by telephone, radio or other means. It is im- ess engineering and design, process chem- portant to have a backup communication istry, instrumentation and computer con- network in case of power failure or one com- trols, electrical hazards and classifications, munication means fails. The center should safety and health disciplines, maintenance, also be equipped with the plant layout and emergency preparedness, warehousing or community maps, utility drawings including shipping, and process safety auditing. The fire water, emergency lighting, appropriate team may use part-time members to provide reference materials such as a government for the depth of expertise required as well as agency notification list, company personnel for what is actually done or followed, com- phone list, SARA Title III reports and safety pared to what is written. data sheets, emergency plans and procedures An effective audit includes a review of the manual, a listing with the location of emer- relevant documentation and process safety gency response equipment, mutual aid infor- information, inspection of the physical fa- mation, and access to meteorological or cilities, and interviews with all levels of weather condition data and any dispersion plant personnel. Utilizing the audit proce- modeling data. dure and checklist developed in the

367

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00377 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.119 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

preplanning stage, the audit team can sys- It is important to assure that each defi- tematically analyze compliance with the ciency identified is addressed, the corrective provisions of the standard and any other cor- action to be taken noted, and the audit per- porate policies that are relevant. For exam- son or team responsible be properly docu- ple, the audit team will review all aspects of mented by the employer. To control the cor- the training program as part of the overall rective action process, the employer should audit. The team will review the written consider the use of a tracking system. This training program for adequacy of content, tracking system might include periodic sta- frequency of training, effectiveness of train- tus reports shared with affected levels of ing in terms of its goals and objectives as management, specific reports such as com- well as to how it fits into meeting the stand- pletion of an engineering study, and a final ard’s requirements, documentation, etc. implementation report to provide closure for Through interviews, the team can determine audit findings that have been through man- the employee’s knowledge and awareness of agement of change, if appropriate, and then the safety procedures, duties, rules, emer- shared with affected employees and manage- gency response assignments, etc. During the ment. This type of tracking system provides inspection, the team can observe actual the employer with the status of the correc- practices such as safety and health policies, tive action. It also provides the documenta- procedures, and work authorization prac- tion required to verify that appropriate cor- tices. This approach enables the team to rective actions were taken on deficiencies identify deficiencies and determine where identified in the audit. corrective actions or improvements are nec- APPENDIX D TO § 1910.119—SOURCES OF essary. FURTHER INFORMATION (NONMANDATORY) An audit is a technique used to gather suf- ficient facts and information, including sta- 1. Center for Chemical Process Safety, tistical information, to verify compliance American Institute of Chemical Engineers, with standards. Auditors should select as 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017, part of their preplanning a sample size suffi- (212) 705–7319. cient to give a degree of confidence that the 2. ‘‘Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Pro- audit reflects the level of compliance with cedures,’’ American Institute of Chemical the standard. The audit team, through this Engineers; 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. systematic analysis, should document areas 3. ‘‘Guidelines for Technical Management which require corrective action as well as of Chemical Process Safety,’’ Center for those areas where the process safety man- Chemical Process Safety of the American In- agement system is effective and working in stitute of Chemical Engineers; 345 East 47th an effective manner. This provides a record Street, New York, NY 10017. of the audit procedures and findings, and 4. ‘‘Evaluating Process Safety in the Chem- serves as a baseline of operation data for fu- ical Industry,’’ Chemical Manufacturers As- ture audits. It will assist future auditors in sociation; 2501 M Street NW, Washington, DC determining changes or trends from previous 20037. audits. 5. ‘‘Safe Warehousing of Chemicals,’’ Corrective action is one of the most impor- Chemical Manufacturers Association; 2501 M tant parts of the audit. It includes not only Street NW, Washington, DC 20037. addressing the identified deficiencies, but 6. ‘‘Management of Process Hazards,’’ also planning, followup, and documentation. American Petroleum Institute (API Rec- The corrective action process normally be- ommended Practice 750); 1220 L Street, N.W., gins with a management review of the audit Washington, D.C. 20005. findings. The purpose of this review is to de- 7. ‘‘Improving Owner and Contractor Safe- termine what actions are appropriate, and to ty Performance,’’ American Petroleum Insti- establish priorities, timetables, resource al- tute (API Recommended Practice 2220); API, locations and requirements and responsibil- 1220 L Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005. ities. In some cases, corrective action may 8. Chemical Manufacturers Association involve a simple change in procedure or (CMA’s Manager Guide), First Edition, Sep- minor maintenance effort to remedy the con- tember 1991; CMA, 2501 M Street, N.W., cern. Management of change procedures need Washington, D.C. 20037. to be used, as appropriate, even for what 9. ‘‘Improving Construction Safety Per- may seem to be a minor change. Many of the formance,’’ Report A–3, The Business Round- deficiencies can be acted on promptly, while table; The Business Roundtable, 200 Park Av- some may require engineering studies or in- enue, New York, NY 10166. (Report includes depth review of actual procedures and prac- criteria to evaluate contractor safety per- tices. There may be instances where no ac- formance and criteria to enhance contractor tion is necessary and this is a valid response safety performance). to an audit finding. All actions taken, in- 10. ‘‘Recommended Guidelines for Con- cluding an explanation where no action is tractor Safety and Health,’’ Texas Chemical taken on a finding, needs to be documented Council; Texas Chemical Council, 1402 as to what was done and why. Nueces Street, Austin, TX 78701–1534.

368

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00378 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

11. ‘‘Loss Prevention in the Process Indus- (ii) Corrective actions involving tries,’’ Volumes I and II; Frank P. Lees, clean-up operations at sites covered by Butterworth; London 1983. the Resource Conservation and Recov- 12. ‘‘Safety and Health Program Manage- ery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as amended (42 ment Guidelines,’’ 1989; U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Ad- U.S.C. 6901 et seq.); ministration. (iii) Voluntary clean-up operations at 13. ‘‘Safety and Health Guide for the Chem- sites recognized by Federal, state, local ical Industry,’’ 1986, (OSHA 3091); U.S. De- or other governmental bodies as uncon- partment of Labor, Occupational Safety and trolled hazardous waste sites; Health Administration; 200 Constitution Av- (iv) Operations involving hazardous enue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. wastes that are conducted at treat- 14. ‘‘Review of Emergency Systems,’’ June 1988; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ment, storage, and disposal (TSD) fa- (EPA), Office of Solid Waste and Emergency cilities regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 Response, Washington, DC 20460. and 265 pursuant to RCRA; or by agen- 15. ‘‘Technical Guidance for Hazards Anal- cies under agreement with U.S.E.P.A. ysis, Emergency Planning for Extremely to implement RCRA regulations; and Hazardous Substances,’’ December 1987; U.S. (v) Emergency response operations Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Federal Emergency Management Adminis- for releases of, or substantial threats of tration (FEMA) and U.S. Department of releases of, hazardous substances with- Transportation (DOT), Washington, DC 20460. out regard to the location of the haz- 16. ‘‘Accident Investigation * * * A New ard. Approach,’’ 1983, National Safety Council; 444 (2) Application. (i) All requirements of North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611– part 1910 and part 1926 of title 29 of the 3991. Code of Federal Regulations apply pur- 17. ‘‘Fire & Explosion Index Hazard Classi- suant to their terms to hazardous fication Guide,’’ 6th Edition, May 1987, Dow Chemical Company; Midland, Michigan 48674. waste and emergency response oper- 18. ‘‘Chemical Exposure Index,’’ May 1988, ations whether covered by this section Dow Chemical Company; Midland, Michigan or not. If there is a conflict or overlap, 48674. the provision more protective of em- ployee safety and health shall apply [57 FR 6403, Feb. 24, 1992; 57 FR 7847, Mar. 4, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 9238, Mar. 7, 1996; without regard to 29 CFR 1910.5(c)(1). 67 FR 67964, Nov. 7, 2002; 76 FR 80738, Dec. 27, (ii) Hazardous substance clean-up op- 2011; 77 FR 17776, Mar. 26, 2012; 78 FR 9313, erations within the scope of paragraphs Feb. 8, 2013; 84 FR 15102, Apr. 15, 2019] (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this sec- tion must comply with all paragraphs § 1910.120 Hazardous waste operations of this section except paragraphs (p) and emergency response. and (q). (a) Scope, application, and definitions— (iii) Operations within the scope of (1) Scope. This section covers the fol- paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section lowing operations, unless the employer must comply only with the require- can demonstrate that the operation ments of paragraph (p) of this section. does not involve employee exposure or the reasonable possibility for employee NOTES AND EXCEPTIONS: (A) All provisions exposure to safety or health hazards: of paragraph (p) of this section cover any treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) oper- (i) Clean-up operations required by a ation regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 and 265 governmental body, whether Federal, or by state law authorized under RCRA, and state, local or other involving haz- required to have a permit or interim status ardous substances that are conducted from EPA pursuant to 40 CFR 270.1 or from at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites a state agency pursuant to RCRA. (including, but not limited to, the (B) Employers who are not required to EPA’s National Priority Site List have a permit or interim status because they (NPL), state priority site lists, sites are conditionally exempt small quantity recommended for the EPA NPL, and generators under 40 CFR 261.5 or are genera- tors who qualify under 40 CFR 262.34 for ex- initial investigations of government emptions from regulation under 40 CFR parts identified sites which are conducted be- 264, 265 and 270 (‘‘excepted employers’’) are fore the presence or absence of haz- not covered by paragraphs (p)(1) through ardous substances has been (p)(7) of this section. Excepted employers ascertained); who are required by the EPA or state agency

369

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00379 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

to have their employees engage in emer- substance. Responses to incidental re- gency response or who direct their employ- leases of hazardous substances where ees to engage in emergency response are cov- the substance can be absorbed, neutral- ered by paragraph (p)(8) of this section, and ized, or otherwise controlled at the cannot be exempted by (p)(8)(i) of this sec- tion. Excepted employers who are not re- time of release by employees in the im- quired to have employees engage in emer- mediate release area, or by mainte- gency response, who direct their employees nance personnel are not considered to to evacuate in the case of such emergencies be emergency responses within the and who meet the requirements of paragraph scope of this standard. Responses to re- (p)(8)(i) of this section are exempt from the leases of hazardous substances where balance of paragraph (p)(8) of this section. there is no potential safety or health (C) If an area is used primarily for treat- hazard (i.e., fire, explosion, or chemical ment, storage or disposal, any emergency re- sponse operations in that area shall comply exposure) are not considered to be with paragraph (p)(8) of this section. In other emergency responses. areas not used primarily for treatment, stor- Facility means (A) any building, age, or disposal, any emergency response op- structure, installation, equipment, pipe erations shall comply with paragraph (q) of or pipeline (including any pipe into a this section. Compliance with the require- sewer or publicly owned treatment ments of paragraph (q) of this section shall works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, im- be deemed to be in compliance with the re- poundment, ditch, storage container, quirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this sec- tion. motor vehicle, rolling stock, or air- craft, or (B) any site or area where a (iv) Emergency response operations hazardous substance has been depos- for releases of, or substantial threats of ited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or releases of, hazardous substances which otherwise come to be located; but does are not covered by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) not include any consumer product in through (a)(1)(iv) of this section must consumer use or any water-borne ves- only comply with the requirements of sel. paragraph (q) of this section. Hazardous materials response (3) Definitions—Buddy system means a (HAZMAT) team means an organized system of organizing employees into group of employees, designated by the work groups in such a manner that employer, who are expected to perform each employee of the work group is work to handle and control actual or designated to be observed by at least potential leaks or spills of hazardous one other employee in the work group. substances requiring possible close ap- The purpose of the buddy system is to proach to the substance. The team provide rapid assistance to employees members perform responses to releases in the event of an emergency. or potential releases of hazardous sub- Clean-up operation means an oper- stances for the purpose of control or ation where hazardous substances are stabilization of the incident. A removed, contained, incinerated, neu- HAZMAT team is not a fire brigade nor tralized, stabilized, cleared-up, or in is a typical fire brigade a HAZMAT any other manner processed or handled team. A HAZMAT team, however, may with the ultimate goal of making the be a separate component of a fire bri- site safer for people or the environ- gade or fire department. ment. Hazardous substance means any sub- Decontamination means the removal stance designated or listed under para- of hazardous substances from employ- graphs (A) through (D) of this defini- ees and their equipment to the extent tion, exposure to which results or may necessary to preclude the occurrence of result in adverse affects on the health foreseeable adverse health affects. or safety of employees: Emergency response or responding to (A) Any substance defined under sec- emergencies means a response effort by tion 103(14) of the Comprehensive Envi- employees from outside the immediate ronmental Response Compensation and release area or by other designated re- Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. sponders (i.e., mutual-aid groups, local 9601). fire departments, etc.) to an occurrence (B) Any biological agent and other which results, or is likely to result, in disease-causing agent which after re- an uncontrolled release of a hazardous lease into the environment and upon

370

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00380 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or as- vidual’s ability to escape from a dan- similation into any person, either di- gerous atmosphere. rectly from the environment or indi- Oxygen deficiency means that con- rectly by ingestion through food centration of oxygen by volume below chains, will or may reasonably be an- which atmosphere supplying res- ticipated to cause death, disease, be- piratory protection must be provided. havioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic It exists in atmospheres where the per- mutation, physiological malfunctions centage of oxygen by volume is less (including malfunctions in reproduc- than 19.5 percent oxygen. tion) or physical deformations in such Permissible exposure limit means the persons or their offspring; exposure, inhalation or dermal permis- (C) Any substance listed by the U.S. sible exposure limit specified in 29 CFR Department of Transportation as haz- part 1910, subparts G and Z. ardous materials under 49 CFR 172.101 Published exposure level means the ex- and appendices; and posure limits published in ‘‘NIOSH (D) Hazardous waste as herein de- Recommendations for Occupational fined. Health Standards’’ dated 1986, which is Hazardous waste means— incorporated by reference as specified in § 1910.6 or if none is specified, the ex- (A) A waste or combination of wastes posure limits published in the stand- as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, or ards specified by the American Con- (B) Those substances defined as haz- ference of Governmental Industrial Hy- ardous wastes in 49 CFR 171.8. gienists in their publication ‘‘Thresh- Hazardous waste operation means any old Limit Values and Biological Expo- operation conducted within the scope sure Indices for 1987–88’’ dated 1987, of this standard. which is incorporated by reference as Hazardous waste site or Site means specified in § 1910.6. any facility or location within the Post emergency response means that scope of this standard at which haz- portion of an emergency response per- ardous waste operations take place. formed after the immediate threat of a Health hazard means a chemical or a release has been stabilized or elimi- pathogen where acute or chronic nated and clean-up of the site has health effects may occur in exposed begun. If post emergency response is employees. It also includes stress due performed by an employer’s own em- to temperature extremes. The term ployees who were part of the initial health hazard includes chemicals that emergency response, it is considered to are classified in accordance with the be part of the initial response and not Hazard Communication Standard, 29 post emergency response. However, if a CFR 1910.1200, as posing one of the fol- group of an employer’s own employees, lowing hazardous effects: Acute tox- separate from the group providing ini- icity (any route of exposure); skin cor- tial response, performs the clean-up op- rosion or irritation; serious eye dam- eration, then the separate group of em- age or eye irritation; respiratory or ployees would be considered to be per- skin sensitization; germ cell mutage- forming post-emergency response and nicity; carcinogenicity; reproductive subject to paragraph (q)(11) of this sec- toxicity; specific target organ toxicity tion. (single or repeated exposure); aspira- Qualified person means a person with tion toxicity or simple asphyxiant. (See specific training, knowledge and expe- Appendix A to § 1910.1200—Health Haz- rience in the area for which the person ard Criteria (Mandatory) for the cri- has the responsibility and the author- teria for determining whether a chem- ity to control. ical is classified as a health hazard.) Site safety and health supervisor (or of- IDLH orImmediately dangerous to life ficial) means the individual located on or health means an atmospheric con- a hazardous waste site who is respon- centration of any toxic, corrosive or sible to the employer and has the au- asphyxiant substance that poses an im- thority and knowledge necessary to mediate threat to life or would cause implement the site safety and health irreversible or delayed adverse health plan and verify compliance with appli- effects or would interfere with an indi- cable safety and health requirements.

371

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00381 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

Small quantity qenerator means a gen- (F) The employer’s standard oper- erator of hazardous wastes who in any ating procedures for safety and health; calendar month generates no more and than 1,000 kilograms (2,205 pounds) of (G) Any necessary interface between hazardous waste in that month. general program and site specific ac- Uncontrolled hazardous waste site, tivities. means an area identified as an uncon- (iii) Site excavation. Site excavations trolled hazardous waste site by a gov- created during initial site preparation ernmental body, whether Federal, or during hazardous waste operations state, local or other where an accumu- shall be shored or sloped as appropriate lation of hazardous substances creates to prevent accidental collapse in ac- a threat to the health and safety of in- cordance with subpart P of 29 CFR part dividuals or the environment or both. 1926. Some sites are found on public lands (iv) Contractors and sub-contractors. such as those created by former munic- An employer who retains contractor or ipal, county or state landfills where il- sub-contractor services for work in legal or poorly managed waste disposal hazardous waste operations shall in- has taken place. Other sites are found form those contractors, sub-contrac- on private property, often belonging to tors, or their representatives of the generators or former generators of haz- site emergency response procedures ardous substance wastes. Examples of and any potential fire, explosion, such sites include, but are not limited health, safety or other hazards of the to, surface impoundments, landfills, hazardous waste operation that have dumps, and tank or drum farms. Nor- been identified by the employer, in- mal operations at TSD sites are not cluding those identified in the employ- covered by this definition. er’s information program. (b) Safety and health program. (v) Program availability. The written safety and health program shall be NOTE TO (b): Safety and health programs made available to any contractor or developed and implemented to meet other subcontractor or their representative Federal, state, or local regulations are con- sidered acceptable in meeting this require- who will be involved with the haz- ment if they cover or are modified to cover ardous waste operation; to employees; the topics required in this paragraph. An ad- to employee designated representa- ditional or separate safety and health pro- tives; to OSHA personnel, and to per- gram is not required by this paragraph. sonnel of other Federal, state, or local agencies with regulatory authority (1) General. (i) Employers shall de- over the site. velop and implement a written safety (2) Organizational structure part of the and health program for their employ- site program—(i) The organizationa1 ees involved in hazardous waste oper- structure part of the program shall es- ations. The program shall be designed tablish the specific chain of command to identify, evaluate, and control safe- and specify the overall responsibilities ty and health hazards, and provide for of supervisors and employees. It shall emergency response for hazardous include, at a minimum, the following waste operations. elements: (ii) The written safety and health (A) A general supervisor who has the program shall incorporate the fol- responsibility and authority to direct lowing: all hazardous waste operations. (A) An organizational structure; (B) A site safety and health super- (B) A comprehensive workplan; visor who has the responsibility and (C) A site-specific safety and health authority to develop and implement plan which need not repeat the employ- the site safety and health plan and er’s standard operating procedures re- verify compliance. quired in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(F) of this (C) All other personnel needed for section; hazardous waste site operations and (D) The safety and health training emergency response and their general program; functions and responsibilities. (E) The medical surveillance pro- (D) The lines of authority, responsi- gram; bility, and communication.

372

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00382 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(ii) The organizational structure (D) Medical surveillance require- shall be reviewed and updated as nec- ments in accordance with the program essary to reflect the current status of in paragraph (f) of this section. waste site operations. (E) Frequency and types of air moni- (3) Comprehensive workplan part of the toring, personnel monitoring, and envi- site program. The comprehensive ronmental sampling techniques and in- workplan part of the program shall ad- strumentation to be used, including dress the tasks and objectives of the methods of maintenance and calibra- site operations and the logistics and re- tion of monitoring and sampling equip- sources required to reach those tasks ment to be used. and objectives. (F) Site control measures in accord- (i) The comprehensive workplan shall ance with the site control program re- address anticipated clean-up activities quired in paragraph (d) of this section. as well as normal operating procedures (G) Decontamination procedures in which need not repeat the employer’s accordance with paragraph (k) of this procedures available elsewhere. section. (ii) The comprehensive workplan (H) An emergency response plan shall define work tasks and objectives meeting the requirements of paragraph and identify the methods for accom- (l) of this section for safe and effective plishing those tasks and objectives. responses to emergencies, including (iii) The comprehensive workplan the necessary PPE and other equip- shall establish personnel requirements ment. for implementing the plan. (iv) The comprehensive workplan (I) Confined space entry procedures. shall provide for the implementation of (J) A spill containment program the training required in paragraph (e) meeting the requirements of paragraph of this section. (j) of this section. (v) The comprehensive workplan (iii) Pre-entry briefing. The site spe- shall provide for the implementation of cific safety and health plan shall pro- the required informational programs vide for pre-entry briefings to be held required in paragraph (i) of this sec- prior to initiating any site activity, tion. and at such other times as necessary to (vi) The comprehensive workplan ensure that employees are apprised of shall provide for the implementation of the site safety and health plan and the medical surveillance program de- that this plan is being followed. The in- scribed in paragraph (f) of this section. formation and data obtained from site (4) Site-specific safety and health plan characterization and analysis work re- part of the program—(i) General. The site quired in paragraph (c) of this section safety and health plan, which must be shall be used to prepare and update the kept on site, shall address the safety site safety and health plan. and health hazards of each phase of site (iv) Effectiveness of site safety and operation and include the requirements health plan. Inspections shall be con- and procedures for employee protec- ducted by the site safety and health su- tion. pervisor or, in the absence of that indi- (ii) Elements. The site safety and vidual, another individual who is health plan, as a minimum, shall ad- knowledgeable in occupational safety dress the following: and health, acting on behalf of the em- (A) A safety and health risk or haz- ployer as necessary to determine the ard analysis for each site task and op- effectiveness of the site safety and eration found in the workplan. health plan. Any deficiencies in the ef- (B) Employee training assignments fectiveness of the site safety and to assure compliance with paragraph health plan shall be corrected by the (e) of this section. employer. (C) Personal protective equipment to (c) Site characterization and analysis— be used by employees for each of the (1) General. Hazardous waste sites shall site tasks and operations being con- be evaluated in accordance with this ducted as required by the personal pro- paragraph to identify specific site haz- tective equipment program in para- ards and to determine the appropriate graph (g)(5) of this section. safety and health control procedures

373

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00383 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

needed to protect employees from the (5) Personal protective equipment. Per- identified hazards. sonal protective equipment (PPE) shall (2) Preliminary evaluation. A prelimi- be provided and used during initial site nary evaluation of a site’s characteris- entry in accordance with the following tics shall be performed prior to site requirements: entry by a qualified person in order to (i) Based upon the results of the pre- aid in the selection of appropriate em- liminary site evaluation, an ensemble ployee protection methods prior to site of PPE shall be selected and used dur- entry. Immediately after initial site ing initial site entry which will provide entry, a more detailed evaluation of protection to a level of exposure below the site’s specific characteristics shall permissible exposure limits and pub- be performed by a qualified person in lished exposure levels for known or sus- order to further identify existing site pected hazardous substances and hazards and to further aid in the selec- health hazards, and which will provide tion of the appropriate engineering protection against other known and controls and personal protective equip- suspected hazards identified during the ment for the tasks to be performed. preliminary site evaluation. If there is (3) Hazard identification. All suspected no permissible exposure limit or pub- conditions that may pose inhalation or lished exposure level, the employer skin absorption hazards that are imme- may use other published studies and in- diately dangerous to life or health formation as a guide to appropriate (IDLH), or other conditions that may cause death or serious harm, shall be personal protective equipment. identified during the preliminary sur- (ii) If positive-pressure self-contained vey and evaluated during the detailed breathing apparatus is not used as part survey. Examples of such hazards in- of the entry ensemble, and if res- clude, but are not limited to, confined piratory protection is warranted by the space entry, potentially explosive or potential hazards identified during the flammable situations, visible vapor preliminary site evaluation, an escape clouds, or areas where biological indi- self-contained breathing apparatus of cators such as dead animals or vegeta- at least five minute’s duration shall be tion are located. carried by employees during initial site (4) Required information. The fol- entry. lowing information to the extent avail- (iii) If the preliminary site evalua- able shall be obtained by the employer tion does not produce sufficient infor- prior to allowing employees to enter a mation to identify the hazards or sus- site: pected hazards of the site, an ensemble (i) Location and approximate size of providing protection equivalent to the site. Level B PPE shall be provided as min- (ii) Description of the response activ- imum protection, and direct reading ity and/or the job task to be performed. instruments shall be used as appro- (iii) Duration of the planned em- priate for identifying IDLH conditions. ployee activity. (See appendix B for a description of (iv) Site topography and accessibility Level B hazards and the recommenda- by air and roads. tions for Level B protective equip- (v) Safety and health hazards ex- ment.) pected at the site. (iv) Once the hazards of the site have (vi) Pathways for hazardous sub- been identified, the appropriate PPE stance dispersion. shall be selected and used in accord- (vii) Present status and capabilities ance with paragraph (g) of this section. of emergency response teams that (6) Monitoring. The following moni- would provide assistance to hazardous toring shall be conducted during initial waste clean-up site employees at the site entry when the site evaluation time of an emergency. produces information that shows the (viii) Hazardous substances and potential for ionizing radiation or health hazards involved or expected at IDLH conditions, or when the site in- the site, and their chemical and phys- formation is not sufficient reasonably ical properties. to eliminate these possible conditions:

374

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00384 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(i) Monitoring with direct reading in- (2) Site control program. A site control struments for hazardous levels of ion- program for protecting employees izing radiation. which is part of the employer’s site (ii) Monitoring the air with appro- safety and health program required in priate direct reading test equipment paragraph (b) of this section shall be (i.e., combustible gas meters, detector developed during the planning stages of tubes) for IDLH and other conditions a hazardous waste clean-up operation that may cause death or serious harm and modified as necessary as new infor- (combustible or explosive atmospheres, mation becomes available. oxygen deficiency, toxic substances). (3) Elements of the site control program. (iii) Visually observing for signs of The site control program shall, as a actual or potential IDLH or other dan- minimum, include: A site map; site gerous conditions. work zones; the use of a ‘‘buddy sys- (iv) An ongoing air monitoring pro- tem’’; site communications including gram in accordance with paragraph (h) alerting means for emergencies; the of this section shall be implemented standard operating procedures or safe after site characterization has deter- work practices; and, identification of mined the site is safe for the start-up the nearest medical assistance. Where of operations. these requirements are covered else- (7) Risk identification. Once the pres- where they need not be repeated. ence and concentrations of specific hazardous substances and health haz- (e) Training—(1) General. (i) All em- ards have been established, the risks ployees working on site (such as but associated with these substances shall not limited to equipment operators, be identified. Employees who will be general laborers and others) exposed to working on the site shall be informed hazardous substances, health hazards, of any risks that have been identified. or safety hazards and their supervisors In situations covered by the Hazard and management responsible for the Communication Standard, 29 CFR site shall receive training meeting the 1910.1200, training required by that requirements of this paragraph before standard need not be duplicated. they are permitted to engage in haz- ardous waste operations that could ex- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (c)(7): Risks to con- pose them to hazardous substances, sider include, but are not limited to: safety, or health hazards, and they (a) Exposures exceeding the permissible ex- posure limits and published exposure levels. shall receive review training as speci- (b) IDLH concentrations. fied in this paragraph. (c) Potential skin absorption and irritation (ii) Employees shall not be permitted sources. to participate in or supervise field ac- (d) Potential eye irritation sources. tivities until they have been trained to (e) Explosion sensitivity and flammability a level required by their job function ranges. (f) Oxygen deficiency. and responsibility. (2) Elements to be covered. The train- (8) Employee notification. Any infor- ing shall thoroughly cover the fol- mation concerning the chemical, phys- lowing: ical, and toxicologic properties of each (i) Names of personnel and alternates substance known or expected to be responsible for site safety and health; present on site that is available to the (ii) Safety, health and other hazards employer and relevant to the duties an present on the site; employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the affected em- (iii) Use of personal protective equip- ployees prior to the commencement of ment; their work activities. The employer (iv) Work practices by which the em- may utilize information developed for ployee can minimize risks from haz- the hazard communication standard for ards; this purpose. (v) Safe use of engineering controls (d) Site control—(1) General. Appro- and equipment on the site; priate site control procedures shall be (vi) Medical surveillance require- implemented to control employee expo- ments, including recognition of symp- sure to hazardous substances before toms and signs which might indicate clean-up work begins. overexposure to hazards; and

375

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00385 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(vii) The contents of paragraphs (G) sponsibility is employees covered by through (J) of the site safety and paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii)) and health plan set forth in paragraph at least eight additional hours of spe- (b)(4)(ii) of this section. cialized training at the time of job as- (3) Initial training. (i) General site signment on such topics as, but not workers (such as equipment operators, limited to, the employer’s safety and general laborers and supervisory per- health program and the associated em- sonnel) engaged in hazardous substance ployee training program, personal pro- removal or other activities which ex- tective equipment program, spill con- pose or potentially expose workers to tainment program, and health hazard hazardous substances and health haz- monitoring procedure and techniques. ards shall receive a minimum of 40 (5) Qualifications for trainers. Trainers hours of instruction off the site, and a shall be qualified to instruct employees minimum of three days actual field ex- about the subject matter that is being perience under the direct supervision of presented in training. Such trainers a trained, experienced supervisor. shall have satisfactorily completed a (ii) Workers on site only occasionally training program for teaching the sub- for a specific limited task (such as, but jects they are expected to teach, or not limited to, ground water moni- they shall have the academic creden- toring, land surveying, or geo-physical tials and instructional experience nec- surveying) and who are unlikely to be essary for teaching the subjects. In- exposed over permissible exposure lim- structors shall demonstrate competent its and published exposure limits shall instructional skills and knowledge of receive a minimum of 24 hours of in- the applicable subject matter. struction off the site, and the min- (6) Training certification. Employees imum of one day actual field experi- and supervisors that have received and ence under the direct supervision of a successfully completed the training trained, experienced supervisor. and field experience specified in para- (iii) Workers regularly on site who graphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this sec- work in areas which have been mon- tion shall be certified by their instruc- itored and fully characterized indi- tor or the head instructor and trained cating that exposures are under per- missible exposure limits and published supervisor as having successfully com- exposure limits where respirators are pleted the necessary training. A writ- not necessary, and the characterization ten certificate shall be given to each indicates that there are no health haz- person so certified. Any person who has ards or the possibility of an emergency not been so certified or who does not developing, shall receive a minimum of meet the requirements of paragraph 24 hours of instruction off the site and (e)(9) of this section shall be prohibited the minimum of one day actual field from engaging in hazardous waste oper- experience under the direct supervision ations. of a trained, experienced supervisor. (7) Emergency response. Employees (iv) Workers with 24 hours of training who are engaged in responding to haz- who are covered by paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) ardous emergency situations at haz- and (e)(3)(iii) of this section, and who ardous waste clean-up sites that may become general site workers or who are expose them to hazardous substances required to wear respirators, shall have shall be trained in how to respond to the additional 16 hours and two days of such expected emergencies. training necessary to total the training (8) Refresher training. Employees spec- specified in paragraph (e)(3)(i). ified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, (4) Management and supervisor train- and managers and supervisors specified ing. On-site management and super- in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, shall visors directly responsible for, or who receive eight hours of refresher train- supervise employees engaged in, haz- ing annually on the items specified in ardous waste operations shall receive paragraph (e)(2) and/or (e)(4) of this 40 hours initial training, and three section, any critique of incidents that days of supervised field experience (the have occurred in the past year that can training may be reduced to 24 hours serve as training examples of related and one day if the only area of their re- work, and other relevant topics.

376

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00386 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(9) Equivalent training. Employers ployee covered under paragraph (f)(2) of who can show by documentation or cer- this section on the following schedules: tification that an employee’s work ex- (i) For employees covered under perience and/or training has resulted in paragraphs (f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(ii), and training equivalent to that training re- (f)(2)(iv): quired in paragraphs (e)(1) through (A) Prior to assignment; (e)(4) of this section shall not be re- (B) At least once every twelve quired to provide the initial training months for each employee covered un- requirements of those paragraphs to less the attending physician believes a such employees and shall provide a longer interval (not greater than bien- copy of the certification or documenta- nially) is appropriate; tion to the employee upon request. (C) At termination of employment or However, certified employees or em- reassignment to an area where the em- ployees with equivalent training new ployee would not be covered if the em- to a site shall receive appropriate, site ployee has not had an examination specific training before site entry and within the last six months; have appropriate supervised field expe- (D) As soon as possible upon notifica- rience at the new site. Equivalent tion by an employee that the employee training includes any academic train- has developed signs or symptoms indi- ing or the training that existing em- cating possible overexposure to haz- ployees might have already received ardous substances or health hazards, or from actual hazardous waste site work that the employee has been injured or experience. exposed above the permissible exposure (f) Medical surveillance—(1) General. limits or published exposure levels in Employers engaged in operations speci- an emergency situation; fied in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (E) At more frequent times, if the ex- (a)(1)(iv) of this section and not cov- amining physician determines that an ered by (a)(2)(iii) exceptions and em- increased frequency of examination is ployers of employees specified in para- medically necessary. graph (q)(9) shall institute a medical (ii) For employees covered under surveillance program in accordance paragraph (f)(2)(iii) and for all employ- with this paragraph. ees including those of employers cov- ered by paragraph (a)(1)(v) who may (2) Employees covered. The medical have been injured, received a health surveillance program shall be insti- impairment, developed signs or symp- tuted by the employer for the following toms which may have resulted from ex- employees: posure to hazardous substances result- (i) All employees who are or may be ing from an emergency incident, or ex- exposed to hazardous substances or posed during an emergency incident to health hazards at or above the permis- hazardous substances at concentra- sible exposure limits or, if there is no tions above the permissible exposure permissible exposure limit, above the limits or the published exposure levels published exposure levels for these sub- without the necessary personal protec- stances, without regard to the use of tive equipment being used: respirators, for 30 days or more a year; (A) As soon as possible following the (ii) All employees who wear a res- emergency incident or development of pirator for 30 days or more a year or as signs or symptoms; required by § 1910.134; (B) At additional times, if the exam- (iii) All employees who are injured, ining physician determines that follow- become ill or develop signs or symp- up examinations or consultations are toms due to possible overexposure in- medically necessary. volving hazardous substances or health (4) Content of medical examinations and hazards from an emergency response or consultations. (i) Medical examinations hazardous waste operation; and required by paragraph (f)(3) of this sec- (iv) Members of HAZMAT teams. tion shall include a medical and work (3) Frequency of medical examinations history (or updated history if one is in and consultations. Medical examina- the employee’s file) with special em- tions and consultations shall be made phasis on symptoms related to the han- available by the employer to each em- dling of hazardous substances and

377

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00387 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

health hazards, and to fitness for duty (C) The results of the medical exam- including the ability to wear any re- ination and tests if requested by the quired PPE under conditions (i.e., tem- employee. perature extremes) that may be ex- (D) A statement that the employee pected at the work site. has been informed by the physician of (ii) The content of medical examina- the results of the medical examination tions or consultations made available and any medical conditions which re- to employees pursuant to paragraph (f) quire further examination or treat- shall be determined by the attending ment. physician. The guidelines in the Occu- (ii) The written opinion obtained by pational Safety and Health Guidance the employer shall not reveal specific Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activi- findings or diagnoses unrelated to oc- ties (See appendix D, Reference #10) cupational exposures. should be consulted. (8) Recordkeeping. (i) An accurate (5) Examination by a physician and record of the medical surveillance re- costs. All medical examinations and quired by paragraph (f) of this section procedures shall be performed by or shall be retained. This record shall be under the supervision of a licensed phy- retained for the period specified and sician, preferably one knowledgeable in meet the criteria of 29 CFR 1910.1020. occupational medicine, and shall be (ii) The record required in paragraph provided without cost to the employee, (f)(8)(i) of this section shall include at without loss of pay, and at a reason- least the following information: able time and place. (A) The name of the employee; (6) Information provided to the physi- (B) Physician’s written opinions, rec- cian. The employer shall provide one ommended limitations, and results of copy of this standard and its appen- examinations and tests; dices to the attending physician, and in (C) Any employee medical com- addition the following for each em- plaints related to exposure to haz- ployee: ardous substances; (i) A description of the employee’s (D) A copy of the information pro- duties as they relate to the employee’s vided to the examining physician by exposures. the employer, with the exception of the standard and its appendices. (ii) The employee’s exposure levels or (g) Engineering controls, work prac- anticipated exposure levels. tices, and personal protective equipment (iii) A description of any personal for employee protection. Engineering protective equipment used or to be controls, work practices, personal pro- used. tective equipment, or a combination of (iv) Information from previous med- these shall be implemented in accord- ical examinations of the employee ance with this paragraph to protect which is not readily available to the employees from exposure to hazardous examining physician. substances and safety and health haz- (v) Information required by § 1910.134. ards. (7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The (1) Engineering controls, work practices employer shall obtain and furnish the and PPE for substances regulated in sub- employee with a copy of a written parts G and Z. (i) Engineering controls opinion from the attending physician and work practices shall be instituted containing the following: to reduce and maintain employee expo- (A) The physician’s opinion as to sure to or below the permissible expo- whether the employee has any detected sure limits for substances regulated by medical conditions which would place 29 CFR part 1910, to the extent required the employee at increased risk of ma- by subpart Z, except to the extent that terial impairment of the employee’s such controls and practices are not fea- health from work in hazardous waste sible. operations or emergency response, or from respirator use. NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (g)(1)(i): Engineering controls which may be feasible include the (B) The physician’s recommended use of pressurized cabs or control booths on limitations upon the employee’s as- equipment, and/or the use of remotely oper- signed work. ated material handling equipment. Work

378

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00388 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

practices which may be feasible are remov- (iii) Positive pressure self-contained ing all non-essential employees from poten- breathing apparatus, or positive pres- tial exposure during opening of drums, wet- sure air-line respirators equipped with ting down dusty operations and locating em- an escape air supply, shall be used ployees upwind of possible hazards. when chemical exposure levels present (ii) Whenever engineering controls will create a substantial possibility of and work practices are not feasible or immediate death, immediate serious not required, any reasonable combina- illness or injury, or impair the ability tion of engineering controls, work to escape. practices and PPE shall be used to re- (iv) Totally-encapsulating chemical duce and maintain employee exposures protective suits (protection equivalent to or below the permissible exposure to Level A protection as recommended limits or dose limits for substances in appendix B) shall be used in condi- regulated by 29 CFR part 1910, subpart tions where skin absorption of a haz- Z. ardous substance may result in a sub- (iii) The employer shall not imple- stantial possibility of immediate ment a schedule of employee rotation death, immediate serious illness or in- as a means of compliance with permis- jury, or impair the ability to escape. sible exposure limits or dose limits ex- (v) The level of protection provided cept when there is no other feasible by PPE selection shall be increased way of complying with the airborne or when additional information on site dermal dose limits for ionizing radi- conditions indicates that increased ation. protection is necessary to reduce em- (iv) The provisions of 29 CFR, subpart ployee exposures below permissible ex- G, shall be followed. posure limits and published exposure (2) Engineering controls, work practices, levels for hazardous substances and and PPE for substances not regulated in health hazards. (See appendix B for subparts G and Z. An appropriate com- guidance on selecting PPE ensembles.) bination of engineering controls, work practices and personal protective NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (g)(3): The level of em- equipment shall be used to reduce and ployee protection provided may be decreased when additional information or site condi- maintain employee exposure to or tions show that decreased protection will not below published exposure levels for result in hazardous exposures to employees. hazardous substances and health haz- ards not regulated by 29 CFR part 1910, (vi) Personal protective equipment subparts G and Z. The employer may shall be selected and used to meet the use the published literature and SDS as requirements of 29 CFR part 1910, sub- a guide in making the employer’s de- part I, and additional requirements termination as to what level of protec- specified in this section. tion the employer believes is appro- (4) Totally-encapsulating chemical pro- priate for hazardous substances and tective suits. (i) Totally-encapsulating health hazards for which there is no suits shall protect employees from the permissible exposure limit or published particular hazards which are identified exposure limit. during site characterization and anal- (3) Personal protective equipment selec- ysis. tion. (i) Personal protective equipment (ii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall (PPE) shall be selected and used which be capable of maintaining positive air will protect employees from the haz- pressure. (See appendix A for a test ards and potential hazards they are method which may be used to evaluate likely to encounter as identified during this requirement.) the site characterization and analysis. (iii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall (ii) Personal protective equipment be capable of preventing inward test selection shall be based on an evalua- gas leakage of more than 0.5 percent. tion of the performance characteristics (See appendix A for a test method of the PPE relative to the require- which may be used to evaluate this re- ments and limitations of the site, the quirement.) task-specific conditions and duration, (5) Personal protective equipment (PPE) and the hazards and potential hazards program. A written personal protective identified at the site. equipment program, which is part of

379

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00389 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

the employer’s safety and health pro- condition such as the presence of flam- gram required in paragraph (b) of this mable atmospheres or oxygen-deficient section or required in paragraph (p)(1) environments. of this section and which is also a part (3) Periodic monitoring. Periodic moni- of the site-specific safety and health toring shall be conducted when the pos- plan shall be established. The PPE pro- sibility of an IDLH condition or flam- gram shall address the elements listed mable atmosphere has developed or below. When elements, such as donning when there is indication that exposures and doffing procedures, are provided by may have risen over permissible expo- the manufacturer of a piece of equip- sure limits or published exposure levels ment and are attached to the plan, since prior monitoring. Situations they need not be rewritten into the where it shall be considered whether plan as long as they adequately address the possibility that exposures have the procedure or element. risen are as follows: (i) PPE selection based upon site haz- (i) When work begins on a different ards, portion of the site. (ii) PPE use and limitations of the (ii) When contaminants other than equipment, those previously identified are being (iii) Work mission duration, handled. (iv) PPE maintenance and storage, (iii) When a different type of oper- (v) PPE decontamination and dis- ation is initiated (e.g., drum opening as posal, opposed to exploratory well drilling). (vi) PPE training and proper fitting, (iv) When employees are handling (vii) PPE donning and doffing proce- leaking drums or containers or work- dures, ing in areas with obvious liquid con- (viii) PPE inspection procedures tamination (e.g., a spill or lagoon). prior to, during, and after use, (4) Monitoring of high-risk employees. (ix) Evaluation of the effectiveness of After the actual clean-up phase of any the PPE program, and hazardous waste operation commences; (x) Limitations during temperature for example, when soil, surface water extremes, heat stress, and other appro- or containers are moved or disturbed; priate medical considerations. the employer shall monitor those em- (h) Monitoring—(1) General. (i) Moni- ployees likely to have the highest ex- toring shall be performed in accord- posures to hazardous substances and health hazards likely to be present ance with this paragraph where there above permissible exposure limits or may be a question of employee expo- published exposure levels by using per- sure to hazardous concentrations of sonal sampling frequently enough to hazardous substances in order to assure characterize employee exposures. If the proper selection of engineering con- employees likely to have the highest trols, work practices and personal pro- exposure are over permissible exposure tective equipment so that employees limits or published exposure limits, are not exposed to levels which exceed then monitoring shall continue to de- permissible exposure limits, or pub- termine all employees likely to be lished exposure levels if there are no above those limits. The employer may permissible exposure limits, for haz- utilize a representative sampling ap- ardous substances. proach by documenting that the em- (ii) Air monitoring shall be used to ployees and chemicals chosen for moni- identify and quantify airborne levels of toring are based on the criteria stated hazardous substances and safety and above. health hazards in order to determine the appropriate level of employee pro- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h): It is not required tection needed on site. to monitor employees engaged in site char- (2) Initial entry. Upon initial entry, acterization operations covered by paragraph representative air monitoring shall be (c) of this section. conducted to identify any IDLH condi- (i) Informational programs. Employers tion, exposure over permissible expo- shall develop and implement a pro- sure limits or published exposure lev- gram, which is part of the employer’s els, exposure over a radioactive mate- safety and health program required in rial’s dose limits or other dangerous paragraph (b) of this section, to inform

380

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00390 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

employees, contractors, and sub- (ix) Drums and containers that can- contractors (or their representative) not be moved without rupture, leakage, actually engaged in hazardous waste or spillage shall be emptied into a operations of the nature, level and de- sound container using a device classi- gree of exposure likely as a result of fied for the material being transferred. participation in such hazardous waste (x) A ground-penetrating system or operations. Employees, contractors and other type of detection system or de- subcontractors working outside of the vice shall be used to estimate the loca- operations part of a site are not cov- tion and depth of buried drums or con- ered by this standard. tainers. (j) Handling drums and containers—(1) (xi) Soil or covering material shall be General. (i) Hazardous substances and removed with caution to prevent drum contaminated soils, liquids, and other or container rupture. residues shall be handled, transported, (xii) Fire extinguishing equipment labeled, and disposed of in accordance meeting the requirements of 29 CFR with this paragraph. part 1910, subpart L, shall be on hand (ii) Drums and containers used dur- and ready for use to control incipient ing the clean-up shall meet the appro- fires. priate DOT, OSHA, and EPA regula- (2) Opening drums and containers. The tions for the wastes that they contain. following procedures shall be followed (iii) When practical, drums and con- in areas where drums or containers are tainers shall be inspected and their in- being opened: tegrity shall be assured prior to being (i) Where an airline respirator system moved. Drums or containers that can- is used, connections to the source of air not be inspected before being moved supply shall be protected from con- because of storage conditions (i.e., bur- tamination and the entire system shall ied beneath the earth, stacked behind be protected from physical damage. other drums, stacked several tiers high (ii) Employees not actually involved in a pile, etc.) shall be moved to an ac- in opening drums or containers shall be cessible location and inspected prior to kept a safe distance from the drums or further handling. containers being opened. (iv) Unlabelled drums and containers (iii) If employees must work near or shall be considered to contain haz- adjacent to drums or containers being ardous substances and handled accord- opened, a suitable shield that does not ingly until the contents are positively interfere with the work operation shall identified and labeled. be placed between the employee and (v) Site operations shall be organized the drums or containers being opened to minimize the amount of drum or to protect the employee in case of acci- container movement. dental explosion. (vi) Prior to movement of drums or (iv) Controls for drum or container containers, all employees exposed to opening equipment, monitoring equip- the transfer operation shall be warned ment, and fire suppression equipment of the potential hazards associated shall be located behind the explosion- with the contents of the drums or con- resistant barrier. tainers. (v) When there is a reasonable possi- (vii) U.S. Department of Transpor- bility of flammable atmospheres being tation specified salvage drums or con- present, material handling equipment tainers and suitable quantities of prop- and hand tools shall be of the type to er absorbent shall be kept available prevent sources of ignition. and used in areas where spills, leaks, or (vi) Drums and containers shall be ruptures may occur. opened in such a manner that excess (viii) Where major spills may occur, a interior pressure will be safely re- spill containment program, which is lieved. If pressure can not be relieved part of the employer’s safety and from a remote location, appropriate health program required in paragraph shielding shall be placed between the (b) of this section, shall be imple- employee and the drums or containers mented to contain and isolate the en- to reduce the risk of employee injury. tire volume of the hazardous substance (vii) Employees shall not stand upon being transferred. or work from drums or containers.

381

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00391 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Material handling equipment. Mate- ment of Transportation regulations. Employ- rial handiing equipment used to trans- ers and their shippers should refer to 49 CFR fer drums and containers shall be se- 173.21 and 173.50. lected, positioned and operated to min- (6) Laboratory waste packs. In addition imize sources of ignition related to the to the requirements of paragraph (j)(5) equipment from igniting vapors re- of this section, the following pre- leased from ruptured drums or con- cautions shall be taken, as a minimum, tainers. in handling laboratory waste packs (4) Radioactive wastes. Drums and con- (lab packs): tainers containing radioactive wastes shall not be handled until such time as (i) Lab packs shall be opened only their hazard to employees is properly when necessary and then only by an in- assessed. dividual knowledgeable in the inspec- (5) Shock sensitive wastes. As a min- tion, classification, and segregation of imum, the following special pre- the containers within the pack accord- cautions shall be taken when drums ing to the hazards of the wastes. and containers containing or suspected (ii) If crystalline material is noted on of containing shock-sensitive wastes any container, the contents shall be are handled: handled as a shock-sensitive waste (i) All non-essential employees shall until the contents are identified. be evacuated from the area of transfer. (7) Sampling of drum and container (ii) Material handling equipment contents. Sampling of containers and shall be provided with explosive con- drums shall be done in accordance with tainment devices or protective shields a sampling procedure which is part of to protect equipment operators from the site safety and health plan devel- exploding containers. oped for and available to employees (iii) An employee alarm system capa- and others at the specific worksite. ble of being perceived above sur- (8) Shipping and transport. (i) Drums rounding light and noise conditions and containers shall be identified and shall be used to signal the commence- classified prior to packaging for ship- ment and completion of explosive ment. waste handling activities. (ii) Drum or container staging areas (iv) Continuous communications (i.e., shall be kept to the minimum number portable radios, hand signals, tele- necessary to identify and classify ma- phones, as appropriate) shall be main- terials safely and prepare them for tained between the employee-in-charge transport. of the immediate handling area and both the site safety and health super- (iii) Staging areas shall be provided visor and the command post until such with adequate access and egress routes. time as the handling operation is com- (iv) Bulking of hazardous wastes pleted. Communication equipment or shall be permitted only after a thor- methods that could cause shock sen- ough characterization of the materials sitive materials to explode shall not be has been completed. used. (9) Tank and vault procedures. (i) (v) Drums and containers under pres- Tanks and vaults containing hazardous sure, as evidenced by bulging or swell- substances shall be handled in a man- ing, shall not be moved until such time ner similar to that for drums and con- as the cause for excess pressure is de- tainers, taking into consideration the termined and appropriate containment size of the tank or vault. procedures have been implemented to (ii) Appropriate tank or vault entry protect employees from explosive relief procedures as described in the employ- of the drum. er’s safety and health plan shall be fol- (vi) Drums and containers containing lowed whenever employees must enter packaged laboratory wastes shall be a tank or vault. considered to contain shock-sensitive (k) Decontamination—(1) General. Pro- or explosive materials until they have cedures for all phases of decontamina- been characterized. tion shall be developed and imple- CAUTION: Shipping of shock sensitive mented in accordance with this para- wastes may be prohibited under U.S. Depart- graph.

382

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00392 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(2) Decontamination procedures. (i) A (8) Showers and change rooms. Where decontamination procedure shall be de- the decontamination procedure indi- veloped, communicated to employees cates a need for regular showers and and implemented before any employees change rooms outside of a contami- or equipment may enter areas on site nated area, they shall be provided and where potential for exposure to haz- meet the requirements of 29 CFR ardous substances exists. 1910.141. If temperature conditions pre- (ii) Standard operating procedures vent the effective use of water, then shall be developed to minimize em- other effective means for cleansing ployee contact with hazardous sub- shall be provided and used. stances or with equipment that has (l) Emergency response by employees at contacted hazardous substances. uncontrolled hazardous waste sites—(1) (iii) All employees leaving a contami- Emergency response plan. (i) An emer- nated area shall be appropriately de- gency response plan shall be developed contaminated; all contaminated cloth- and implemented by all employers ing and equipment leaving a contami- within the scope of paragraphs (a)(1) nated area shall be appropriately dis- (i)–(ii) of this section to handle antici- posed of or decontaminated. pated emergencies prior to the com- (iv) Decontamination procedures mencement of hazardous waste oper- shall be monitored by the site safety ations. The plan shall be in writing and and health supervisor to determine available for inspection and copying by their effectiveness. When such proce- employees, their representatives, dures are found to be ineffective, ap- OSHA personnel and other govern- propriate steps shall be taken to cor- mental agencies with relevant respon- rect any deficiencies. sibilities. (3) Location. Decontamination shall (ii) Employers who will evacuate be performed in geographical areas their employees from the danger area that will minimize the exposure of when an emergency occurs, and who do uncontaminated employees or equip- not permit any of their employees to ment to contaminated employees or assist in handling the emergency, are equipment. exempt from the requirements of this (4) Equipment and solvents. All equip- paragraph if they provide an emer- ment and solvents used for decon- gency action plan complying with 29 tamination shall be decontaminated or CFR 1910.38. disposed of properly. (2) Elements of an emergency response (5) Personal protective clothing and plan. The employer shall develop an equipment. (i) Protective clothing and emergency response plan for emer- equipment shall be decontaminated, gencies which shall address, as a min- cleaned, laundered, maintained or re- imum, the following: placed as needed to maintain their ef- (i) Pre-emergency planning. fectiveness. (ii) Personnel roles, lines of author- (ii) Employees whose non-imper- ity, and communication. meable clothing becomes wetted with (iii) Emergency recognition and pre- hazardous substances shall imme- vention. diately remove that clothing and pro- (iv) Safe distances and places of ref- ceed to shower. The clothing shall be uge. disposed of or decontaminated before it (v) Site security and control. is removed from the work zone. (vi) Evacuation routes and proce- (6) Unauthorized employees. Unauthor- dures. ized employees shall not remove pro- (vii) Decontamination procedures tective clothing or equipment from which are not covered by the site safe- change rooms. ty and health plan. (7) Commercial laundries or cleaning es- (viii) Emergency medical treatment tablishments. Commercial laundries or and first aid. cleaning establishments that decon- (ix) Emergency alerting and response taminate protective clothing or equip- procedures. ment shall be informed of the poten- (x) Critique of response and follow- tially harmful effects of exposures to up. hazardous substances. (xi) PPE and emergency equipment.

383

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00393 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(3) Procedures for handling emergency TABLE H–120.1—MINIMUM ILLUMINATION incidents. (i) In addition to the ele- INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANDLES—Continued ments for the emergency response plan Foot- required in paragraph (l)(2) of this sec- can- Area or operations tion, the following elements shall be dles included for emergency response plans: 5 ...... Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work (A) Site topography, layout, and pre- areas. (Exception: Minimum of 10 foot-candles is vailing weather conditions. required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling (B) Procedures for reporting inci- mucking, and scaling. Mine Safety and Health Ad- ministration approved cap lights shall be accept- dents to local, state, and federal gov- able for use in the tunnel heading.) ernmental agencies. 10 ...... General shops (e.g., mechanical and electrical (ii) The emergency response plan equipment rooms, active storerooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, dining shall be a separate section of the Site areas, and indoor toilets and workrooms.) Safety and Health Plan. 30 ...... First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices. (iii) The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated (n) Sanitation at temporary work- with the disaster, fire and/or emer- places—(1) Potable water. (i) An ade- gency response plans of local, state, quate supply of potable water shall be and federal agencies. provided on the site. (iv) The emergency response plan (ii) Portable containers used to dis- shall be rehearsed regularly as part of pense drinking water shall be capable the overall training program for site of being tightly closed, and equipped operations. with a tap. Water shall not be dipped (v) The site emergency response plan from containers. shall be reviewed periodically and, as (iii) Any container used to distribute necessary, be amended to keep it cur- drinking water shall be clearly marked rent with new or changing site condi- as to the nature of its contents and not tions or information. used for any other purpose. (vi) An employee alarm system shall (iv) Where single service cups (to be be installed in accordance with 29 CFR used but once) are supplied, both a san- 1910.165 to notify employees of an emer- itary container for the unused cups and gency situation; to stop work activities a receptacle for disposing of the used if necessary; to lower background noise cups shall be provided. in order to speed communication; and (2) Nonpotable water. (i) Outlets for to begin emergency procedures. nonpotable water, such as water for firefighting purposes, shall be identi- (vii) Based upon the information fied to indicate clearly that the water available at time of the emergency, the is unsafe and is not to be used for employer shall evaluate the incident drinking, washing, or cooking pur- and the site response capabilities and poses. proceed with the appropriate steps to (ii) There shall be no cross-connec- implement the site emergency response tion, open or potential, between a sys- plan. tem furnishing potable water and a (m) Illumination. Areas accessible to system furnishing nonpotable water. employees shall be lighted to not less (3) Toilet facilities. (i) Toilets shall be than the minimum illumination inten- provided for employees according to sities listed in the following Table H– the following Table H–120.2. 120.1 while any work is in progress: TABLE H–120.2—TOILET FACILITIES TABLE H–120.1—MINIMUM ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANDLES Number of employees Minimum number of facilities

Foot- 20 or fewer ...... One. can- Area or operations More than 20, fewer than 200 One toilet seat and one uri- dles nal per 40 employees. More than 200 ...... One toilet seat and one uri- 5 ...... General site areas. nal per 50 employees. 3 ...... Excavation and waste areas, accessways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and (ii) Under temporary field conditions, field maintenance areas. 5 ...... Indoors: Warehouses, corridors, hallways, and provisions shall be made to assure that exitways. at least one toilet facility is available.

384

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00394 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(iii) Hazardous waste sites not pro- off the worksite, shall provide employ- vided with a sanitary sewer shall be ees with a clean area where they can provided with the following toilet fa- remove, store, and put on street cloth- cilities unless prohibited by local ing. The second area, with an exit to codes: the worksite, shall provide employees (A) Chemical toilets; with an area where they can put on, re- (B) Recirculating toilets; move and store work clothing and per- (C) Combustion toilets; or sonal protective equipment. (D) Flush toilets. (iii) Showers and change rooms shall (iv) The requirements of this para- be located in areas where exposures are graph for sanitation facilities shall not below the permissible exposure limits apply to mobile crews having transpor- and published exposure levels. If this tation readily available to nearby toi- cannot be accomplished, then a ven- let facilities. tilation system shall be provided that (v) Doors entering toilet facilities will supply air that is below the per- shall be provided with entrance locks missible exposure limits and published controlled from inside the facility. exposure levels. (4) Food handling. All food service fa- (iv) Employers shall assure that em- cilities and operations for employees ployees shower at the end of their work shall meet the applicable laws, ordi- shift and when leaving the hazardous nances, and regulations of the jurisdic- waste site. tions in which they are located. (o) New technology programs. (1) The (5) Temporary sleeping quarters. When employer shall develop and implement temporary sleeping quarters are pro- procedures for the introduction of ef- vided, they shall be heated, ventilated, fective new technologies and equip- and lighted. ment developed for the improved pro- (6) Washing facilities. The employer tection of employees working with haz- shall provide adequate washing facili- ardous waste clean-up operations, and ties for employees engaged in oper- the same shall be implemented as part ations where hazardous substances of the site safety and health program may be harmful to employees. Such fa- to assure that employee protection is cilities shall be in near proximity to being maintained. the worksite; in areas where exposures (2) New technologies, equipment or are below permissible exposure limits control measures available to the in- and published exposure levels and dustry, such as the use of foams, which are under the controls of the em- absorbents, adsorbents, neutralizers, or ployer; and shall be so equipped as to other means to suppress the level of air enable employees to remove hazardous contaminates while excavating the site substances from themselves. or for spill control, shall be evaluated (7) Showers and change rooms. When by employers or their representatives. hazardous waste clean-up or removal Such an evaluation shall be done to de- operations commence on a site and the termine the effectiveness of the new duration of the work will require six methods, materials, or equipment be- months or greater time to complete, fore implementing their use on a large the employer shall provide showers and scale for enhancing employee protec- change rooms for all employees ex- tion. Information and data from manu- posed to hazardous substances and facturers or suppliers may be used as health hazards involved in hazardous part of the employer’s evaluation ef- waste clean-up or removal operations. fort. Such evaluations shall be made (i) Showers shall be provided and available to OSHA upon request. shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR (p) Certain Operations Conducted 1910.141(d)(3). Under the Resource Conservation and Re- (ii) Change rooms shall be provided covery Act of 1976 (RCRA). Employers and shall meet the requirements of 29 conducting operations at treatment, CFR 1910.141(e). Change rooms shall storage and disposal (TSD) facilities consist of two separate change areas specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this separated by the shower area required section shall provide and implement in paragraph (n)(7)(i) of this section. the programs specified in this para- One change area, with an exit leading graph. See the ‘‘Notes and Exceptions’’

385

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00395 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section stances at TSD operations to enable for employers not covered.)’’. the employees to perform their as- (1) Safety and health program. The em- signed duties and functions in a safe ployer shall develop and implement a and healthful manner so as not endan- written safety and health program for ger themselves or other employees. The employees involved in hazardous waste initial training shall be for 24 hours operations that shall be available for and refresher training shall be for eight inspection by employees, their rep- hours annually. Employees who have resentatives and OSHA personnel. The received the initial training required program shall be designed to identify, by this paragraph shall be given a writ- evaluate and control safety and health ten certificate attesting that they have hazards in their facilities for the pur- successfully completed the necessary pose of employee protection, to provide training. for emergency response meeting the re- (ii) Current employees. Employers who quirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this can show by an employee’s previous section and to address as appropriate work experience and/or training that site analysis, engineering controls, the employee has had training equiva- maximum exposure limits, hazardous lent to the initial training required by waste handling procedures and uses of this paragraph, shall be considered as new technologies. meeting the initial training require- (2) Hazard communication program. ments of this paragraph as to that em- The employer shall implement a haz- ployee. Equivalent training includes ard communication program meeting the training that existing employees the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200 as might have already received from ac- part of the employer’s safety and pro- tual site work experience. Current em- gram. ployees shall receive eight hours of re- NOTE TO § 1910.120: The exemption for haz- fresher training annually. ardous waste provided in § 1910.1200 is appli- (iii) Trainers. Trainers who teach ini- cable to this section. tial training shall have satisfactorily (3) Medical surveillance program. The completed a training course for teach- employer shall develop and implement ing the subjects they are expected to a medical surveillance program meet- teach or they shall have the academic ing the requirements of paragraph (f) of credentials and instruction experience this section. necessary to demonstrate a good com- (4) Decontamination program. The em- mand of the subject matter of the ployer shall develop and implement a courses and competent instructional decontamination procedure meeting skills. the requirements of paragraph (k) of (8) Emergency response program—(i) this section. Emergency response plan. An emergency (5) New technology program. The em- response plan shall be developed and ployer shall develop and implement implemented by all employers. Such procedures meeting the requirements plans need not duplicate any of the of paragraph (o) of this section for in- subjects fully addressed in the employ- troducing new and innovative equip- er’s contingency planning required by ment into the workplace. permits, such as those issued by the (6) Material handling program. Where U.S. Environmental Protection Agen- employees will be handling drums or cy, provided that the contingency plan containers, the employer shall develop is made part of the emergency response and implement procedures meeting the plan. The emergency response plan requirements of paragraphs (j)(1) (ii) shall be a written portion of the em- through (viii) and (xi) of this section, ployer’s safety and health program re- as well as (j)(3) and (j)(8) of this section quired in paragraph (p)(1) of this sec- prior to starting such work. tion. Employers who will evacuate (7) Training program—(i) New employ- their employees from the worksite lo- ees. The employer shall develop and im- cation when an emergency occurs and plement a training program, which is who do not permit any of their employ- part of the employer’s safety and ees to assist in handling the emergency health program, for employees exposed are exempt from the requirements of to health hazards or hazardous sub- paragraph (p)(8) if they provide an

386

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00396 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

emergency action plan complying with recognize that an emergency response situa- 29 CFR 1910.38. tion exists and they have been instructed to (ii) Elements of an emergency response call the designated outside fully-trained plan. The employer shall develop an emergency response team for assistance. emergency response plan for emer- (B) Employee members of TSD facil- gencies which shall address, as a min- ity emergency response organizations imum, the following areas to the ex- shall be trained to a level of com- tent that they are not addressed in any petence in the recognition of health specific program required in this para- and safety hazards to protect them- graph: selves and other employees. This would (A) Pre-emergency planning and co- include training in the methods used to ordination with outside parties. minimize the risk from safety and (B) Personnel roles, lines of author- health hazards; in the safe use of con- ity, and communication. trol equipment; in the selection and (C) Emergency recognition and pre- use of appropriate personal protective vention. equipment; in the safe operating proce- (D) Safe distances and places of ref- dures to be used at the incident scene; uge. in the techniques of coordination with (E) Site security and control. other employees to minimize risks; in (F) Evacuation routes and proce- the appropriate response to over expo- dures. sure from health hazards or injury to (G) Decontamination procedures. themselves and other employees; and (H) Emergency medical treatment in the recognition of subsequent symp- and first aid. toms which may result from over expo- (I) Emergency alerting and response sures. procedures. (J) Critique of response and follow- (C) The employer shall certify that up. each covered employee has attended (K) PPE and emergency equipment. and successfully completed the train- (iii) Training. (A) Training for emer- ing required in paragraph (p)(8)(iii) of gency response employees shall be this section, or shall certify the em- completed before they are called upon ployee’s competency at least yearly. to perform in real emergencies. Such The method used to demonstrate com- training shall include the elements of petency for certification of training the emergency response plan, standard shall be recorded and maintained by operating procedures the employer has the employer. established for the job, the personal (iv) Procedures for handling emergency protective equipment to be worn and incidents. (A) In addition to the ele- procedures for handling emergency in- ments for the emergency response plan cidents. required in paragraph (p)(8)(ii) of this section, the following elements shall be Exception #1: An employer need not train included for emergency response plans all employees to the degree specified if the employer divides the work force in a manner to the extent that they do not repeat such that a sufficient number of employees any information already contained in who have responsibility to control emer- the emergency response plan: gencies have the training specified, and all (1) Site topography, layout, and pre- other employees, who may first respond to vailing weather conditions. an emergency incident, have sufficient (2) Procedures for reporting incidents awareness training to recognize that an to local, state, and federal govern- emergency response situation exists and that they are instructed in that case to summon mental agencies. the fully trained employees and not attempt (B) The emergency response plan control activities for which they are not shall be compatible and integrated trained. with the disaster, fire and/or emer- Exception #2: An employer need not train gency response plans of local, state, all employees to the degree specified if ar- and federal agencies. rangements have been made in advance for an outside fully-trained emergency response (C) The emergency response plan team to respond in a reasonable period and shall be rehearsed regularly as part of all employees, who may come to the incident the overall training program for site first, have sufficient awareness training to operations.

387

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00397 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(D) The site emergency response plan imum, the following to the extent that shall be reviewed periodically and, as they are not addressed elsewhere: necessary, be amended to keep it cur- (i) Pre-emergency planning and co- rent with new or changing site condi- ordination with outside parties. tions or information. (ii) Personnel roles, lines of author- (E) An employee alarm system shall ity, training, and communication. be installed in accordance with 29 CFR (iii) Emergency recognition and pre- 1910.165 to notify employees of an emer- vention. gency situation; to stop work activities (iv) Safe distances and places of ref- if necessary; to lower background noise in order to speed communication; and uge. to begin emergency procedures. (v) Site security and control. (F) Based upon the information avail- (vi) Evacuation routes and proce- able at time of the emergency, the em- dures. ployer shall evaluate the incident and (vii) Decontamination. the site response capabilities and pro- (viii) Emergency medical treatment ceed with the appropriate steps to im- and first aid. plement the site emergency response (ix) Emergency alerting and response plan. procedures. (q) Emergency response to hazardous (x) Critique of response and follow- substance releases. This paragraph cov- up. ers employers whose employees are en- (xi) PPE and emergency equipment. gaged in emergency response no matter (xii) Emergency response organiza- where it occurs except that it does not tions may use the local emergency re- cover employees engaged in operations sponse plan or the state emergency re- specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section. Those emer- sponse plan or both, as part of their gency response organizations who have emergency response plan to avoid du- developed and implemented programs plication. Those items of the emer- equivalent to this paragraph for han- gency response plan that are being dling releases of hazardous substances properly addressed by the SARA Title pursuant to section 303 of the Super- III plans may be substituted into their fund Amendments and Reauthorization emergency plan or otherwise kept to- Act of 1986 (Emergency Planning and gether for the employer and employee’s Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, use. 42 U.S.C. 11003) shall be deemed to have (3) Procedures for handling emergency met the requirements of this para- response. (i) The senior emergency re- graph. sponse official responding to an emer- (1) Emergency response plan. An emer- gency shall become the individual in gency response plan shall be developed charge of a site-specific Incident Com- and implemented to handle anticipated mand System (ICS). All emergency re- emergencies prior to the commence- sponders and their communications ment of emergency response oper- shall be coordinated and controlled ations. The plan shall be in writing and through the individual in charge of the available for inspection and copying by ICS assisted by the senior official employees, their representatives and present for each employer. OSHA personnel. Employers who will evacuate their employees from the NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (q)(3)(i): The ‘‘senior danger area when an emergency occurs, official’’ at an emergency response is the and who do not permit any of their em- most senior official on the site who has the ployees to assist in handling the emer- responsibility for controlling the operations gency, are exempt from the require- at the site. Initially it is the senior officer ments of this paragraph if they provide on the first-due piece of responding emer- an emergency action plan in accord- gency apparatus to arrive on the incident ance with 29 CFR 1910.38. scene. As more senior officers arrive (i.e., battalion chief, fire chief, state law enforce- (2) Elements of an emergency response ment official, site coordinator, etc.) the posi- plan. The employer shall develop an tion is passed up the line of authority which emergency response plan for emer- has been previously established. gencies which shall address, as a min-

388

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00398 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(ii) The individual in charge of the (viii) When activities are judged by ICS shall identify, to the extent pos- the safety official to be an IDLH condi- sible, all hazardous substances or con- tion and/or to involve an imminent ditions present and shall address as ap- danger condition, the safety official propriate site analysis, use of engineer- shall have the authority to alter, sus- ing controls, maximum exposure lim- pend, or terminate those activities. its, hazardous substance handling pro- The safety official shall immediately cedures, and use of any new tech- inform the individual in charge of the nologies. ICS of any actions needed to be taken (iii) Based on the hazardous sub- to correct these hazards at the emer- stances and/or conditions present, the gency scene. individual in charge of the ICS shall (ix) After emergency operations have implement appropriate emergency op- terminated, the individual in charge of erations, and assure that the personal the ICS shall implement appropriate protective equipment worn is appro- decontamination procedures. priate for the hazards to be encoun- (x) When deemed necessary for meet- tered. However, personal protective ing the tasks at hand, approved self- equipment shall meet, at a minimum, contained compressed air breathing ap- the criteria contained in 29 CFR paratus may be used with approved cyl- 1910.156(e) when worn while performing inders from other approved self-con- fire fighting operations beyond the in- tained compressed air breathing appa- cipient stage for any incident. ratus provided that such cylinders are (iv) Employees engaged in emergency of the same capacity and pressure rat- response and exposed to hazardous sub- ing. All compressed air cylinders used stances presenting an inhalation haz- ard or potential inhalation hazard shall with self-contained breathing appa- wear positive pressure self-contained ratus shall meet U.S. Department of breathing apparatus while engaged in Transportation and National Institute emergency response, until such time for Occupational Safety and Health cri- that the individual in charge of the ICS teria. determines through the use of air mon- (4) Skilled support personnel. Per- itoring that a decreased level of res- sonnel, not necessarily an employer’s piratory protection will not result in own employees, who are skilled in the hazardous exposures to employees. operation of certain equipment, such as (v) The individual in charge of the mechanized earth moving or digging ICS shall limit the number of emer- equipment or crane and hoisting equip- gency response personnel at the emer- ment, and who are needed temporarily gency site, in those areas of potential to perform immediate emergency sup- or actual exposure to incident or site port work that cannot reasonably be hazards, to those who are actively per- performed in a timely fashion by an forming emergency operations. How- employer’s own employees, and who ever, operations in hazardous areas will be or may be exposed to the haz- shall be performed using the buddy sys- ards at an emergency response scene, tem in groups of two or more. are not required to meet the training (vi) Back-up personnel shall stand by required in this paragraph for the em- with equipment ready to provide as- ployer’s regular employees. However, sistance or rescue. Advance first aid these personnel shall be given an ini- support personnel, as a minimum, shall tial briefing at the site prior to their also stand by with medical equipment participation in any emergency re- and transportation capability. sponse. The initial briefing shall in- (vii) The individual in charge of the clude instruction in the wearing of ap- ICS shall designate a safety official, propriate personal protective equip- who is knowledgable in the operations ment, what chemical hazards are in- being implemented at the emergency volved, and what duties are to be per- response site, with specific responsi- formed. All other appropriate safety bility to identify and evaluate hazards and health precautions provided to the and to provide direction with respect employer’s own employees shall be to the safety of operations for the used to assure the safety and health of emergency at hand. these personnel.

389

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00399 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(5) Specialist employees. Employees Transportation’s Emergency Response who, in the course of their regular job Guidebook. duties, work with and are trained in (F) The ability to realize the need for the hazards of specific hazardous sub- additional resources, and to make ap- stances, and who will be called upon to propriate notifications to the commu- provide technical advice or assistance nication center. at a hazardous substance release inci- (ii) First responder operations level. dent to the individual in charge, shall First responders at the operations level receive training or demonstrate com- are individuals who respond to releases petency in the area of their specializa- or potential releases of hazardous sub- tion annually. stances as part of the initial response (6) Training. Training shall be based to the site for the purpose of protecting on the duties and function to be per- nearby persons, property, or the envi- formed by each responder of an emer- ronment from the effects of the re- gency response organization. The skill lease. They are trained to respond in a and knowledge levels required for all defensive fashion without actually try- new responders, those hired after the ing to stop the release. Their function effective date of this standard, shall be is to contain the release from a safe conveyed to them through training be- distance, keep it from spreading, and fore they are permitted to take part in prevent exposures. First responders at actual emergency operations on an in- the operational level shall have re- cident. Employees who participate, or ceived at least eight hours of training are expected to participate, in emer- or have had sufficient experience to ob- gency response, shall be given training jectively demonstrate competency in in accordance with the following para- the following areas in addition to those graphs: listed for the awareness level and the (i) First responder awareness level. employer shall so certify: First responders at the awareness level (A) Knowledge of the basic hazard are individuals who are likely to wit- and risk assessment techniques. ness or discover a hazardous substance release and who have been trained to (B) Know how to select and use prop- initiate an emergency response se- er personal protective equipment pro- quence by notifying the proper authori- vided to the first responder operational ties of the release. They would take no level. further action beyond notifying the au- (C) An understanding of basic haz- thorities of the release. First respond- ardous materials terms. ers at the awareness level shall have (D) Know how to perform basic con- sufficient training or have had suffi- trol, containment and/or confinement cient experience to objectively dem- operations within the capabilities of onstrate competency in the following the resources and personal protective areas: equipment available with their unit. (A) An understanding of what haz- (E) Know how to implement basic de- ardous substances are, and the risks as- contamination procedures. sociated with them in an incident. (F) An understanding of the relevant (B) An understanding of the potential standard operating procedures and ter- outcomes associated with an emer- mination procedures. gency created when hazardous sub- (iii) Hazardous materials technician. stances are present. Hazardous materials technicians are (C) The ability to recognize the pres- individuals who respond to releases or ence of hazardous substances in an potential releases for the purpose of emergency. stopping the release. They assume a (D) The ability to identify the haz- more aggressive role than a first re- ardous substances, if possible. sponder at the operations level in that (E) An understanding of the role of they will approach the point of release the first responder awareness indi- in order to plug, patch or otherwise vidual in the employer’s emergency re- stop the release of a hazardous sub- sponse plan including site security and stance. Hazardous materials techni- control and the U.S. Department of cians shall have received at least 24

390

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00400 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

hours of training equal to the first re- (D) Be able to select and use proper sponder operations level and in addi- specialized chemical personal protec- tion have competency in the following tive equipment provided to the haz- areas and the employer shall so certify: ardous materials specialist. (A) Know how to implement the em- (E) Understand in-depth hazard and ployer’s emergency response plan. risk techniques. (B) Know the classification, identi- (F) Be able to perform specialized fication and verification of known and control, containment, and/or confine- unknown materials by using field sur- ment operations within the capabili- vey instruments and equipment. ties of the resources and personal pro- (C) Be able to function within an as- tective equipment available. signed role in the Incident Command (G) Be able to determine and imple- System. ment decontamination procedures. (D) Know how to select and use prop- (H) Have the ability to develop a site er specialized chemical personal pro- safety and control plan. tective equipment provided to the haz- (I) Understand chemical, radiological ardous materials technician. and toxicological terminology and be- (E) Understand hazard and risk as- havior. sessment techniques. (v) On scene incident commander. Inci- (F) Be able to perform advance con- dent commanders, who will assume trol, containment, and/or confinement control of the incident scene beyond operations within the capabilities of the first responder awareness level, the resources and personal protective shall receive at least 24 hours of train- equipment available with the unit. ing equal to the first responder oper- (G) Understand and implement de- ations level and in addition have com- contamination procedures. petency in the following areas and the (H) Understand termination proce- employer shall so certify: dures. (A) Know and be able to implement (I) Understand basic chemical and the employer’s incident command sys- toxicological terminology and behav- tem. ior. (B) Know how to implement the em- (iv) Hazardous materials specialist. ployer’s emergency response plan. Hazardous materials specialists are in- (C) Know and understand the hazards dividuals who respond with and provide and risks associated with employees support to hazardous materials techni- working in chemical protective cloth- cians. Their duties parallel those of the ing. hazardous materials technician, how- (D) Know how to implement the local ever, those duties require a more di- emergency response plan. rected or specific knowledge of the var- (E) Know of the state emergency re- ious substances they may be called sponse plan and of the Federal Re- upon to contain. The hazardous mate- gional Response Team. rials specialist would also act as the (F) Know and understand the impor- site liaison with Federal, state, local tance of decontamination procedures. and other government authorities in (7) Trainers. Trainers who teach any regards to site activities. Hazardous of the above training subjects shall materials specialists shall have re- have satisfactorily completed a train- ceived at least 24 hours of training ing course for teaching the subjects equal to the technician level and in ad- they are expected to teach, such as the dition have competency in the fol- courses offered by the U.S. National lowing areas and the employer shall so Fire Academy, or they shall have the certify: training and/or academic credentials (A) Know how to implement the local and instructional experience necessary emergency response plan. to demonstrate competent instruc- (B) Understand classification, identi- tional skills and a good command of fication and verification of known and the subject matter of the courses they unknown materials by using advanced are to teach. survey instruments and equipment. (8) Refresher training. (i) Those em- (C) Know of the state emergency re- ployees who are trained in accordance sponse plan. with paragraph (q)(6) of this section

391

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00401 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

shall receive annual refresher training tective equipment and decontamina- of sufficient content and duration to tion procedures. All equipment to be maintain their competencies, or shall used in the performance of the clean-up demonstrate competency in those areas work shall be in serviceable condition at least yearly. and shall have been inspected prior to (ii) A statement shall be made of the use. training or competency, and if a state- ment of competency is made, the em- APPENDICES TO § 1910.120—HAZARDOUS WASTE OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE ployer shall keep a record of the meth- odology used to demonstrate com- NOTE: The following appendices serve as petency. non-mandatory guidelines to assist employ- (9) Medical surveillance and consulta- ees and employers in complying with the ap- tion. (i) Members of an organized and propriate requirements of this section. How- ever paragraph 1910.120(g) makes mandatory designated HAZMAT team and haz- in certain circumstances the use of Level A ardous materials specialists shall re- and Level B PPE protection. ceive a baseline physical examination and be provided with medical surveil- APPENDIX A TO § 1910.120—PERSONAL lance as required in paragraph (f) of PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TEST METHODS this section. This appendix sets forth the non-manda- (ii) Any emergency response employ- tory examples of tests which may be used to ees who exhibits signs or symptoms evaluate compliance with § 1910.120 (g)(4) (ii) which may have resulted from exposure and (iii). Other tests and other challenge to hazardous substances during the agents may be used to evaluate compliance. course of an emergency incident, either A. Totally-encapsulating chemical protective immediately or subsequently, shall be suit pressure test provided with medical consultation as required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this 1.0—Scope 1.1 This practice measures the ability of a section. gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical (10) Chemical protective clothing. protective suit material, seams, and closures Chemical protective clothing and to maintain a fixed positive pressure. The re- equipment to be used by organized and sults of this practice allow the gas tight in- designated HAZMAT team members, or tegrity of a totally-encapsulating chemical to be used by hazardous materials spe- protective suit to be evaluated. cialists, shall meet the requirements of 1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to paragraphs (g) (3) through (5) of this permeation, penetration, and degradation by section. specific hazardous substances is not deter- mined by this test method. (11) Post-emergency response oper- 2.0—Definition of terms ations. Upon completion of the emer- 2.1 Totally-encapsulated chemical protective gency response, if it is determined that suit (TECP suit) means a full body garment it is necessary to remove hazardous which is constructed of protective clothing substances, health hazards, and mate- materials; covers the wearer’s torso, head, rials contaminated with them (such as arms, legs and respirator; may cover the contaminated soil or other elements of wearer’s hands and feet with tightly at- the natural environment) from the site tached gloves and boots; completely encloses of the incident, the employer con- the wearer and respirator by itself or in com- bination with the wearer’s gloves and boots. ducting the clean-up shall comply with 2.2 Protective clothing material means any one of the following: material or combination of materials used in (i) Meet all of the requirements of an item of clothing for the purpose of iso- paragraphs (b) through (o) of this sec- lating parts of the body from direct contact tion; or with a potentially hazardous liquid or gas- (ii) Where the clean-up is done on eous chemicals. plant property using plant or work- 2.3 Gas tight means, for the purpose of this place employees, such employees shall test method, the limited flow of a gas under have completed the training require- pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to atmosphere at a prescribed pressure and ments of the following: 29 CFR 1910.38, time interval. 1910.134, 1910.1200, and other appro- 3.0—Summary of test method priate safety and health training made 3.1 The TECP suit is visually inspected and necessary by the tasks they are ex- modified for the test. The test apparatus is pected to perform such as personal pro- attached to the suit to permit inflation to

392

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00402 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

the pre-test suit expansion pressure for re- sure to pressure (B), the suit test pressure. moval of suit wrinkles and creases. The pres- Begin timing. At the end of three minutes, sure is lowered to the test pressure and mon- record the suit pressure as pressure (C), the itored for three minutes. If the pressure drop ending suit pressure. The difference between is excessive, the TECP suit fails the test and the suit test pressure and the ending suit is removed from service. The test is repeated test pressure (B ¥ C) shall be defined as the after leak location and repair. suit pressure drop. 4.0—Required Supplies 6.1.6 If the suit pressure drop is more than 4.1 Source of compressed air. 20 percent of the suit test pressure (B) during 4.2 Test apparatus for suit testing, includ- the three-minute test period, the suit fails ing a pressure measurement device with a the test and shall be removed from service. sensitivity of at least 1⁄4 inch water gauge. 7.0—Retest Procedure 4.3 Vent valve closure plugs or sealing 7.1 If the suit fails the test check for leaks tape. by inflating the suit to pressure (A) and 4.4 Soapy water solution and soft brush. brushing or wiping the entire suit (including 4.5 Stop watch or appropriate timing de- seams, closures, lens gaskets, glove-to-sleeve vice. joints, etc.) with a mild soap and water solu- 5.0—Safety Precautions tion. Observe the suit for the formation of 5.1 Care shall be taken to provide the cor- soap bubbles, which is an indication of a rect pressure safety devices required for the leak. Repair all identified leaks. source of compressed air used. 6.0—Test Procedure 7.2 Retest the TECP suit as outlined in 6.1 Prior to each test, the tester shall per- Test procedure 6.0. form a visual inspection of the suit. Check 8.0—Report the suit for seam integrity by visually exam- 8.1 Each TECP suit tested by this practice ining the seams and gently pulling on the shall have the following information re- seams. Ensure that all air supply lines, fit- corded: tings, visor, zippers, and valves are secure 8.1.1 Unique identification number, identi- and show no signs of deterioration. fying brand name, date of purchase, material 6.1.1 Seal off the vent valves along with of construction, and unique fit features, e.g., any other normal inlet or exhaust points special breathing apparatus. (such as umbilical air line fittings or face 8.1.2 The actual values for test pressures piece opening) with tape or other appropriate (A), (B), and (C) shall be recorded along with means (caps, plugs, fixture, etc.). Care should the specific observation times. If the ending be exercised in the sealing process not to pressure (C) is less than 80 percent of the test damage any of the suit components. pressure (B), the suit shall be identified as 6.1.2 Close all closure assemblies. failing the test. When possible, the specific 6.1.3 Prepare the suit for inflation by pro- leak location shall be identified in the test viding an improvised connection point on the records. Retest pressure data shall be re- suit for connecting an airline. Attach the corded as an additional test. pressure test apparatus to the suit to permit 8.1.3 The source of the test apparatus used suit inflation from a compressed air source shall be identified and the sensitivity of the equipped with a pressure indicating regu- pressure gauge shall be recorded. lator. The leak tightness of the pressure test 8.1.4 Records shall be kept for each pres- apparatus should be tested before and after sure test even if repairs are being made at each test by closing off the end of the tubing the test location. attached to the suit and assuring a pressure of three inches water gauge for three min- CAUTION utes can be maintained. If a component is re- Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be moved for the test, that component shall be sure they are positioned correctly and se- replaced and a second test conducted with cured tightly before putting the suit back another component removed to permit a into service. Special care should be taken to complete test of the ensemble. examine each exhaust valve to make sure it 6.1.4 The pre-test expansion pressure (A) is not blocked. and the suit test pressure (B) shall be sup- plied by the suit manufacturer, but in no Care should also be exercised to assure case shall they be less than: (A) = three that the inside and outside of the suit is inches water gauge; and (B) = two inches completely dry before it is put into storage. water gauge. The ending suit pressure (C) B. Totally-encapsulating chemical protective shall be no less than 80 percent of the test suit qualitative leak test pressure (B); i.e., the pressure drop shall not exceed 20 percent of the test pressure (B). 1.0—Scope 6.1.5 Inflate the suit until the pressure in- 1.1 This practice semi-qualitatively tests side is equal to pressure (A), the pre-test ex- gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical pansion suit pressure. Allow at least one protective suit integrity by detecting inward minute to fill out the wrinkles in the suit. leakage of ammonia vapor. Since no modi- Release sufficient air to reduce the suit pres- fications are made to the suit to carry out

393

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00403 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

this test, the results from this practice pro- the test room and his stand-by person meas- vide a realistic test for the integrity of the ures the ammonia concentration inside the entire suit. suit using a low range ammonia length of 1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to per- stain detector tube or other more sensitive meation, penetration, and degradation is not ammonia detector. A stand-by person is re- determined by this test method. ASTM test quired to observe the test individual during methods are available to test suit materials the test procedure; aid the person in donning for these characteristics and the tests are and doffing the TECP suit; and monitor the usually conducted by the manufacturers of suit interior. The intrusion coefficient of the the suits. suit can be calculated by dividing the aver- 2.0—Definition of terms age test area concentration by the interior 2.1 Totally-encapsulated chemical protective suit concentration. A colorimetric ammonia suit (TECP suit) means a full body garment indicator strip of bromophenol blue or equiv- which is constructed of protective clothing alent is placed on the inside of the suit face materials; covers the wearer’s torso, head, piece lens so that the suited individual is arms, legs and respirator; may cover the able to detect a color change and know if the wearer’s hands and feet with tightly at- suit has a significant leak. If a color change tached gloves and boots; completely encloses is observed the individual shall leave the test the wearer and respirator by itself or in com- room immediately. bination with the wearer’s gloves, and boots. 4.0—Required supplies 2.2 Protective clothing material means any 4.1 A supply of concentrated aqueous am- material or combination of materials used in monium hydroxide (58% by weight). an item of clothing for the purpose of iso- 4.2 A supply of bromophenol/blue indi- lating parts of the body from direct contact cating paper or equivalent, sensitive to 5–10 with a potentially hazardous liquid or gas- ppm ammonia or greater over a two-minute eous chemicals. period of exposure. [pH 3.0 (yellow) to pH 4.6 2.3 Gas tight means, for the purpose of this (blue)] test method, the limited flow of a gas under 4.3 A supply of high range (0.5–10 volume pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to percent) and low range (5–700 ppm) detector atmosphere at a prescribed pressure and tubes for ammonia and the corresponding time interval. sampling pump. More sensitive ammonia de- 2.4 Intrusion Coefficient means a number ex- tectors can be substituted for the low range pressing the level of protection provided by a detector tubes to improve the sensitivity of gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical this practice. protective suit. The intrusion coefficient is 4.4 A shallow plastic pan (PVC) at least calculated by dividing the test room chal- 12″:14″:1″ and a half pint plastic container lenge agent concentration by the concentra- (PVC) with tightly closing lid. tion of challenge agent found inside the suit. 4.5 A graduated cylinder or other volu- The accuracy of the intrusion coefficient is metric measuring device of at least 50 milli- dependent on the challenge agent monitoring liters in volume with an accuracy of at least methods. The larger the intrusion coefficient ±1 milliliters. the greater the protection provided by the 5.0—Safety precautions TECP suit. 5.1 Concentrated aqueous ammonium hy- 3.0—Summary of recommended practice droxide, NH4 OH, is a corrosive volatile liq- 3.1 The volume of concentrated aqueous uid requiring eye, skin, and respiratory pro- ammonia solution (ammonia hydroxide NH4 tection. The person conducting the test shall OH) required to generate the test atmos- review the SDS for aqueous ammonia. phere is determined using the directions out- 5.2 Since the established permissible ex- lined in 6.1. The suit is donned by a person posure limit for ammonia is 35 ppm as a 15 wearing the appropriate respiratory equip- minute STEL, only persons wearing a posi- ment (either a positive pressure self-con- tive pressure self-contained breathing appa- tained breathing apparatus or a positive ratus or a positive pressure supplied air res- pressure supplied air respirator) and worn in- pirator shall be in the chamber. Normally side the enclosed test room. The con- only the person wearing the totally-encap- centrated aqueous ammonia solution is sulating suit will be inside the chamber. A taken by the suited individual into the test stand-by person shall have a positive pres- room and poured into an open plastic pan. A sure self-contained breathing apparatus, or a two-minute evaporation period is observed positive pressure supplied air respirator before the test room concentration is meas- available to enter the test area should the ured, using a high range ammonia length of suited individual need assistance. stain detector tube. When the ammonia 5.3 A method to monitor the suited indi- vapor reaches a concentration of between vidual must be used during this test. Visual 1000 and 1200 ppm, the suited individual contact is the simplest but other methods starts a standardized exercise protocol to using communication devices are acceptable. stress and flex the suit. After this protocol is 5.4 The test room shall be large enough to completed, the test room concentration is allow the exercise protocol to be carried out measured again. The suited individual exits and then to be ventilated to allow for easy

394

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00404 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

exhaust of the ammonia test atmosphere shall be generated before the exercises are after the test(s) are completed. started. 5.5 Individuals shall be medically 6.7 To test the integrity of the suit the screened for the use of respiratory protection following four minute exercise protocol and checked for allergies to ammonia before should be followed: participating in this test procedure. 6.7.1 Raising the arms above the head 6.0—Test procedure with at least 15 raising motions completed in 6.1.1 Measure the test area to the nearest one minute. foot and calculate its volume in cubic feet. 6.7.2 Walking in place for one minute with Multiply the test area volume by 0.2 milli- at least 15 raising motions of each leg in a liters of concentrated aqueous ammonia so- one-minute period. lution per cubic foot of test area volume to 6.7.3 Touching the toes with a least 10 determine the approximate volume of con- complete motions of the arms from above centrated aqueous ammonia required to gen- the head to touching of the toes in a one- erate 1000 ppm in the test area. minute period. 6.1.2 Measure this volume from the supply 6.7.4 Knee bends with at least 10 complete of concentrated aqueous ammonia and place standing and squatting motions in a one- it into a closed plastic container. minute period. 6.1.3 Place the container, several high 6.8 If at any time during the test the col- range ammonia detector tubes, and the pump orimetric indicating paper should change in the clean test pan and locate it near the colors, the test should be stopped and section test area entry door so that the suited indi- 6.10 and 6.12 initiated (See ¶ 4.2). vidual has easy access to these supplies. 6.9 After completion of the test exercise, 6.2.1 In a non-contaminated atmosphere, the test area concentration should be meas- open a pre-sealed ammonia indicator strip ured again using the high range colorimetric and fasten one end of the strip to the inside detector tube. of the suit face shield lens where it can be 6.10 Exit the test area. seen by the wearer. Moisten the indicator 6.11 The opening created by the suit zip- strip with distilled water. Care shall be per or other appropriate suit penetration taken not to contaminate the detector part should be used to determine the ammonia of the indicator paper by touching it. A concentration in the suit with the low range small piece of masking tape or equivalent length of stain detector tube or other ammo- should be used to attach the indicator strip nia monitor. The internal TECP suit air to the interior of the suit face shield. should be sampled far enough from the en- 6.2.2 If problems are encountered with closed test area to prevent a false ammonia this method of attachment, the indicator reading. strip can be attached to the outside of the 6.12 After completion of the measurement respirator face piece lens being used during of the suit interior ammonia concentration the test. the test is concluded and the suit is doffed 6.3 Don the respiratory protective device and the respirator removed. normally used with the suit, and then don 6.13 The ventilating fan for the test room the TECP suit to be tested. Check to be sure should be turned on and allowed to run for all openings which are intended to be sealed enough time to remove the ammonia gas. (zippers, gloves, etc.) are completely sealed. The fan shall be vented to the outside of the DO NOT, however, plug off any venting building. valves. 6.14 Any detectable ammonia in the suit 6.4 Step into the enclosed test room such interior (five ppm ammonia (NH3) or more as a closet, bathroom, or test booth, for the length of stain detector tube) indi- equipped with an exhaust fan. No air should cates that the suit has failed the test. When be exhausted from the chamber during the other ammonia detectors are used a lower test because this will dilute the ammonia level of detection is possible, and it should be challenge concentrations. specified as the pass/fail criteria. 6.5 Open the container with the pre-meas- 6.15 By following this test method, an in- ured volume of concentrated aqueous ammo- trusion coefficient of approximately 200 or nia within the enclosed test room, and pour more can be measured with the suit in a the liquid into the empty plastic test pan. completely operational condition. If the in- Wait two minutes to allow for adequate vola- trusion coefficient is 200 or more, then the tilization of the concentrated aqueous am- suit is suitable for emergency response and monia. A small mixing fan can be used near field use. the evaporation pan to increase the evapo- 7.0—Retest procedures ration rate of the ammonia solution. 7.1 If the suit fails this test, check for 6.6 After two minutes a determination of leaks by following the pressure test in test A the ammonia concentration within the above. chamber should be made using the high 7.2 Retest the TECP suit as outlined in range colorimetric detector tube. A con- the test procedure 6.0. centration of 1000 ppm ammonia or greater 8.0—Report

395

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00405 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

8.1 Each gas tight totally-encapsulating PPE materials (and seams) in providing a bar- chemical protective suit tested by this prac- rier to these hazards. The amount of protec- tice shall have the following information re- tion provided by PPE is material-hazard spe- corded. cific. That is, protective equipment mate- 8.1.1 Unique identification number, iden- rials will protect well against some haz- tifying brand name, date of purchase, mate- ardous substances and poorly, or not at all, rial of construction, and unique suit fea- against others. In many instances, protec- tures; e.g., special breathing apparatus. tive equipment materials cannot be found 8.1.2 General description of test room which will provide continuous protection used for test. from the particular hazardous substance. In 8.1.3 Brand name and purchase date of these cases the breakthrough time of the ammonia detector strips and color change protective material should exceed the work data. durations. 8.1.4 Brand name, sampling range, and ex- Other factors in this selection process to piration date of the length of stain ammonia be considered are matching the PPE to the detector tubes. The brand name and model of employee’s work requirements and task-spe- the sampling pump should also be recorded. cific conditions. The durability of PPE mate- If another type of ammonia detector is used, rials, such as tear strength and seam it should be identified along with its min- strength, should be considered in relation to imum detection limit for ammonia. the employee’s tasks. The effects of PPE in 8.1.5 Actual test results shall list the two relation to heat stress and task duration are test area concentrations, their average, the a factor in selecting and using PPE. In some interior suit concentration, and the cal- cases layers of PPE may be necessary to pro- culated intrusion coefficient. Retest data vide sufficient protection, or to protect ex- shall be recorded as an additional test. pensive PPE inner garments, suits or equip- 8.2 The evaluation of the data shall be ment. specified as ‘‘suit passed’’ or ‘‘suit failed,’’ The more that is known about the hazards and the date of the test. Any detectable am- at the site, the easier the job of PPE selec- monia (five ppm or greater for the length of tion becomes. As more information about stain detector tube) in the suit interior indi- the hazards and conditions at the site be- cates the suit has failed this test. When comes available, the site supervisor can other ammonia detectors are used, a lower make decisions to up-grade or down-grade level of detection is possible and it should be the level of PPE protection to match the specified as the pass fail criteria. tasks at hand. The following are guidelines which an em- CAUTION ployer can use to begin the selection of the appropriate PPE. As noted above, the site in- Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be formation may suggest the use of combina- sure they are positioned correctly and se- tions of PPE selected from the different pro- cured tightly before putting the suit back tection levels (i.e., A, B, C, or D) as being into service. Special care should be taken to more suitable to the hazards of the work. It examine each exhaust valve to make sure it should be cautioned that the listing below is not blocked. does not fully address the performance of the Care should also be exercised to assure specific PPE material in relation to the spe- that the inside and outside of the suit is cific hazards at the job site, and that PPE completely dry before it is put into storage. selection, evaluation and re-selection is an ongoing process until sufficient information APPENDIX B TO § 1910.120—GENERAL DESCRIP- about the hazards and PPE performance is TION AND DISCUSSION OF THE LEVELS OF obtained. PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE GEAR Part A. Personal protective equipment is This appendix sets forth information about divided into four categories based on the de- personal protective equipment (PPE) protec- gree of protection afforded. (See part B of tion levels which may be used to assist em- this appendix for further explanation of Lev- ployers in complying with the PPE require- els A, B, C, and D hazards.) ments of this section. I. Level A—To be selected when the great- As required by the standard, PPE must be est level of skin, respiratory, and eye protec- selected which will protect employees from tion is required. the specific hazards which they are likely to The following constitute Level A equip- encounter during their work on-site. ment; it may be used as appropriate; Selection of the appropriate PPE is a com- 1. Positive pressure, full face-piece self- plex process which should take into consider- contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or ation a variety of factors. Key factors in- positive pressure supplied air respirator with volved in this process are identification of escape SCBA, approved by the National In- the hazards, or suspected hazards; their stitute for Occupational Safety and Health routes of potential hazard to employees (in- (NIOSH). halation, skin absorption, ingestion, and eye 2. Totally-encapsulating chemical-protec- or skin contact); and the performance of the tive suit.

396

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00406 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

3. Coveralls. 1 5. Safety glasses or chemical splash 4. Long underwear. 1 goggles*. 5. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. 6. Hard hat. 1 6. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. 7. Escape mask. 1 7. Boots, chemical-resistant, steel toe and 8. Face shield. 1 shank. Part B. The types of hazards for which lev- 8. Hard hat (under suit). 1 els A, B, C, and D protection are appropriate 9. Disposable protective suit, gloves and are described below: boots (depending on suit construction, may I. Level A—Level A protection should be be worn over totally-encapsulating suit). used when: II. Level B—The highest level of res- 1. The hazardous substance has been iden- piratory protection is necessary but a lesser tified and requires the highest level of pro- level of skin protection is needed. tection for skin, eyes, and the respiratory The following constitute Level B equip- system based on either the measured (or po- ment; it may be used as appropriate. tential for) high concentration of atmos- 1. Positive pressure, full-facepiece self-con- pheric vapors, gases, or particulates; or the tained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or posi- site operations and work functions involve a tive pressure supplied air respirator with es- high potential for splash, immersion, or ex- cape SCBA (NIOSH approved). posure to unexpected vapors, gases, or par- 2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing ticulates of materials that are harmful to (overalls and long-sleeved jacket; coveralls; skin or capable of being absorbed through one or two-piece chemical-splash suit; dis- the skin; posable chemical-resistant overalls). 2. Substances with a high degree of hazard 3. Coveralls. 1 to the skin are known or suspected to be 4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. present, and skin contact is possible; or 5. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. 3. Operations are being conducted in con- 6. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant steel fined, poorly ventilated areas, and the ab- toe and shank. sence of conditions requiring Level A have 7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant not yet been determined. (disposable). 1 II. Level B—Level B protection should be 8. Hard hat. 1 used when: 9. [Reserved] 1. The type and atmospheric concentration 10. Face shield. 1 of substances have been identified and re- III. Level C—The concentration(s) and quire a high level of respiratory protection, type(s) of airborne substance(s) is known and but less skin protection; the criteria for using air purifying res- 2. The atmosphere contains less than 19.5 pirators are met. percent oxygen; or The following constitute Level C equip- 3. The presence of incompletely identified ment; it may be used as appropriate. vapors or gases is indicated by a direct-read- 1. Full-face or half-mask, air purifying res- ing organic vapor detection instrument, but pirators (NIOSH approved). vapors and gases are not suspected of con- 2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing taining high levels of chemicals harmful to (overalls; two-piece chemical-splash suit; skin or capable of being absorbed through disposable chemical-resistant overalls). the skin. 3. Coveralls. 1 4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. NOTE: This involves atmospheres with 5. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. IDLH concentrations of specific substances 6. Boots (outer), chemical-resistant steel that present severe inhalation hazards and toe and shank. 1 that do not represent a severe skin hazard; 7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant or that do not meet the criteria for use of (disposable) 1. air-purifying respirators. 1 8. Hard hat. III. Level C—Level C protection should be 1 9. Escape mask. used when: 1 10. Face shield. 1. The atmospheric contaminants, liquid IV. Level D—A work uniform affording splashes, or other direct contact will not ad- minimal protection, used for nuisance con- versely affect or be absorbed through any ex- tamination only. posed skin; The following constitute Level D equip- 2. The types of air contaminants have been ment; it may be used as appropriate: identified, concentrations measured, and an 1. Coveralls. air-purifying respirator is available that can 2. Gloves. 1 remove the contaminants; and 3. Boots/shoes, chemical-resistant steel toe 3. All criteria for the use of air-purifying and shank. respirators are met. 4. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant (dispos- IV. Level D—Level D protection should be able). 1 used when: 1. The atmosphere contains no known haz- 1 Optional, as applicable. ard; and

397

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00407 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

2. Work functions preclude splashes, im- services as to what each employer’s safety mersion, or the potential for unexpected in- and health responsibilities are for their em- halation of or contact with hazardous levels ployees on the site. Each contractor on the of any chemicals. site needs to have its own safety and health program so structured that it will smoothly NOTE: As stated before, combinations of personal protective equipment other than interface with the program of the site coor- those described for Levels A, B, C, and D pro- dinator or principal contractor. tection may be more appropriate and may be Also those employers involved with treat- used to provide the proper level of protec- ing, storing or disposal of hazardous waste as tion. covered in paragraph (p) must have imple- mented a safety and health program for their As an aid in selecting suitable chemical employees. This program is to include the protective clothing, it should be noted that hazard communication program required in the National Fire Protection Association paragraph (p)(1) and the training required in (NFPA) has developed standards on chemical paragraphs (p)(7) and (p)(8) as parts of the protective clothing. The standards that have employers comprehensive overall safety and been adopted by include: health program. This program is to be in NFPA 1991—Standard on Vapor-Protective writing. Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies Each site or workplace safety and health (EPA Level A Protective Clothing). program will need to include the following: NFPA 1992—Standard on Liquid Splash- (1) Policy statements of the line of authority Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical and accountability for implementing the Emergencies (EPA Level B Protective Cloth- program, the objectives of the program and ing). the role of the site safety and health super- NFPA 1993—Standard on Liquid Splash- Protective Suits for Non-emergency, Non- visor or manager and staff; (2) means or flammable Hazardous Chemical Situations methods for the development of procedures (EPA Level B Protective Clothing). for identifying and controlling workplace These standards apply documentation and hazards at the site; (3) means or methods for performance requirements to the manufac- the development and communication to em- ture of chemical protective suits. Chemical ployees of the various plans, work rules, protective suits meeting these requirements standard operating procedures and practices are labelled as compliant with the appro- that pertain to individual employees and su- priate standard. It is recommended that pervisors; (4) means for the training of super- chemical protective suits that meet these visors and employees to develop the needed standards be used. skills and knowledge to perform their work in a safe and healthful manner; (5) means to APPENDIX C TO § 1910.120—COMPLIANCE anticipate and prepare for emergency situa- GUIDELINES tions; and (6) means for obtaining informa- tion feedback to aid in evaluating the pro- 1. Occupational Safety and Health Program. gram and for improving the effectiveness of Each hazardous waste site clean-up effort the program. The management and employ- will require an occupational safety and ees should be trying continually to improve health program headed by the site coordi- nator or the employer’s representative. The the effectiveness of the program thereby en- purpose of the program will be the protec- hancing the protection being afforded those tion of employees at the site and will be an working on the site. extension of the employer’s overall safety Accidents on the site or workplace should and health program. The program will need be investigated to provide information on to be developed before work begins on the how such occurrences can be avoided in the site and implemented as work proceeds as future. When injuries or illnesses occur on stated in paragraph (b). The program is to fa- the site or workplace, they will need to be cilitate coordination and communication of investigated to determine what needs to be safety and health issues among personnel re- done to prevent this incident from occurring sponsible for the various activities which again. Such information will need to be used will take place at the site. It will provide the as feedback on the effectiveness of the pro- overall means for planning and imple- gram and the information turned into posi- menting the needed safety and health train- tive steps to prevent any reoccurrence. Re- ing and job orientation of employees who ceipt of employee suggestions or complaints will be working at the site. The program will relating to safety and health issues involved provide the means for identifying and con- with site or workplace activities is also a trolling worksite hazards and the means for feedback mechanism that can be used effec- monitoring program effectiveness. The pro- tively to improve the program and may serve gram will need to cover the responsibilities in part as an evaluative tool(s). and authority of the site coordinator or the For the development and implementation employer’s manager on the site for the safe- of the program to be the most effective, pro- ty and health of employees at the site, and fessional safety and health personnel should the relationships with contractors or support be used. Certified Safety Professionals,

398

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00408 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

Board Certified Industrial Hygienists or Reg- ating procedures for the hazardous materials istered Professional Safety Engineers are team including the use of plugging and good examples of professional stature for patching equipment and other subject areas. safety and health managers who will admin- Officers and leaders who may be expected ister the employer’s program. to be in charge at an incident should be fully 2. Training. The training programs for em- knowledgeable of their company’s incident ployees subject to the requirements of para- command system. They should know where graph (e) of this standard should address: the and how to obtain additional assistance and safety and health hazards employees should be familiar with the local district’s emer- expect to find on hazardous waste clean-up gency response plan and the state emergency sites; what control measures or techniques response plan. are effective for those hazards; what moni- Specialist employees such as technical ex- toring procedures are effective in character- perts, medical experts or environmental ex- izing exposure levels; what makes an effec- perts that work with hazardous materials in tive employer’s safety and health program; their regular jobs, who may be sent to the what a site safety and health plan should in- incident scene by the shipper, manufacturer clude; hands on training with personal pro- or governmental agency to advise and assist tective equipment and clothing they may be the person in charge of the incident should expected to use; the contents of the OSHA have training on an annual basis. Their standard relevant to the employee’s duties training should include the care and use of and function; and, employee’s responsibil- personal protective equipment including res- ities under OSHA and other regulations. Su- pirators; knowledge of the incident com- pervisors will need training in their respon- mand system and how they are to relate to sibilities under the safety and health pro- it; and those areas needed to keep them cur- gram and its subject areas such as the spill rent in their respective field as it relates to containment program, the personal protec- safety and health involving specific haz- tive equipment program, the medical sur- ardous substances. veillance program, the emergency response Those skilled support personnel, such as plan and other areas. employees who work for public works depart- The training programs for employees sub- ments or equipment operators who operate ject to the requirements of paragraph (p) of bulldozers, sand trucks, backhoes, etc., who this standard should address: the employers may be called to the incident scene to pro- safety and health program elements impact- vide emergency support assistance, should ing employees; the hazard communication have at least a safety and health briefing be- program; the medical surveillance program; fore entering the area of potential or actual the hazards and the controls for such hazards exposure. These skilled support personnel, that employees need to know for their job who have not been a part of the emergency duties and functions. All require annual re- response plan and do not meet the training fresher training. requirements, should be made aware of the The training programs for employees cov- hazards they face and should be provided all ered by the requirements of paragraph (q) of necessary protective clothing and equipment this standard should address those com- required for their tasks. petencies required for the various levels of There are two National Fire Protection As- response such as: the hazards associated with sociation standards, NFPA 472—‘‘Standard hazardous substances; hazard identification for Professional Competence of Responders and awareness; notification of appropriate to Hazardous Material Incidents’’ and NFPA persons; the need for and use of personal pro- 471—‘‘Recommended Practice for Responding tective equipment including respirators; the to Hazardous Material Incidents’’, which are decontamination procedures to be used; excellent resource documents to aid fire de- preplanning activities for hazardous sub- partments and other emergency response or- stance incidents including the emergency ganizations in developing their training pro- reponse plan; company standard operating gram materials. NFPA 472 provides guidance procedures for hazardous substance emer- on the skills and knowledge needed for first gency responses; the use of the incident com- responder awareness level, first responder mand system and other subjects. Hands-on operations level, hazmat technicians, and training should be stressed whenever pos- hazmat specialist. It also offers guidance for sible. Critiques done after an incident which the officer corp who will be in charge of haz- include an evaluation of what worked and ardous substance incidents. what did not and how could the incident be 3. Decontamination. Decontamination pro- better handled the next time may be counted cedures should be tailored to the specific as training time. hazards of the site, and may vary in com- For hazardous materials specialists (usu- plexity and number of steps, depending on ally members of hazardous materials teams), the level of hazard and the employee’s expo- the training should address the care, use and/ sure to the hazard. Decontamination proce- or testing of chemical protective clothing in- dures and PPE decontamination methods cluding totally encapsulating suits, the med- will vary depending upon the specific sub- ical surveillance program, the standard oper- stance, since one procedure or method may

399

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00409 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

not work for all substances. Evaluation of goals, a comprehensive PPE program should decontamination methods and procedures include hazard identification, medical moni- should be performed, as necessary, to assure toring, environmental surveillance, selec- that employees are not exposed to hazards tion, use, maintenance, and decontamination by re-using PPE. References in appendix D of PPE and its associated training. may be used for guidance in establishing an The written PPE program should include effective decontamination program. In addi- policy statements, procedures, and guide- tion, the U.S. Coast Guard’s Manual, ‘‘Policy lines. Copies should be made available to all Guidance for Response to Hazardous Chem- employees, and a reference copy should be ical Releases,’’ U.S. Department of Transpor- made available at the worksite. Technical tation, Washington, DC (COMDTINST data on equipment, maintenance manuals, M16465.30) is a good reference for establishing relevant regulations, and other essential in- an effective decontamination program. formation should also be collected and main- 4. Emergency response plans. States, along tained. with designated districts within the states, 6. Incident command system (ICS). Paragraph will be developing or have developed local 1910.120(q)(3)(ii) requires the implementation emergency response plans. These state and of an ICS. The ICS is an organized approach district plans should be utilized in the emer- to effectively control and manage operations gency response plans called for in the stand- at an emergency incident. The individual in ard. Each employer should assure that its charge of the ICS is the senior official re- emergency response plan is compatible with sponding to the incident. The ICS is not the local plan. The major reference being much different than the ‘‘command post’’ ap- used to aid in developing the state and local proach used for many years by the fire serv- district plans is the Hazardous Materials ice. During large complex fires involving sev- Emergency Planning Guide, NRT–1. The cur- eral companies and many pieces of appa- rent Emergency Response Guidebook from ratus, a command post would be established. the U.S. Department of Transportation, This enabled one individual to be in charge of CMA’s CHEMTREC and the Fire Service managing the incident, rather than having Emergency Management Handbook may also several officers from different companies be used as resources. making separate, and sometimes conflicting, Employers involved with treatment, stor- decisions. The individual in charge of the age, and disposal facilities for hazardous command post would delegate responsibility waste, which have the required contingency plan called for by their permit, would not for performing various tasks to subordinate need to duplicate the same planning ele- officers. Additionally, all communications ments. Those items of the emergency re- were routed through the command post to sponse plan that are properly addressed in reduce the number of radio transmissions the contingency plan may be substituted and eliminate confusion. However, strategy, into the emergency response plan required in tactics, and all decisions were made by one 1910.120 or otherwise kept together for em- individual. ployer and employee use. The ICS is a very similar system, except it 5. Personal protective equipment programs. is implemented for emergency response to The purpose of personal protective clothing all incidents, both large and small, that in- and equipment (PPE) is to shield or isolate volve hazardous substances. individuals from the chemical, physical, and For a small incident, the individual in biologic hazards that may be encountered at charge of the ICS may perform many tasks a hazardous substance site. of the ICS. There may not be any, or little, As discussed in appendix B, no single com- delegation of tasks to subordinates. For ex- bination of protective equipment and cloth- ample, in response to a small incident, the ing is capable of protecting against all haz- individual in charge of the ICS, in addition ards. Thus PPE should be used in conjunc- to normal command activities, may become tion with other protective methods and its the safety officer and may designate only effectiveness evaluated periodically. one employee (with proper equipment) as a The use of PPE can itself create significant back-up to provide assistance if needed. worker hazards, such as heat stress, physical OSHA does recommend, however, that at and psychological stress, and impaired vi- least two employees be designated as back- sion, mobility, and communication. For any up personnel since the assistance needed given situation, equipment and clothing may include rescue. should be selected that provide an adequate To illustrate the operation of the ICS, the level of protection. However, over-protec- following scenario might develop during a tion, as well as under-protection, can be haz- small incident, such as an overturned tank ardous and should be avoided where possible. truck with a small leak of flammable liquid. Two basic objectives of any PPE program The first responding senior officer would should be to protect the wearer from safety implement and take command of the ICS. and health hazards, and to prevent injury to That person would size-up the incident and the wearer from incorrect use and/or mal- determine if additional personnel and appa- function of the PPE. To accomplish these ratus were necessary; would determine what

400

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00410 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

actions to take to control the leak; and, de- triage area; hazard monitoring plan (air con- termine the proper level of personal protec- taminate monitoring, etc.); decontamination tive equipment. If additional assistance is procedures and area; and other relevant not needed, the individual in charge of the areas. This plan should be a part of the em- ICS would implement actions to stop and ployer’s emergency response plan or an ex- control the leak using the fewest number of tension of it to the specific site. personnel that can effectively accomplish 8. Medical surveillance programs. Workers the tasks. The individual in charge of the handling hazardous substances may be ex- ICS then would designate himself as the safe- posed to toxic chemicals, safety hazards, bio- ty officer and two other employees as a logic hazards, and radiation. Therefore, a back-up in case rescue may become nec- medical surveillance program is essential to essary. In this scenario, decontamination assess and monitor workers’ health and fit- procedures would not be necessary. ness for employment in hazardous waste op- A large complex incident may require erations and during the course of work; to many employees and difficult, time-con- provide emergency and other treatment as suming efforts to control. In these situa- needed; and to keep accurate records for fu- tions, the individual in charge of the ICS will ture reference. want to delegate different tasks to subordi- The Occupational Safety and Health Guid- nates in order to maintain a span of control ance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activi- that will keep the number of subordinates, ties developed by the National Institute for that are reporting, to a manageable level. Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Delegation of task at large incidents may the Occupational Safety and Health Admin- be by location, where the incident scene is istration (OSHA), the U.S. Coast Guard divided into sectors, and subordinate officers (USCG), and the Environmental Protection coordinate activities within the sector that Agency (EPA); October 1985 provides an ex- they have been assigned. cellent example of the types of medical test- Delegation of tasks can also be by func- ing that should be done as part of a medical tion. Some of the functions that the indi- surveillance program. vidual in charge of the ICS may want to del- 9. New Technology and Spill Containment egate at a large incident are: medical serv- Programs. Where hazardous substances may ices; evacuation; water supply; resources be released by spilling from a container that (equipment, apparatus); media relations; will expose employees to the hazards of the safety; and, site control (integrate activities materials, the employer will need to imple- with police for crowd and traffic control). ment a program to contain and control the Also for a large incident, the individual in spilled material. Diking and ditching, as well charge of the ICS will designate several em- as use of absorbents like diatomaceous ployees as back-up personnel; and a number earth, are traditional techniques which have of safety officers to monitor conditions and proven to be effective over the years. How- recommend safety precautions. ever, in recent years new products have come Therefore, no matter what size or com- into the marketplace, the use of which com- plexity an incident may be, by implementing plement and increase the effectiveness of an ICS there will be one individual in charge these traditional methods. These new prod- who makes the decisions and gives direc- ucts also provide emergency responders and tions; and, all actions, and communications others with additional tools or agents to use are coordinated through one central point of to reduce the hazards of spilled materials. command. Such a system should reduce con- These agents can be rapidly applied over a fusion, improve safety, organize and coordi- large area and can be uniformly applied or nate actions, and should facilitate effective otherwise can be used to build a small dam, management of the incident. thus improving the workers’ ability to con- 7. Site Safety and Control Plans. The safety trol spilled material. These application tech- and security of response personnel and oth- niques enhance the intimate contact be- ers in the area of an emergeny response inci- tween the agent and the spilled material al- dent site should be of primary concern to the lowing for the quickest effect by the agent or incident commander. The use of a site safety quickest control of the spilled material. and control plan could greatly assist those in Agents are available to solidify liquid spilled charge of assuring the safety and health of materials, to suppress vapor generation from employees on the site. spilled materials, and to do both. Some spe- A comprehensive site safety and control cial agents, which when applied as rec- plan should include the following: summary ommended by the manufacturer, will react analysis of hazards on the site and a risk in a controlled manner with the spilled ma- analysis of those hazards; site map or terial to neutralize acids or caustics, or sketch; site work zones (clean zone, transi- greatly reduce the level of hazard of the tion or decontamination zone, work or hot spilled material. zone); use of the buddy system; site commu- There are several modern methods and de- nications; command post or command cen- vices for use by emergency response per- ter; standard operating procedures and safe sonnel or others involved with spill control work practices; medical assistance and efforts to safely apply spill control agents to

401

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00411 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

control spilled material hazards. These in- and care of spill control equipment; and in clude portable pressurized applicators simi- the associated hazards and control of such lar to hand-held portable fire extinguishing hazards of spill containment work. devices, and nozzle and hose systems similar These new tools and agents are the things to portable fire fighting foam systems which that employers will want to evaluate as part allow the operator to apply the agent with- of their new technology program. The treat- out having to come into contact with the ment of spills of hazardous substances or spilled material. The operator is able to wastes at an emergency incident as part of apply the agent to the spilled material from the immediate spill containment and control a remote position. efforts is sometimes acceptable to EPA and a The solidification of liquids provides for permit exception is described in 40 CFR rapid containment and isolation of haz- 264.1(g)(8) and 265.1(c)(11). ardous substance spills. By directing the agent at run-off points or at the edges of the APPENDIX D TO § 1910.120—REFERENCES spill, the reactant solid will automatically The following references may be consulted create a barrier to slow or stop the spread of for further information on the subject of this the material. Clean-up of hazardous sub- standard: stances is greatly improved when solidifying 1. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2.70—Janu- agents, acid or caustic neutralizers, or acti- ary 29, 1986, Special Emphasis Program: Haz- vated carbon adsorbents are used. Properly ardous Waste Sites. applied, these agents can totally solidify liq- 2. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2–2.37A— uid hazardous substances or neutralize or ab- January 29, 1986, Technical Assistance and sorb them, which results in materials which Guidelines for Superfund and Other Hazardous are less hazardous and easier to handle, Waste Site Activities. transport, and dispose of. The concept of 3. OSHA Instruction DTS CPL 2.74—Janu- spill treatment, to create less hazardous sub- ary 29, 1986, Hazardous Waste Activity Form, stances, will improve the safety and level of OSHA 175. protection of employees working at spill 4. Hazardous Waste Inspections Reference clean-up operations or emergency response Manual, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupa- operations to spills of hazardous substances. tional Safety and Health Administration, The use of vapor suppression agents for 1986. volatile hazardous substances, such as flam- 5. Memorandum of Understanding Among mable liquids and those substances which the National Institute for Occupational Safe- present an inhalation hazard, is important ty and Health, the Occupational Safety and for protecting workers. The rapid and uni- Health Administration, the United States form distribution of the agent over the sur- Coast Guard, and the United States Environ- face of the spilled material can provide quick mental Protection Agency, Guidance for vapor knockdown. There are temporary and Worker Protection During Hazardous Waste Site long-term foam-type agents which are effec- Investigations and Clean-up and Hazardous tive on vapors and dusts, and activated car- Substance Emergencies. December 18, 1980. bon adsorption agents which are effective for 6. National Priorities List, 1st Edition, Octo- vapor control and soaking-up of the liquid. ber 1984; U.S. Environmental Protection The proper use of hose lines or hand-held Agency, Revised periodically. portable pressurized applicators provides 7. The Decontamination of Response Per- good mobility and permits the worker to de- sonnel, Field Standard Operating Procedures liver the agent from a safe distance without (F.S.O.P.) 7; U.S. Environmental Protection having to step into the untreated spilled ma- Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial terial. Some of these systems can be re- Response, Hazardous Response Support Divi- charged in the field to provide coverage of sion, December 1984. larger spill areas than the design limits of a 8. Preparation of a Site Safety Plan, Field single charged applicator unit. Some of the Standard Operating Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 9; more effective agents can solidify the liquid U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Of- flammable hazardous substances and at the fice of Emergency and Remedial Response, same time elevate the flashpoint above 140 Hazardous Response Support Division, April °F so the resulting substance may be handled 1985. as a nonhazardous waste material if it meets 9. Standard Operating Safety Guidelines; U.S. the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Environmental Protection Agency, Office of 40 CFR part 261 requirements (See particu- Emergency and Remedial Response, Haz- larly § 261.21). ardous Response Support Division, Environ- All workers performing hazardous sub- mental Response Team; November 1984. stance spill control work are expected to 10. Occupational Safety and Health Guidance wear the proper protective clothing and Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities, equipment for the materials present and to National Institute for Occupational Safety follow the employer’s established standard and Health (NIOSH), Occupational Safety operating procedures for spill control. All in- and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. volved workers need to be trained in the es- Coast Guard (USCG), and Environmental tablished operating procedures; in the use Protection Agency (EPA); October 1985.

402

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00412 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

11. Protecting Health and Safety at Haz- riculum for any specific employer. Site-spe- ardous Waste Sites: An Overview, U.S. Envi- cific training programs must be developed on ronmental Protection Agency, EPA/625/9–85/ the basis of a needs assessment of the haz- 006; September 1985. ardous waste site, RCRA/TSDF, or emer- 12. Hazardous Waste Sites and Hazardous gency response operation in accordance with Substance Emergencies, NIOSH Worker Bul- 29 CFR 1910.120. letin, U.S. Department of Health and Human It is noted that the legal requirements are Services, Public Health Service, Centers for set forth in the regulatory text of § 1910.120. Disease Control, National Institute for Occu- The guidance set forth here presents a highly pational Safety and Health; December 1982. effective program that in the areas covered 13. Personal Protective Equipment for Haz- would meet or exceed the regulatory require- ardous Materials Incidents: A Selection Guide; ments. In addition, other approaches could U.S. Department of Health and Human Serv- meet the regulatory requirements. ices, Public Health Service, Centers for Dis- ease Control, National Institute for Occupa- Suggested General Criteria tional Safety and Health; October 1984. Definitions: 14. Fire Service Emergency Management ‘‘Competent’’ means possessing the skills, Handbook, International Association of Fire knowledge, experience, and judgment to per- Chiefs Foundation, 101 East Holly Avenue, form assigned tasks or activities satisfac- Unit 10B, Sterling, VA 22170, January 1985. torily as determined by the employer. 15. Emergency Response Guidebook, U.S De- ‘‘Demonstration’’ means the showing by partment of Transportation, Washington, actual use of equipment or procedures. DC, 1987. 16. Report to the Congress on Hazardous Ma- ‘‘Hands-on training’’ means training in a terials Training, Planning and Preparedness, simulated work environment that permits Federal Emergency Management Agency, each student to have experience performing Washington, DC, July 1986. tasks, making decisions, or using equipment 17. Workbook for Fire Command, Alan V. appropriate to the job assignment for which Brunacini and J. David Beageron, National the training is being conducted. Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch ‘‘Initial training’’ means training required Park, Quincy, MA 02269, 1985. prior to beginning work. 18. Fire Command, Alan V. Brunacini, Na- ‘‘Lecture’’ means an interactive discourse tional Fire Protection Association, with a class lead by an instructor. Batterymarch Park,, Quincy, MA 02269, 1985. ‘‘Proficient’’ means meeting a stated level 19. Incident Command System, Fire Protec- of achievement. tion Publications, Oklahoma State Univer- ‘‘Site-specific’’ means individual training sity, Stillwater, OK 74078, 1983. directed to the operations of a specific job 20. Site Emergency Response Planning, Chem- site. ical Manufacturers Association, Washington, ‘‘Training hours’’ means the number of DC 20037, 1986. hours devoted to lecture, learning activities, 21. Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning small group work sessions, demonstration, Guide, NRT–1, Environmental Protection evaluations, or hands-on experience. Agency, Washington, DC, March 1987. Suggested core criteria: 22. Community Teamwork: Working Together 1. Training facility. The training facility to Promote Hazardous Materials Transportation should have available sufficient resources, Safety. U.S. Department of Transportation, equipment, and site locations to perform di- Washington, DC, May 1983. dactic and hands-on training when appro- 23. Disaster Planning Guide for Business and priate. Training facilities should have suffi- Industry, Federal Emergency Management cient organization, support staff, and serv- Agency, Publication No. FEMA 141, August ices to conduct training in each of the 1987. courses offered. (The Office of Management and Budget has 2. Training Director. Each training program approved the information collection require- should be under the direction of a training ments in this section under control number director who is responsible for the program. 1218–0139) The Training Director should have a min- imum of two years of employee education ex- APPENDIX E TO § 1910.120—TRAINING perience. CURRICULUM GUIDELINES 3. Instructors. Instructors should be deem The following non-mandatory general cri- competent on the basis of previous docu- teria may be used for assistance in devel- mented experience in their area of instruc- oping site-specific training curriculum used tion, successful completion of a ‘‘train-the- to meet the training requirements of 29 CFR trainer’’ program specific to the topics they 1910.120(e); 29 CFR 1910.120(p)(7), (p)(8)(iii); will teach, and an evaluation of instruc- and 29 CFR 1910.120(q)(6), (q)(7), and (q)(8). tional competence by the Training Director. These are generic guidelines and they are Instructors should be required to maintain not presented as a complete training cur- professional competency by participating in

403

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00413 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

continuing education or professional devel- The content of the written test or of the opment programs or by completing success- skill demonstration shall be relevant to the fully an annual refresher course and having objectives of the course. The written test an annual review by the Training Director. and skill demonstration should be updated as The annual review by the Training Direc- necessary to reflect changes in the cur- tor should include observation of an instruc- riculum and any update should be approved tor’s delivery, a review of those observations by the Training Director. with the trainer, and an analysis of any in- The proficiency assessment methods, re- structor or class evaluations completed by gardless of the approach or combination of the students during the previous year. approaches used, should be justified, docu- 4. Course materials. The Training Director mented and approved by the Training Direc- should approve all course materials to be tor. used by the training provider. Course mate- The proficiency of those taking the addi- rials should be reviewed and updated at least tional courses for supervisors should be eval- annually. Materials and equipment should be uated and documented by using proficiency in good working order and maintained prop- assessment methods acceptable to the Train- erly. ing Director. These proficiency assessment All written and audio-visual materials in methods must reflect the additional respon- training curricula should be peer reviewed by sibilities borne by supervisory personnel in technically competent outside reviewers or hazardous waste operations or emergency re- by a standing advisory committee. sponse. Reviews should possess expertise in the fol- 8. Course certificate. Written documentation lowing disciplines were applicable: occupa- should be provided to each student who sat- tional health, industrial hygiene and safety, isfactorily completes the training course. chemical/environmental engineering, em- The documentation should include: ployee education, or emergency response. a. Student’s name. One or more of the peer reviewers should be b. Course title. an employee experienced in the work activi- c. Course date. ties to which the training is directed. d. Statement that the student has success- 5. Students. The program for accepting stu- fully completed the course. dents should include: e. Name and address of the training pro- a. Assurance that the student is or will be vider. involved in work where chemical exposures f. An individual identification number for are likely and that the student possesses the the certificate. skills necessary to perform the work. g. List of the levels of personal protective b. A policy on the necessary medical clear- equipment used by the student to complete ance. the course. 6. Ratios. Student-instructor ratios should This documentation may include a certifi- not exceed 30 students per instructor. Hands- cate and an appropriate wallet-sized lami- on activity requiring the use of personal pro- nated card with a photograph of the student tective equipment should have the following and the above information. When such student-instructor ratios. For Level C or course certificate cards are used, the indi- Level D personal protective equipment the vidual identification number for the training ratio should be 10 students per instructor. certificate should be shown on the card. For Level A or Level B personal protective 9. Recordkeeping. Training providers should equipment the ratio should be 5 students per maintain records listing the dates courses instructor. were presented, the names of the individual 7. Proficiency assessment. Proficiency should course attenders, the names of those stu- be evaluated and documented by the use of a dents successfully completing each course, written assessment and a skill demonstra- and the number of training certificates tion selected and developed by the Training issued to each successful student. These Director and training staff. The assessment records should be maintained for a minimum and demonstration should evaluate the of five years after the date an individual par- knowledge and individual skills developed in ticipated in a training program offered by the course of training. The level of minimum the training provider. These records should achievement necessary for proficiency shall be available and provided upon the student’s be specified in writing by the Training Direc- request or as mandated by law. tor. 10. Program quality control. The Training If a written test is used, there should be a Director should conduct or direct an annual minimum of 50 questions. If a written test is written audit of the training program. Pro- used in combination with a skills demonstra- gram modifications to address deficiencies, if tion, a minimum of 25 questions should be any, should be documented, approved, and used. If a skills demonstration is used, the implemented by the training provider. The tasks chosen and the means to rate success- audit and the program modification docu- ful completion should be fully documented ments should be maintained at the training by the Training Director. facility.

404

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00414 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

Suggested Program Quality Control Criteria 11. Adequacy of the organization and ap- propriate resources assigned to assure appro- Factors listed here are suggested criteria priate training. for determining the quality and appropriate- 12. In the case of multiple-site training ness of employee health and safety training programs, adequacy of satellite centers man- for hazardous waste operations and emer- agement. gency response. C. Training facilities and resources. A. Training Plan. Adequacy and appropriateness of the facili- Adequacy and appropriateness of the train- ties and resources for supporting the train- ing program’s curriculum development, in- ing program should be considered, including, structor training, distribution of course ma- 1. Space and equipment to conduct the terials, and direct student training should be training. considered, including 2. Facilities for representative hands-on 1. The duration of training, course content, training. and course schedules/agendas; 3. In the case of multiple-site programs, 2. The different training requirements of equipment and facilities at the satellite cen- the various target populations, as specified ters. in the appropriate generic training cur- 4. Adequacy and appropriateness of the riculum; quality control and evaluations program to 3. The process for the development of cur- account for instructor performance. riculum, which includes appropriate tech- 5. Adequacy and appropriateness of the nical input, outside review, evaluation, pro- quality control and evaluation program to gram pretesting. ensure appropriate course evaluation, feed- 4. The adequate and appropriate inclusion back, updating, and corrective action. of hands-on, demonstration, and instruction 6. Adequacy and appropriateness of dis- methods; ciplines and expertise being used within the 5. Adequate monitoring of student safety, quality control and evaluation program. progress, and performance during the train- 7. Adequacy and appropriateness of the ing. role of student evaluations to provide feed- B. Program management, Training Director, back for training program improvement. staff, and consultants. D. Quality control and evaluation. Adequacy and appropriateness of staff per- Adequacy and appropriateness of quality formance and delivering an effective training control and evaluation plans for training program should be considered, including programs should be considered, including: 1. Demonstration of the training director’s 1. A balanced advisory committee and/or leadership in assuring quality of health and competent outside reviewers to give overall safety training. policy guidance; 2. Demonstration of the competency of the 2. Clear and adequate definition of the staff to meet the demands of delivering high composition and active programmatic role of quality hazardous waste employee health the advisory committee or outside reviewers. and safety training. 3. Adequacy of the minutes or reports of 3. Organization charts establishing clear the advisory committee or outside reviewers’ lines of authority. 4. Clearly defined staff duties including the meetings or written communication. relationship of the training staff to the over- 4. Adequacy and appropriateness of the all program. quality control and evaluations program to 5. Evidence that the training organiza- account for instructor performance. tional structure suits the needs of the train- 5. Adequacy and appropriateness of the ing program. quality control and evaluation program to 6. Appropriateness and adequacy of the ensure appropriate course evaluation, feed- training methods used by the instructors. back, updating, and corrective action. 7. Sufficiency of the time committed by 6. Adequacy and appropriateness of dis- the training director and staff to the train- ciplines and expertise being used within the ing program. quality control and evaluation program. 8. Adequacy of the ratio of training staff to 7. Adequacy and appropriateness of the students. role of student evaluations to provide feed- 9. Availability and commitment of the back for training program improvement. training program of adequate human and E. Students equipment resources in the areas of Adequacy and appropriateness of the pro- a. Health effects, gram for accepting students should be con- b. Safety, sidered, including c. Personal protective equipment (PPE), 1. Assurance that the student already pos- d. Operational procedures, sess the necessary skills for their job, includ- e. Employee protection practices/proce- ing necessary documentation. dures. 2. Appropriateness of methods the program 10. Appropriateness of management con- uses to ensure that recruits are capable of trols. satisfactorily completing training.

405

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00415 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

3. Review and compliance with any medical (2) The content of a medical surveillance clearance policy. program as outlined in 29 CFR 1910.120(f). F. Institutional Environment and Administra- (3) The content of an effective site safety tive Support and health plan consistent with the require- The adequacy and appropriateness of the ments of 29 CFR 1910.120(b)(4)(ii). institutional environment and administra- (4) Emergency response plan and proce- tive support system for the training program dures as outlined in 29 CFR 1910.38 and 29 should be considered, including CFR 1910.120(l). 1. Adequacy of the institutional commit- (5) Adequate illumination. ment to the employee training program. (6) Sanitation recommendation and equip- 2. Adequacy and appropriateness of the ad- ment. ministrative structure and administrative (7) Review and explanation of OSHA’s haz- support. ard-communication standard (29 CFR G. Summary of Evaluation Questions 1910.1200) and lock-out-tag-out standard (29 Key questions for evaluating the quality CFR 1910.147). and appropriateness of an overall training (8) Review of other applicable standards in- program should include the following: cluding but not limited to those in the con- 1. Are the program objectives clearly stat- struction standards (29 CFR part 1926). ed? (9) Rights and responsibilities of employers 2. Is the program accomplishing its objec- and employees under applicable OSHA and tives? EPA laws. 3. Are appropriate facilities and staff avail- b. Technical knowledge. able? (1) Type of potential exposures to chem- 4. Is there an appropriate mix of classroom, ical, biological, and radiological hazards; demonstration, and hands-on training? types of human responses to these hazards 5. Is the program providing quality em- and recognition of those responses; prin- ployee health and safety training that fully ciples of toxicology and information about meets the intent of regulatory requirements? acute and chronic hazards; health and safety 6. What are the program’s main strengths? considerations of new technology. 7. What are the program’s main weak- nesses? (2) Fundamentals of chemical hazards in- 8. What is recommended to improve the cluding but not limited to vapor pressure, program? boiling points, flash points, ph, other phys- 9. Are instructors instructing according to ical and chemical properties. their training outlines? (3) Fire and explosion hazards of chemi- 10. Is the evaluation tool current and ap- cals. propriate for the program content? (4) General safety hazards such as but not 11. Is the course material current and rel- limited to electrical hazards, powered equip- evant to the target group? ment hazards, motor vehicle hazards, walk- ing-working surface hazards, excavation haz- Suggested Training Curriculum Guidelines ards, and hazards associated with working in The following training curriculum guide- hot and cold temperature extremes. lines are for those operations specifically (5) Review and knowledge of confined space identified in 29 CFR 1910.120 as requiring entry procedures in 29 CFR 1910.146. training. Issues such as qualifications of in- (6) Work practices to minimize employee structors, training certification, and similar risk from site hazards. criteria appropriate to all categories of oper- (7) Safe use of engineering controls, equip- ations addressed in 1910.120 have been cov- ment, and any new relevant safety tech- ered in the preceding section and are not re- nology or safety procedures. addressed in each of the generic guidelines. (8) Review and demonstration of com- Basic core requirements for training pro- petency with air sampling and monitoring grams that are addressed include equipment that may be used in a site moni- 1. General Hazardous Waste Operations toring program. 2. RCRA operations—Treatment, storage, (9) Container sampling procedures and and disposal facilities. safeguarding; general drum and container 3. Emergency Response. handling procedures including special re- A. General Hazardous Waste Operations and quirement for laboratory waste packs, Site-specific Training shock-sensitive wastes, and radioactive 1. Off-site training.Training course content wastes. for hazardous waste operations, required by (10) The elements of a spill control pro- 29 CFR 1910.120(e), should include the fol- gram. lowing topics or procedures: (11) Proper use and limitations of material a. Regulatory knowledge. handling equipment. (1) An review of 29 CFR 1910.120 and the (12) Procedures for safe and healthful prep- core elements of an occupational safety and aration of containers for shipping and trans- health program. port.

406

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00416 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

(13) Methods of communication including (f) Review of newly developed air and con- those used while wearing respiratory protec- taminant monitoring equipment. tion. 3. On-site training. c. Technical skills. a. The employer should provide employees (1) Selection, use maintenance, and limita- engaged in hazardous waste site activities tions of personal protective equipment in- with information and training prior to ini- cluding the components and procedures for tial assignment into their work area, as fol- carrying out a respirator program to comply lows: with 29 CFR 1910.134. (1) The requirements of the hazard commu- (2) Instruction in decontamination pro- nication program including the location and grams including personnel, equipment, and availability of the written program, required hardware; hands-on training including level lists of hazardous chemicals, and safety data A, B, and C ensembles and appropriate de- sheets. contamination lines; field activities includ- (2) Activities and locations in their work ing the donning and doffing of protective area where hazardous substance may be equipment to a level commensurate with the present. employee’s anticipated job function and re- (3) Methods and observations that may be sponsibility and to the degree required by used to detect the present or release of a haz- potential hazards. ardous chemical in the work area (such as (3) Sources for additional hazard informa- monitoring conducted by the employer, con- tion; exercises using relevant manuals and tinuous monitoring devices, visual appear- hazard coding systems. ances, or other evidence (sight, sound or smell) of hazardous chemicals being released, d. Additional suggested items. and applicable alarms from monitoring de- (1) A laminated, dated card or certificate vices that record chemical releases. with photo, denoting limitations and level of (4) The physical and health hazards of sub- protection for which the employee is trained stances known or potentially present in the should be issued to those students success- work area. fully completing a course. (5) The measures employees can take to (2) Attendance should be required at all help protect themselves from work-site haz- training modules, with successful comple- ards, including specific procedures the em- tion of exercises and a final written or oral ployer has implemented. examination with at least 50 questions. (6) An explanation of the labeling system (3) A minimum of one-third of the program and safety data sheets and how employees should be devoted to hands-on exercises. can obtain and use appropriate hazard infor- (4) A curriculum should be established for mation. the 8-hour refresher training required by 29 (7) The elements of the confined space pro- CFR 1910.120(e)(8), with delivery of such gram including special PPE, permits, moni- courses directed toward those areas of pre- toring requirements, communication proce- vious training that need improvement or re- dures, emergency response, and applicable emphasis. lock-out procedures. (5) A curriculum should be established for b. The employer should provide hazardous the required 8-hour training for supervisors. waste employees information and training Demonstrated competency in the skills and and should provide a review and access to knowledge provided in a 40-hour course the site safety and plan as follows: should be a prerequisite for supervisor train- (1) Names of personnel and alternate re- ing. sponsible for site safety and health. 2. Refresher training. (2) Safety and health hazards present on The 8-hour annual refresher training re- the site. quired in 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(8) should be con- (3) Selection, use, maintenance, and limi- ducted by qualified training providers. Re- tations of personal protective equipment fresher training should include at a min- specific to the site. imum the following topics and procedures: (4) Work practices by which the employee (a) Review of and retraining on relevant can minimize risks from hazards. topics covered in the 40-hour program, as ap- (5) Safe use of engineering controls and propriate, using reports by the students on equipment available on site. their work experiences. (6) Safe decontamination procedures estab- (b) Update on developments with respect to lished to minimize employee contact with material covered in the 40-hour course. hazardous substances, including: (c) Review of changes to pertinent provi- (A) Employee decontamination, sions of EPA or OSHA standards or laws. (B) Clothing decontamination, and (d) Introduction of additional subject areas (C) Equipment decontamination. as appropriate. (7) Elements of the site emergency re- (e) Hands-on review of new or altered PPE sponse plan, including: or decontamination equipment or proce- (A) Pre-emergency planning. dures. Review of new developments in per- (B) Personnel roles and lines of authority sonal protective equipment. and communication.

407

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00417 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(C) Emergency recognition and prevention. (c) General safety hazards including those (D) Safe distances and places of refuge. associated with electrical hazards, powered (E) Site security and control. equipment hazards, lock-out-tag-out proce- (F) Evacuation routes and procedures. dures, motor vehicle hazards and walking- (G) Decontamination procedures not cov- working surface hazards. ered by the site safety and health plan. (d) Confined-space hazards and procedures. (H) Emergency medical treatment and first (e) Work practices to minimize employee aid. risk from workplace hazards. (I) Emergency equipment and procedures (f) Emergency response plan and proce- for handling emergency incidents. dures including first aid meeting the require- c. The employer should provide hazardous ments of paragraph (p)(8). waste employees information and training (g) A review of procedures to minimize ex- on personal protective equipment used at the posure to hazardous waste and various type site, such as the following: of waste streams, including the materials (1) PPE to be used based upon known or an- handling program and spill containment pro- ticipated site hazards. gram. (2) PPE limitations of materials and con- (h) A review of hazard communication pro- struction; limitations during temperature grams meeting the requirements of 29 CFR extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate 1910.1200. medical considerations; use and limitations (i) A review of medical surveillance pro- of respirator equipment as well as docu- grams meeting the requirements of 29 CFR mentation procedures as outlined in 29 CFR 1910.120(p)(3) including the recognition of 1910.134. signs and symptoms of overexposure to haz- (3) PPE inspection procedures prior to, ardous substance including known syner- during, and after use. gistic interactions. (4) PPE donning and doffing procedures. (j) A review of decontamination programs (5) PPE decontamination and disposal pro- and procedures meeting the requirements of cedures. 29 CFR 1910.120(p)(4). (6) PPE maintenance and storage. (k) A review of an employer’s requirements (7) Task duration as related to PPE limita- to implement a training program and its ele- tions. ments. d. The employer should instruct the em- (l) A review of the criteria and programs ployee about the site medical surveillance for proper selection and use of personal pro- program relative to the particular site, in- tective equipment, including respirators. cluding (m) A review of the applicable appendices (1) Specific medical surveillance programs to 29 CFR 1910.120. that have been adapted for the site. (n) Principles of toxicology and biological (2) Specific signs and symptoms related to monitoring as they pertain to occupational exposure to hazardous materials on the site. health. (3) The frequency and extent of periodic (o) Rights and responsibilities of employ- medical examinations that will be used on ees and employers under applicable OSHA the site. and EPA laws. (4) Maintenance and availability of (p) Hands-on exercises and demonstrations records. of competency with equipment to illustrate (5) Personnel to be contacted and proce- the basic equipment principles that may be dures to be followed when signs and symp- used during the performance of work duties, toms of exposures are recognized. including the donning and doffing of PPE. e. The employees will review and discuss (q) Sources of reference, efficient use of the site safety plan as part of the training relevant manuals, and knowledge of hazard program. The location of the site safety plan coding systems to include information con- and all written programs should be discussed tained in hazardous waste manifests. with employees including a discussion of the (r) At least 8 hours of hands-on training. mechanisms for access, review, and ref- (s) Training in the job skills required for erences described. an employee’s job function and responsi- B. RCRA Operations Training for Treatment, bility before they are permitted to partici- Storage and Disposal Facilities. pate in or supervise field activities. 1. As a minimum, the training course re- 2. The individual employer should provide quired in 29 CFR 1910.120 (p) should include hazardous waste employees with information the following topics: and training prior to an employee’s initial (a) Review of the applicable paragraphs of assignment into a work area. The training 29 CFR 1910.120 and the elements of the em- and information should cover the following ployer’s occupational safety and health plan. topics: (b) Review of relevant hazards such as, but (a) The Emergency response plan and pro- not limited to, chemical, biological, and ra- cedures including first aid. diological exposures; fire and explosion haz- (b) A review of the employer’s hazardous ards; thermal extremes; and physical haz- waste handling procedures including the ma- ards. terials handling program and elements of the

408

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00418 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.120

spill containment program, location of spill or potential release of hazardous substances response kits or equipment, and the names of in the community. those trained to respond to releases. a. General considerations. (c) The hazardous communication program Emergency response organizations are re- meeting the requirements of 29 CFR quired to consider the topics listed in 1910.1200. § 1910.120(q)(6). Emergency response organiza- (d) A review of the employer’s medical sur- tions may use some or all of the following veillance program including the recognition topics to supplement those mandatory topics of signs and symptoms of exposure to rel- when developing their response training pro- evant hazardous substance including known grams. Many of the topics would require an synergistic interactions. interaction between the response provider (e) A review of the employer’s decon- and the individuals responsible for the site tamination program and procedures. where the response would be expected. (f) An review of the employer’s training (1) Hazard recognition, including: program and the parties responsible for that (A) Nature of hazardous substances program. present, (g) A review of the employer’s personal (B) Practical applications of hazard rec- protective equipment program including the ognition, including presentations on biology, proper selection and use of PPE based upon chemistry, and physics. specific site hazards. (2) Principles of toxicology, biological (h) All relevant site-specific procedures ad- monitoring, and risk assessment. dressing potential safety and health hazards. (3) Safe work practices and general site This may include, as appropriate, biological safety. and radiological exposures, fire and explo- (4) Engineering controls and hazardous sion hazards, thermal hazards, and physical waste operations. hazards such as electrical hazards, powered (5) Site safety plans and standard oper- equipment hazards, lock-out-tag-out haz- ating procedures. ards, motor vehicle hazards, and walking- (6) Decontamination procedures and prac- working surface hazards. tices. (i) Safe use engineering controls and equip- (7) Emergency procedures, first aid, and ment on site. self-rescue. (j) Names of personnel and alternates re- (8) Safe use of field equipment. sponsible for safety and health. (9) Storage, handling, use and transpor- C. Emergency response training. tation of hazardous substances. Federal OSHA standards in 29 CFR (10) Use, care, and limitations of personal 1910.120(q) are directed toward private sector protective equipment. emergency responders. Therefore, the guide- (11) Safe sampling techniques. lines provided in this portion of the appendix (12) Rights and responsibilities of employ- are directed toward that employee popu- ees under OSHA and other related laws con- lation. However, they also impact indirectly cerning right-to-know, safety and health, through State OSHA or USEPA regulations compensations and liability. some public sector emergency responders. (13) Medical monitoring requirements. Therefore, the guidelines provided in this (14) Community relations. portion of the appendix may be applied to b. Suggested criteria for specific courses. both employee populations. (1) First responder awareness level. States with OSHA state plans must cover (A) Review of and demonstration of com- their employees with regulations at least as petency in performing the applicable skills effective as the Federal OSHA standards. of 29 CFR 1910.120(q). Public employees in states without approved (B) Hands-on experience with the U.S. De- state OSHA programs covering hazardous partment of Transportation’s Emergency Re- waste operations and emergency response sponse Guidebook (ERG) and familiarization are covered by the U.S. EPA under 40 CFR with OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1201. 311, a regulation virtually identical to (C) Review of the principles and practices § 1910.120. for analyzing an incident to determine both Since this is a non-mandatory appendix the hazardous substances present and the and therefore not an enforceable standard, basic hazard and response information for OSHA recommends that those employers, each hazardous substance present. employees or volunteers in public sector (D) Review of procedures for implementing emergency response organizations outside actions consistent with the local emergency Federal OSHA jurisdiction consider the fol- response plan, the organization’s standard lowing criteria in developing their own operating procedures, and the current edi- training programs. A unified approach to tion of DOT’s ERG including emergency no- training at the community level between tification procedures and follow-up commu- emergency response organizations covered nications. by Federal OSHA and those not covered di- (E) Review of the expected hazards includ- rectly by Federal OSHA can help ensure an ing fire and explosions hazards, confined effective community response to the release space hazards, electrical hazards, powered

409

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00419 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

equipment hazards, motor vehicle hazards, (C) Review of the principles and practices and walking-working surface hazards. for analyzing an incident to determine the (F) Awareness and knowledge of the com- hazardous substances present, their physical petencies for the First Responder at the and chemical properties, the likely behavior Awareness Level covered in the National of the hazardous substance and its container, Fire Protection Association’s Standard No. the types of hazardous substance transpor- 472, Professional Competence of Responders to tation containers and vehicles involved in Hazardous Materials Incidents. the release, the appropriate strategy for ap- (2) First responder operations level. proaching release sites and containing the (A) Review of and demonstration of com- release. petency in performing the applicable skills (D) Review of procedures for implementing of 29 CFR 1910.120(q). continuing response actions consistent with (B) Hands-on experience with the U.S. De- the local emergency response plan, the orga- partment of Transportation’s Emergency Re- nization’s standard operating procedures, sponse Guidebook (ERG), manufacturer safe- and the current edition of DOT’s ERG in- ty data sheets, CHEMTREC/CANUTEC, ship- cluding extended emergency notification per or manufacturer contacts, and other rel- procedures and follow-up communications. evant sources of information addressing haz- (E) Review of the principles and practice ardous substance releases. Familiarization for proper selection and use of personal pro- with OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1201. tective equipment. (C) Review of the principles and practices (F) Review of the principles and practices for analyzing an incident to determine the of establishing exposure zones, proper decon- hazardous substances present, the likely be- tamination and medical surveillance sta- havior of the hazardous substance and its tions and procedures. container, the types of hazardous substance (G) Review of the expected hazards includ- transportation containers and vehicles, the ing fire and explosions hazards, confined types and selection of the appropriate defen- space hazards, electrical hazards, powered sive strategy for containing the release. (D) Review of procedures for implementing equipment hazards, motor vehicle hazards, continuing response actions consistent with and walking-working surface hazards. the local emergency response plan, the orga- (H) Awareness and knowledge of the com- nization’s standard operating procedures, petencies for the Hazardous Materials Tech- and the current edition of DOT’s ERG in- nician covered in the National Fire Protec- cluding extended emergency notification tion Association’s Standard No. 472, Profes- procedures and follow-up communications. sional Competence of Responders to Hazardous (E) Review of the principles and practice Materials Incidents. for proper selection and use of personal pro- (4) Hazardous materials specialist. tective equipment. (A) Review of and demonstration of com- (F) Review of the principles and practice of petency in performing the applicable skills personnel and equipment decontamination. of 29 CFR 1910.120(q). (G) Review of the expected hazards includ- (B) Hands-on experience with retrieval and ing fire and explosions hazards, confined use of written and electronic information space hazards, electrical hazards, powered relative to response decision making includ- equipment hazards, motor vehicle hazards, ing but not limited to the U.S. Department and walking-working surface hazards. of Transportation’s Emergency Response (H) Awareness and knowledge of the com- Guidebook (ERG), manufacturer safety data petencies for the First Responder at the Op- sheets, CHEMTREC/CANUTEC, shipper or erations Level covered in the National Fire manufacturer contacts, computer data bases Protection Association’s Standard No. 472, and response models, and other relevant Professional Competence of Responders to Haz- sources of information addressing hazardous ardous Materials Incidents. substance releases. Familiarization with (3) Hazardous materials technician. OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1201. (A) Review of and demonstration of com- (C) Review of the principles and practices petency in performing the applicable skills for analyzing an incident to determine the of 29 CFR 1910.120(q). hazardous substances present, their physical (B) Hands-on experience with written and and chemical properties, and the likely be- electronic information relative to response havior of the hazardous substance and its decision making including but not limited to container, vessel, or vehicle. the U.S. Department of Transportation’s (D) Review of the principles and practices Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG), manu- for identification of the types of hazardous facturer safety data sheets, CHEMTREC/ substance transportation containers, vessels CANUTEC, shipper or manufacturer con- and vehicles involved in the release; select- tacts, computer data bases and response ing and using the various types of equipment models, and other relevant sources of infor- available for plugging or patching transpor- mation addressing hazardous substance re- tation containers, vessels or vehicles; orga- leases. Familiarization with OSHA standard nizing and directing the use of multiple 29 CFR 1910.1201. teams of hazardous material technicians and

410

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00420 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.122

selecting the appropriate strategy for ap- (D) Ability to evaluate the progress of the proaching release sites and containing or emergency response to ensure that the re- stopping the release. sponse objectives are being met safely, effec- (E) Review of procedures for implementing tively, and efficiently. continuing response actions consistent with (E) Ability to adjust the response plan to the local emergency response plan, the orga- the conditions of the response and to notify nization’s standard operating procedures, in- higher levels of response when required by cluding knowledge of the available public the changes to the response plan. and private response resources, establish- [54 FR 9317, Mar. 6, 1989, as amended at 55 FR ment of an incident command post, direction 14073, Apr. 13, 1990; 56 FR 15832, Apr. 18, 1991; of hazardous material technician teams, and 59 FR 43270, Aug. 22, 1994; 61 FR 9238, Mar. 7, extended emergency notification procedures 1996; 67 FR 67964, Nov. 7, 2002; 71 FR 16672, and follow-up communications. Apr. 3, 2006; 76 FR 80738, Dec. 27, 2011; 77 FR (F) Review of the principles and practice 17776, Mar. 26, 2012; 78 FR 9313, Feb. 8, 2013; 84 for proper selection and use of personal pro- FR 21597, May 14, 2019] tective equipment. (G) Review of the principles and practices § 1910.121 [Reserved] of establishing exposure zones and proper de- contamination, monitoring and medical sur- DIPPING AND COATING OPERATIONS veillance stations and procedures. (H) Review of the expected hazards includ- SOURCE: 64 FR 13909, Mar. 23, 1999, unless ing fire and explosions hazards, confined otherwise noted. space hazards, electrical hazards, powered equipment hazards, motor vehicle hazards, § 1910.122 Table of contents. and walking-working surface hazards. (I) Awareness and knowledge of the com- This section lists the paragraph petencies for the Off-site Specialist Em- headings contained in §§ 1910.123 ployee covered in the National Fire Protec- through 1910.126. tion Association’s Standard No. 472, Profes- sional Competence of Responders to Hazardous § 1910.123 Dipping and coating operations: Materials Incidents. Coverage and definitions. (5) Incident commander. (a) Does this rule apply to me? The incident commander is the individual (b) What operations are covered? who, at any one time, is responsible for and (c) What operations are not covered? in control of the response effort. This indi- (d) How are terms used in §§ 1910.123 vidual is the person responsible for the direc- through 1910.126 defined? tion and coordination of the response effort. An incident commander’s position should be § 1910.124 General requirements for dipping and occupied by the most senior, appropriately coating operations. trained individual present at the response (a) What construction requirements apply site. Yet, as necessary and appropriate by to dip tanks? the level of response provided, the position (b) What ventilation requirements apply to may be occupied by many individuals during vapor areas? a particular response as the need for greater (c) What requirements must I follow to re- authority, responsibility, or training in- circulate exhaust air into the workplace? creases. It is possible for the first responder (d) What must I do when I use an exhaust at the awareness level to assume the duties hood? of incident commander until a more senior (e) What requirements must I follow when and appropriately trained individual arrives an employee enters a dip tank? at the response site. (f) What first-aid procedures must my em- Therefore, any emergency responder ex- ployees know? pected to perform as an incident commander (g) What hygiene facilities must I provide? should be trained to fulfill the obligations of (h) What treatment and first aid must I the position at the level of response they will provide? be providing including the following: (i) What must I do before an employee (A) Ability to analyze a hazardous sub- cleans a dip tank? stance incident to determine the magnitude (j) What must I do to inspect and maintain of the response problem. my dipping or coating operation? (B) Ability to plan and implement an ap- propriate response plan within the capabili- § 1910.125 Additional requirements for dipping ties of available personnel and equipment. and coating operations that use flammable or (C) Ability to implement a response to fa- combustible liquids. vorably change the outcome of the incident (a) What type of construction material in a manner consistent with the local emer- must be used in making my dip tank? gency response plan and the organization’s (b) When must I provide overflow piping? standard operating procedures. (c) When must I provide a bottom drain?

411

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00421 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.123 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(d) When must my conveyer system shut nationally recognized testing labora- down automatically? tory, as defined by § 1910.7. (e) What ignition and fuel sources must be Autoignition temperature means the controlled? minimum temperature required to (f) What fire protection must I provide? (g) To what temperature may I heat a liq- cause self-sustained combustion, inde- uid in a dip tank? pendent of any other source of heat. Dip tank means a container holding a § 1910.126 Additional requirements for special liquid other than water and that is dipping and coating operations. used for dipping or coating. An object (a) What additional requirements apply to may be immersed (or partially im- hardening or tempering tanks? mersed) in a dip tank or it may be sus- (b) What additional requirements apply to pended in a vapor coming from the flow coating? tank. (c) What additional requirements apply to roll coating, roll spreading, or roll impreg- Flammable liquid means any liquid nating? having a flashpoint at or below 199.4 (d) What additional requirements apply to °F (93 °C). vapor degreasing tanks? Flashpoint means the minimum tem- (e) What additional requirements apply to perature at which a liquid gives off a cyanide tanks? vapor in sufficient concentration to ig- (f) What additional requirements apply to nite if tested in accordance with the spray cleaning tanks and spray degreasing test methods in Appendix B to tanks? (g) What additional requirements apply to § 1910.1200—Physical Hazard Criteria. electrostatic paint detearing? Lower flammable limit (LFL) means the lowest concentration of a material § 1910.123 Dipping and coating oper- that will propagate a flame. The LFL ations: Coverage and definitions. is usually expressed as a percent by (a) Does this rule apply to me? (1) volume of the material in air (or other This rule (§§ 1910.123 through 1910.126) oxidant). applies when you use a dip tank con- Vapor area means any space con- taining a liquid other than water. It taining a dip tank, including its drain applies when you use the liquid in the boards, associated drying or conveying tank or its vapor to: equipment, and any surrounding area (i) Clean an object; where the vapor concentration exceeds (ii) Coat an object; 25% of the LFL of the liquid in the (iii) Alter the surface of an object; or tank. (iv) Change the character of an ob- You means the employer, as defined ject. by the Occupational Safety and Health (2) This rule also applies to the drain- Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.). ing or drying of an object you have [64 FR 13909, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 77 dipped or coated. FR 17777, Mar. 26, 2012] (b) What operations are covered? Ex- amples of covered operations are paint § 1910.124 General requirements for dipping, electroplating, pickling, dipping and coating operations. quenching, tanning, degreasing, strip- (a) What construction requirements ping, cleaning, roll coating, flow coat- apply to dip tanks? Any container that ing, and curtain coating. you use as a dip tank must be strong (c) What operations are not covered? enough to withstand any expected load. You are not covered by this rule if your (b) What ventilation requirements dip-tank operation only uses a molten apply to vapor areas? (1) The ventila- material (a molten metal, alloy, or tion that you provide to a vapor area salt, for example). must keep the airborne concentration (d) How are terms used in §§ 1910.123 of any substance below 25% of its LFL. through 1910.126 defined? (2) When a liquid in a dip tank cre- Adjacent area means any area within ates an exposure hazard covered by a 20 feet (6.1 m) of a vapor area that is standard listed in subpart Z of this not separated from the vapor area by part, you must control worker expo- tight partitions. sure as required by that standard. Approved means that the equipment (3) You may use a tank cover or ma- so designated is listed or approved by a terial that floats on the surface of the

412

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00422 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.124

liquid in a dip tank to replace or sup- (d) What must I do when I use an ex- plement ventilation. The method or haust hood? You must: combination of methods you choose (1) Provide each room having exhaust must maintain the airborne concentra- hoods with a volume of outside air that tion of the hazardous material and the is at least 90 percent of the volume of worker’s exposure within the limits the exhaust air; and specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) (2) Ensure that the outside air supply of this section. does not damage exhaust hoods. (4) When you use mechanical ventila- (e) What requirements must I follow tion, it must conform to the following when an employee enters a dip tank? standards that are incorporated by ref- When an employee enters a dip tank, erence as specified in § 1910.6: you must meet the entry requirements (i) ANSI Z9.2–1979, Fundamentals of § 1910.146, OSHA’s standard for Per- Governing the Design and Operation of mit-Required Confined Spaces, as ap- Local Exhaust Systems; plicable. (ii) NFPA 34–1995, Standard for Dip (f) What first-aid procedures must my Tanks Containing Flammable or Com- employees know? Your employees must bustible Liquids; know the first-aid procedures that are (iii) ACGIH’s ‘‘Industrial Ventilation: appropriate to the dipping or coating A Manual of Recommended Practice’’ hazards to which they are exposed. (22nd ed., 1995); or (g) What hygiene facilities must I (iv) ANSI Z9.1–1971, Practices for provide? When your employees work Ventilation and Operation of Open-Sur- with liquids that may burn, irritate, or face Tanks, and NFPA 34–1966, Stand- otherwise harm their skin, you must ard for Dip Tanks Containing Flam- provide: mable or Combustible Liquids. (1) Locker space or other storage (5) When you use mechanical ventila- space to prevent contamination of the tion, it must draw the flow of air into employee’s street clothes; a hood or exhaust duct. (2) An emergency shower and eye- (6) When you use mechanical ventila- wash station close to the dipping or tion, each dip tank must have an inde- coating operation. In place of this pendent exhaust system unless the equipment, you may use a water hose combination of substances being re- that is at least 4 feet (1.22 m) long and moved will not cause a: at least 3⁄4 of an inch (18 mm) thick (i) Fire; with a quick-opening valve and car- (ii) Explosion; or rying a pressure of 25 pounds per (iii) Chemical reaction. square inch (1.62 k/cm2) or less; and (c) What requirements must I follow to recirculate exhaust air into the (3) At least one basin with a hot- workplace? (1) You may not recirculate water faucet for every 10 employees exhaust air when any substance in that who work with such liquids. (See para- air poses a health hazard to employees graph (d) of § 1910.141.) or exceeds 25% of its LFL. (h) What treatment and first aid (2) You must ensure that any exhaust must I provide? When your employees air re-circulated from a dipping or work with liquids that may burn, irri- coating operation using flammable liq- tate, or otherwise harm their skin, you uids or liquids with flashpoints greater must provide: than 199.4 °F (93 °C) is: (1) A physician’s approval before an (i) Free of any solid particulate that employee with a sore, burn, or other poses a health or safety hazard for em- skin lesion that requires medical treat- ployees; and ment works in a vapor area; (ii) Monitored by approved equip- (2) Treatment by a properly des- ment. ignated person of any small skin abra- (3) You must have a system that sion, cut, rash, or open sore; sounds an alarm and automatically (3) Appropriate first-aid supplies that shuts down the operation when the are located near the dipping or coating vapor concentration for any substance operation; and in the exhaust airstream exceeds 25% (4) For employees who work with of its LFL. chromic acid, periodic examinations of

413

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00423 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.125 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

their exposed body parts, especially ers, drains, overflow piping, and elec- their nostrils. trical and fire-extinguishing systems, (i) What must I do before an em- and promptly correct any deficiencies; ployee cleans a dip tank? Before per- (4) Provide mechanical ventilation or mitting an employee to clean the inte- respirators (selected and used as speci- rior of a dip tank, you must: fied in § 1910.134, OSHA’s Respiratory (1) Drain the contents of the tank Protection standard) to protect em- and open the cleanout doors; and ployees in the vapor area from expo- (2) Ventilate and clear any pockets sure to toxic substances released dur- where hazardous vapors may have ac- ing welding, burning, or open-flame cumulated. work; and (j) What must I do to inspect and (5) Have dip tanks thoroughly maintain my dipping or coating oper- cleaned of solvents and vapors before ation? You must: permitting welding, burning, or open- (1) Inspect the hoods and ductwork of flame work on them. the ventilation system for corrosion or damage: [64 FR 13909, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 77 (i) At least quarterly during oper- FR 17777, Mar. 26, 2012] ation; and (ii) Prior to operation after a pro- § 1910.125 Additional requirements for longed shutdown. dipping and coating operations that (2) Ensure that the airflow is ade- use flammable liquids or liquids quate: with flashpoints greater than 199.4 ≥F (93 ≥C). (i) At least quarterly during oper- ation; and If you use flammable liquids, you (ii) Prior to operation after a pro- must comply with the requirements of longed shutdown. this section as well as the require- (3) Periodically inspect all dipping ments of §§ 1910.123, 1910.124, and and coating equipment, including cov- 1910.126, as applicable.

You must also comply with this section if: And:

• The flashpoint of the liquid is 199.4 °F (93 °C) or • The liquid is heated as part of the operation; or above. • A heated object is placed in the liquid.

(a) What type of construction mate- (iii) The bottom of the overflow con- rial must be used in making my dip nection is at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) tank? Your dip tank must be made of below the top of the dip tank. noncombustible material. (c) When must I provide a bottom (b) When must I provide overflow pip- drain? (1) You must provide a bottom ing? (1) You must provide properly drain for dip tanks that contain more trapped overflow piping that discharges than 500 gallons (1893 L) of liquid, un- to a safe location for any dip tank hav- less: ing: (i) The dip tank is equipped with an automatic closing cover meeting the (i) A capacity greater than 150 gal- requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this lons (568 L); or section; or (ii) A liquid surface area greater than (ii) The viscosity of the liquid at nor- 2 2 10 feet (0.95 m ). mal atmospheric temperature does not (2) You must also ensure that: allow the liquid to flow or be pumped (i) Any overflow piping is at least 3 easily. inches (7.6 cm) in diameter and has suf- (2) You must ensure that the bottom ficient capacity to prevent the dip tank drain required by this section: from overflowing; (i) Will empty the dip tank during a (ii) Piping connections on drains and fire; overflow pipes allow ready access to (ii) Is properly trapped; the interior of the pipe for inspection (iii) Has pipes that permit the dip and cleaning; and tank’s contents to be removed within five minutes after a fire begins; and

414

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00424 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.126

(iv) Discharges to a safe location. (iii) Waste can contents are properly (3) Any bottom drain you provide disposed of at the end of each shift. must be capable of manual and auto- (5) You must prohibit smoking in a matic operation, and manual operation vapor area and must post a readily must be from a safe and accessible lo- visible ‘‘No Smoking’’ sign near each cation. dip tank. (4) You must ensure that automatic (f) What fire protection must I pro- pumps are used when gravity flow from vide? (1) You must provide the fire pro- the bottom drain is impractical. tection required by this paragraph (f) (d) When must my conveyor system for: shut down automatically? If your con- (i) Any dip tank having a capacity of veyor system is used with a dip tank, at least 150 gallons (568 L) or a liquid the system must shut down automati- surface area of at least 4 feet 2 (0.38 cally: m 1); and (1) If there is a fire; or (ii) Any hardening or tempering tank (2) If the ventilation rate drops below having a capacity of at least 500 gal- what is required by paragraph (b) of lons (1893 L) or a liquid surface area of § 1910.124. at least 25 feet 2 (2.37 m 2). (e) What ignition and fuel sources (2) For every vapor area, you must must be controlled? (1) In each vapor provide: area and any adjacent area, you must (i) Manual fire extinguishers that are ensure that: suitable for flammable and combus- (i) All electrical wiring and equip- tible liquid fires and that conform to ment conform to the applicable haz- the requirements of § 1910.157; and ardous (classified)-area requirements of (ii) An automatic fire-extinguishing subpart S of this part (except as spe- system that conforms to the require- cifically permitted in paragraph (g) of ments of subpart L of this part. § 1910.126); and (3) You may substitute a cover that (ii) There are no flames, spark-pro- is closed by an approved automatic de- ducing devices, or other surfaces that vice for the automatic fire-extin- are hot enough to ignite vapors. guishing system if the cover: (2) You must ensure that any port- (i) Can also be activated manually; able container used to add liquid to the (ii) Is noncombustible or tin-clad, tank is electrically bonded to the dip with the enclosing metal applied with tank and positively grounded to pre- locked joints; and vent static electrical sparks or arcs. (iii) Is kept closed when the dip tank (3) You must ensure that a heating is not in use. system that is used in a drying oper- (g) To what temperature may I heat ation and could cause ignition: a liquid in a dip tank? You must main- (i) Is installed in accordance with tain the temperature of the liquid in a NFPA 86A–1969, Standard for Ovens and dip tank: Furnaces (which is incorporated by ref- (1) Below the liquid’s boiling point; erence in § 1910.6 of this part); and (ii) Has adequate mechanical ventila- (2) At least 100 °F (37.8 °C) below the tion that operates before and during liquid’s autoignition temperature. the drying operation; and [64 FR 13909, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 77 (iii) Shuts down automatically if any FR 17777, Mar. 26, 2012] ventilating fan fails to maintain ade- quate ventilation. § 1910.126 Additional requirements for (4) You also must ensure that: special dipping and coating oper- (i) All vapor areas are free of combus- ations. tible debris and as free as practicable In addition to the requirements in of combustible stock; §§ 1910.123 through 1910.125, you must (ii) Rags and other material contami- comply with any requirement in this nated with liquids from dipping or section that applies to your operation. coating operations are placed in ap- (a) What additional requirements proved waste cans immediately after apply to hardening or tempering use; and tanks?

415

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00425 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 1910.126 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–20 Edition)

(1) You must ensure that hardening half the tank width, whichever is less, or tempering tanks: below the top of the vapor degreasing (i) Are located as far as practicable tank. from furnaces; (2) When you use gas as a fuel to heat (ii) Are on noncombustible flooring; the tank liquid, you must prevent sol- and vent vapors from entering the air-fuel (iii) Have noncombustible hoods and mixture. To do this, you must make vents (or equivalent devices) for vent- the combustion chamber airtight (ex- ing to the outside. For this purpose, cept for the flue opening). vent ducts must be treated as flues and (3) The flue must be made of corro- kept away from combustible materials, sion-resistant material, and it must ex- particularly roofs. tend to the outside. You must install a (2) You must equip each tank with an draft diverter if mechanical exhaust is alarm that will sound if the tempera- used on the flue. ture of the liquid comes within 50 °F (10 (4) You must not allow the tempera- °C) of its flashpoint (the alarm set ture of the heating element to cause a point). solvent or mixture to decompose or to (3) When practicable, you must also generate an excessive amount of vapor. provide each tank with a limit switch (e) What additional requirements to shut down the conveyor supplying apply to cyanide tanks? You must en- work to the tank. sure that cyanide tanks have a dike or (4) If the temperature of the liquid other safeguard to prevent cyanide can exceed the alarm set point, you from mixing with an acid if a dip tank must equip the tank with a circulating fails. cooling system. (f) What additional requirements (5) If the tank has a bottom drain, apply to spray cleaning tanks and the bottom drain may be combined spray degreasing tanks? If you spray a with the oil-circulating system. liquid in the air over an open-surface (6) You must not use air under pres- cleaning or degreasing tank, you must sure when you fill the dip tank or agi- control the spraying to the extent fea- tate the liquid in the dip tank. sible by: (b) What additional requirements (1) Enclosing the spraying operation; apply to flow coating? (1) You must use and a direct low-pressure pumping system (2) Using mechanical ventilation to or a 10-gallon (38 L) or smaller gravity provide enough inward air velocity to tank to supply the paint for flow coat- prevent the spray from leaving the ing. In case of fire, an approved heat- vapor area. actuated device must shut down the (g) What additional requirements pumping system. apply to electrostatic paint detearing? (2) You must ensure that the piping (1) You must use only approved electro- is substantial and rigidly supported. static equipment in paint-detearing op- (c) What additional requirements erations. Electrodes in such equipment apply to roll coating, roll spreading, or must be substantial, rigidly supported, roll impregnating? When these oper- permanently located, and effectively ations use a flammable liquid that has insulated from ground by nonporous, a flashpoint below 140 °F (60 °C), you noncombustible, clean, dry insulators. must prevent sparking of static elec- (2) You must use conveyors to sup- tricity by: port any goods being paint deteared. (1) Bonding and grounding all metal- (3) You must ensure that goods being lic parts (including rotating parts) and electrostatically deteared are not installing static collectors; or manually handled. (2) Maintaining a conductive atmos- (4) Between goods being electro- phere (for example, one with a high rel- statically deteared and the electrodes ative humidity) in the vapor area. or conductors of the electrostatic (d) What additional requirements equipment, you must maintain a min- apply to vapor degreasing tanks? (1) imum distance of twice the sparking You must ensure that the condenser or distance. This minimum distance must vapor-level thermostat keeps the vapor be displayed conspicuously on a sign level at least 36 inches (91 cm) or one- located near the equipment.

416

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00426 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.132

(5) You must ensure that the electro- of causing injury or impairment in the static equipment has automatic con- function of any part of the body trols that immediately disconnect the through absorption, inhalation or power supply to the high-voltage trans- physical contact. former and signal the operator if: (b) Employee-owned equipment. Where (i) Ventilation or the conveyors fail employees provide their own protective to operate; equipment, the employer shall be re- (ii) A ground (or imminent ground) sponsible to assure its adequacy, in- occurs anywhere in the high-voltage cluding proper maintenance, and sani- system; or tation of such equipment. (iii) Goods being electrostatically (c) Design. All personal protective deteared come within twice the spark- equipment shall be of safe design and ing distance of the electrodes or con- construction for the work to be per- ductors of the equipment. formed. (6) You must use fences, rails, or (d) Hazard assessment and equipment guards, made of conducting material selection. (1) The employer shall assess and adequately grounded, to separate the workplace to determine if hazards paint-detearing operations from stor- are present, or are likely to be present, age areas and from personnel. which necessitate the use of personal (7) To protect paint-detearing oper- protective equipment (PPE). If such ations from fire, you must have in hazards are present, or likely to be place: present, the employer shall: (i) Automatic sprinklers; or (i) Select, and have each affected em- (ii) An automatic fire-extinguishing ployee use, the types of PPE that will system conforming to the requirements protect the affected employee from the of subpart L of this part. hazards identified in the hazard assess- (8) To collect paint deposits, you ment; must: (ii) Communicate selection decisions (i) Provide drip plates and screens; to each affected employee; and, and (iii) Select PPE that properly fits (ii) Clean these plates and screens in each affected employee. a safe location. NOTE: Non-mandatory appendix B contains [64 FR 13909, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 77 an example of procedures that would comply FR 17777, Mar. 26, 2012] with the requirement for a hazard assess- ment. Subpart I—Personal Protective (2) The employer shall verify that the Equipment required workplace hazard assessment has been performed through a written AUTHORITY: 29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657; Sec- certification that identifies the work- retary of Labor’s Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), place evaluated; the person certifying 8–76 (41 FR 25059), 9–83 (48 FR 35736), 1–90 (55 that the evaluation has been per- FR 9033), 6–96 (62 FR 111), 3–2000 (65 FR 50017), 5–2002 (67 FR 65008), 5–2007 (72 FR 31160), 4– formed; the date(s) of the hazard as- 2010 (75 FR 55355), or 1–2012 (77 FR 3912), as sessment; and, which identifies the applicable, and 29 CFR part 1911. document as a certification of hazard assessment. § 1910.132 General requirements. (e) Defective and damaged equipment. (a) Application. Protective equipment, Defective or damaged personal protec- including personal protective equip- tive equipment shall not be used. ment for eyes, face, head, and extrem- (f) Training. (1) The employer shall ities, protective clothing, respiratory provide training to each employee who devices, and protective shields and bar- is required by this section to use PPE. riers, shall be provided, used, and Each such employee shall be trained to maintained in a sanitary and reliable know at least the following: condition wherever it is necessary by (i) When PPE is necessary; reason of hazards of processes or envi- (ii) What PPE is necessary; ronment, chemical hazards, radio- (iii) How to properly don, doff, ad- logical hazards, or mechanical irri- just, and wear PPE; tants encountered in a manner capable (iv) The limitations of the PPE; and,

417

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:47 Sep 08, 2020 Jkt 250120 PO 00000 Frm 00427 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\29\29V5.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB